Skip to main content

Full text of "Hand-atlas of human anatomy;"

See other formats


S' 


fQ 


HAND-ATLAS 


OF 


HUMAN  ANATOMY 


BY 

wernp:r  spalteholz 

EXTRAORDINARY  PROFESSOR  OF  ANATOMY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  AT  LEIPZIG 


EDITED   AND  TRANSLATED   FROM  THE  FOURTH  GERMAN   EDITION 

BY 

LEWELLYS   F.  BARKER 

PROFESSOR  OF  THE  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE,  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY,  BALTIMORE 
FORMERLY  PROFESSOR  OF  ANATOMY  IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICA(,0  AND  RUSH  MEDICAL  COLLEGE 


WITH  A  PREFACE 

BY 

FRANKLIN  P.  MALL 

PROFESSOR  OF  ANATOMY  IN  THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY  AT  BALTIMORE 

SECOND  EDITION  T\  ENGLISH 
VOL.    II. 

REGIONS,  MUSCLES,  FAS CL4Z,  HEART,  BLOOD-VESSELS 

PHn.ADELPHIA  AND  LONDON  ^^  0 

J.  B.  LIPPINCOTT  COMPANY    ^ 


ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED 


II. 


REGIONS,  MUSCLES,  FASCI/E, 
HEART,  BLOOD-VESSELS. 


Regions  of  the  Body. 


237 


Eegio  orbitalis 
Regio  palpebralis  superior     i      Begio  supraorbitalis 

Eegio  palpebralis  inferior 

Regio  nasalis 


Regio  frontalis 


-  Regio  temporalis 

-  Regio  parietalis 

-  Regio  auricularis 


Regio  infraorbitalis 

Regio  zygomatica 

Regio  labialis  superior 
Regio  oralis  __^ 
Regio  labialis  inferior  , 

Regio  buccalis 
Regio  parotideo- 
luasseterica 
Regio  nientalis 

Regio  submaxlllaris 
Regio  submentalis 

Regio  hyoidea   — 
Regio  subhyoidea 

Regio  laryngea   - 
Fossa  carotica 

Regio  thyreoidea  -  - 
Regio 
sternocleidomastoidea 

Regio 
suprasternalis 


Fossa  jugularis 


Fossa  supraclavicularis  minor 


Trigonum  omoclaviculare 


Fossa  infraclavicularis 


Regno  infraclavicularis 
Regio  clavieularis 


281.  Regions  of  the  head  and  neck. 


Spalteholz  .  Atlas. 


16 


238 


^JlRogioDs  (if  the  Body, 


It.  aiitibracliii 
volaris 

Resio  antibrachii 
ulnaris 
I{.  antibrachii  dorsalis 
llegio  cubit i  anterior -- 
Regio  cubiti  medialis''^^. 
i;egio  cubiti  posterior  '    ,- 
Regio  olecrani  y 
Regio  brachii  anterior 
Regio  brachii  medialis 


Regio  pudendalis 

Regio  fenioris  lateralis 
Kegio  fenioris  anterior 

Regio  fenioris  medialis 


Regio  iiarietalis 

-    Regio  frontalis 

-  Kegio  temporalis 
■   Regio  orhitalis 
"  Regio  nasalis 

Regio  oralis 

Regio  mentalis 
Regio  colli  anterior 

Regio  sternocleidomastoidea 
Regio  acromialis 
---Fossa  iiifraclavicularis 
Regio  infraclavicularis 
-Regio  axillaris 
-Regio  deltoidea 
-Kegio  nianimalis 
-Regio  sternalis 
--Regio  iiifranjammalis 
--Regio  brachii  lateralis 
--  Regio  brachii  anterior 

-  Regio  cubiti  lateralis 

-  Regio  cubiti  anterior 

"--  Regio  antibrachii  volaris 

Regio  antibraeliii 
radialis 

Regio  antibrachii 
dorsalis 

Regio  dorsalis  nianus 

Kegiones  dorsalcs 
digitorum 


Regio  cruris  anterior 

Regio  cruris  posterior 

Regio  cruris  lateralis 

Regio  cruris  medialis 

Regio  rctronialleolaris  medialis 

Regio  malleolaris  medialis 

Regio  dorsalis  pedis 

Regio  calcanea 

Regiones  ilorsales  digitornin      gJ-'-i- 


282.   Regions  of  the  body,  viewed  tKun  in  tVont. 


Kegions  of  the  Body. 


239 


Kegio  pariutalis 

Eegio  temporalis . 

Eegio  occipitalis-- 

Regio  mastoidea 

Fovea  iiuchae-- 

Eegio  imchae-- 

Eegio  siiprascapularis^ 

Eegio  acroiiiialis, 

Eegio  deltoidea 
Eegio  mediana  dorsi 

Eegio  scapularis.. 

Eegio  bracliii  inedialis  - 

Rcsjio  bracliii  posterior 
Eegio  brac-hii  lateralis  — 
Eegio  culiiti  lateralis. 

Eegio  olecrani ._ 
Eegio  cubiti  posterior 
R.  antibrachii  dorsalis. 

E.  antilirachii  uhiaris., 
F!.  antibrachii  volaris  - 

Eegio  volaris  maims  .. 

Eegiones 
volares  digitorvim 


-Eegio   cubiti  lateralis 
Eegio  cubiti  posterior 
Eegio  olecrani 


-     Eegio  bracliii  anterior 
Eegio  bracbii  lateralis 
Eegio  bracbii  posterior 
"Fossa  axillaris 
Z^"''- Eegio  interscapularis 
"---Eegio  pectoris  lateralis 

~~-Eegio  infrascapularis 

Eegio  liypocbondriaca 
'--  Eegio  lumbalis 

"Eegio  abdomiiialis  lateralis 
•Eegio  coxae 
-  Eegio  satralis 
Eegio  trochauterica 
Eegio  perinealis 

—  Eegio  glutaea 

-Eegio  femoris  niedialis 
_  Eegio  femoris  posterior 

.  Eegio  femoris  lateralis 


Eegio  genu  posterior 


Eegio  suralis 

Eegio  cruris  lateralis 

Eegio  cruris  posterior 

Eegio  retronialleolaris  lateralis 
Eegio  malleolaris  lateralis 

^  Eegio  calcanea 

Eegio  dorsalis  pedis 
-  Eegio  plantaris  pedis 
_  Eegiones  jilantares  digitorum 


283.  Regions  of  the  body,  viewed  from  behind. 


16^ 


240 


Eogio 
urogenitalis 


Eegio  analis 


Eegions  of  the  Body. 

Regio  pudendalis 


Kegio  glutaea 


Eegio  sacralis 


284.   Regions  of  the  male  perineum, 


Eegio  pudondalis 


Eegio 
urogenitalis  ' 


Eegio  analis 


Eegio  sacralis 


Eegio  glutaea 


285.   Regions  of  the  female  perineum 


Muscles  of  thfr  Head. 


241 


M.  auricularis  anterior 

M.  auricularis 
superior 


Galea  aponeurotica 


M.  frontalis 


Ligamentuui 

palpebrals 

mediale 

M.  orbicul.  oculi    . 

Caput 


angulare 

Caput 
infraorbit. 

Caput 
zygomatic. 


ui. 
<Hiadrati 

labii 
superior. 


Fascia  parotideo 
ruasseterica 


M.  sterno- 
cleidomastoideus 


M.  caninus 


M.  zygomaticus 


M.  risorius 
M.  quadratus 
labii  iuferioris 

INI.  triangularis 

M.  traiisversus  menti 


286.JVIuSCleS  of  the  head  and  face,  viewed  somewhat  from  the  right. 


242 


Muscles  of  the  Head. 


Galea  aponeurotica 


■.nS;»^"'f\v5..v~'^. 


JSr.  frontalis 


M.  procerus 


M.  orbicularis 
oculi 


]sr.  zygoniaficus 


Sulcus  nasolabialis 


M.  iiasalis 
(pai's  transversa) 


Caput  zygoniaticum, 

:     Caput  infraorbit ale  ,  "'.-.  I"'*'^'^"' . 

■  i  labu  superioris 

Caput  angulai'e  ' 


287.   Muscles  of  the  head  and  face,  vioAved  from  in  front. 

Miisciiliis   cpicraiiiiis.     Jmii-ih:   Ihit,  broad.     Position :  cuvers  the  roof  of  the  skull. 

J'oskrior  jxirl,  ticsliy  :  in.  occipitalis  (see  Fig.  296).  Origin:  lineae  niichae  supreniae 
OSS.  occipitalis.     Insertion:  galea  aponeurotica.     Action:  draws  the  galea  backward. 

Middle  portion,  tendinoiis:  galea  aponeurotica,  largo  flat  tendon  inserted  between 
ni.  occipitalis  and  ni.  frontalis:  lodsoly  and  ninvably  uniti'd  with  thi'  jieriosteum,  very  firuily 
connected  with  the  cutis. 

Antoior  portion,  fleshy:  m.  frontalis  (see  also  Fig.  2S6).  Origin:  galea  aponeurotica. 
Insertion:  slcin  of  the  eyebrows,  ossa  nasalia  (latter  portion  callinl  ni.  procerus).  Action: 
draws  eyebrows  u])ward,  wrinkles  forehead  transversely;  moves  galea  apdueurotioa. 

Innervation :  n.  facialis. 

31.  <|iia(lratus  labli  superioris  (see  also  Fig.  286).  Form:  Hat,  triangular.  Po- 
sition: lateral  from  the  nose;  origins  partly  covered  by  ni.  orbicularis  oculi.  Caput  angular e. 
Origin:  proc.  frontalis  maxillae.  Insertion:  skin  of  the  ala  nasi  and  of  the  sulcus 
nasolal)ialis.  Cajiut  iiifraorhilalc.  Origin  :  margo  infraorhitalis.  Insertion:  sulcus 
nasolabialis.  Caput  zygoniaticum.  Origin:  facies  malaris  oss.  zvgomatici.  Insertion: 
sidcus  nasolabialis.  Action:  draws  ala  nasi  and  upper  lip  outward  and  upward,  Avidens 
nasal  ojieniiig  and  decjiens  the  sulcus  nasolabialis.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 


jVIusclcs  of  the  Hea 


ead 


243 


Eyebrow 


Pars  iirliitalis  m.  orbicularis  ociili 

Pars  paljicbralis 
in.  orbicuUiris  oculi 


M.  corrusator 


Ligamentuiu   jjalpe- 
brale  luediale 


''^M    \ 


Pars  lacrimalis  m.  orbicularis  oculi 
(The  overlying  parts  of  the  pars  orbitalis  have  only  been  di-awn  to  one  side.) 


288.     Muscles    of    the    right    eyelid,    viewed   from   in   front. 


8inus  frontalis 


Pars  lacrimalis 
lu.  orbicularis 
oculi 


Cellulae 
ethiuoidales 


Cavuiii  nasi 


M.  corrugator 

The  upper  limit  of  the  tarsus  superior  is 

igji^jSj^.^,  _  '(         indicated  by  the  dotted  lino 


Kaphe  palpe- 
bralis  lateralis 


The  lower  limit  of  the  tarsus  inferior 
is  indicated  bv  the  dotted  line 


289.     Muscles    of    the    right    eyelid,     viewed    from    behind. 

M.  orbicularis  oculi  (.see  also  Fig-s.  2S(i  ami  2S7).  Form:  flat,  elliptical.  Position: 
ill  the  eyelids  and  at  their  periphery.  Pars  orbitalis.  Origin:  pars  nasalis  oss.  frontalis, 
crista  lacrimalis  anterior  maxillae,  anterior  limb  of  the  lig.  palpebrale  mediale:  the  fibres 
surround  the  eyelids  in  flat,  concentric  arches  anc!  ffiterweave  with  one  another  lateralward  fi-om 
the  external  angle  of  the  eye  or  go  to  a  thin,  horizontal  band  of  connectivi^  tissue  (Raphe 
palpehralis  lateralis)  which  extends  from  the  external  angle  of  the  eye  to  the  lateral  margin 
of  the  orbit.  Action:  draws  the  eyebrow  downward,  the  skin  of^he  cheek  upward;  helps  to 
close  the  lids.  Pars  lacrimalis  [ Horueri] .  Origin:  crista  lacriuialis  posterior  oss.  lacrimalis ; 
it  runs  lateralward  l)ehind  the  tear-sac  to  the  medial  angle  of  the  eye  and  spreads  out  thin 
within  the  lids  corresponding  in  extent  to  about  that  of  the  tarsi.  In  the  lids  it  forms  the 
pars  palpebralis.     Action:  widens  tear-sac,  closes  eyelids.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 


244 


Muscles  of  the  Head. 


M.  eaU|imis  ]   M.  incisivus  labii  superioris 

I  I    Pars  transversa  m.  na1?alis 


Orbita 


M.  zygomaticus 
Glandula  parotis. 


M.  depressor 

septi 

'^ Pars  alaris 

m.  iiasalis 


M.   orbicularis 
oris 


M.  inassetei 


M.  buccinator  ; 

M.  triangularis 

M.  incisivus  labii  inferioris 


M.  nrentalis 


290.   Muscles  of  the  region  of  the  mouth, 

viewed  somewhat  from  the  right  side. 
(Platysma,  mm.  risorius,  quadrati  and  orbicularis  oculi  havo  Ijccn  removed.) 


M.  quadratus  labii  superioris      jSi.  incisivus  labii  superioris 
M.  caninus  ;       ;  ^j    orbicularis  oris 

M.  buccinator  '       ;      —^  ^n-^H. 


M.  triangularis 


M.  nientalis 
Af.  cjuailratus  la)iii  inferioris       M.  incisivus  labii  inferioris 


291.   Muscles  of  the  region  of  the  mouth,  viewed  from  behind. 

(The  tissues  about  the  uiuutli  have  been  loosened  from  their  bony  substratum  and  the  muscles 
liave  l)een  dissected  out  from  the  posterior  surface.) 


Muscles  of  the  Head.  245 

M.  cornig'ator  (see  Figs.  288 — 289).  Form:  flat,  narrow.  Position:  near  the  root 
of  the  nose,  extending  upward  and  lateralward.  Origin:  pars  nasalis  oss.  frontalis.  In- 
sertien:  skin  of  the  eyebrow.  Action:  causes  longitudinal  folds  at  the  side  of  the  rout 
of  the  nose.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  nasalis.  Form:  flat,  triangular.  Position:  lateralward  from  and  helow  the  ala 
nasi,"  partly  cdvered  by  the  m.  ([uadratus  labii  superioris. 

Pars  transversa.  Origin:  jugimi  alveolare  of  the  upper  canine  tooth.  Insertion:  to 
the  dorsum  of  the  nose  spreading  out  by  a  thin  tendon  to  the  muscle  of  the  other  side. 

Pars  alar  is.  Origin:  jugum  alveolare  of  the  upper  lateral  incisor  tooth.  Insertion: 
lateral  and  lower  margin  of  the  ala  nasi. 

Action:  draws  ala  nasi  downward,  narrows  nasal  opening.    Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  depressor  septi.  Form:  flat,  quadrangular.  Position:  below  the  nose,  just 
raedianward  from  the  preceding  muscle.  Origin:  jugum  alveolare  of  the  upper  medial  incisor 
tooth.  Insertion:  septum  nasi.  Action:  draws  nasal  septum  downward,  narrows  nasal 
openings.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  risoriiis  (see  Fig.  286).  Form:  flat,  triangular:  very  variable.  Position:  lateral 
from  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  upon  the  platysma.  Origin:  fascia  parotideoraasseterica. 
Insertion:  .unites  at  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  or  somewhat  below  it,  with  them,  triangularis. 
Action:  helps  to  draw  the  angle  of  the  muuth  lateralward;  causes  dimple.  Innervation: 
n.  facialis. 

M.  zygomaticHS  (see  also  Fig.  286).  Form:  oblong,  flat-cylindrical.  Position: 
lateralward  from  and  above  the  angle  of  the  mouth.  Origin:  facies  malaris  oss.  zygomatici. 
Insertion:  skin  of  the  angle  of  the  mouth ;  some  of  the  fibres  go  over  into  the 
m.  orbicularis  oris.  Action:  draws  the  angle  of  the  mouth  lateralward  and  upward. 
Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  caiiinus  (see  also  Fig.  286).  Form:  flat,  triangular.  Position:  in  the  fossa 
canina  covered  by  i^a  m.  quadratus  labii  superioris;  comes  to  the  surface  between  the  latter 
and  the  m.  zygomaticus.  Origin:  fossa  canina.  Insertion:  with  converging  fibres,  partly 
to  the  skin  of  the  angle  of  the  mouth:  partly  the  fibres  go  over  arch-like  into  the  lower 
lip.  Action:  draws  the  angle  of  the  mouth  upward;  the  muscles  of  the  two  sides  together 
lilt  the  lower  lip  and  help  to  close  the  mouth.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  triangularis  (see  also  Figs.  286  and  297).  Form  :  flat,  triangular.  Position:  below 
the  angle  of  the  mouth;  covers  the  foramen  mentale.  Origin:  just  above  the  basis  mandibulae 
below  the  foramen  mentale.  Insertion:  with  converging  fibres  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth  and, 
in  largest  part,  arch-like  into  the  upper  lip.  Single  bundles  sometimes  connect  the  muscles  of 
the  two  sides  below  the  chin ;  they  lie  upon  the  platysma  as  the  m.  transversus  meuti  (see 
Fig.  297).  Action:  draws  the  angle  of  the  mouth  dowmward ;  the  muscles  of  the  two  sides 
together   draw   the  uppi-r  lip  down  and  help  to  close  the  mouth.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  quadratus  labii  inferioris  (see  also  Figs.  286  and  297).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular. 
Position:  IteLjw  tlie  lateral  part  of  the  mouth  opening,  for  the  most  part  covered  bj'  the 
m.  triangularis.  Origin:  the  upper  part  is  a  direct  continuation  of  the  platysma,  the  lower 
part  arises  from  the  basis  mandibulae.  Insertion:  skin  of  lower  lip.  Action:  draws  the 
lower  lip  lateralward  and  downward.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  incisiviis  labii  superioris  (see  also  Fig.  293).  Form:  flat,  triangular,  narrow. 
Position:  above  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  covered  by  the  m.  quadratus  labii  superioris,  at  the 
upper  margin  of  the  ni.  orbicularis  oris.  Origin:  jugum  alveolare  of  the  upper  canine  tooth. 
Insertion:  arch-like  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  interwoven  there  with  the  other  muscles. 
Action:  draws  the  angle  of  the  mouth  median  ward  and  upward.    Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  incisivus  labii  inferioris  (see  also  Fig.  293).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular,  narrow. 
Position:  below  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  covered  by  the  m.  quadratus  labii  inferioris,  at  the 
lower  margm  of  the  m.  orbicularis  oris.  Origin:  jugum  alveolare  of  the  lower  lateral  incisor 
tooth.  Insertion:  to  the  lower  margm  of  the  m.  orbicularis  oris,  iirterweaving  with  it.  Action: 
draws  the  angle  of  the  m.outh  medianward.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  orbicularis  oris,  a  muscle-plate  situated  in  the  lips  which  owes  its  formation  to 
the  fact  that  the  muscles  going  to  the  mouth  opening,  at  the  angles  of  the  mouth,  partly 
radiate  out  into  the  upper  or  lower  lip.  The  fibres  run  in  the  lips  for  the  most  part  trans- 
versely, at  the  angles  of  the  mouth  also  arch-like  between  the  two  lips  and  are  attached  in 
part  to  the  external  skin.  In  this  way  a  sort  of  ring  muscle  is  formed.  Action:  if  it  con- 
tracts alone  it  closes  the  mouth  and  points  it.     Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  mentalis.  Form:  thick,  cyUndrical,  short.  Position:  on  the  chin.  Origin: 
jugum  alveolare  of  the  lower  medial  incisor  tooth.  Insertion:  obhquely  downward  into  the 
skin  of  the  chin.    Action:  lifts  the  skin  of  the  chin  and  wrinkles  it.   Innervation:  n.  facialis. 


246 


Muscles  of  the  Head. 


Fascia  Icniporalis 


292.  Fascia 
temporalis  and    m.  masseter,   viewed  from  the  right  side. 

Fascia  parotideomasseterica  (see  Fig.  286)  covers  the  lateral  (and  medial)  surface  of 
the  glandula  parotis  as  a  thick  nieuibrane,  the  in.  masseter  as  a  thinner  membrane,  and  becomes 
lost  mrdianward  1)elow  the  m.  zygomaticus,  platysma  and  m.  risoriiis. 

Fascia  temporalis,  very  dense,  covers  the  fossa  temporalis  externally,  arises  from  the 
linea  temporalis  .superior,  divides  below  into  two  layers,  separated  usually  by  fat,  and  goes  to 
the  medial  and  lateral  surface  of  the  arcus  zygomaticus  and  the  os  zygomaticum. 

M.  masseter.  Form:  Hat,  (juadrangular,  thick.  Position:  immediately  upon  the 
lateral  surface  of  tlie  raums  mandibulae;  behind  partly  covered  over  by  the  glandula  parotis: 
in  front  and  below  covered  by  the  platysma.  It  consists  of  two  layers  which  are  separated 
fmrn  one  another  distinctly  behind  only ;  the  external  layer  is  the  longer  and  broader.  Origin: 
external  layer:  anterior  and  middle  part  of  tlie  arcus  zygomaticus  (tendon  of  origin  jagged, 
reaching  far  downward):  internal  layer:  middli'  and  posterior  part  of  the  arcus  zygomaticus.  In- 
sertion: external  layer:  ohli(|uely  backward  and  downward  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the  angulus 
mandibulae  and  its  periphery;  internal  layer:  downward  and  somewhat  forward  to  the  lateral  sur- 
face of  tlif  ranms  mandibulae.  Action  :  lifts  the  lower  jaw.  In  ncM'vation  :  n.  massetericus  (V.  3). 


Muscles  of  the  Head. 


247 


M.  temporalis 

Tuberculuni  articulare 

Os  zygomaticum  (sawed  througli) 

Ductus  parotideus 
(cut  through) 

M.  bucciuator 


293. 

IVI.  buccinator 
and  m. temporalis, 

viewed  from  the  riglit  side. 


]\I.  incibivus  labii  sinjerioi  is 

Mm.  zygomaticus,  caninus,  triangularis 
(cut  through) 


M.  inq^ivus 
labii  inferioris 


(The  arcus  zygomaticus  has  been  sawed  away  at  its  origins,  the  joint  of  the  lower  jaw  having 

been  opened  at  the  same  time.) 

M.  temporalis.  Form:  flat,  triangular,  broad  and  thin  above,  narrow  and  thick  behiw. 
Position:  covered  by  the  fascia  temporalis  and  the  arcus  zygomaticus;  it  fills  up  the  fossa 
temporalis  completely.  Origin:  the  Avhole  extent  of  the  fossa  temporalis  and  medial  surface 
of  the  fascia  temporalis  Insertion:  the  anterior  fibres  run  vertically,  the  posterior  almost 
horizontally  and  markedly  curved:  all  the  fibres  converge  to  the  processus  corunoideus  mandibulae 
and  descend  deep  to  its  medial  surface.  The  tendon  reaches  in  a  jagged  form  as  far  as 
half  the  height  of  the  muscle  on  its  lateral  surface.  Action:  lifts  the  lower  jaw  and  draws 
it  somewhat  backward.     Innervation:  nn.  temporales  profundi  (Y.  3). 

Fascia  buccopharyiigea,  very  thin,  covers  the  lateral  surface  of  the  m.  buccinator; 
it  becomes  lost  in  front  at  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  is  stretched  out  as  a  denser  cord  between 
the  hamulus  pterygoideus  and  the  posterior  end  of  the  crista  buccinatoria  [mandibulae]  as  the 
raphe  pteryr/omandibularis  (see  Fig.  294)  and  goes  over  behind  ujjon  the  outer  surface  of  the 
nmscles  of  the  throat. 


248 


Muscles  of  the  Head. 


Tuberculum  articulare 


'SI.  pterygoideus  externus 


M.  pterygoideus  internus 


Kaiibe  pterygoniandibularis 

Ductus  parotideus  (cut  through) 

M.  buccinator 


294.  Mm.  pterygoidei  of  the  right  side,  external  view. 

(The   arcus   zj'gomaticus   has  been  removed  as  m  Fig.  293 :   the  processus  coronoideus  and  an 
adjacent  piece  of  bone  have  been  chiselled  out  of  the  rannis  mandibulae.) 

M.  buccinator  (see  also  Figs.  290,  291  and  293).  Form:  ilat,  oblong-quadrangular, 
thin.  Posit  i<Hi:  beneath  all  the  other  muscles  of  the  mouth  like  a  transverse,  curved  band ; 
close  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  cheeks  and  lips,  along  the  rows  of  teeth.  Origin:  rajihe 
pt^^Tj'goraandibularis ,  lateral  surface  of  the  i)roc«ssus  alveolaris  maxillae  and  the  crista  bucci- 
natoria  (or  corresponding  portion)  of  the  lower  jaw  bone.  The  fibres  run  partly  parallel, 
partly  they  decussate  into  the  upper  and  lower  lip  at  the  angles  of  the  mouth  and  there 
go  over  into  the  fibres  of  the  muscles  of  the  other  side.  In  the  li])S  it  forms  the  deepest 
layer  of  the  m.  orbicularis  oris.  Action:  it  draws  the  angle  of  tln' mouth  lateralward,  closes 
the  mouth  opening,   presses  the  lips  and  cheeks  upon  the  teeth.     Innervation:   n.  faciaUs. 


2iluscles  of  the  Head. 


249 


Pars  basilaris 
OSS.  opcipitalis  ■ 
(sawed  through) 


Vomer 
Fossa  pterygoidea    - 
Caviim  nasi 

Palatum  durum 
Hamulus  pterygoideus 


Os  temporale 
(«awed  tiirough) 

Arcus  zygomaticus 


Processus  condyloideus 
mandibulae 

M.  pterygoideus  externus 


M.  masscter 


Eamus  mandibulae 


M.  pterygoideus  intcrnus 


Corpus  mandibulae 


295.   Muscles  of  mastication  on  right  side, 

viewed  from  behind  and  somewhat  medianward. 
(The  posterior  half  of  the  skixll  has  been  removed.) 

M.  pterygoideus  externus  (see  also  Fig.  294).  Form:  triangular,  thick.  Position: 
in  the  fossa  infra temjioralis ,  covered  lateralward  by  the  m.  temporalis,  arcus  zygomaticus  and 
m.  masseter.  Origin:  by  two  heads;  upper  head:  flat,  from  the  crista  infratemporahs  and  the 
facies  inft-a temporalis  of  the  great  wing  of  the  sphenoid ;  lower  head :  rounded,  partly  from  the 
lamina  lateralis  proc.  pteiygoidei  and  from  the  processus  pyramidalis  oss.  palatini,  partly  from 
the  tuber  maxiUare.  Insertion:  the  fibres  run  converging  backward  and  lateralward  to  the 
fovea  pterygoidea  proc.  condyloidei  mandibulae,  partly  also  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  capsula 
articiilaris  and  of  the  discus  artieularis  of  the  joint  of  the  lower  jaw.  Action:  draws  the 
niandibula  forward,  the  proc.  condyloideus  and  discus  artieularis  under  the  tuberculum  articulare; 
when  it  acts  on  one  side  alone  it  draws  it  somewhat  toward  the  other  half  of  the  body. 
Innervation:  pterygoideus  externus  (V.  3). 

M.  pterygoideus  internus  (see  also  Fig.  294).  Form:  oblong -quadrangular,  thick. 
Position  :  on  the  medial  side  of  the  lower  jaw,  in  a  direction  similar  to  that  of  the  ra.  masseter;  it 
is  covered  lateralward  partly  by  the  m.  pteiygoideus  externus,  m.  temporalis,  ramus  mandibulae 
and  m.  masseter.  Origin:  fossa  pterygoidea,  by  a  small  part  also  (lateralward  fi'om  the 
m.  pterygoideus  externus)  fi-om  the  corpus  maxillae.  Insertion:  by  parallel  libres  downward, 
backward  and  somewhat  lateralward  to  the  medial  surface  of  tbe  angidus  mandibulae  and  its 
neighbourhood.  Action:  hfts  the  lower  jaw;  when  it  acts  on  one  side  only  it  draws  the  jaw 
toward  the  opposite  side  of  the  body.     Innervation:  n.  pterygoideus  internus  (V.  3). 


250 


.Mu8eL 


es  01 


the  Head. 


Pi-dtuberamia 
occipitalis  externa 

M.  transversus 
nuchae 

Space  for  the  passapo 
of  IliP  ii.  and  V.  occi- 

liitalis  and  tliey" 
n.  occipitalis  majoi' 

M.  semispinalis 
capitis 


M.  splenitis  capi- 
tis et  cervicis    . 


Galea  aponeurotica 


,  M.  aiirictilaris 
superior 

]M.  occipitalis 


M.  auricularis 
posterior 


Auricula 


-    M.  sternocleiclomastoideus 


M.  tra- 
pezius 


296. 

Right  occipi- 
tal and  cervi- 
cal   muscles, 

viewed  from  behind. 

31.  aiiricHlaris  anterior  (0.  T.  attralieiis  aureni)  (see  Fig.  2S6).  Form:  flat,  triangular. 
J'ositioii:  ill  fnnit  of  and  above  the  ear.  Origin:  galea  aponeurotica.  Insertion:  to 
the  anterior  end  of  the  helix  auriculae.  Action:  it  draws  the  auricle  fonvard  and  upward. 
I  n  n  e  r  v  a  t i  o  n :  n .  i'acialis. 

M.  .luriciilaris  superior  (0.  T.  attoUens  aurem)  (see  also  Fig.  28(i).  Form:  flat,  triangular. 
Position:  aliove  the  ear.  O  rigin :  galea  aponeurotica.  Insertion:  narrow,  to  the  eininentia 
fossae  triangularis  auriculae.    Action:  it  draws  the  auricle  upward.    Innervation:  n.  facialis. 

M.  auricularis  posterior  (0.  T.  retrahens  aurem).  Form:  oblong-quadrangular,  single 
or  divideii.  Position:  beliind  the  ear.  Origin:  pars  mastoidea  oss.  temporalis,  upon  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  sternocleidoiuastoideus.  Insertion:  with  parallel  flbers  to  the  eininentia 
conchae  auriculae.  Action:  it  draws  the  auricle  backward  and  upward.  Innervation: 
n.  auricularis  posterior  (VII). 

■  M.  transversus  nuchae,  inconstant.  Form:  oblong- quadrangular.  Position:  it 
lies  suiierliciallv  upon  the  linea  nuc}iac  supiM'ior,  in  the  same  layer  as  the  mm.  trapezius 
and  sternocleidomastoideus.  Origin:  protuberantia  occipitaUs  externa.  Insertion:  tendon 
of  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus. 


Muscles  of  the  NecTf. 


251 


M.  quadratus 
labii  inferioris^- » 


a.  truuigiihiris 


yi.  transversu 
iiienti 


297.    Right    platysma,    viewed  from  in  front. 

Platysma  (see  also  Fij^s.  286  and  291).  Form:  ol)lorig-(|uacli-angular,  thin,  very  large. 
Position:  just  beneath  the  skin  in  the  clavicular  region,  in  the  neck  and  in  the  lower  part  of 
the  face.  Origin:  fasciajiecliii'alis.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel,  medianward  and  upward  : 
the  posterior  fibers  radiate  out  upon  the  fascia  parotideomasseterica ,  the  anterior  go  partly  ti) 
the  angle  of  the  mouth,  partly  into  the  m.  quadratus  labii  inferioris,  partly  to  the  basis 
mandibulae.  Below  the  chJ^_tho  fibers  of  the  two  sides  often  decussate.  Action:  it  liits  the 
skin  of  the  neck""from  the  subjacent  tissue;  it  draws  the  angle  of  the  mouth  to  the  side  and 
downward.     Innervation:  ramus  colli  n.  facialis. 


252 


Muscles  of  the  Neck. 


Processus 
niastoideu 


Corpus   ossis  hyoidci 


M.  tligaslricus 
venter  anterior) 

M.   mylohyoideus 


Carlilago  thyreoidea, 
Glandula  thvreoidea 


M.  digastricus 
(venter  posterior) 


M.  stylohyoideus 

Loop  for  tlie 
111.  digastricus 
]M.  thyreohyoideus 

M.  omoliyoideus 
(venter  superior) 
M.  cricothyreoideus 

M.  sternohyoideus 


M.   sternocloido- 
mastoideus 


M.  trapezius 


C'lavicula 


M.  ouioliyoideus 
(venter  inferior) 

M.  sternothyreoideus 


298.    Muscles    of  the    neck,    (2"i  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  head  has  hecn  bent  backward;  the  phitysma  has  been  removed.) 

M.  steriiocleidom.astoi(leus  (see  also  Figs.  296  and  299).  Form:  long,  flat-cylindrical, 
strong.  Position:  on  the  lateral  and  anterior  surfixce  of  the  neck,  covered  in  its  lower  half  by 
the  platysnia.  Origin:  by  two  heads:  medial  head:  by  a  long  tendon  from  the  airtau^r  surface 
of  the  maniilitiuiLUsterni,  partly  covering  the  articulatio  sternoclavicularis ;  lateral  head:  by  a 
short  tendon  Irom  the  upper  surface  of  the  sternal  extriMiiity  of  the  clavicle.  Between  the  two 
heads  there  is  usually  a  triangular  space,  which  is  broader  below,  and  which  corresponds  to 
the  fossa  supraclavicularis  minor  (see  P'ig.  2S1).  Insertion:  the  lateral  head  passes  under  the 
medial;  the  two  unite  at  about  the  middle  of  the  neck  and  go  obliquely  upward,  backward 
and  lateralward  to  become  attached  by  a  short  tendon  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the  processus 
mastoideus  and  to  tlio  linea  nuchae  sui)renia.  Action:  the  muscle  of  one  side  acting  alone 
turns  the  head  to  the  opposite  side  ami  the  face  at  the  same  time  upward :  the  muscles  of 
the  two  sides  acting  together  draw  the  head  obliquely  forward  and  downward,  or,  if  the  head 
be  fixed,  they  elevate  the  clavicle  and  sternum  (and  with  them  also  the  thorax).  Innervation: 
n.  accessorius. 


Muscles  of  tbe  Neck. 


253 


Porus 
acusticus 
externus 

Processus 
mastoideus 

Pi-ocessu&    _ 
styloideus 
M.  masseter 


M.  digastricus 
(venter  posterior) 

M.  splenius  capitis 
M.  styloliyoideus 


M.  sternocleidoniastoideus 


M.  levator  scapulae 


M.  scalenus  posterior 

M.  scalenus 
medlus 

il.  scalenus 
anterior 


M.  digastricus 
Corpus        (venter 
ossis         anterior) 
livoidei 


M.  thyreohyoideus 


M.  omohyoideus 
(venter  superior! 


M.  sternohyoideus 


Acromion 


M.  omohyoideus  (venter  inferior) 


Clavicuhi 


299.  Muscles  of  the  neck  {2^'^  layer),  viewed  from  the  right  side. 

(The  platysma  has  been  removed.) 

M.  digastricus  (see  also  Tigs.  298  and  301).  Form:  two  rounded  bellies,  venter  pos- 
terior and  venter  anterior,  with  a  long  intermediate  tendon.  Position:  below,  behind  and 
medianward  from  the  mandibula.  The  venter  posterior  arises  in  the  ineisura  mastoidea  oss. 
teraporaUs  and  goes  over  in  front  and  below  into  an  intermediate  tendon,  which  is  fastened 
by  a  loop -like  strip  of  the  fascia  colli  to  the  coi-pus  oss.  hyoidei;  the  venter  anterior  arises 
from  this  intermediate  tendon  and  usually  also  from  the  corpus  oss.  hyoidei  and  goes  to  the 
fossa  digastrica  mandibulae.  Action:  when  the  hyoid  bone  is  fixed,  it  depresses  the  lower 
jaw;  when  the  lower  jaw  is  fixed,  it  draws  the  hyoid  bone  upward.  Innervation:  venter, 
2>osterit)r :  r.  digastricus  n.  facialis;  venter  anterior:  n.  mylohyoideus  (V.  3). 

M.  styloliyoideus  (see  also  Figs.  298,  300  and  301).  F o r m :  flat,  oblong,  thm.  Position: 
behind  and  below  the  mandibula,  just  in  front  of  and  above  the  posterior  belly  of  the  m.  tUgastricus. 
Origin:  processus  stjdoideus.  Insertion:  forward,  downward  and  medianward  to  the  corpus 
oss.  hyoidei ;  in  the  neighborhood  of  its  insertion  it  surrounds  the  m.  digastricus  by  two  limbs. 
Action:  it  draws  the  hyoid  bone  backward  and  upward.  Innervation:  r.  stylohyoideus  n.  facialis. 

Spalteholz,   Atlas.  17 


254 


Muscles  of  the  Neck. 


Processus  niastoideiis    

M.  nniohyoideus 
'    M.  stylohroideus 
Corpus  ossis  hyoidei  -- 
M.  splenius  capitis  • 

M.  longus  capitis 
M.  thyreohyoideus 
VM.  steriioliyoideus 

H.  omohyoideus  (venter  superior 
M.  levator  scapulae 

M.  scalenus  medius 
M.  scalenus  anterior     


M.  scalenus  posterior 

•J  M.  steniothyreoideus 
M.  omohyoideus 
(venter  inferior 


Scapula 


i^^^% 


^ 


Clavicula  (sawed  through) 


300.    Muscles    of  the    neck    {^^'^  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 

(Like  Fig.  298 ;  in  addition  however  the  mm.  sternocleidomastoidei,  trapezii  and  digastrici  have 
been   removed ;   the  right  clavicle  has  been  sawed  through  close  to  the  sternum  and  removed.) 

M.  oniohjoidcus  (see  also  Figs.  298,  299  and  301).  Formf  Hat,  narrow,  long;  divided 
liy  an  intermediate  tendon  int(j  two  bellies,  venter  inferior  and  venter  siijierior.  Position:  on 
the  lateral  and  anterior  surface  of  the  neck,  covered  behind  by  the  clavicula  and  the  m.  trapezius, 
in  the  middle  by  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus.  The  intermediate  tendon  is  ensheathed  in  the 
iascia  colli  and  united  with  the  anterior  wall  of  the  v.  jugularis  interna.  Origin:  margX)^sujierior 
sca])ulae  and  lig.  transversiun  scajjidae  suj)erius.  I  n  ser  ti  o  u :  runs  in  front'of  the  mm.  scaloiii  forward 
and  upward  to  th(>  intermediate  tendon  and  thence,  bends  upward  to  the  corpus  oss.  hj-oidei,  where 
it  lies  laterally  from  the  m.  sternohyoideus  and  in  frontof  the  in.  thyreohyoideus.  Action:  it  draws 
the  hyoid  bone  downward  and  makes  the  fascia  colli  tense.  I  n  u  e  r  v  a  t  i  o  n :  r.  descendens  n.  liy poglossi. 


Muscles  of  the  Nook. 


255 


Porus 
aeuslious  -• 
extenuis 

Processus 

niastoideus 


Processus  styloideus  — 

M.  masscter 

M.  digastripus 
(venter  posterior 

M.  splenius  capitis 
M.  stylohyoideus 


!M.  levator  scapulae 
M.  trapezius  (cut  through) 

M.  scalenus  medius  ~- 


M.  scalenus  posterior 


M.  serratus 
anterior 
.M.  supra- 
spinatu 


--  M.  digastric 
Loop  for  the         (ventr 
111.  digastiicus       antcric 
Corpus  ossis  hyoidei 


M.  constrictor  pliaryngis 
inferior 

^[.  tlivreohvoideus 


1\[.  sternothvreoidcus 


M.  slernobvoideus 


M.  omohvoideus 


v^^mtm^ 


V 


Acromion 


Clavicula 


301.  Muscles  of  the  neck  [V^  layer),  vieAved  from  the  right  side. 

(The  platysma,  m.  sternocleidomastoideus  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  m.  trapezius 

have  been  removed.) 

M.  sternohyoideus  (see  also  Figs.  298— 300).  Form:  flat,  oblong-quadranguhir,  thin. 
Position:  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  neck  in  front  of  the  larj-nx  and  the  tra(;hea,  cove- 
red above  by  the  platysma  only ,  below  by  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus ;  the  muscles  of  the 
two  sides  approach  very  close  to  each  other  and  sometimes  even  touch  in  the  median  line. 
Origin:  posterior  surface  of  the  manubrium  sterni,  of  the  articiilatio  sternoclavicularis  and  of 
the  first  costal  cartilage  (see  Fig.  313).  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel  to  one  another 
upward,  at  first  also  somewhat  medianward,  and  go  to  the  corpus  oss.  hyoidei  (bursa  m.  sterno- 
liijoidei,  see  P'ig.  302  and  p.  257).  A  c  t  i  o  n  :  it  draws  the  hyoid  bone  downward.  Innervation: 
r.  descendens  n.  hypoglossi. 

17* 


256 


Muscles  of  the  Xeck. 


Muiulibula 


Corpus  ossis  liyoidei 


LigaimMiluni  hyotliyreoi 
deiini   nicdiuiu 


Cartilage  thyreoidea 


M.  styloglossus 

-  M.  hyoglossus 

—  -    M.  geniohyoideus 

Bursa  m.  steruohyoidel 

M.  thyreohyoldeus 

Bursa  subcutaiiea 
promiiientiae  laryligeac 


Ligameiitum  crjeo- 
thyreoideuiu  [medium 


Cartilage  cricoidea 


Glaiidula  thyreoidea 


Clavifula  —  - 


M.  cricothyreoideus 


]M.  sternothyreoideus 


Ligameiitum     ■ 
sternoclaviculare 


Ligamentuni  interclaviculare 


302.  Muscles  of  the  hyoid  bone 

(deep  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 
(The  nun.  stcrndhyoidei,  oniobyuidei,  digastrici  and  niylobyoideus  have  been  removed.) 

M.  steruothyreoideus  (see  also  Figs.  298,  300  and  301).  Form:  flat,  oblong-quadrangular, 
very  tbin.  Position:  on  tbe  anterior  surface  of  tbe  neck,  close  to  tbe  glandnla  tbyreoidea,  covered 
by  tbe  mm.  omobyoideus  and  sternobyoideus.  Origin:  posterior  surface  of  tbe  manubrium  sterni 
and  of  tbe  first  costal  cartilage  (see  Fig.  313).  Insertion:  upward  and  lateralward  to  tbe  lamina 
cartilaginis  tbyreoidoae  (linea  obli([ua);  single  fibers  go  over  immediately  into  tbe  m.  tbyreobyoideus. 
Actinn  :  it  draws  tbe  cartilago  tbj'reoidea  downward.  Inni'rvation  :  r.  descendens  n.  bjpoglossi. 

M.  thyreohyoideus  (see  also  Figs.  298—301).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular,  very  thin. 
Position:  on  tbe  anterior  surface  of  tbe  neck,  close  to  tbe  cartilage  tbyreoidea,  covered  by  the  m.  omo- 
bycjidt'us.  0  r  i  g  i  n  :  lamina  cartilaginis  tbyreoideae  (linea  obliqua)  (see  also  above).  I  n  s  e  r  t  i  o  n  :  cor- 
pus and  cornu  majus  oss.  byoidei  {bursa  m.  t/tyreo/ii/oidei,seQ  p.  257).  Action:  draws  tbe  byoid 
bone  closer  to  tbe  cartilago  tbyreoidea  and  vice  vcisa.  Innervation:  r.  tbyreobyoideus  n.  bypoglossi. 


Muscles  of  the  Xeck 


257 


Processus  coronoideus 
mandibnlae 


/■- 


Ramus  mandibnlae 


Os  hvoideum 


M.  mylohyoideus 

M.  geniohyoideus 


303.  Muscles  of  the  floor  of  the  mouth, 

viewed  from  behind  and  above. 
(The  imiscles  of  the  tongue  have  been  completely  removed.) 

M.  mylohyoideus  (see  also  Figs.  298  and  300),  unpaired.  Form:  flat,  quadrangular, 
broad,  above,  hullo  wed  out,  like  a  trough.  Position:  stretches  between  the  lower  jaw  and 
the  hyoid  bone  and  thus  forms  the  floor  of  the  mouth;  immediately  adjacent  to  its  lower 
surface  lies  the  anterior  belly  of  the  m.  digastricus.  Origin:  hneae  mylohyoideae  mandibnlae. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel  to  one  another  on  each  side,  backward,  downward  and 
medianward  and  are  attached  for  the  most  part  to  a  medially  situated  connective-tissue  raphe; 
the  posterior  fibers  go  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  corpus  oss.  hyoidei.  Action:  when  the 
hyoid  bone  is  fixed,  it  depresses  the  lower  jaw;  when  the  lower  jaw  is  fixed,  it  draws  the  hyoid 
bone  forward  and  ui)ward.     Innervation:  n.  mylohyoideus  (V.  3). 

M.  geniohyoideus  (see  also  Fig.  302).  Fo'^rm:"  flat-cylindrical,  oblong.  Position:  on 
the  upper  (buccal)  side  of  the  m.  mylohyoideus,  completely  hidden  by  it  from  below;  the 
mm.-g'eniotiyoidei  of  the  two  sides  are  immediately  adjacent  to  one  another  in  the  median  plane. 
< )  r  i  g  i  n :  by  a  short  tendon  from  the  spina  men  talis  inandibulae.  Insertion:  the  fibers,  diverging 
a  httle,  extend  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  corpus  oss.  hyoidei.  Action:  when  the  hyoid 
bone  is  fixed,  it  depresses  the  lower  jaAv;  when  the  lower  jaw  is  fixed,  it  draws  the  hyoid  bone 
forward   and  upward.     Innervation:  n.  h^'ijoglossus. 

Bursa  [mucosa]  subcutanea  promineutiae  laryugeae  (see  Fig.  302),  often  absent, 
usually  found  only  in  men  and  only  in  older  individuals ;  it  is  unpaired  and  lies  in  the  sub- 
c\itaneous  tissue  in  fi-ont  of  the  upper  part  of  the  thyreoid  cartilage. 

Bursa  m.  sternohyoidei  (see  Fig.  302),  almost  constant,  is  better  developed  in  the 
male  than  in  the  female  and  lies,  if  unpaired,  in  the  median  plane  or,  if  paired,  close  to  the 
median  plane  upon  the  lig.  hyothyreoidenm  medium,  between  it  on  the  one  hand  and  the 
m.  stemohyoideus  and  the  fascia  colli  on  the  other;  it  extends  upward  behind  the  hj'oid  bone. 

Bursa  m.  thyreohyoidei  (not  shown  in  the  drawing),  stQl  more  constant  than  the 
preceding,  lies  below  the  cornu  majus  oss.  hyoidei,  upon  the  membrana  hyothjTeoidea,  between 
it  and  the  upper  end  of  the  m.  thyreohyoideus. 


Muscles  of  the  Neck. 

]  Pars  basilaris  ossis  occipitalis 


Processus   transversiis   atlanfis  • 

Processus  transvcrsus  epistrophei 


M.  rectus  capitis    j 
lateralis 


""   M.  rectus  capitis  anterior 
W.  longus  capitis 


Corpus  vertebrae 
cervicalis  VII 


M.  scalenus 
posterior 


Costa  I  _ 


Corpus  vertebrae  thoracalis  III 

304.  Deep  muscles  of  the  neck,  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  sternum  ami  tlif  anterior  ends  of  the  ribs  with  their  muscles  have  been  removed.) 
M.  rectus  capitis  lateralis.  V  o  r  in :  Hat,  short.  P  o  s  i  t  i  o  n :  in  front  of  the  articulatio  atlanto- 

occipitiilis.  Origin:  proc.  transversus  atlantis.  Insertion:  inferior  surface  of  the  proc.  jiigularis  oss. 

occipit.   Action:  bends  head  to  tlie  side.    Innervation:  direct  branch  of  the  plexus  cervicalis. 
M.  rectus  capitis  anterior  (0.  T.  rectus  capitis  anticus  minor).     Form:  flat,  short. 

Position:  in  front  of  the  articulatio  atlantooccipi talis.     Origin:   massa   lateralis   and  proc. 

transversus  atlantis.     Insertion:   pars  basilaris  oss.  occipit.     Action:   bends  head  forward. 

Innervation:  direct  branch  of  the  plexus  cervicalis. 


Muscles  of  the  Xeck. 


r> 


M.  longus  cai)itis 

(cut  through  and 

turned  laterahvard) 


M.  longus  colli 


305.  Anterior 

muscles  of  the 

cervical  spine  on 

the  right  side. 


259 


Processus  transversus 
atlantis 


Corpus  vertebrae  cervicalis  IV 


Corpus  vertebrae 

cervicalis  VII 


Corpus  vertebrae  thoracalis  III 


M.  longus  capitis  (0.  T.  rectus  capitis  anticus  major)  (see  also  Figs.  300,  301,  304).  Form: 
flat,  oblong-triangular.  Position :  just  in  front  of  the  upper  end  of  the  cervical  spine  and  in  front 
of  the  merabrana  atlantooccipitalis  anterior.  Origin:  tubercula  anteriora  of  the  transverse  processes 
of  the  3rd — 6th  cervical  vertebra.  Insertion:  upward  and  medianward  to  the  pars  basilaris  oss. 
occipitalis.  Action:  bends  the  head  forward.  Innervation:  direct  branch  of  the  plexus  cervicalis. 

M.  longiis  colli  (see  also  Fig.  304).  Form:  flat,  oblong -triangular,  broadest  in  the 
middle.  P  osition:  close  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  cervical  spine,  in  the  groove  between  the 
bodies  and  transverse  processes  of  the  vertebrae ;  it  is  partially  covered  above  by  the  m.  longus 
capitis.  Two  portions.  Inferior,  medial:  from  the  bodies  of  the  3rd  thoracic  to  the  5th  cervical 
vertebra,  goes  to  the  bodies  of  the  5tii— 2iid  cervical  vertebra  and  to  the  anterior  tubercles  of 
the  transverse  processes  of  the  6*^  and  5th  cervical  vertebra;  superior,  lateral  portion :  from  the 
anterior  tubercles  of  the  transverse  processes  of  the  Gth — 3rd  cervical  vertebra,  goes  to  the 
tuberculum  anterius  atlantis.  Action:  bends  the  cervical  spine  forward  and  lateralward. 
Innervation:  direct  branches  of  the  cervical  and  brachial  plexuses. 


260 


Muscles  of  the  Neck. 


..::i^ 


Processus  spinosus 
epistrophei 


Tendinous  slips  of 

he  in.  levator  scapulae 

(cut  througli) 


[.  scalenus  raedius 


alenus  anterior 


nus  posterior 


i  spino 
tebrae 
is  VII 


scalenus 
inlmus 


Atlas 


306.  Mm.scaleni 
of  the  right  side, 

vieAved  from  the  ri^ht. 


Corpus 

vertebrae 

cervicalis  VH 


M.  scalenus  anterior  (0.  T. 

scalenus  anticus)  (see  also  Figs. 
299— 301  and  304).  Form:  flat, 
oblong-quadi'angular.  Position: 
close  to  the  inferior  part  of  the 
cervical  spine.  Origin:  by  four 
tendinous  slips  from  the  trans- 
verse processes  of  the  3'''3  to  the 
6*11  cervical  vertebra.  Inser- 
tion: downward  and  forward  by 
means  of  a  short  tendon  to  the 
tuberculura  scaleni  [Lisfranci]  of 
the  1st  rib.  Action:  when  the 
cervical  spine  is  fixed  it  elevates 
the  1st  rib;  -jvhen  the  l^t  rib  is 
fixed  it  bends  the  cervical  spine 
forward  and  lateralward ;  and 
when  acting  with  its  fellow  of  the 
opposite  side  the  two  bend  the 
cervical  spine  directly  forward. 
I  n  n  e  r  V  a  t  i  0  n :  direct  branches  of 
the  cervical  and  brachial  plexuses. 
M.  scalenus  medius  (see 
also  Figs.  299—301  and  304). 
Form:  flat ,  oblong- triangular. 
Position:  close  to  the  taferior 
part  of  the  cervical  spine,  behind 
the  m.  scalenus  anterior,  sepa- 
rated from  it  at  the  pt  rib  by 
a  triangular  space.  Origin: 
by  6  (7)  slips  from  the  trans- 
verse processes  of  the  6  (7)  in- 
ferior cervical  vertebrae.  In- 
sertion: downward  and  lateral- 
ward  to  the  lateral  suiface  of 
the  l^t  rib  (behind  the  sulcus 
subclaviae).  Action:  when  the 
cervical  spine  is  fixed  it  elevates 
the  1  ^t  rib ;  when  the  1  **t  rib  is 
fixed  it  bends  the  cervical  spine 
lateralward  and  forward.  I  n  n  e  r- 
V  a  t  i  0  n :  direct  branches  of  the 
cervical  and  brachial  plexuses. 

M.  scalenus  posterior  (0.  T. 
scalenus  posticus)  (see  also  Figs. 
299—301  and  304).  Form:  flat, 
oblong-quach'augular.  Po  si  t  i  on  : 
close  to  the  inferior  part  of  the 
cervical  spine,  bounded  in  front  by  the  m.  scalenus  medius,  behind  by  the  m.  iliocostalis  cervicis, 
lateralward  by  the  m.  levator  scapulae;  usually  fused  with  the  m.  scalenus  medius.  Origin: 
by  2—3  slips  from  tiie  transverse  processes  of  the  2  or  3  inferior  cervical  vertebrae.  Insertion: 
downward  and  lateralward  to  tlie  lateral  surface  of  the  'l'^^^  rib.  Action:  is  related  to  the  2»c'  rib  as 
is  tliat  of  the  preceding  muscle  to  the  l^t  rib.  Innervation:  direct  branches  of  the  brachial  plexus. 
M.  scalenus  minimus  (inconstant).  P'orm:  flatly  rounded,  narrow.  Position:  in 
the  slit  between  the  nun.  scalenus  anterior  and  medius;  it  separates  the  brachial  plexus  from  the 
a.  sulx^lavia.  Origin:  by  1  —  2  slips  from  the  transverse  processes  of  the  6ti»  or  of  the 
6'1>  and  7"i  cervical  vertebra.  Insertion:  downward  and  forward  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the 
l*<t  rib  and  to  the  pkuiral  cupola.  Action:  makes  the  pleural  cupola  tense.  Innervation: 
direc^t  branches  of  the  brachial  plexus. 


Tuberculum  scaleni 


. ..  Costa  I 


Costa  II 


for  the  passage 
e  a.  subclavia 


Tuberositas  eostae 


Muscles  of  the  Neck. 


261 


Spatiuin  suprasternale 


Trachea 


Oesophagus 


Fascia  prae- 

vertebralis 


Corpus 

vertebrae 

cerviealis  VII 


Foramen 
vertebrate 


Glandiila  thyreoidea  (lobus  dexter) 

]  M.  sternohyoideus 

'  I  Fascia  colli 

M.  sternothyreoideus 

'  M.  omohyoideus 

A.  oarotis  communis 

E.  dcscendens  n.  hypoglossi 

N.  vagus 


T.yniphoglaudula 


N.  synipathicus 
_  N.  phrenicus 

__V.  jugularis  interna 

Mm.  longi  colli 
et  capitis 
_     Plexus 
brachialis 

^^   M.  sternocleido- 
mastoideus 

Mm.  scaleni 

Platysma 

Fascia  colli 

Fat 


.Muscles  of 
the  neck 


—  M.  trapezins 


307. Transverse 
section  through 
the  neck,  at  the 
level  of  the  uppermost  cartilages  of  the  trachea, 

viewed  from  above  (after  Fr.  Merkel). 

The  fascia  praevertebralis  is  a  thin  but  strong  membrane  which  covers  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  cervical  spine  and  the  deep  muscles  of  the  neck :  part  of  it  descends  with  these 
into  the  thorax,  part  extends  upon  the  outer  surface  of  the  mm.  scaleni  and  of  the  thurax: 
it  covers  directly  all  the  muscles  represented  in  Fig.  304. 

The  fascia  colli  extends  as  a  strong  membrane  from  the  hj'oid  bone  to  the  sterniun  and 
clavicle  in  front  of  the  larynx,  laryngeal  muscles  and  trachea.  It  is  attached  to  the  sternum 
by  two  leaves,  which  enclose  the  spatinm  suprasternale  and  its  fetty  contents.  Laterally  it 
extends  above  in  front  of  the  m.  omohyoideus  and  past  it  as  far  as  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  bundle  of  blood  vessels,  where  it  becomes  lost ;  it  forms  a  sheath  for  the  intermediate  tendon 
and  the  venter  inferior  of  the  m.  omohyoideus.  Behind,  it  becomes  thinner  and  passes 
below  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus ,  upon  the  fat  which  helps  to  fill  up  the  lateral  cervical 
triangle,  and  below  the  m.  trapezius  to  the  lig.  nuchae ;  the  external  surface  of  the  mm.  stermi- 
cleidoinastoideus  and  trapezius  is  covered  only  by  delicate  muscle -fascia. 


262 


Muscles  of  the  Chest. 


M.  trapezius 


M.   biceps 
biaehii 
(caput 
breve) 

M.  biceps 

brachii 

(caput 

longuui) 

M.  triceps 

brachii 

(caput 

hiteralc) 


Fossa  infraclavienlaris 

Clavicula 
Acromion 


M.  deltoideus 


M. 

sternocleido- 
niastoldeus 


M.  pectoralis 
major  (pars 
elaviiularis) 


■+ Sternum 


M.  pectoral 

major 
(pars  stern 
costal  is 


M.  pectora 
major  (pa: 
abdominal 


Vagina 

m.  recti 

abdominis 


M.  latissimus  dorsi  i 

M.  serratus  anterior 


M.  obliquus  externus  abdominis 


308.  Muscles  of  the  right  side  of  the  chest, 

viewed  from  in  front. 
(The  platysma  has  been  removed.) 

M.  pectoralis  major  (see  also  Figs.  309,  Slfi,  317  and  343).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular, 
hniad,  thick.  Position:  on  each  side  it  passes  out  from  the  median  plane  to  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  thorax  and  of  the  axilla,  above  it  is  partly  covered  by  the  platysma.  Origin: 
medial  half  of  the  clavicle  (pars  clavicidaris) ,  anterior  surface  of  the  sternum,  and  of  the 
second  to  the  seventh  costal  cartilage  (pais  sternocostalis)  and  the  anterior  leaf  of  the  vagina 
m.  recti  abdominis  (pars  ahdominalis) .     Insertion:  see  p.  263. 


Muscles  of  the  Chest. 


263 


Pars  clavicularis 


Crista 
tuborculi 
majoris   ~ 

Posterior 
layer   of  the  " 
teniiiiia) 
tfiidoii 

Anterior 
layer  of  ttie  — 
terminal 
tendon 


Corpus 
luiiiieri* 


Pars 
steriiocostalis 


Part  of  the  jnuscle  which  passes  to  the 
posterior  layer  of  the  terminal  tendon 


Pars  abdominalis 


309.  Right  m.  pectoralis  major, 

semi  -  schematically. 


viewed  from  in  front, 


(Two  strips  have  been  cut  out  of  the  muscle.  The  dotted  black  lines  indicate  the  course  of  the  upper, 
posterior  margins  of  the  muscle  bundles,  the  dotted  red  lines  that  of  the  lower,  anterior  margins.) 

M.  pectoralis  major  (continued).  Insertion:  the  fibers  converge,  lateralward  to 
the  crista  tuberculi  majoris  of  the  humerus.  The  fibers  of  the  pars  sternocostalis  and  of 
the  pars  abdominahs  pass,  at  the  lower  margin  of  the  tendinous  attachment,  to  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  same  and  thence  to  the  bone,  without  altering  their  direction,  so  that  the  fibers 
which  arise  lowest  down  are  inserted  highest  up ;  the  tendon  of  insertion ,  accordingly ,  looks 
as  though  it  were  rolled  up  at  its  lower  margin  and  consists  of  two  layers,  one  anterior,  thick 
(formed  chiefly  by  the  pars  clavicularis),  and  one  posterior,  thin  (pertaining  especially  to  the 
pars  sternocostalis  and  pars  abdominalis) ;  these  layers  are  continuous  below  but  can  be  separated 
from  above  (see  Fig.  310).  Between  the  posterior  surface  of  the  terminal  tendon  and  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  caput  longum  m.  bicipitis  brachii  there  often  lies  an  oblong  bursal  sack, 
l)iirsa  m.  pectoralis  majoris  (see  Fig.  346).  Action:  it  draws  the  upper  arm  medianward 
and  forward,  and  rotates  it  inward.     Innervation:  nn.  thoracales  anteriores. 


264 


Muscles  of  the  Chest. 


M.  subclaviiis 


C'lavicula 


M.  trapezius 
M.  pectoralis  minor 
Processus  coracoideus 
Acromion 


M.  sternocleidomastoideus 


M.  deltoidcus 


subscapularis  - 

M.  coraco- 
brachialis  . 


\l.  teres  major 


ndon  of  in- 
■iertion  of 
he  m.  pec- 
1  rails  major 

M.  biceps 

brachii 
aput  breve 


M.  biceps 
brachii 
put longum) 

M.  triceps 

brachii 
iputlaterale) 


Costa  I 


Sternum 


M.  serratus  anterior 


Mm.  intercostales  interni 


M.  latissimus  dorsi 


Costa  V 


310.  Muscles  of  the  right  side  of  the  chest  (2'"^  layer), 

viewed  from  in  front. 
(The  platysnia  and  the  ni.  pectoralis  major  have  been  removed.) 

M.  pectoralis  miuor.  Form:  flat,  oblong  -  triangular.  Position:  oii  thr  anterior 
surface  of  the  tliorax  and  (if  th(>  axilla,  covered  by  the  m.  pectoralis  major.  Origin:  by  four 
or  three  digitations  from  the  anterior  surface  of  the  2^'^  or  S^'i— 5'''  rib.  Insertion:  the  fibers 
converge  upward  and  lateralward  to  go  by  a  short  tendon  to  the  proc.  coracoideus  scapulae. 
Action:  it  draws  the  lateral  angle  of  the  scapula  downward  and  forward;  when  the  shoulder 
blade  is  fixed  it  elevates  the  ribs  to  which  it  is  attaclnMl.  Innervation:  nn.  thoracales 
anteriori's. 

M.  subclavius.  Form:  flat-cyhndrical,  narrow,  short.  Position:  hidden  between  the 
clavicle  and  the  1=**  rib,  covered  by  the  platysma,  the  clavicle  and  the  m.  pectoralis  major. 
Origin:  tendinous,  from  the  anterior  surface  of  tlie  \^^  custal  cartilage,  just  lateralward  from  the 
lig.  costodaviculare.  Insertion:  obliquely  lateralward  and  upward  to  the  inferior  surface  of  the 
clavicle.   Action:  it  draws  the  clavicle  downward  and  forwar<l.    Innervation;  n.  subclavius. 


Muscles  of  the  (Ihest. 


265 


M.  scalenus  mediiis 
M.  sealemis  anterior 


Scapula 

I  pulled  forcibly 

backward 


M.  serratus  anterior 


Sternum 


Costa  IX 


Mm.  inter- 
costales  extern! 

Miu.  intercostales 
interni 


311.  Right  m.  serratus  anterior, 

viewed    from    the    side    and    someAvhat    from    in    front. 

(The  mill,  pootorales  as  well  as  the  iiiu.?cles  of  the  antei'ior  and  posterior  scapular  fossae  have 
been  removed:   the   clavicle  has  aho  heen  removed  and  the  scapula  drawn  forcibly  backward.; 

[Text  see  p.  267.] 


266 


Muscles  of  the  Chest. 


A.  intercostal  is 


R-nius  anterior  [n.  intcrcostalis]  ii.  tlioracalis  V 


Mm.  intercostales  iutcrni 


Mm.  intercostales 
externi 


Costa  V 


M. 

subcostalis' 


Ligauientuni 
liiiubocostale 


Costa  XI 


M.  transversus 

abdominis 

(cut  tlirougbi 


Processus  trans- 

versus  vertebrae 

thoracalis  V 


Ligaiiientum  inter- 
costale  internum 


Processus  transversus 

vertebrae 

thoracalis  XII 


Processus  trans- 
versus vertebrae 
lumbalis  I 


Ligamentuni  longi- 
tudinale  anterius 


Fascia  lumbodorsalis  (anterior  leaf) 


M.  intertransversarius  lateralis 


312.  Right  posterior  wall  of  thorax  with  muscles, 


viewed  from  in  front. 


(Diaphraj^ina,  m.  psoas  and  m.  ijna<lratns  ltuul)iiniin  litive  been  removed.) 


Muscles  of  the  Cliest.  267 

M.  serratus  anterior  (0.  T.  serratus  magnus)  (see  Figs.  308,  310,  311,  31(;,  317 
and  343).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular.  Position:  on  the  lateral  and  posterior  wall  of  the  thorax, 
close  to  the  ribs  and  mm.  intercostales ,  covered  in  front  and  al)Ove  by  the  ram.  pectorales, 
behind  by  the  m.  subscapularis ,  by  the  scapula  and  its  posterior  muscles  as  well  as  by  the 
m.  latissiraus  dorsi;  lateralward  and  below,  with  its  4  —  5  inferior  digitations,  just  beneath  the 
skin.  Origin:  by  9—10  tieshy  digitations  from  the  8—9  uppermost  ribs  (by  2  digitations 
from  the  2ndrib);  also  from  a  tendinous  arch  between  1^'  and  '^^jj^-  Insertion:  uppermost 
2  digitations  (from  1*^  and  2"^  rib)  converging  to  the  angulus  medialis  scapulae;  2^^  digitation 
(from  2iid  rib)  runs  diverging  to  the  margo  vertebralis:  4"i  — 10<i»  digitations  (from  3id— gth 
rib)  extend  converging  to  the  angulus  inferior;  the  latter  portion  is  the  strongest.  The 
fibers  run  as  a  whole  curved  so  as  to  be  convex  and  to  follow  exactly  the  curvature  of  the 
wall  of  the  thorax.  Action:  it  presses  the  scapula  to  the  thorax,  draws  it  forward  and  lateral- 
ward,  acting  with  especial  power  upon  the  angulus  inferior;  at  the  same  time  it  rotates  the 
scapula  so  that  the  angulus  lateralis  is  elevated.     Innervation:  n.  thoracalis  longus. 

Mm.  intercostales  externi  (see  also  Figs.  311,  319  and  33G).  Form:  flat,  short, 
thin.  Position:  in  the  intercostal  spaces,  from  the  tubercles  of  the  ribs  on,  to  about  the  lateral 
ends  of  the  costal  cartilages;  behind  they  are  continous  with  the  mm.  levatores  costarura. 
Origin:  lower  margin  of  each  rib,  external  fnim  the  sulcus  costae.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run 
parallel  downward  and  st(n-nalward  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  next  rib  below.  Medianward 
from  the  anterior  end  running  in  the  same  direction  are  glistening  tendinous  bands  of  connective 
tissue  (ligamcnta  intercostalia  externa,  not  shown  in  the  figure).  Action:  muscles  of  inspi- 
ration.    Innervation:  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the  nn.  thoracales  I— XI. 

Mm.  intercostales  iiiterui  (see  also  Figs.  310.  311,  313  and  321).  Form:  flat,  short, 
thin.  Position:  in  the  intercostal  spaces  from  the  region  of  the  angles  of  the  ribs  to  the 
sternum:  they  lie  more  internally  than  the  mm.  intercostales  externi,  and  are  accordingly 
covered  by  the  latter  externally  as  far  as  the  lateral  ends  of  the  costal  cartilages;  between 
the  costal  cartilages  they  are  covered  only  by  the  ligg.  intercostalia  externa;  behind  they 
leave  the  anterior  surface  of  the  nun.  intercostales  externi  free  medianward  from  the  angles  of 
the  ribs.  Origin:  inferior  margin  of  each  rib,  internally  from  the  sulcus  costae.  Insertion: 
the  fibers  run  parallel  doT\'nward  and  vertebralward  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  next  ril) 
below.  Action:  the  portions  extending  between  the  ossa  costalia  are  muscles  of  exspiration : 
those  bundles  running  between  the  costal  cartilages,  mm.  mtercariilaf/iiiei ,  act  like  the 
mm.  intercostales  externi.  Innervation:  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the  nn. 
thoracales  I — XL 

The  ligamenia  intercostalia  interna  are  thin  bands  of  connective  tissue  which  are 
situated,  partly  in  front  on  the  inner  side  of  the  mm.  intercostales  interni,  in  connection  with 
the  m.  transversus  thoracis  (not  shown  in  figure),  partly  behind  on  the  anterior  surface 
of  the  mm.  intercostales  externi  in  connection  with  the  nun.  intercostales  intemi  and  the 
mm.  subeostales. 

Mm.  subcostales,  very  variable.  Form:  flat,  triangular,  very  thin.  Position:  on  the 
internal  surface  of  the  ribs,  usually  only  of  the  lower  ribs,  in  the  region  of  the  anguli  costarum. 
Origin:  frum  the  inner  surface  nf  the  ribs.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  like  those  of  the  mm. 
intercostales  interni,  but  jump  over  one  or  two  ribs.  Action:  muscles  of  expiration.  Inner- 
vation: rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the  corresponding  nn.  thoracales. 

M.  transversus  thoracis  (see  Fig.  313).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular,  very  thin. 
Position:  directly  upon  the  posterior  surface  of  the  anterior  thoracic  wall,  below  close  to  the 
diaphragm  and  bounding  the  m.  transversus  abdominis.  Origin:  posterior  surface  of  the  coi-pus 
sterni  and  of  the  proc.  xiphoideus.  Insertion:  obliquely  upward  and  lateralward  to  the  3"i 
(or  also  2ndj_6th  rib.  Action:  it  draws  the  ribs  downward  on  expiration.  Innervation: 
rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the  nn.  thoracales  III  (or  II)  —VI. 


268 


Muscles  of  the  Chest. 


M   steriiotliyreoideiis  (cut  tlirough) 

Mm.  steriioh5-oidci  (cut  through) 


Olavicula 

Costa  I 
V.  niamniaiia  interna 


A.  niauiniaria   .._    /, 
interna 


Mm.  interoostales 
interni 


thoracis 


(On 


313.  Anterior  wall  of  thorax  with  muscles, 

viewed  from  beliincl. 
tho  right  side  the  fibres  of  origin  of  the  tUniihragm  have  been  removed.)    [Text  see  p.  267.] 


Th(>  Abilomiual  Muscles. 

Foramen  voiiao  cavae  .  ,  p.,,.^  stornalis  rliaphragniatis 


269 


Cms     / 

laterals 


Crus 
mediale 


Pars  costalis 
diaphragmatis 


Centrum 
tendineuiM 


Hiatus 
oesophageus 

Pais  lunibalis 
diaphragmatis 


Hiatus  aortieus 


Arcus  Inniliocostali 
medialis 

Arcus  lumbocosta 
lateralis 


.  M.  qiKidratus 
lumborum 

.  M.  traiisversus 
abdominis 

M.  obliquus 
interims  abdomin 

M.  obliquus 
externus  abdomin 

--M.  iliai-us 


■  M.  psoas  major 


Corpus  vertebrae  lumbalis  V 


M.  psoas  minor 


314.  Diaphragm,  viewed  from  beloAv  and  in  front. 
(The  muscles  of  the  chest  have  been  removed,  the  abdominal  muscles  have  been  cut  through  transversely.) 
Diaplirag"ma  (diaphragm)  (see  also  Figs.  313  and  315).  Form  and  position:  flat, 
broad ,  kidney-shaped ,  tendinous  in  the  middle  (centrum  teadineumj,  otherwise  fleshy ;  it  is 
stretched  out  transversely  between  the  abdominal  and  thoracic  cavities;  it  bulges  into  the 
thorax,  being  convex  above,  markedly  so  lateralward,  less  so  in  the  middle,  so  that  to  the  right 
and  to  the  left  there  arises  a  cupola-like  elevation,  those  of  the  two  sides  being  separated  by 
a  shallow  median  depression;  in  the  adult  on  moderate  expiration  the  right  cupola  reaches 
to  close  below  the  costocartilaginous  junction  of  the  A^^  rib,  the  left  cupola  to  just  above  the 
costocartilaginous  junction  of  the  5*^^  rib  (see  Fig.  410).  Origin:  from  the  posterior  surface 
of  the  proc.  xiplioideus  sterni  (jmrs  sternalisj ,  from  the  internal  surface  of  the  anterior 
ends  of  the  7*1^— 12tii  rib  (pars  cosialis)  and  from  the  lumbar  vertebrae  (itars  lumhalis). 

Spalteholz,   Atlas.  18 


270 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


Foramen 
venae  cavae 


Centrum  teudineum 
N.  vagus  sinister 

Oesophagus 

N.  vagus  dexter 


Aorta 

,     Ductus 
thoracicus 


Cms 
laterale 


ntum 

)stalc 

terale 

'gos  and 

lanchnici 

msversus 

i  lumb.  I 

us  sympa- 

hicus 

srraedium        ^  1 

us  medialo  ! 

leaf  of  the  fascia  lumbodorsalis 


Crus 
intermedium 


Crus 
mediale 


-  Costa  XII 


M.  transversus 
abdominis 


"  ^  M.  psoas  major 

M.  psoas  minor 
Corpus  vertebrae  lumbalis  III 


M.  quadratus 
lumborum 


315.  Diaphragm,  pars  lumbal  is,  vieAved  from  below  and  in  front. 

(The   dia2)lira<4in   has   been    separated   from   the   tipper   ribs    and  from  the  sternum  and  drawn 
somewhat  upward;  on  the  right  the  mm.  psoas  and  quadratus  lumborum  have  been  removed.) 

Diaphrag'uia  (continued).  The  pars  hmibalis  arises  from  the  lig.  longitudinale  anterius 
and  is  divided  on  each  side  by  perforating  vessels  and  nerves  (somewhat  variably)  into  three 
crwa:  crus  mediale  from  the  anterior  surface  of  the  S^d  and  4tii,  crus  intermedium,  narrow, 
Irom  the  anterior  surface  of  the  2"d  and  3rd  ctiis  laterale,  from  the  lateral  surfaci>  of  the 
2nd  (oj.  1st)  lumbar  vertebral  body  and  from  a  strip  of  fiiscia  which  extends  thence  in  front  of 
the  m.  psoas  to  the  transverse  process  of  the  1^^  lumbar  vertebra  (arcus  lumbocostulis  mcdialis 
[Halleri]).  "A  second  strip  of  fascia,  between  the  point  last  mentioned  and  the  r2tii  rib  (arcus 
lumhocostalis  lateralis  [Halleri]),  forms  a  bridge  over  the  m.  quadratus  lumborum  and  serves 
chiefly  to  give  origin  also  to  muscle  fibers ;  it  is  not  rare  to  find  a  triangular  space  in  the  muscle 
over  it.  Tlie  crura  medialia  of  the  two  sides  diverge  somewhat  above  and  in  front  and  leave 
between  them  and  the  spine  an  oblong  space,  the  hiatus  aorticus  (for  the  aorta  and  ductus 
thoracicus),  which  is  closed  above  by  a  small  tendinous  arch.  Over  this,  the  right  crus  mt^liale 
diyides  into  two  bundles  which  enclose  a  slit  which  reaches  almost  to  the  centrum  teudiutnun,  the 
hiatus  oesopharieus  (for  the  oesophagus  and  the  nn.  vagi);  the  left  crus  mediale  sends  only  a  few 
corresponding  fibers  to  the  right.  Between  the  crus  mediale  and  the  crus  intermedium  run  usually 
the  V.  azygds  (or  hemiazygos)  and  the  nn.  splanchnici :  b(>tw(>en  the  crus  intermedium  and  the  crus 
laterale  runs  tlie  truncus  sympathicus.  Insertion  :  on  all  sides  radially  td  tlie  centrum  tendiaeum 
(O.  T.  central  tendon),  which  has  the  shape  of  a  clover-leaf  and  consists  of  interwoven  tendon  bundles. 
In  its  right  half  lies  the  foramen  venae  cavae,  quadrangulary  rounded  (for  the  v.  cava  inferior 
and  the  raun'  jiluvnicoabduniinales  n.  plirenici  dextri).  Action:  it  enlarges  the  thoracic  cavity ;  the 
cupolae  de.scen(  1  markedly,  the  centrum  teudineum  descends  less.  I  n  n  e  r  v  a  t  i  o  n  :  nn.  phrenici  and 
the  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostalesj  of  the  nu.  thoracales  VII— XII  (especially  VII,  VIU  and  XI) 


The  Al)iiniiiinal  Muscles. 


271 


^r.  serratiis 
anterior 


M.  latissimus 
dorsi 


M.  obliquus 

externus 

abdominis 


Spina  iliaca 
anterior 
superior 


Ligamentum 
inguinale  • 
IPouparti] 


_^r.  pectoralis  major 
"(pars  stcrnocostalis) 

.M.  pectoralis  major 
(pars  abdorainalis) 


Fossa  ovalis 


Linea  alba 

"Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis 

(anterior  leaf) 


Ligamentum 
-   fundiforme 
penis 


Fascia  lata 

Funiculus 
spermaticus 


316.    Muscles    of   the    abdomen,    vieAved  from  the  right  side. 

[Text  see  p.  273.] 

18* 


272 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


Linea  alba 


M.  pectoralis  ma 
(pars  sternocosta 


]M.  pectorali: 

major  (pars 

abdominalis) 


M.  serratiis 
anterior 


Vagina  m.  recti 
abdominis 

(anterior  leaf) 


M.  obliquiis 

externus 

abdominis 


Spina  iliac 
anterior 
superior 

Ligament 
inguin£ 
[Poupai 


M.  sartoiius 
Fossa  ovalis 

Ligamentnm  fundiformc  penis 
Funiculus  spermaticus 


317.     Muscles    of  the    abdomen,    viewed  from  in  from. 

I  Text  see  p.  27:5.  | 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 
]  Linea  alba 


273 


Vagina  ni.  recti  abdomin: 
(anterior  leaf) 


^. 


Funiculus  sperruaticus ^ 


Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis  (anteritJ 

leaf)  (reflected) 

M.  pyranjidalis 


__.Fibrae  inter- 
crurales 

— Aiinulus  inguinalis 
subcutaneus 

Ligamentuni  inguinale 
reflexum  [Collesi] 

Crus  inferius 


Crus  superius 


I.iganientum  suspensoriuni  penis 


318.  Mm.  pyramid  ales,  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The   anterior  leaf  of  the   sheath  of  the  rectus  has*  been  partially  dissected  off  and  reflected.) 

II.  obliqiius  externus  abdominis  (see  also  Figs.  31fi,  317,  329  and  331).  Form: 
tiat,  i-[uadrangnlar,  broad,  much  longer  in  front  than  behind.  Position:  on  the  anterior  and 
lateral  surface  of  the  abdominal  and  inferior  thoracic  region.  Origin:  by  8  fleshy  digitations 
from  the  outer  surface  of  the  5*11 — 12'^  rib;  the  uppermost  digitation  is  usually  covered  by  the 
pars  abdominalis  m.  pectoralis  majoris  (see  Fig.  319);  the  5  upper  digitations  are  inserted  between 
the  digitations  of  the  ra.  serratus  anterior;  the  3  lower  between  those  of  the  m.  latissimus  dorsi. 
Insertion:  the  upper  fibers  run  more  transversely,  the  lower  more  obliquely,  forward  and 
downward.  The  largest,  upper  part  goes  over  medianward  into  a  broad,  tendinous  sheath 
which  runs  in  front  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  and  helps  to  form  the  anterior  leaf  of  the 
vagina  m.  recti  abdominis  (see  p.  279);  the  next  lower  muscle  bundles  pass  obliquely  to  tho 
/i;/amcntum  inguinale  [Pouparti]  (0.  T.  Pouparfs  ligament)  (see  p.  280)  and  leave  medianward 
an  open  space  (annuliis  inguinalis  sithcntanciis)  (see  p.  280)  for  the  passage  of  the  funiculus 
spermaticus;  the  muscle  fibers  arising  farthest  back  are  attached  in  fleshy  masses  to  the  external 
lip  of  the  ihac  crest.  Action:  it  draws  the  thorax  downward,  bends  the  spinal  column  forward 
and  toward  the  same  side  and  rotates  it  toward  the  other  side;  when  the  thorax  is  fixed  it 
elevates  the  pelvis.  Innervation:  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the  nn.  thora- 
cales  Till — XII  and  the  nn.  iliohypogastricus  and  ilioinguinalis. 

M.  pyramid.ilis,  inconstant.  Form:  flat,  oblong-triangular.  Position:  close  to  the 
median  plane  above  the  symphysis  pubis,  in  front  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis,  in  a  duplicaturo 
of  the  anterior  leaf  of  the  vagina  m.  recti  abdominis.  Origin:  anterior  surface  of  the  ramus 
superior  ossis  pubis  and  of  the  symphysis  ossium  pubis.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  upward 
and  medianward  to  the  hnea  alba.  Action:  it  tightens  the  linea  alba  in  the  upright  position 
and  gives  rise  to  the  median  groove  below  the  navel  when  the  abdominal  muscles  are  relaxed. 
Innervation:  r.  anterior  [n.  intercostalisj  of  the  n.  thoracalis  XII. 


274 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


jNI.  pectoralis 

major  (pars 

sternocostalis) 


1st  digitation 
_the  ra.  obliqn 
externus 
abdominis 
-Costa  VI 

_  M.  serratus 
anterior 

-  M.  latissimus 
dorsi 

Mm.   intercosta 
exterBl 


Mm.  intercostales 
interni 


Costa  X 


Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis 
(anterior  leaf) 
Insertion  of  the  m.  obi 
quus  externus  abdomin 

M.  obliquus  internus 
abdominis 


—  Linea  alba 


Spina  iliaca 
;unterior  snperio: 


Ligamentum 
inguinale 
[Pouparti] 


^  Funiculus  spermaticus 
Ligamentum  suspensorium  penis 

319.  Muscles  of  the  abdomen  (2'"'  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 

[Text  see  p.  275.] 


The  Abdominal  ]\[uscles. 


275 


>[.  rectus  abdominis 


j\liu.  intercostales 
interni 


Vagina 

m.  recti 

abdominis 


posterior 
leaf 


anterior 
leaf 


M.  transvcrsus. 
abdominis 


Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis 

(anterior  leati 


M.  obliquus  internus  abdominis 


M.  obliquus  externus  abdominis 
(cut  through  and  reflected  medianward) 


320.  Transition  of  the  tendon  of  the  right 
m.  obliquus  internus  abdominis  into  the  sheath 

of  the  rectus. 

(The  m.  ohliquus  externus  abdominis  has  been  complete!}"  removed  above;  below,  it  has  been  cut 
through  and  reflected;  the  m.  obliquus  inteiTKis  abdominis  has  been  separated  at  its  upper  border  from 
the  costal  cartilages;  theanterior leaf ofthe sheath oftherectushasbeenremovedin the upperportion.) 

M.  obliqmisiuternus  abdominis  (see  also  Figs.  3 19,  331  and  332).  Form:  flat,  quadran- 
gidar,  broad,  in  front  considerably  longer  than  behind.  Position:  on  the  anterior  and  lateral 
surface  of  the  abdomen,  completely  covered  by  the  m.  obliquus  externus  abdominis.  Origin: 
posterior  surface  of  the  combined  leaves  of  the  fascia  lunibodorsalis  (see  p.  288),  linea  intermedia 
of  the  iUac  crest,  lateral  two  thirds  of  the  lig.  inguinale.  Insertion:  the  most  posterior  fibers 
pass  upward  and  forward  to  the  inferior  margins  ofthe  lOtii — 12*  rib.  The  other  fibers  coming 
from  the  iliac  crest  diverge  and  pass  medianward  so  that  the  uppermost  run  parallel  to  the 
ends  of  the  costal  cartilages  (connected  with  them  only  by  loose  tissue),  the  lowermost  run 
transversely;  the  fibers  Irom  the  lig.  inguinale  are  somewhat  curved  as  they  run  downward. 
All  the  muscle  bundles  not  fastened  to  the  ribs  go  over,  lateralward  from  the  m.  rectus,  along  a 
curved  line,  into  a  tendinous  plate.  This  divides  in  its  upper  two  thirds  into  two  lamellae,  of 
which  one  passes  in  front  of,  the  other  behind,  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  to  go  to  the  median 
plane  and  there  form  the  basis  for  the  corresponding  leaf  of  the  vagina  m.  7-ecti  abdominis 
(0.  T.  sheath  of  the  rectus)  (see  also  Fig.  322  and  p.  279).  In  the  lower  third,  all  the  fibers 
run  in  front  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  (see  also  Fig.  323  and  p.  279);  the  posterior  leaf  of 
the  rectal  sheath  is  lacking  here ;  its  lower  margin  is  curved  so  as  to  be  concave  and  is  called 
the  linea  semicircularis  IDouglasi]  (see  Fig.  324).  The  lower  margin  of  the  muscle  forms  in 
part  the  upper  margin  of  the  inguinal  canal  (see  p.  281);  in  addition  the  m.  cremaster  goes  off 
from  it  (see  p.  281j.  Action:  it  draws  the  thorax  downward,  bends  the  spinal  column  forward 
and  toward  the  same  side,  rotates  it  toward  the  same  side :  when  the  thorax  is  fixed  it  elevates 
the  pelvis.  Innervation:  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  ofthe  nn.  thoracales  YUI — XII 
and  the  nn.  iliohj-pogastricus  and  ilioinguinalis. 


270 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


M.  pectoralis  major 
pars  sternocostalis) 


M.  pectoralis  major 

■  (pars  abdominalis) 

(cut  through) 

■Costa  V 


M.  serratus 
aiitei  ior 

M.  latissimus 
dorsi 

Mm.  iiitercostales 
exteriii 


Mm.  intercostales 
interni 


-r —  Costa  X  • 
Inseriptio  tendiiica 


—  Linea  alba 

M.  transversus 
abdominis 


M.  rectus  abdominis 


Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis  (anterior 

leaf)  (cut  through) 

Spina  iliaca 
anterior  superior 


_Ligamentum  inguinale 
[PoupartiJ 


Funiculus  spermaticus 


321.   Mm.   recti  abdominis,  viewed  from  in  front.   [Text  see  p.  277. 


The  Abdominal  iMuscles. 


277 


Linea 


M.  obliquus  interims  abdominis 

M.  obliquus  exteriius  abdominis 


322.  Transverse  section   through  the  abdominal 
wall  above  the  linea  semicircularis  [Douglasi] 

(after  W.  Braune). 


Cutis 


Fascia  transversalis 


M.  obliquus  externus  abdominis  ' 

323.  Transverse  section   through  the  abdominal 
wall  below  the  linea  semicircularis  [Douglasi] 

(after  W.  Braune). 

M.  rectus  abdomiuis  (see  Figs.  321  and  324).  Form:  flat,  oblong-quadrangular,  above 
broader  and  thinner,  below  narrower  and  thicker.  Position:  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
abdomen  close  to  the  linea  alba.  In  front  it  is  covered  by  the  anterior  leaf  of  the  vagina  m. 
recti  abdominis;  behind  it  lies  in  its  upper  two  thirds  on  the  posterior  leaf  of  the  vagina  m. 
recti,  in  the  lower  third  directly  upon  the  fascia  transversalis.  Origin:  anterior  surface  of  the 
5th — 7tii  costal  cartilage,  of  the  proc.  xiphoideus  and  of  the  lig.  costoxiphoideum.  Insertion: 
its  fibres  run  downward,  parallel  to  one  another,  close  to  the  linea  alba.  In  its  upper  half  it 
is  interrupted  by  three  intercalated  tendons,  inscriptiones  tendineae ;  the  uppermost,  usually 
incomplete,  corresponds  approximately  to  the  inferior  margin  of  the  thorax,  the  lowermost  runs 
transversely  at  the  level  of  the  navel,  and  the  middle  one,  between  these  two,  in  the  same  direction ; 
these  intermediate  tendons  oiten  do  not  go  entirely  through  the  thickness  of  the  muscle ;  they 
are  very  intimately  connected  with  the  anterior  leaf,  but  loosely  with  the  posterior  leaf  of  the 
rectal  sheath.  The  number  and  extent  of  these  tendons  varies:  usually  there  is  an  incomplete 
one  below  the  navel  at  the  level  of  the  linea  semicircularis  |  DouglasiJ.  Below,  the  muscle  fibers 
converge  and  are  attached  by  a  strong  flat  tendon  to  the  ramus  superior  oss.  pubis  and  to  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  symphysis  ossium  pubis ;  the  fibers  of  the  tendons  are  very  much  inter- 
woven. Action:  it  draws  the  thorax  downward  and  bends  the  spinal  column  forward;  when 
the  thorax  is  fixed  it  elevates  the  pelvis.  Single  sections  of  the  muscle  can  contract  separately. 
Innervation:  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the  nn.  thoracales  Y — XTI. 


278 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


Cosla  V 


^f^^sij^ 


^"^fe:-"^ 


N.  serratus  anterior 


Mm.  intercostales 
iuterni 


Mm.  intercostales 
externi 


Costa  X 


Linea  alba 


Vagina  m.  recti  abdomin 
(posterior  leaf) 


Linea  semilunaris 

[Spigeli] 

M.  transversus  abdominii 


Linea  semicircularis 
[Douglasi] 

M.  rectus    abdomin 
(cut  through) 

Spina  iliaca 
anterior  superior 

Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis 
[(anterior  leaf) 

Lig.  iirgninale 
fPouparti] 


Funiculus 
speriuaticus 


324.  M  USCleS  of  the  abdomen  (3^*  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 

(Mm.  obliqui  abdominis  have  been  completely  removed.    The  m.  rectus  abdominis  and  the  anterior 
leaf  of  its  sheath  have  been  removed  on  each  side  in  their  upper  two  thirds.) 


The  Abdominal  Muscles.  279 

M.  traiisversus  abdominis  (see  also  Figs.  313,  321  and  332).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular, 
broad,  much  longer  in  front  than  behind.  Position:  on  the  anterior  and  lateral  surface  of 
the  abdomen,  completely  covered  by  the  mm.  obliqui  abdominis,  partly  also  by  the  m.  rectus 
abdominis.  Origin:  from  the  Lntemal  surface  of  the  6tii — 12*1^  costal  cartilage,  fi'om  the  union 
of  the  two  leaves  of  the  fascia  lumbodorsalis  (see  Figs.  332  and  333),  from  the  internal  lip 
of  the  iliac  crest  and  from  the  lateral  two  thirds  of  the  hg.  inguinale.  Insertion:  the  fibers 
are  paraleU,  run  transversely  forward  and  go  over  into  a  tendon  plate  along  a  line  which  is 
concave  medianward  (Ihiea  semihmaris  [SpigeU]).  This  tendon  plate  (see  also  Figs.  322 
and  323)  runs,  in  its  upper  two  thirds,  behind  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  and  strengthens  the 
posterior  leaf  of  the  sheath  of  the  rectus;  in  the  lower  third,  where  there  is  no  posterior  leaf 
of  the  rectal  sheath,  it  goes  in  front  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  and  fuses  with  the  anterior 
leaf  of  the  rectal  sheath.  The  lowermost  fibers  arch  downward  and  help  to  form  the  posterior 
wall  of  the  inguinal  canal  (see  pag.  282);  they  are  attached  partly  to  the  upper  surface  of 
the  pubis,  partly  to  the  hg.  inguinale.  Action:  it  pulls  the  ribs  downward  and  diminishes 
the  size  of  the  abdominal  cavity.  Innervation:  rami  anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of  the 
nn.  thoracales  VII — XII  as  well  as  the  nn.  Oiohypogastricus  and  ilioinguinalis. 

Vagina  m.  recti  abdominis  (sheath  of  the  rectus)  (see  also  Figs.  317,  319,  320, 
322  and  323)  consists  on  each  side  of  two  broad  tendinous  leaves,  which  cover,  dii'ectly,  the 
anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  and  which  are  formed  by  the  tendons 
of  the  mm.  obliqui  et  transversus  abdominis;  medianward  both  leaves  meet  those  of  the  other 
side  in  the  linea  alba.  The  anterior  leaf  covers  the  whole  anterior  surface  of  the  m.  rectus 
and  is  firmly  fased  with  its  inscriptiones  tendineae.  It  is  very  thin  above  and  there  serves 
to  give  origin  to  the  pars  abdominalis  of  the  m.  pectoralis  major;  it  becomes  stronger  lower 
down  and  consists  of  interwoven  fibers.  In  its  upper  two  thirds  it  is  fonned  by  the  anterior 
leaf  of  the  tendon  of  the  m.  obliquus  Latemus,  with  which  is  fused  the  tendon  of  the  m.  obliquus 
externus  (see  Fig.  322),  in  its  lower  third  by  the  union  of  the  tendons  of  the  mm.  obUqui 
and  of  the  mm.  transversus  abdominis  (see  Fig.  323).  The  posterior  leaf  is  much  shorter, 
begins  on  the  costal  cartilages  at  the  angulus  infi-astemalis  and  ends,  more  or  less  sharply, 
somewhat  below  the  navel  in  a  margin,  the  H7iea  semicircularis  [ Douglasi] ,  which  is  concave 
below  and  stretches  out  lateralward  from  the  linea  alba ;  it  consists  of  the  transverse  tendinous 
fibers  of  the  posterior  leaf  of  the  tendon  of  the  m.  obhquus  internus  abdominis  and  those  of 
the  m.  transversus  abdominis. 

Linea  alba  (see  also  Figs.  317,  318  and  321 — 323)  is  a  tough  connective  tissue  strip 
which  extends  in  the  median  plane  between  the  mm.  recti  abdominis  fi'om  the  proc.  xj'phoideus 
(  to  the  symphysis  ossiimi  pubis.  Below  the  proc.  xyphoideus  it  gi-aduaUy  broadens,  being 
about  twice  as  wide  at  the  level  of  the  navel  as  it  is  higher  up,  and  again  narrows  below 
the  navel  to  a  thin  cord  whicJi  is  attached  behind  the  tendons  of  the  mm.  recti  abdominis 
to  the  hg.  pubicum  superius  by  means  of  a  triangular  expansion  (adminiculum  lineae  albae) 
(see  Fig.  328).  The  sheath  of  the  rectus  is  attached  to  the  linea  alba;  indeed  it  forms  it,  in 
a  way,  through  the  imion  of  the  two  leaves  of  the  right  side  with  the  two  leaves  of  the  left. 
Approximately  in  its  middle  and  about  at  the  level  of  the  body  of  the  4'ii  lumbar  vertebra  the 
linea  alba  contains  the  navel,  umbilicus. 

Ligamentum  fundiforme  penis  (0.  T.  suspensory  ligament)  (see  Figs.  316  and  317) 
(in  the  male)  is  a  broad  band,  consisting  essentially  of  elastic  fibers;  it  arises,  above  the 
symphysis  ossium  pubis,  from  the  anterior  surface  of  the  vagina  m.  recti  and  the  hnea  alba 
as  weU  as  from  the  fascia  supei-ficiahs  abdominis.  It  surrounds  the  penis  like  a  loop  by 
means  of  its  two  Umbs  and  often  radiates  out  into  the  scrotum. 

Ligamentum  fundiforme  clitoridis  (0.  T.  suspensory  ligament)  (see  also  Fig.  675) 
(in  the  female)  corresponds  to  the  ligament  just  mentioned  in  the  male. 


280 


The  Abdominal  .Muscles. 


Liganientum  inguinale  [PonpaHiJ 


Fibrae  intercrurales 

M.  obliquns  externus  abdominis 


Annulus 


inguinalis  subcutaiieus 
I  Crus  superius 


•^-> 


Funiculus 
spermaliciis 
(cut  through) 

■with 
ui.  cremaster 


325.  Right  anterior  abdominal  ring  and  fossa 

ovalis  in  the  male. 

Lig'amcutum  inguinale  [l^oupartij  (0.  T.  Pouparfs  ligament)  (see  also  Figs.  316,  317, 
324,  328,  370  and  376)  is  a  powerful,  flatly  rounded  tendon,  which  extends  from  the  spina  iliaca 
anterior  superior  to  the  tubercidum  pubicum.  To  its  upper  margin  are  attached  the  tendinous 
fibers  of  the  m.  obliquus  externus,  and  from  it  arise  part  of  the  fibers  of  the  m.  obliquus  iu- 
ternus  and  m.  transversus  abddininis ;  to  its  lower  margin  the  fascia  lata  is  attached  and  this 
causes  a  convex  downward  bulging  of  the  ligament.  Medianward  the  ligament  does  not  end  at 
the  tuberculum  pubicimi  alone  but  also  sends  diverging  fibers  to  the  pecten  ossis  pubis:  the  latter 
insertion  is  a  small  triangular  ligament,  lifiamctitum  lacunare  [Gnfiber/iati]  (0.  T.  Girabernafs 
ligament)  (see  also  i^'igs.  32S  and  370),  which  bounds  the  annulus  fenKjralis  (see  p.  32.5)  with  its  lateral 
concave  margin,    and  fused  with  the  fascia  pectinea,   extends  obliquely  backward  and  upward. 

Caiialis  inguinalis  (inguinal  canal)  (see  also  Figs.  326—328)  is  a  cylindrical  space 
filled  up  by  the  funiculus  spermaticus  in  tlie  male,  by  the  lig.  teres  uteri  in  the  female:  it 
perforates  the  lowermost  portion  of  the  abdominal  muscles  obliquely  from  behind  and  above, 
forward,  downward  and  medianward.  The  canal  has  two  openings,  one  posterior,  annulus 
in/iuinalis  ulidominalis  (0.  T.  internal  abdominal  ring),  and  one  anterior,  annulus  inguinalis 
subculancus  (().  T.  external  abdominal  ring),  and  (somewhat  schematically)  four  walls,  one 
anteriiir,  one  inferior,  one  superior,  one  posterior. 

The  annulus  ingui/ialis  subculancus  (see  also  Fig.  318)  lies  somewhat  laterally  fi"om 
and  a  little  above  the  tub(>rculum  jjubicum.  It  is  forme(l  by  the  separation  of  the  lowermust 
fibers  of  the  tendon  of  the  m.  dbliquus  extenms  from  one  another  giving  rise  to  an  acute-angled 
space,  which  is  bounded  below  by  fibers  which  go  to  the  tuberculum  pubicum  ferns  infcrius, 
0.  T.  external,  pillar),  above  by  fibers  which  run  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  symphysis  ossiura 
pubis  (crus  superins,  0.  T.  internal  pillar):  the  larger  lateral  portion  of  the  space  is  filled  up  by 
curved  fibers  which  run  transversely,  fibrae  inter crur alt's  (0.  T.  inters ihunnar  fascia,  external 
spermatic  fascia).  These  fibers  leave  as  a  free  opening  only  a  small  si)a<'e,  convex  laterally, 
whicii  will  permit  the  passage  of  the  tip  of  the  index  finger. 


The  Abdominal  IMuscles. 


281 


M.  obliquus   iiitt'i'iius 
ahdoniiuis 


M.  obliquus 
externus  abdomiuis 

(cut  through  and    " 
reflected  downward)    - 

Lateral  origin  of  the 
in.  creniaster 

Margo  falciforinis 
(cornu  superius) 


V.  femoralis 


M.  obliquus  externus 

: abdominis  (cut  throug 

and  reflected  median- 
■^  ward) 


Upper  wall  of  the 
canalis  inguinalis 
Posterior  wall  of  th 
canalis  inguinalis 


jNledial  origin  of 
the  ni.  creniaster 


Funiculus  spermaticus 
with  m.  creniaster 


326.  Right  inguinal  canal  in  the  male  (2"^  layer), 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The   m.  oliliquits  externus  abdominis  has  been  cut  tbrougb  above  the  anterior  abdominal  rini;- 
and   reflected   partly  medianward  and  partly  d()wnward.     The  spermatic  cord  bas  been  pressed 

somewhat  downward  within  the  inguinal  canal.) 

Canalis  iugiiiualis  (continued). 

Anterior  wall:  formed  by  the  tendon  plate  of  the  m.  obliquus  externus  abdominis, 
and  also  by  the  fibrae  intercrurales. 

Lower  wall:  m.  obliquus  externus:  the  lig.  inguinale  [PoupartiJ  and  the  fibrous  bands 
of  the  crus  inferius  immediately  adjacent  do  not  extend  in  their  medial  jjortion  in  a  straiglit 
line  to  the  tuberculum  pubicum  but  are  curved  somewhat  downward  so  that  they  form  a 
groove  open  above  for  the  spermatic  cord. 

Upper  wall:  m.  obliquus  internus:  the  lowermost  fibers  of  this  muscle,  arising  from 
the  lig.  mguinale,  extend  in  curves  medianward  and  downward,  forming  lateralward  the  mus- 
cular, narrow,  upper  wall  of  the  inguinal  canal  and  going  over  n^.edianward  into  the  anterior 
layer  of  the  sheath  of  the  rectus;  this  medial  part  has  its  lower  insertion  sometimes  farther 
lateralward  and  then  passes  close  in  front  of  and  along  with  the  fiilx  inguinalis  to  the  up])er 
surface  of  tlie  os  pubis. 

M.  cremaster  (see  also  Figs.  '.V2b  and  652)  (in  the  nale)  is  a  portion  sejiarated 
from  the  lower  margin  of  the  m.  obliquus  internus.  It  arises  by  a  thick  lateral  bundle 
from  the  upper  margin  of  the  lig.  inguinale  and  by  a  weak,  medial  bundle  from  the  anterior 
layer  of  the  sheath  of  the  rectus :  the  furmer  lies  on  the  lateral,  the  latter  on  the  medial  surface 
of  the  spermatic  cord;  both  pass  with  the  spermatic  cord  through  the  subcutaneous  opening  of 
the  inguinal  canal,  spread  out  in  common  upon  the  tunica  vaginalis  communis  of  the  testis  and 
epididymis,  and  surround  it  like  a  loon.  Action:  it  elevates  the  testis.  Innervation: 
n.  spermaticus  externus.  —  In  the  female  this  nuiscle  consists  of  only  a  few  fibers  which  go  to 
the  lig.  teres  uteri. 


282 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


M.  obliquus  interniis  abdominis 
(cut  tlirough  and  reflected  mediaiiward) 


M.  tiansversus  abdominis 
I 


M.  obllquns 

nterniis   abdominis 

(cut  tbrougli  and 

reflected  lateral- 

ward] 


M 


obliquus  extern  us 
abdominis 
(cut  through  and 
reflected  downward) 


Margo  falciformi: 
(cornu  superius) 


M.   obliquus 
externus  abdominis 

(cut  through  and 

reflected  median- 
ward) 


Posterior  wall 
(thin  spot) 

Falx  inguinalis 

M.  crem  aster 
(cut  away) 

Ligamentum 

inguinale 
reflexum 

ICollesi] 


V.  femoralis 


Funiculus 
spermaticus 


327.  Right  inguinal  canal  in  the  male  {3^^  layer), 

viewed  from  in  front. 
(The  mm.  obli(iui   abdominis  have   been   cut   through   above   the   inguinal   canal  and  reflected 
medianward  and  lateralward.    The  spermatic  cord  has  been  pressed  somewhat  downward  within 

the  inguinal  canal.) 

Caiialis  iu^uiualis  (continued).  Posterior  wall  (see  also  Fig.  328):  m.  transversus; 
the  lowermost  fibers  of  the  m.  transversus  arch  downward  on  the  median  side  of  the  posterior 
abdominal  ring,  spread  out  in  a  divergent  manner  and  become  attached  medianward  to  the 
upper  surface  of  the  os  pubis,  lateralward  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  lig.  inguinale.  The  triangular 
])late  thus  arising  furms  the  posterior  wall  of  the  inguinal  canal  and  varies  in  strength  at 
different  places.  Medianward  it  contains  a  strip  of  strong  tendinous  fibers,  faLv  [ aponeurotica] 
i/iffuinalis,  which  extends  from  above  downward  and  medianward  to  the  upper  surface  of  the 
jniltis,  and  becomes  firndy  attached  by  its  medial  border  to  the  tendon  of  the  m.  rectus;  m 
front  it  is  not  rarely  covered  and  strengthened  by  fibers  of  the  m.  obliquus  internus  (see 
p.  281).  In  the  lowermost  portion  of  this  strip  tliere  are  also  fibers  which  extend  from  the 
lateral  margin  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis,  in  curves,  downward  and  lateralward  (see  Fig.  328); 
not  seldom  they  are  more  powerful  than  the  others.  The  lateral  part  of  the  posterior  wall  is 
strengthened  by  the  lig.  interfoveolare  (see  p.  283). 

The  ligamentum  inguinale  reflextim  [CoUesi]  (see  also  Fig.  318)  is  a  thin  band  of 
fibers,  one  finger  broad,  which  comes  into  view  medial  I'rom  th^^anniilus  mguinalis  subcutaneus, 
between  the  two  crura.  It  extends  from  the  medial  end  of  the  lig.  inguinale  and  lig.  lacunare 
obliquely  upward  and  medianward  behind  the  crus  superius  to  the  anterior  layer  of  th(>  sheath 
of  the  rectus  and  in  so  doing  lies  partly  in  front  of  the  lowermost  portion  of  the  falx  inguinalis. 


\ 


The  Abdominal  Muscles. 


283 


A.  and  v.  epigastrica  Inferior 

Liganientum  interfoveolare  [Hesselbachi] 
L I  1  ^r.  transTersus  abdominis 


Linea 
semicircularis 

[Douglasi] 


Linea  alba 

M.  rectus 
abdominis 


M.interfoveolaris — 


Thin  spot  in  the 
posterior  ■svall 


Falx 
[aponeiirotica] 

iugiiinalis 

Adiiiiniculum 

lineae  albae 


A.  and  v. 
teslicularis 

-—Ductus  deferens 


A.  femoralis 

V.  femoralis 

M.  iliopsoas 


\  Ligamentum  inguinale 
[PoupartiJ 

Annulus  femoralis 
Lig.  lacunare  [GimbernatiJ 
Direction  of  the  plica  umbilicalis  lateralis 


328.   Posterior  wall  of  the  right  inguinal  canal 

in    the    male,   vieAved  from  behind, 

Canalis  iuguiualis  (continued).  Posterior  wall  (continued):  The  lateral  part  of 
the  plate  connected  with  the  m.  transversus,  which  forms  the  posterior  wall  (see  p.  2S2)  is 
strengthened  by  a  band  of  fibers  markedly  concave  lateralward  and  upward,  the  lu/a?nenhim  inter- 
foveolare [Hesselbachi].  This  lies  just  in  fi'ont  of  the  a.  epigastrica.  It  consists  of  fibers  which 
bend  directly  downward  from  the  m.  transversus  and  of  those  which  go  off  behind  the  same 
further  up ;  both  kinds  of  fibers  extend  downward,  bend  around  chiefly  lateralward  and  upward, 
partly  also  medianward  and  downawar<l  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  lig.  inguinale  and  fuse  with 
it.  The  falx  inguinalis  and  the  lig.  interfoveolare  vary  greatly  in  strength  and  breadth.  The 
thinner  spot,  situated  between  the  two,  which  lies  directly  behind  the  subcutaneous  abdominal 
ring,  is  broad,  when  they  are  narrow,  and  vice  versa;  it  contains  always  single  tendon  fibers 
of  the  m.  ti'ansversus ,  consists  otherwise  of  irregularly  and  loosely  arranged  fibers,  and  is 
perforated  by  the  a.  spermatica  externa  and  the  n.  spermaticus  externus.  On  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  posterior  wall  there  often  run  a  few  buntUes  of  muscle  fibers,  m.  interfoveolaris, 
either  directly  behind  the  lig.  interfoveolare,  or  somewhat  more  medianward;  they  arise  like  a 
fan  behind  the  m.  transversus  (sqraetimes  also  ft"om  it)  and  extend  downward  to  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  lig.  inguinale  and  .ihe  lig.  lacunare. 

The  annulus  ingninalis  abdominalis  (0.  T.  internal  abdominal  ring)  lies  somewhat 
medianward  above  the  midtlle  of  the  lig.  inguinale,  is  bounded  medianward  and  below  by  the 
lig.  interfoveolare  and  flattens  out  gradually  lateralward  and  upward. 


284 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


Processus  spinosus 
vci'tebrae  cervicalis  VIT 


Spina  scapulae 
Acromion 


Processus  spinosus 

vertebrae  tliora- 

calis  XII 


M.  splenius  capiiis 

M.  sternocleidomastoideus 

>I.  trapezius 

Fascia  infraspinata 


M.  deltoideus 


M.  triceps 
brachii 


Crista  iliaca 


Fascia  lumbodorsalis 
(posterior  layer) 

JSr.  obliquus  exteruus 
abdominis 

Trigoiium  lumbale 
Petitil 


Vl.  glutaeus  medius 


C  utis 


M.  glutaeus 
raaximus 


329.    Broad    muscles    of  the    back,   viewed  from  behind. 

[Text  see  pp.  285  and  2S6.] 


Muscles  of  the  T5ack. 


!85 


Protulierantia   occipitalis  externa 


Processus  spinosus  vertebrae 
cerviealis  VII 

Spina  scapulae 
Acromion 


M.  seuiispinalis  capitis 

M.  splenius  capitis  et  cervicis 
M.  levator  scapulae 

M.  rhomboideus  minor 

JI,  rhomboideus  major 

Fascia  infraspinata 

M.  supraspinatus 

M.  deltoideus 


Processus  spinosus  vertebrae  thoraralis  VI 


M.  latissimus  dorsi 

M.  teres  major 


M.  triceps  brachii 
M.  teres  minor 


330.  Broad  muscles  of  the  back 

(2"'^  layer),  viewed  from  behind. 
(The  mm.  trapezii  and  sternocleidomastoidei  have  been  removed.)    [Text  see  also  pp.  286 — 287. J 

M.  trapezius  (see  Fig.  329).  Form:  flat,  triangular,  broad.  Position:  in  the  neck  and 
upper  part  of  the  back,  just  beneath  the  skin.  Origin  (see  also  Fig.  296):  tendinous  froin 
the  linea  nuchae  superior,  protuberantia  occipitalis  externa,  lig.  nuchae  and  lig.  supraspinal 
as  far  as  the  1211^  thoracic  verteljra;  the  tendon  fibers  are  connected  with  those  of  the  other 
side,  are  longer  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  vertebra  prominens,  and  there  form,  on  each  side, 
a  triangular  area.  Insertion:  the  upper  fibers  extend  oblicfuely  downward  and  forward  to  the 
acrominal  extremity  of  the  claviel'-,  the  middle  fibers  transversely  to  the  acromion  and  to  the 
sjiine  of  the  scapula:  the  luwev  libers  obii"'"  -  "i.'-.-..-r!  nnH  lateralward  to  become  attached 
by  a  small,  triangular,  flat  tendon  to  the  ii  le  of  the  scapula.    Action:  it 

draws   the    shoulder-blade   toward  the  spi'^t   ..i.;  >.  ..  ..      _    ..lat  the  angulus  inferior  is  dis- 

placed lateralward.  the  nngnlus  later&li.s  npwird:  when,  the  .<U')Older-blade  is  fixed,  it  draws 
the  head  backward  and  r.'tiit<r  '♦  along  with  tlie  face,  6"i"ewhat  toward  the  other  side. 
Innervation:  r.  externus  n.  i\''\ssorii  and  .i  branch  of  the  plexus  cerviealis. 

Spalteholz,  Atlas.  J9 


28G 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


Insertion  of  Ihe  m.  latissimus  dorsi 
M.  serratus  posterior  inferior 


Processus  spinosus  vertebrae  thoracalis  XII 
I  M.  latissimus  dorsi 


II  I  I 

]       I   Tendon  of  origin  of  the  ni.  i  I 

I       j     transversus  abdominis       Fascia  lunibodorsalis   ; 
I       I M.  obliquus  internus  (posterior  layer) 

'   Crista  iliaca     abdominis  M.  glutaeus  maximus 

M.  obliquus  externus  abdominis 


I 


I  M.  obliquus 

externus  abdominis 
I        Trigonum  lumbale  [Petiti] 
M.  glutaeus  medius 


331.   Muscles  of  the  lumbar  region   (l^Mayer),  viewed  from 

behind.   (,(_)ii  the  left  the  m.  latissimus  dorsi  has  been  removed.)    [Text  see  also  pp.  287  and  288.] 

M.  latissimus  dorsi  (see  also  Figs.  316,  329,  330  and  343).  Form:  hat,  triangular, 
thin.  Position:  in  the  lower  part  of  the  back  and  lateral  region  of  the  thorax,  being  partly 
covered  above  by  the  ra.  trapezius.  Origin:  tendinous  from  the  posterior  layer  of  the  fascia 
lumbodorsalis ,  from  tbe  proc.  spinosus  of  the  6'^  thoracic  vertebra  on  downward,  from  the 
crista  iliaca  and,  by  three  or  four  fleshy  digitations,  from  the  external  surface  of  the  three  or 
four  lowermost  ribs.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run,  converging,  lateralward,  the  upper  fibers 
more  transversely,  the  lower  almost  straight  upward ;  they  lie  on  the  lateral  wall  of  the  thorax 
close  to  the  m.  serratus  anterior,  fuse  with  the  lower  margin  of  the  m.  teres  major,  wind 
ardund  it  to  its  anterior  surface  and  become  attached  by  a  flat  tendon  to  the  crista  tuberculi 
niiniiris  humeri.  Between  these  two  muscles,  in  this  situation,  Ues  the  bursa  m.  latissimi 
dorsi  (see  Fig.  345).  Action:  it  draws  the  aim  medianward  and  backward;  it  draws  the 
shoulder-blade  medianward  and  downward.     Innervation:  n.  thoracodorsalis. 

M.  rhoinboidcus  major  (see  Figs.  329  and  330).  Form:  flat,  quadrangular. 
Position:  upper  part  of  the  back,  covered  by  the  m.  trapezius.  Origin:  tendinous  from 
spinous  processes  and  interspinal  ligaments  of  the  pt — 4th  thoracic  vertebra.  Insertion:  the 
fibres  run  parallel  downward  and  lateralward  to  the  margo  vertebrahs  scapidae.  Action:  it 
draws  the  shuulder-bladt^  medianward  and  u])war(l  and  rotates  it  at  the  same  time  so  that 
the  aiigulus  inferior  scapulae  is  turned  medianward.     Innervation:  n.  dorsalis  scapulae. 

M.  rhomboideus  minor  (see  Fig.  ?.30),  often  only  indistinctly  separable  from  the 
prt>ceding  muscle.  F(»rm:  flat,  obl^.ig-quadrangular.  Position:  directly  on  the  upper  margin 
of  the  preceding  muscle.  Origin:  tendinous  from  the  lig.  nuchae  and  the  spinous  processes 
of  the  two  lower  cervical  vertebrae.  Insertion:  like  that  of  the  preceding  muscle,  just  above 
the  same.     Action  and  innervation:  same  as  for  the  preceding  muscle. 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


287 


Diaphragma  (pars  costalis) 


Insertion  of  the  ni.  latissimus  dorsi 


Costa  XII 


Iu>;ertion  of  the 
m.  serratus  posterior  inferior 


M.  serratus  posterior  inferior 

I  Mm.  intercostales  exteriii 

I  I 

I  I  Mm.  intercostales  interni 


M.  transversus  abdominis         I 
Crista  iliaca 


Proc.  transversus 
I        1         vert,  lumbalis  IV 
!       M.  sacrospinalis 
'  (cut  through) 

P'ascia  himbodorsalis 
(anterior  laj'er) 


1  J  M.  obliquus  internus 

j  I  abdominis 

I  Tendon  of  origin 

I  of  the  m.  transversus  abdominis 

Fascia  himbodorsalis  (posterior  layer) 


332.  Muscles  of  the  lumbar 

viewed  from  behind. 


region  (2°^  layer), 


(The  mm.  kitissimus  dorsi  and  obhquus  extemus  abdominis  have  been  removed  on  both  sides:  on  the 
left  side  the  mm.  obliquus  internus  abdominis  and  serratus  posterior  inferior  have  also  been  removed.) 

[Text  see  also  p.  288.] 

M.  levator  scapulae  (O.T. levator  ang-uli  scajjulae)  (see Figs. 299— 301  and  330).  Form: 
flatly  roimded,  oblong.  Position:  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  neck,  covered  by  the  mm.  sterno- 
cleidomastoideus  and  trapezius,  in  front  coming  in  contact  with  the  m.  scalenus  posterior,  behind 
with  the  m.  sjilenius  capitis  et  cervicis.  Origin:  by  four  tendinous  processus  from  the  posterior 
tubercles  of  the  transverse  processes  of  the  l^t — 4th  cervk'al  vertebra  (see  Figs.  306  and  335). 
Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel  downward,  backward  and  lateralward  to  the  margo  vertebraUs 
scapulae.  Action:  it  draws  the  shoulder-blade  medianward  and  upward  and  rotates  it  so  that 
the  angulus  inferior  is  turned  medianward ;  when  the  shoulder-blade  is  fixed,  it  bends  the  cervical 
portion  of  the  spine  to  the  same  side  and  rotates  it  somewhat.  Innervation:  n.  doi'saiifrscapulae. 

Trlgonum  lumbale  [Petiti]  (O.T.Petit's  triangle)  (see Fig.  331),  a  triangular  thiimer  spot 
of  the  posterior  abdominal  wall,  varying  in  size;  below  it  is  bounded  by  the  crista  iliaca,  lateralward 
by  the  posterior  margin  of  the  m.  o))liquus  extemus  abdominis,  medianward  by  the  lateral  margin  of 
the  m.  latissimus  dorsi.  In  this  triangle  the  muscle  fibers  of  them,  obliqims  internus  are  visible;  in 
front  of  them  lies  the  tendon  of  origin  of  the  m .  tran  sversus  abdominis  and  of  the  m.  quadratus  liimborum. 

Fascia  uuchae  (not  represented  in  the  figure)  is  a  thin  membrane  of  connective  tissue 
which  lies  just  beneath  the  mm.  trapezius  aud  rhomboidei;  it  goes  off  from  the  inferior  surface 
of  the  squama  occipitahs ,  covers  the  mm.  splenii  capitis  et  cervicis  and  seraispinalis  capitis, 
is  connected  medianward  with  the  lig.  nuchae,  is  continued  in  front  into  the  fascia  colli  and 
goes  over  below  at  the  m.  serratus  posterior  superior  into  the  fascia  lumbodorsalis. 

1<J* 


288 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


Fibrocartilago  iutervertebi  alls 
vertebrae  liinibalis  IJI  et  IV 


Cavum 
articulare 


M.  obliquus  externus  abdominis 

M.  psoas  minor  ji.  obliquus  iuternus  abdominis  j 

M.  psoas  major  m.  transversus     '  < 


Processus  transversus 
vertebrae  lumbalis  I\' 
Fascia  iliaca 


abdominis 


fl 


''/ 


Cutis 


[  I\r.  latissimus  dorsi 

^inniculus  adiposus 


Tendon  of  origin  of  tlie 
m.  transversus  abdominis 


Processus  spinosus 
vertebrae  lumbalis  IV 


Ligamentnm 
supraspinale 


Anterior  layer   i 
Posterior  laver  I 


of  the  fascia  lumbodorsalis 


1  Fascia  superticialis 

M.  sacrospinalis 


333.  Transverse  section  through  the  muscles  of 

the    lumbar    region,    (after  W.  Braune). 

Thi>  fascia  lumbodorsalis  consists  of  two  layers. 

The  posterior  layer  (see  also  Figs.  329,  331,  332  and  334)  lies  just  below  the 
mm.  trapezius,  rhomboidei  and  latissimus  dorsi  on  the  posterior  surface  of  them,  sacrospinalis, 
is  thin  at  its  beginning  at  the  m.  serratus  posterior  sujierior,  where  it  is  continuous  with  the 
fascia  nucliae  (see  p.  2S7),  forms  a  sheath  below  for  the  m.  serratus  posterior  inferior  and, 
becoming  stronger,  descends  as  far  as  the  coccygeal  region;  on  its  way  it  is  fused  median  ward 
with  the  spinous  processes  and  supraspinal  ligament  of  the  thoracic  and  lumbar  vertebrae  and 
with  the  crista  sacralis  media ;  below,  it  fuses  Avith  the  posterior  ligaments  of  the  sacriun  and 
with  tlie  crista  iliaca,  lateralward  with  the  anguli  costaruin  and,  below  the  ribs,  between  them 
and  the  crista  iliaca,  with  the  anterior  layer.  It  consists  above  of  transverse,  below  of  oblique 
crossing  fibers,  mIucIi  represent  in  part  the  immediate  continuation  of  the  mm.  serratus  posterior 
inferior  iind  latissinms  dorsi  arising  from  the  fascia. 

The  anterior  layer  (see  also  Figs.  312,  315,  332  and  340)  is  thinner,  lies  in  front 
of  the  m.  sacrospinalis,  l)ehind  tlie  mm.  (piadratus  luraborum  and  psoas  major  and  extends 
only  from  the  12t'i  j-j]^  ^q  ^jjg  crista  iliaca,  being  fastened  to  both.  It  arises  by  four  processes 
from  tlie  transverse  processes  of  the  lst_4th  lumbar  vertebra,  is  connected  below  with  the 
lig.  iliolumbale  and  contnins,  above,  powerful  curved  fibrous  bands  Avhich  extend  from  the  1  st 
and  2'"'  lunil)ar  vertebra  to  the  \2^^^  rib,  the  lujameiitum  lumbocpstalc  (see  Figs.  312,  315 
and  34ii).  Tho  tiliers  of  the  anterior  layer  run  essentially  transversely,  unite  lateral  from  the 
111.  sacrospinalis  with  th(>  fibers  of  the  posterior  layer  and  thus  together  form  the  tendon  of 
origin  of  the  m.  transversus  abdominis;  tlie  m.  obliquus  iuternus  abdominis  arises  in  part  from 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  (combined  layers. 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


289 


334.  Broad  muscles  of  the  back  (S'^kyer),  viewed  from  behind. 

(The  shoulder-blades  and  the  muscles  going  to  thera  have  been  removed.) 
3E.    serratiis    posterior 

Protiiberantia 
occipitalis     _ 


externa 


Processus 
iiiastoideus 


Processus  spinosiis 
vertebrae  oervicalis  Vli 


M.  semispinalis  capitis 


]M.  splenitis  capitis 

et  cervicis 


scaleni 


serratus  posterior 
superior 


Processus 

spinosus 

vertebrae 

tlioracalis  IV 


Costa  VI 


superior  (O.T.  serratus  ])usticu 
superior).  Form:  flat,  qua- 
. drangular,  very  thin .  Position: 
upper  part  of  the  back,  covered 
by  the  mm.  rhomboidei.  Origin: 
by  a  flat  tendon  from  the  lig. 
michae  or  the  spinous  processes 
of  the  6^li  and  't^  cervical  and 
1  St  and  211'^  thoracic  vertebrae.  In- 
sertion: the  fibers  run  parallel, 
obliquely  lateralward  and  down- 
ward and  terminate  by  four  fleshy 
digitations  on  the  2nd— 5th  rib. 
Action:  it  elevates  these  ribs. 
Innervation:  rami  anteriores 
[nn.  intercostales]  of  the  nn. 
thoracales  I — IV. 

M.  serratus  posterior  in- 
ferior (0.  T.  serratus  posticus 
inferior)  (see  also  Fig.  331). 
Form:  flat,  quadrangular,  very 
thin.  Position:  lower  part  of 
the  back,  covered  by  the  m.  la- 
tissimus  dorsi  and  partly  also  by 
the  m.  trapezius.  Origin:  po- 
sterid^-  layer  of  the  fascia  lumbo- 
dorsalis  in  the  region  of  the 
10tli_i-2tli  thoracic'and  the  1st 
and  2Jid  lumbar  vertebrae.  In- 
sertion: the  fibers  run  parallel 
obliquely  lateralward  and  upw;ird 
«tind  terminate  by  lour  fleshy  di- 
gitations on  the"^  9<ii— 12'h  rib. 
Action:  it  draws  these  ribs 
downward  and  outward;  it  con- 
tracts on  inspiration.  Inner- 
vation: rami  anteriores  [nn.  in- 
tercostales] of  the  nn.  thora- 
cales IX— XII. 

M.  splenius  capitis  (see 
also  Figs.  296,  301,  330  and  335). 
For  m :  flat,  oblong-quadrangular, 
thick.  Position:  in  the  neck, 
partly  covered  by  the  mm.  trajjc- 
zius  and  sternocleidomastoideus, 
serratus  posterior  superior  ;nid 
rhomlx)idei.    Origin:  lig. nucbne 

at  the  level  of  the  3r'<i— 7tii  cervical  vertebra  as  well  as  from  the  spinous  processes  of  the 
1st  and  2nd  thoracic  vertebrae.  Insertion:  the  fibers  converge  somewhat  and  i>ass  upward 
lateralward  by  a  thick,  short  tendon  to  the  proc.  mastoideus  and  to  the  linea  nuchae  superior 
OSS.  occipitahs.  Action:  it  rotates  the  head  so  that  the  face  is  turned  upward  and  toward  thi' 
same  side;  the  muscles  of  the  two  sides  together  bend  the  head  backward.  Innervation: 
rami  laterales  of  the  rami  posteriores  of  the  nn.  cervicales  II— VIII. 

M.  splenius  cervieis  (0.  T.  splenius  colli)  (see  Figs.  296,  3;i0  and  335).  Form:  flat, 
'jlduug-quadrangular,  narrow.  Position:  it  forms  in  a  way  a  continuation  downward  of  the 
preceding  muscle  and  is  often  indistinctly  separable  from  it.  Origin:  procc.  spinosi  and  ligg. 
interspinalia  of  the  3r'i— 6*11  thoracic  vertebra.  Insertion:  by  2—3  processes  to  the  tubercula 
posteriora  of  the  procc.  transversi  of  the  2—3  uppermost  cervical  vertebrae.  Action:  it  bends 
the  neck  backward  and  lateralward  and  rotates  the  atlas  like  the  preceding  muscle  rotates  the 
head.     Innervation:  like  that  of  the  preceding  muscle. 


Processus 

spinosus 

vertebrae 

thoracalis' 

XII 


Costa  XII 


Fascia 
Uimbn- 
dorsalis 

Mm.  inter- 
costales 
extern! 


iSf.  serratus 
posterior 
inferior 


I'ascia 
umbodorsali 

M. 
transversus 
abdominis 


290 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


M.  semispinalis 
capitis 


Protuberantia 
occipitalis  externa 


_, ._      _  Processus 

iiiastoideus 

J    4 M-  splenius  capitis 

7,,  (cut.  through) 

■  M.  longissimus  capitis 


M.  semispinalis 
capitis 


M.  scalenus  posterior 


Nj   M.  levator 
scapulae 
(cut  through) 


M.  splenius  cervicis 
(cut  through) 

M.  longissimus  cervicis 


Mm.  inter- 
costales 
extern  i 


M.  iliocostalis  cervicis 


-  M.  scalenus  posterior 


>I.  iliocostalis  cervicis 


_     M.  iliocostalis 

dorsi 
—      M.  longissimus 
dorsi 


335.    Muscles    of  the    neck    (left:    2"'^  layer,   right:    3«^  layer), 

viewed  from  behind. 

(On  botli  sides  the  iiini.  trapezius,  sternocleidomastoideus  and  levator  scapulae  Lave  Leeu  removed, 
on  the  right  side  tlie  nun.  splenii  have  also  been  removed.)     [Text  see  p.  289  and  291 — 293.] 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


291 


Protuberantia 
occipitalis  externa 


Tiiberculum  posterius 
atlantis 


Processus  spiuosus  ver- 
tebrae cervicalis  VII 


M.  iliocostalis 
cervicis 


336.  Long  muscles  of  the  back  (pMayer), 

(On  the  right  sicb'  thi>  in.  ihucostalis  has  heen  pulled  lateralward,  on 

reflected.)     [Text  see  also  pp.  292  and  293.] 

M.  sacrospinalis  (O.T.  erector 
spmae)  (see  also  Figs.  332,  333 
and  337  —  340.  Form:  trian- 
gular-prismatic, long.  Position: 
on  each  side  along  the  median 
plane  from  the  sacral  region  to 
the  neck.  0  r  i  g  i  n :  fleshy  in  the 
depth,  otherwise  by  lung  tendons 
from  the  crista  iliaca,  posterior 
surface  of  the  sacrum,  spinous 
processes  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae, 
inner  surface  of  the  fascia  lim]bo- 
dorsalis.  The  mass  of  fibers  is  divi- 
sible in  the  lumbar  region  into  three 
separate  mucles :  m.  iUocostalis, 
m.  longissimus  and  m.  spinalis. 
M.  iliocostalis  (0.  T.  external 
division  of  erector  spinae),  farthest 
lateralward,  extends  between  the 
ribs  or  their  homologues. 

M.  iliocostalis  lumborum 
(O.T.  sacrolumbalis)  .Insert!  o  n : 
by  nine  processes,  the  lower  ones 
fleshy,  the  upper  ones  thin  and 
tendinous,   to  the  angles  of  the 

12*11 — 4tii  rib.    Action:  it  can 
depress  the  ribs. 

M.  iliocostalis  dorsi  (0.  T. 
accessory  to  the  iUocostal).  Ori- 
gin: covered  by  the  preceding, 
it  arises  by  six  fleshy  digitations 
from  the  angles  of  the  \2^^ — 7* 
rib.  Insertion:  by  eight  thin 
tendons  to  the  angles  of  the  1^^  to 

1st  ]-[i3  ami  the  transverse  process 

of  the  7tli  cervical  vertebra. 
M.  iliocostalis  cervicis  (0. 

T.  cervicalis  ascendens)  (see  also 

Fig. 335).  Position:  it  is  bound- 
ed in  front  by  the  m.  scalenus 

posterior,  lateralward  by  the  m. 

levator  scapulae,  medianward  by 

the  mm.  splenius  and  longissimus 

cervicis.     Origin:    covered  by 

the   preceding  muscle,   it  arises 

bv   4 — 6   fleshy   processes   from 

the  angles  of  the  6tli— 3i-'i  (2"<i 

or  1^)  rib.  Insertion:  by  three 

narrow  tendons  to  the  transverse 

processes  of  the  6*^1 — 4fh  cervical 

vertebra.   Action:  it  bends  the 

neck  backward  and  toward  the 

same  side:  it  can  elevate  the  ribs. 
Action  of  the  whole  m.  ilio- 
costalis :     it    bends    the    spinal 

colunm  backward  and  toward  the 

same  side.  Innervation:  rami 

laterales  of  the  rami  posteriores 

of  the  nn.  cervicales  III — VIII, 

thoracales  I — XII  and  lumbalis  I. 


viewed  from  behind. 

the  left  side  it  has  been 


M.  longissimus  capitis 

M.  interspinalis 
-  M.  longissimus  cervicis 
M.  spinalis  cervicis 


M.  iliocostalis 
cervicis 


Proc. 

spin.ver- 
tebrae 
thora- 

calis  VI 

M.  ilio- 
costalis 
dorsi 


Proc.  spin. 

vertebrae 

thoracalis 

XII 

Costa  XII 


Pelvis 


Mm. 

intercostales 

externi 


M. 

iliocostalis 
dorsi 


M. 

longissimus 

dorsi 


M.  spinalis 
dorsi 


M.  iliocostalis 
lumborum 


M.  iliocostalis 
lumborum 


Ligamentum    — 
sacrospinosum 

Ligamentum 
sacrotuberosum 

Tuber  ischiadicuni 


292 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


I'rotaberantiii 

occipitalis 

externa 


M.  loDgissimus 
capitis 


M.  loiigissimtis 
cervicis 


337.  Long  muscles  of  the  back  (2"^MaYer),  viewed  from  behind. 

(The  mm.  ihocostiiles  have  been  removed;  the  mm.  longissimi  dorsi  have  been  reflected  outward ; 

thi>  m.  long'issimus  cervicis  has  been,   on  the  right  side,  drawn  hiteralward,  on  the  left  side, 

medianward;  the  m.  longissimiis  ca]iitis  has  been  drawn  medianward  on  the  right  side.) 

M.  lougissimus  (0.  T.  middle  division 
of  erector  spinae)  (see  also  Fig.  336)  is  the 
middle  bundle  of  the  m.  sacrospinalis ;  it 
extends  (in  the  back  only  by  its  medial 
digitations)  between  the  transverse  pro- 
cesses or  their  homologues. 

M.  lougissimus  dorsi.  Ori- 
gin: it  receives  medianward 
several  short,  accessory  bundles 
from  the  transverse  processes  of 
the  12th— 7th  thoracic  vertebra. 
Insertion:  l^t,  by  thin,  la- 
teral processes,  fleshy  below, 
tendinous  above,  to  the  transverse 
jirocesses  of  the  5th — jst  Imnbar 
vertebra  and  the  angles  of  the 
12th— 2nd  i-ib  (see  Fig.  336); 
2"<J^  by  medial  processes,  below 
fleshy,  above  tendinous,  to  the 
procc.  accessorii  of  the  5th  to 
1st  lumbar  vertebrae  and  the 
procc.  transversi  of  all  the  tho- 
racic vertebrae.  Action:  it 
bends  the  spinal  column  back- 
ward and  toward  the  same  side. 
M.  longissiniHS  cervicis  (see 
also  Fig.  335).  Form:  flat,  thin. 
Position:  medianward  from  the 
m.  iliocostahs  cervicis,  lateral- 
ward  from  the  m.  longissimus 
capitis.  Origin:  uppermost 4 — 6 
thoracic  vertebrae.  Insertion: 
the  middle  cervical  vertebrae. 
Action:  it  bends  the  neck 
Itackward  and  to\\ard  the  same 
side. 

M.  loiig'issimus  capitis  (0. 
T.  tracbelomastoid)  (see  also  Fig. 
335).  Form:  flat,  oblong-(iua- 
drangular,  thin:  usually  fused 
with  the  preceding  muscle.  Posi- 
tion: medianward  from  the  m. 
longissimus  cervicis,  lateralward 
from  the  m.  semispinalis  capitis. 
Origin:  procc.  transversi  of  the 
3rd_list  thoracic  vertebra  and 
procc.  articulares  of  the  7th — 3rd 
cervical  vertebra.  Insertion: 
thickened  and  tendinous  to  the 
proc.  mastoideus.  Action:  it 
draws  the  head  backward  and 
toward  the  same  side. 

Innervation:  rami  laterales 
of  the  rami  posteriores  of  the 
nn.  cervicales  II — VIII,  thora- 
cales  I — XII,  lumbales  I — V,  and 
sacrales  I  and  IT. 


Mm. 

intercostale 

externi 


M. 
semi- 
spinalis 
dorsi 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


293 


338.  Short  muscles  of  the  back  (P^  layer),  viewed  from  behind. 

(The  111.  seiiiispiiiahs  eiipitis  has  been  removed  mi  the  left  side.) 


Protubcraiitia 

occipitalis 

externa 


Processus 
mastoideus 


M.  semispiualis  capitis 


semispinalis  cervicis 


Processus  spinosus  verte 
brae  cervicalis  VII 

Costa  I      - 


( 


Processus 

spinosus 

vertebrae 

thorac.  VI 


M.  semi- 
spinalis 
dorsi 


M.  spinalis  (0.  T.  inner  divi- 
sion of  erector  spinae)  (see  Y'vj^. 
336),  very  thin,  lornis  the  metlial 
part  of  the  m.  sacrospinalis  and  ex- 
tends between  spinous  processes. 
M.  spinalis  dorsi.  Orif,'in: 
tendinous  from  the  two  upper- 
most lumbar  and  the  two  (or 
three)  lowermost  thoracic  verte- 
brae, intimately  fused  with  the 
m.  longissimus.  Insertion: 
tendinous  to  the  thoracic  ver- 
tebrae from  the  %^^  (or  8th)  to 
the  2"«i  inclusive;  one  vertebra 
(10^*1  or  y'b)  is'  passed  over 
without  attachment. 

M.  spinalis  cervicis  (0.  T. 
s])inalis  colli),  very  variable. 
Origin:  two  uppermost  tho- 
racic and  two  lowermost  cervical 
vertebrae.  Insertion:  A^^  to 
2"d  cervical  vertebra. 

Action:  they  extend  the  spi- 
nal column.  Innervation :  rami 
mediales  of  the  rami  posteriores 
of  the  nn.  cervicales  III — VIII 
and  thoracales  I — XII. 

M.  spinalis  capitis  see  under 
m.  semispinalis  capitis. 

M.  semispinalis  (see  also  Fig-. 
^37)  is  the  superficial  and  most 
vertical  layer  of  the  fiber  masses. 
which,  running  obliquely  upward 
from  the  procc.  transversi  to  the 
procc.  spinosi,  fills  up  the  groove 
between  the  jirocc.  spinosi  and 
transversi  as  a  triangular  prisma- 
tic cord ;  the  fibers  pass  over  more 
than  four  vertebral  bodies  before 
becoming  attached.  The  muscle 
is  absent  in  the  lumbar  region. 

M.  semispinalis  dorsi.  Origin:  procc.  transversi  of  the  six  lower  thoracic  vertebrae. 
Insertion:  j)rocc.  spinosi  of  the  six  upper  thoracic  and  two  lower  cervical  vertebrae. 

M.  semispinalis  cervicis  (0.  T.  semispinalis  colli).  Origin:  procc.  transversi  of  the 
six   upper  thoracic   vertebrae.     Insertion:   procc.    spinosi   of  the  5tii— 2nd   cervical  vertebra. 

Action:  they  bend  the  spinal  column  backward  and  rotate  it  toward  the  opposite  side. 

M.  semispinalis  capitis  (0.  T.  complexus)  (see  also  Figs.  296  and  335).  Form:  flat, 
oblong-quadrangular,  thick.  Position:  bounded  medianward  by  the  lig.  nuchae,  lateral- 
ward  by  the  m.  longissimus  capitis,  covered  in  large  part  by  the  mm.  splenii  and  trapezius. 
Origin:  procc.  transversi  of  tlie  six  upper  thoracic  vertebrae,  procc.  transversi  et  articulares 
of  the  3 — 4  lower  cervical  vertelirae  and  procc.  spinosi  of  the  uppermost  thoracic  and  lowermost 
cervical  vertebrae.  The  fibers  coming  from  the  procc.  spinosi  are  sometimes  separated  so  as 
to  form  an  independent  muscle,  the  m.  spinalis  capitis.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel 
upward  and  snmewhat  medianward  to  the  under  surface  of  the  si[uama  occipitalis;  they  are 
interrupted,  especially  medianward,  by  one  or  several  jagged  intermediate  tendons.  Action: 
it  draws  the  head  backward  and  raises  the  face  toward  the  other  side. 

Innervation:  rami  mediales  of  the  rami  posteriores  of  the  nn.  cervicales  II — YIII 
and  thoracales  I— XII. 


k 


Proc.  spin. 

vertebrae 

thoracalis 

XII 

Costa  Xn 


^V- 


294 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 

339.  Short  muscles  of  the  back 

(2"^^  layer 


c),  viewed  from  behind. 


Protiiberantia 
occipitalis  externa 


Processus  mastoideiis 


multifidus 


Processus  spinosus 

vertebrae 

cervicalis  VII 


Costa  II 


Processus 

spinosus 

vertebrae 

thoracal  is  VI 


Costa  XI 


Processus  spinosus 

vertebrae 

thoracalis  XI T 


Pelvis 


Fascia 
mbodorsalis 
ut  through) 


M. 

multifidus 


^ 


M.  multifidus   (see  also 
Fig.  337)   is  the  second  layer 
of  the  muscular  mass  extending 
from  the  procc.  transversi   to 
the    procc.    spinosi    ohliquely 
upward;    it    lies   in  the  back 
and   neck  just  below   the  m. 
seraispinalis,     in    the    Imnbar 
region  just  below  the  m.  longis- 
siraus   dorsi;  its  fibers  bridge 
over  from  two  to  four  vertebral 
bodies .      Origins:    posterior 
surface   of  the  sacrum,   procc. 
mamillares    and    accessorii    of 
the    limibar   vertebrae,    procc. 
transversi  of  the  thoracic  ver- 
tebrae and  procc.  articulares  of 
the  1^^ — i^^  cervical  vertebra. 
Insertions:  procc.  spinosi  of 
the  lumbar,  thoracic  and  cer- 
vical vertebrae   (with   the   ex- 
ception of  the  atlas).  Action: 
it  bends  the  spinal  column  back- 
ward and  rotates  it  toward  the 
opposite    side    (it    bends    the 
lumbar   spine   backward   only, 
without  rotating  it).     Inner- 
vation: rami  mediales  of  the 
rami  posteriores  of  the  nn.  cer- 
vieales   III  —  VIII,    thoracales 
I — XII  and  lumbales  I — \. 

The  mm.  rotatores  (see 
Fig.  340)  form  the  third,  deepest 
layer  of  the  fiber  masses  going 
oblitpiely  tipward  from  the 
procc.  transversi  to  the  procc. 
spinosi;  they  are  completely 
hidden  by  the  m.  multifidus. 
They  consist  of  single,  narrow, 
thin  muscle  bands. 

Mm.  i-otatoros  lougi 
bridge  over  one  vertebra. 

Mm.  rotsitores  breves 
iro  tn  thi"  next  vertebra  above. 
Both  go  to  the  root  of  the 
procc.  spinosi  or  to  the  arcus 
vertebrae,  are  present  from  the 
sacrum  as  far  as  the  2"d  cer- 
vical vertebra  and,  below,  rim 
nearly  vertically,  above,  more 
transversely.  Action  and 
i  n  n  e  r  V  a  t  i  1 1  n  :  same  as  for 
thi'  m.  multifidus. 


Muscles  of  the  Back. 


295 


340.  Short  muscles  of  the  back  (S'^'^  layer),  viewed  from  behind. 


Mm.    levatores    costarum.     Form.    Hat,    tri- 
angular, thin.    Position:    behind  the  articulationes 


costotransversariae ,  covered  by 
Origin:  procc.  transversi  of 
the  Tth  cervical  and  1st —nth 
thoracic  vertebra .  Insertion: 
lateralward  and  downward  to 
the  next  rib  below  (mm.  leva- 
tores  costarum  breves) ;  in  the 
3 — 4  lower  intercostal  spaces 
also  to  the  next  rib  but  one 
below  (mm.  levatores  costarum 
longi).  The}'  are  directly  ad- 
jacent to  the  mm.  intercostales 
externi.  Action:  they  extend 
the  spinal  column,  incline  it 
toward  the  same,  and  rotate  it 
toward  the  opposite  side.  In- 
nervation: ramus  posterior  of 
the  n.  cervicalis  Vni  and  rami 
anteriores  [nn.  intercostales]  of 
the  nn.  thoracales  I — XL 
Mm.  interspiuales,  short 


the  ni. 


longissimus 


Protuberantia 
occipitalis  externa 

Processus  mastoideus 

Tuberculum 
posterius  atlant 


Processus  spinosus 
vertebrae  cervicalis  VII 


_  Jr.  rectus  capitis 
posterior  minor 


Costa 


-  M.  rotator 
brevis 


Costa  VI 

Proc.  spill, 
vertebrae  ^ 
thoracf.  VI 


bundles  between  every  two 
neighboring  spinous  processes ; 
from  the  epistropheus  to  the 
saciHim.  They  are  often  double 
on  the  cervical  vertebrae,  are 
usually  absent  from  the  thoracic 
vertebrae  but  very  powerful  on 
the  lumbar  vertebrae.  Action: 
they  bend  the  spinal  column 
backward.  Innervation: 
,  rami  mediales  of  the  rami 
posteriores  of  the  nn.  cervicales 
III— VIII,  thoracales  I— XII 
and  lumbales  I — Y. 

Mm.    iutertrausversarii 
(O.T.  intertransversales),  short 
bundles     between     every  -two 
neighboring     transverse     pro- 
cesses. They  are  usually  absent 
from    the    thoracic    vertebrae. 
They  are  double  on  the  cervical 
vertebrae,    extending    between 
adjacent    tiibercida    anteriora 
(mm.    intertransversarii    an- 
teriores)    and     also    between 
adjacent    tubercula    posteriora 
(mm.  intertransversarii  poste- 
riores).   They  are  double  also 
on  the  lumbar  vertebrae  extend- 
ing between  the  procc.  marail- 
lares   (mm.  intertransversarii 
mediales)   and  between  the  procc. 
(mm.  intertransversarii  laterales). 
they    bend    the    spinal    cohunn    to 
Innervation:  direct  branches  of  the  plexus 
cervicalis  and  brachialis;   rami  anterior(>s  [nn. 
intercostales]    of  the   nn.  thuracales:   rami  la- 
terales of  the  rami  posteriores  of  the  nn.  lum- 
bales I— V. 


Processus 
spinos.  vert, 
tliorac.  XII 


Costa  XI  t 


-M.  transversus 
abdominis 

M.  iiiterspinalis 


Proc. 

spinosus 

vertebrae 

lumb.  V 


Os  sacrum 


transversi 
Action: 
the    side. 


Pelvis 


M.  rotator 
longus 

M.  levati 
costae  bn 


M.  levati 
costae  loii 


Ligamentun 
lumbocostal 

jSI.  inter- 

transvers.  no 

Fascia  lumbc 

(Fusion  of 

layers) 

M.  iiifertrans 

lateralis 

Fascia  luni 

~        fiorsalis 

(anterior  la; 

JI.  rotate 

longus 

M.  rotate 
brevis 


296 


Muscles  of  the  Back 

Linea  nuchae  inferior 
Liiiea  nncliae  superior 


Protnbevaiitia  occipitalis  externa 


Foramen 

niastoi- 

deuui 


Processus 
luastoideus 


Processus  transversus 
atlautis 

A.  vertebralis 


Tiibereulum  posterius  atlantis 


"  '        .M.'obliquus  capitis 
superior, 
""-^,   M.  rectus  capitis 
postcrfor  niiEor 
M.  rectus  capitis 
posterior  major 

M.  obliquus  capitis  inferior 


JM.  intertransYersarius  posterior 


Processus  spinosus  epistrophei 


-      M.  iutersjiiuiilis 


Processus  spinosus  verteijrae  cerviealis  III 


341.  Short  muscles  of  the  neck,  viewed  from  behind  and  below. 

M.  rectus  capitis  posterior  major  (0.  T.  rectus  capitis  posticus  major).  Form:  flat, 
oljlniio'-triiin^'ular.  rusitioii:  immodiati'ly  upon  the  vertebrae.  Origin:  proc.  spinosus 
opistni])hei.  Jnscrtion:  slii^htly  diverging,  upward  and  lateralward  to  the  inferior  surface  of 
tlio  squama  occipitalis.  Action:  it  draws  the  head  backward,  and  rotates  it  toward  the 
same  side.     Innervation:  ranms  ])osterior  of  the  n.  suboccipitalis. 

31.  rectus  capitis  posterior  minor  (0.  T.  rectus  capitis  posticus  minor)  (see  also 
''"ig.  340).  Fnrm:  Hat,  triangular.  I'osition:  immediattdy  upon  the  membrana  atlantooccipitalis 
isti'riiir,  rcacliiug  as  far  as  the  median  plane;  lateralward  it  is  partially  covered  by  the 
.eceding  muscle.  Origin:  tuberculum  posterius  atlantis.  Insertion:  slightly  diverging, 
ii]iward  t(>  the  inferior  surface  of  the  squama  occipitalis.  Action:  it  draws  the  head  back- 
ward,    lunervatidu:  raiuus  posterior  of  the  n.  suhoccipitahs. 

31.  (»l)li<|uus  capitis  superior.  Form:  flat,  oblong-triangular.  Position:  lateralward 
and  bacivward  from  the  articulatio  atlantooccipitalis.  Origin:  ])roc.  transversus  atlantis.  In- 
sertion :  slightly  diverging,  obliquely  upward  and  medianward  to  the  inferior  surface  t)f  the  squama 
nccipitidis.  A  r  t  i  1.11 :  it  draws  tlir  lic;id  l):ickward.  Inner  v. :  ramus  posteriori  if  then.  su1)occipitalis. 

31.  obliquus  capitis  inferior.  Form:  flat,  oblong.  Position:  immediately  upon 
the  vertebrae.  Origin:  proc.  spinosus  epistrophei.  Insertion:  lateralward  and  upward  to 
the  proc.  transversus  atlantis.  Action:  it  rotates  the  atlas  and  the  head  toward  the  samo 
side.     Innervation:   ramus  posterior  of  the  n.  suboccipitalis. 


Muscles  of  the  Ann. 


29- 


342.  Muscles  of 

the  right  upper 

arm, 

viewed   from  the  lateral 
side. 

M.  deltoideus  (see  also 
Figs.  308,  310,  329,  330,  343, 
347  and  349).  Form:  flat, 
triangular,  bent  so  as  to  be 
markedly  trougblike ,  thicker 
in  the  middle  than  at  the  bor- 
ders. Position:  just  beneath 
the  skin;  it  forms  the  fleshy 
projection  of  the  shoulder. 
Origin:  fleshy  from  the  ex- 
tremitas  acromialis  claviculae 
and  fhe  acromion,  tendinous 
from  the  spina  scapulae,  connect- 
ed with  the  fascia  infraspinata. 
Insertion:  the  anterior  and 
posterior  fibers  ruu  in  almost 
»  straight  line  downward  and 
lateralward,  the  middle  fibers 
curve  downward  over  the  tuber- 
culuni  tnajus  humeri  (bursa 
suhdeltoidca  see  Fig.  345) ;  the 
middle  part  of  the  muscle 
presents  a  markedly  pinnate 
appearance ;  all  the  fibers  con- 
verge to  the  tuberositas  del- 
toidea  humeri,  lateralward  and 
below  the  insertion  of  the  m. 
pectoralis  major.  Action:  it 
lifts  the  upper  arm  lateralward 
in  the  shoulder  joint.  In- 
nervation: n.  axillaris. 

Bursa  subcutauea  acro- 
mialis (see  Fig.  349),  often 
present,  just  beneath  the  skin, 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
acromion. 


Acromion 


\i.  triceps 
braciiii 

""  i 

(caput 
longuiu) 

■     /♦ 

H.  triceps 
brachii 

il 

(caput 
laterale) 

f 

Clayicula 


M. 
deltoid 


W^ 


M.  biceps 
braciiii 


M.  bracliialis 


Septum 

intermiisculare 

laterale 


(_)lecraiii)n 


M. 
ancouaeus 


M.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris 

JI.  extensor 
digitorum 
comnuiiiis 


—  -%- 


/i^ 


.\[.  brachioradialis 


Epicondylus  lateralis 
humeri 


M.  extensor  jar 
radialis  lor 


M.  extensor  carpi 
radialis  brevis 


•c* 


298 


Muscles  of  the  Ami. 


M.  pectoralis  major 
M.  deltoideus 


M.  coracobrachial  is 


M.  biceps  brachii 


M.  serratus  anterior 


M.  triceps  bracliii 


343.  Muscles  of  the  right  axilla,  viewed  from  below. 

(The  upper  arm  has  been  lifted  to  the  horizontal  plane.) 

The  axilla,  when  the  upper  arm  is  maintained  in  the  horizontal  plane,  has  the  shape 
of  a  three-sided  pyramid,  the  apex  of  which  lies  above,  below  the  clavicle,  and  the  base  of 
which  coiTesponds  to  the  lower  wall,  covered  only  by  skin  and  fascia.  This  inferior  wall  is 
bounded  in  front  by  the  m.  pectoralis  major,  behind  by  the  mm.  latissimus  dorsi  and  teres 
major,  median  ward  by  the  m.  serratus  anterior.  The  anterior  wall  is  formed  by  the  mm.  pecto- 
ralis major  and  pectoralis  minor,  the  posterior  wall  by  the  mm.  latissimus  dorsi,  teres  major 
and  m.  subscapidaris,  the  medial  wall  by  the  m.  serratus  anterior.  Along  the  angle  between 
the  anterior  and  posterior  wall  lies  the  m.  coracobrachialis ;  in  the  groove  behind  the  latter, 
between  it  and  the  muscles  of  the  posterior  wall,  run  the  vessels  and  nerves.  The  axilla  is 
filled  with  blood  vessels,  lymph  vessels,  lymph  glands,  nerves,  and  masses  of  fat. 


Muscles  of  the  Ai-m. 


299 


A.  and  V.  subscapularis 
M.  deltoideus 


M.  coracobrachialis 
M.  biceps  brachii 


M.  pectoralis 
major 


Tendo  m.  latissimi 
dorsi 


INI.  latissimus  dorsi 


M.  serratus  anterior 


•  344.  Fasciae  of  the  right  axilla,  viewed  from  below. 

(The  drawing  corresponds  to  Fig.  343;  the  upper  arm  is  in  the  horizontal  plane.) 

Axilla  (continued).  The  anterior  surface  of  the  in.  pectoralis  major  is  covered  over 
by  the  thin  fascia  pectoralis.  This  is  more  powerful  lateralward  and  extends,  from  the  lower 
margin  of  the  muscle  to  the  lower  margin  of  the  mm.  latissimus  dorsi  said  teres  major,  trans- 
versely across  the  axilla  to  form  the  fascia  axillai-is.  The  latter  is  multiply  perforated  and 
presents  usually  a  more  powerful,  curved,  fibrous  band,  the  axillary  arch,  which  varies  much 
in  form  and  curvature,  not  infrequently  contains  muscle  fibers  and  extends  from  the  region 
of  the  tendon  of  the  m.  pectoralis  major  to  that  of  the  m.  latissimus  dorsi:  it  is  manifoldly 
connected  with  these  tendons.  The  fascia  axillaris  goes  over  behind  into  the  thin  fascia  of  the 
mm.  latissimus  dorsi  and  teres  major,  in  front  into  the  thin  covering  of  the  m.  deltoideus 
and  lateralward  into  the  somewhat  stronger  fascia  brachii.  This  forms  a  sheath  for  the 
whole  muscular  mass  of  the  upper  arm  and  sends  on  each  side  a  stronger  strip  to  the  margo 
medialis  and  the  margo  lateralis  humeri,  the  septtim  intermuscular e  mediale  (0.  T.  internal 
intermuscular  septum)  and  the  septum  intermuscular e  laterale  (0.  T.  external  intermuscular 
septum),  the  former  passing  medianward  and  the  latter  lateralward  between  the  m.  triceps 
brachii  on  the  one  hand  and  all  the  other  muscles  of  the  upper  arm  on  the  other.  The 
medial  septum  (see  Figs.  348  and  353)  lies  immediately  behind  the  insertion  of  them,  coraco- 
brachialis, behind  the  mm.  brachialis  and  pronator  teres  and  in  front  of  the  caput  mediale 
111.  tricipitis  brachii.  The  lateral  septum  (see  Figs.  342  and  351)  begins  behind  the  insertion 
of  the  m.  deltoideus  and  runs  behind  the  mm.  brachiaUs,  brachioradialis,  extensor  carpi  radialis 
longus,  in  front  of  the  caput  laterale  and  caput  mediale  of  the  m.  triceps  brachii.  The  muscles 
mentioned  arise  in  Darf  from  these  septa. 


300 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


Ligamentum  acromioclaviculare 
Processus  coracoideiis       | 

Acromion 


Bursa  liganienti  coracoclavicularis 
Clavicula  (cut  through) 


Ligamentum 
coraooacromiale 

Bursa  subacromialis 


Bursa  m. 
coracobrachialis 

Bursa 
subdeltoidea 


Tondo  m.  latissimi  dorsi 

(cut  through  and 

reflected) 

Bursa  m.  latissimi  dorsi 


Crista  tubei'culi  minoris 


Humerus 


Angulus  niedialis 


-    M.  subscapularis 


M.  teres  major 


345.  Muscles  of  the  right  shoulder-blade, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

M.  subscapularis  (see  also  Figs.  343  and  347).  Form:  flat,  triangular.  Position: 
hi^liind  the  ra.  serratus  anterior-,  it  fills  up  the  fossa  subscapularis  and  passes  ininiediately  in 
front  of  the  shoulder  joint.  Origin:  facies  costalis  scapulae  and  fascia  subscapularis  (see 
below),  very  penniforra.  Insertion:  the  fibers  converge  upward  and  lateralwai'd  and  are 
attached  by  a  short  powerful  tendon  to  the  tuberculuni  minus  and  crista  tubereuli  minoris  of 
the  humerus;  on  the  posterior  surface  they  are  fused  with  the  capsula  articularis  humeri; 
there  the  bursa  m.  siihscapu/aris  is  fuuntl  (see  p.  ISO  and  Fig.  346).  Action:  it  draws 
the  arm  nuMlianward  and  mils  it  inward.     Innervation:  nn.  subscapulares. 

The  fascia  subscapularis  (not  shown  in  drawing)  covers  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
m.  subscapularis,  is  connected  lateralward  with  the  continuation  of  the  fascia  brachii,  which 
covers  tlie  m.  coracobrachialis  (see  also  Fig.  344). 

M.  teres  major  (see  also  Figs.  329,  330,  343  and  346—351).  Form:  flat-cylindrical. 
Position:  at  the  margo  axillaris  of  the  shoulder-blade,  in  front  covered  by  the  tendon  of  the 
m.  latissiums  dorsi,  behind  and  lateralward  partly  by  the  m.  latissimus  dorsi,  partly  by  the 
ni.  deltoideus  and  caput  longum  m.  tricipitis  brachii.  Origin:  facies  dorsahs  of  the  angulus 
inferior  scapulae.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel  upward  and  lateralward  and  are  at- 
tached by  a  strong  tendon  to  the  crista  tubereuli  minoris.  There,  between  the  tendon  and 
the  bone,  lies  tlic  bursa  m.  teretis  majoris  (not  shown  in  drawing).  Action:  it  draws 
tht>  arm  mediauward  and  liackward.     Innervation:  nn.  subscaptdares. 

Bursa  ligameuti  coracoolaricularis,  small,  often  present,  between  the  lig.  trape- 
zoideum  and  the  lig.  cdnnidiMim  ol'  the  lig.  coracoclaviculare. 

Bursa  subacroniialis,  laige,  almost  constant,  between  the  acromion  and  the  lig. 
coracoacromiale  on  tlie  one  hand  and  the  capsula  articularis  of  the  shoulder  joint  and  the 
m.  su])ras])inatus  on  tlie  other.     It  often  coramunicat(>s  with  the  following  bursa. 

Bursa  subdeltiudea,  large,  almost  constant,  between  the  m.  deltoideus  and  the  tuber- 
culuni inajiis  hunifri,  often  coiunuinicating  with  the  preceding  bursa. 

Bursa  m.  coracobrachialis,  of  moderate  size,  almost  constant,  situated  in  front  of 
the  upper  part  of  the  tendon  of  the  m.  subscapularis,  between  it,  the  proc.  coracoideus  and 
the  tendon  of  the  m.  coracobrachialis. 

Bursa  lu.  latissimi  dorsi,  fairly  large,  oblong,  constant,  between  the  tendon  of  the 


m.  latissimus  dorsi  and  that  of  tlie  m.  teres 


major. 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


301 


Bursa  ni.  subscapularis 


Processus  coracoideus 


Ligamciituni  trausvorsuiu   scapulae  siiperius 
yi.  onioliyoideus  (cut  tlirough) 


Tendo  capitis 
longi  111.  liicipitis  "" 

Capsula     I 

articularis 


Vagina  mucosa 
iiitertubercularis 

M. 
coracobrachialis *kt 

M. 
pectoralis  major    - 
(cut  tlirough) 

Bursa 
111.  pectoralis      - 
majoris 

(caput 
breve    ~ " 
uieeps     . 
bracliii    I    caput 
I  longum 


Scapula 


M.  triceps        M.  teres  major 

brachii 
(caput  longum) 


-   M.  biceps  brachii 


346.  Muscles  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  right 

shoulder   joint,    viewed  from  in  front. 
(The  claviciila,  mm.  di'ltnideiis,  pectoralis  major  and  subscapularis  have  been  removed.) 

Bursa  m.  pectoralis  majoris  see  p.  263. 

M.  biceps  brachii  (see  also  Figs.  308,  310,  342,  343,  347  and  348).  Form:  rounded, 
spindle-shaped,  thick.  Position:  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  upper  arm;  above,  at  its 
origins,  it  is  covered  by  the  mm.  pectoralis  major  and  deltoideus.  Origin:  by  two  heads. 
Caput  longiun :  from  the  tuberositas  supraglenoidalis  scapulae  and  from  the  labrum  gienoidale 
liv  a  long,  thin  tendon,  which  extends  first  lateralward  within  the  cavity  of  the  shoulder  joint, 
then  curves  markedly  downward  in  the  sulcus  intertubercularis  (see  also  Fig.  231)  and  is 
accompanied  in  its  course  by  a  prolongation  of  the  joint -capsule,  the  varjhia  mucosa  iater- 
tuberculaiis  (see  also  p.  180).  Caput  b'eve:  by  a  narrow,  flat,  shorter  tendon  from  the  proc. 
coracoideus,  at  first  fused  with  the  m.  coracobrachialis.  Insertion:  both  heads  extend  down- 
ward and  unite  to  form  a  spindle-shaped  muscle-belly,  the  fibers  of  which,  a  little  above  the 
elbow  joint,  go  over  for  the  most  part  into  a  flatly  roimded ,  thick  tendon ,  partly ,  also ,  into 
a  superficial  thin  tendinous  plate.  The  latter,  lacertus  fibrosus  (0.  T.  semilunar  fascia),  runs 
obliquely  medianward  and  downward  in  front  of  the  m.  pronator  teres  and  becomes  lost  in  the 
fascia  antibrachii;  the  tendon  proper,  bending  into  the  depth,  becomes  attached  to  the  tuberositas 
radii  fbwsa  bicipitoradialis  and  bursa  cubitalis  inter ossea  see  Fig.  348).  Action:  it  lifts 
the  upper  arm  forward,  flexes  the  fore -arm  and  supinates  it,  especially,  when  it  is  flexed. 
Innervation:  n.  miisculocutaneus. 

Spaltebolz,   Atlas.  20 


302 


Slnscles  of  the  Arm. 
Processus  coracoideus 


Claviciila  (cut  through) 


M.  lU'ltoideiis 


!M.  corato-  ._ 
brachialis 

Caput  brive 
ni.   bicipitis  -- 
brachii 

Caput  longum 

ni.  bicipitis 

lirachii 


M.  triceps 
bratliii 


Sulcus 

bicipitalis 

lateralis 


M. 

bi':irlii(ir:iiliiilis 


Angulus" 
luedialis  scapulae 


Marge 

vertebralis 

scapulae 

M.  sub- 
scapularis 


M.  teres  major 


carpi 
adialis 


M.  latissimus 
dorsi 


347.  Muscles 
of  the  right  upper 

a.rrn,  viewed  from  in  front. 

M.  coracobraehialis  (see  Figs. 
310,  343,  340  ami  348).  Form:  flat, 
obloiig-qnadrang'ular.  Position:  in 
the  axilla,  covered  in  front  by  the 
m.  pectoralis  major,  laterahvard  and 
in  front  adjoining-  the  caput  hreve 
m.  bicipitis,  behind  adjoining  the  m. 
subscapularis  and  the  tendons  of  the 
ram.  latissimus  dorsi  and  teres  major: 
below  on  the  medial  surface  of  the 
upper  arm,  between  the  m.  biceps  and 
the  caput  mediale  of  the  m.  tricej)s. 
Origin:  tendinous  from  the  proc. 
coracoideus  scapulae,  being  fused 
there  with  the  caput  breve  m.  bici- 
pitis (bursa  m.  coracobraehialis  see 
Fig.  345).  Insertion  :  the  fibers  run 
perpendicularly  to  the  margo  raedialis 
humeri,  just  Ixdow  its  middle,  being 
often  partially  fused  there  with  tlie 
m.  brachialis.  Action:  it  hfts  the 
upper  arm  forward.  T  n  ii  i^  r  v  a  t  i  (Ui : 
11.  luusculocutanous. 


Caput  humeri 


.Mux-b's  of  till'  Ann. 
Pi-ocessus  coracoideus 


303 


Caput  breve 

m.  bicipitis 

(cut  through) 


M. 
coracobrachialis 


Tuberositas 
deltoidea 


Septum 

iutermusculare 

laterale 

Epicondylus 
lateralis 


Capsula 
articularis 


Bursa 
bicipitoradialis 

Tendo 

111.  bicipitis 

(cut  through) 


Radius 


Bursa 

tendon  of  tbr 


Scapula 


Epi- 
loudylus 
niedialis 


348.  Muscles  of  the 
right  upper  arm 

(2"^   layer) ,    viewed   from    in 
front. 

M.  brachialis  (0.  T.  brachialis 
anticiis)  (see  also  Figs.  342  and  347). 
Form:  flat,  spindle-shaped.  Po- 
sition: on  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  upper  arm,  covered  for  the  most 
part  hy  the  ra.  biceps;  the  grooves 
left  free  in  fi-ont  of  it,  medianward 
and  lateralward,  near  the  m.  biceps, 
are  called  the  snlcus  hicipitalis  nie- 
dialis and  lateralis  (see  Fig.  347). 
Origin:  fleshy  from  the  septa  inter- 
muscularia  and  from  the  facies  an- 
teriores  humeri,  siirrotmdmg,  above, 
the  insertion  of  the  m.  deltoideus  like 
a  horse-shoe  and  often  fused  with  the 
insertion  of  the  m.  coracobrachialis. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  converge  and 
go  by  a  short  tendon  to  the  proc. 
coronoideus  and  to  the  tuberositas 
ulnae.  Action:  it  flexes  the  forearm. 
Innervation:    n.  musculocutaneus. 

Bursa    bicipitoradialis,    con- 
stant;  between  the   tuberositas  radii 
and  the  tendon  of  the  m.  biceps. 
cubitalis  interossea,   olten  present  in  later  life;   adjoining,   lateralward,    the 
m.  biceps,  medianward,  the  ulna  and  chorda  obliqua,  behiud,  the  m.  supinator. 

20=^ 


Tuberositas 
ulnae 

Bursa  cubitalis 
interossea 
Chorda  obliqua 

riua 


304 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


M. 

supraspinatus 


Spina    _ 
scapulae 


Clavicula 


Bursa  sulscutanea 
acromialis 


M.  infra- 
spinatus 


M.  teres 
minor 


M.  teres  major 
]\r.  triceps  brachii  (caput  longura) 


M. 

cleltoideus 


M.  triceps 
^__.  ^m^^^j^m-      '   l'i"'iclili  (caput 

349.  Muscles  of  the  ^.^v   m^Mmit       lateraie, 

right    upper   arm, 

viewed  from  behind. 

Bursa     subcutanea 
mialis  see  ]>.  2lt 

M.    supraspinatus    (see 

Figs.  350:111(1351).  Form 
triangular,  thick.  Position:  in  the 
fossa  siipraspinata  scapulae,  covered 
medianwani  by  the  m.  trapezius, 
lateralward  hy  the  acromion ,  lig. 
coracoacroinialc  and  m.  deltoideus. 
Orif^in:  fossa  supraspinata  and 
fascia  supraspinata.  Insertion: 
the  iihers  ctinverye  lateralward  and, 
becoming  tendinous,  extend  to  the 
tuberculum  majus  humeri:  there 
thoy  become  fused  with  the  capsuli- 
of  the  joint.  Action:  it  lilts  the 
upper  arm  lateralward.  Inner- 
vation: n.  siqirascapularis. 

M.  infraspinatus  (see  also 
Fig.  350).  Form:  flat,  oblong- 
triangular  ,  thick.  Position:  in 
the  fossa  infraspinata  scapulae,  par- 
tially   covered    iiiedianward    by    the  

m.  trapezius,  lateralward  by  the  m.  di'ltmcleus.  Origin:  fossa  infraspinata  and  fascia  infra- 
spinata. Insertion:  the  fibers  converge  as  they  pass  lateralward  to  become  inserted  by  a 
strong  tendon  at  the  tuberculum  majus  humeri  (bursa  m.  inft-aspiuati  see  Fig.  351);  they 
are  there  fused  with  the  capsule  of  the  joint.  Action:  it  rolls  the  upper  arm  outward. 
Innervation:  n .  suprascapularis. 


M.  bracbioradiali.s 

M.  extensor  carpi 
radialis  longUM 

Ei)icondylus 

lateralis 


anconaeus 

M.  extensor 
digitorum 
coraniuiiis 
JNI.  extensor 
carpi  uli;aris 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


305 


Acromion 


M.  supraspinatus  — 
Spina  scapulae 

M.  infraspinatus 


M.  tei'cs  minor 


M.  teres  major  ,, 

triceps  brachii 
(caput  longuni 


M. 
triceps  brachii 
(caput  laterale) 


350.  Muscles  of  the  right 

upper  arm,  viewed  from  behind, 
the  m.  deltoideus  haying  been  removed. 

M.  teres  miuor  (see  also  Fig.  349).  Foriu : 
flat,  oblong-quadrangular.  Position:  just  below 
the  ui.  infraspinatus,  often  fused  with  it;  covered 
behind  and  lateralward  by  the  m.  deltoideus. 
Origin:  facies  dorsalis  scapulae,  close  to  the 
margo  axillaris,  and  fascia  infraspinata.  Inser- 
tion: the  fibers  run ,  parallel  to  one  another, 
lateralward  and  become  attached  to  the  tuber- 
culum  majus  humeri  by  a  short  tendon,  which  is 
fused  with  the  capsule  of  the  joint.  Action:  it 
rolls  the  upper  arm  outward.  Innervation: 
n.  axillaris. 

Fascia  siipraspiuata (not  shuwnin  draw- 
ing) is  a  fascia,  distinctly  striated  medianward, 

which  covers  the  m.  supraspinatus ;  it  is  fused  medianward  with  the  margo  superior,  the  margo 
vertebralis  and  the  spina  scapulae  and.  lateralward,  becomes  lost. 

The  fascia  iufraspiuata  (see  Figs.  329  and  330)  is  attached  to  the  margo  vertebralis 
and  to  the  spina  scapulae,  is  stronger  medianward,  covers  the  mm.  infraspinatus  and  teres 
minor  and  becomes  lost  lateralward  below  the  m.  deltoideus. 

M.  triceps  brachii  (see  also  Figs.  342,  343,  349  and  351).  Form:  flatly  roimded, 
oblong -quadrangular.  Position:  it  occupies  the  whole  posterior  surface  of  the  upper  arm. 
Origin:  by  three  heads.  Caput  longurn:  by  a  flat  tendon  from  the  tuberositas  infraglenoidalis 
scapulae;  it  runs  downward  between  the  mm.  teres  minor  and  teres  major,  the  fibers  being- 
parallel,  is  partly  covered  above  by  the  ra.  deltoideus  and  overlaps  the  caput  metUale,  in  part, 
i'rom  behind  and  medianward;  below  it  is  attached  to  the  medial  border  of  the  tendon  of  the 
caput  mediale.  Caput  mediale:  from  the  facies  posterior  humeri,  medial  to  and  below  the 
sulcus  n.  radialis,  as  well  as  from  the  septa  intermuscularia  mediale  et  laterale;  the  fibers 
I'each,  below  close  to  the  m.  anconaeus  and  run,  converging  somewhat,  to  a  large  quadrangular 
flat  tendon,  which  begins  in  the  middle  of  the  u])per  arm  (continued  (.m  p.  30(>). 


306 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


Spina  scapulae  i  sawed  through) 
M.  supraspinatus 


Scapula 


M.  teres 
major 


351.  Muscles  of  the 
right  upper  arm 

(deep    layer),    viewed    from 
behind. 

(The  acromion  has  been  sawed 
through,  the  mm.  infraspinatus  and 
teres  minor  have  been  com])letely, 
the  caput  laterale  m.  tricipitis 
partially,  removed.) 

M.  triceps  brachii  (continued). 
Caput  laterale:  from  tlie  faeies 
posterior  humeri,  lateral  from  and 
above  the  sulcus  n.  radialis,  as  well 
as  from  the  septum  intei'miiscularc 
lat^'rale;  the  fillers  run,  iiarallcl, 
downward,  bridging  over  the  sidcus 
n.  radialis  (with  tlio  a.  i)rofuiula 
brachii  and  the  n.  radialis)  and 
extend  j)artly  over  the  pdstcrinr 
surface  uf  the  caput  mediale  to  tlie 
upjx'r  and  lateral  margin  of  the 
t<Mid(in  (if  the  same.  Insertion: 
(decrannn  ulnae  (bursa  olecraui 
see  Fig.  ;j(;0).  Action:  it  adducts 
the  upjier  arm,  and  extends  the  fore- 
arm.     Innervation:    n.  radialis. 

Bursa  in.  iiifraspiiiati,  small, 
frenuently  present,  iictween  the  ten- 
don of  insertion  of  tlie  m.  infra- 
spinatus and  the  e.ipsule  nt  the  jiiint. 


Capsula  articulari.? 


Bursa 
m.  iufraspinati 


M.  iiifra.?piratus 
(cut  through) 


M.  teres  minor 
(cut  through) 


>I.  triceps  brachii 

(caput  laterale) 

(cut  through) 


N.  radialis 


Septum 

intermusculare 

laterale 

M.  triceps  brachii 
(caput  laterale) 
icut  throughi 


M.  triceps  brachii 
(caput  mediale) 


-    M.  brachioradialis 


M.  extensor 

carpi  radialis 

longus 

jCpieoiiilylus 
lateralis 


M.  anconaeus 

M.  extensor 

cari)i  radialis 

brevis 
_M.  extensor 
digitonini 
communis 


j\l.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris 


]\Iuscles  of  the  Arm. 


307 


352.   Muscles 
of  the  right  fore- 
arm, 

viewed  from  in  front. 


M.  biceps  brachii- 


M.  brachialis  — 


Teiulo 
m.  bicipitis  - 
brachii 


:m 


.  extensor 

carpi 
radialis 

longus 


J[.  brachio 
radialis 


M.  extensor 
carpi  radialis 


brevis 


M.  braehioradialis  (0.  T. 

supinator  louyus)  i^see  also  Figs. 
353,  357  and  358).  Form:  flat, 
in  the  shape  of  a  long  spindle. 
Position:  superficial  on  the 
lateral  surface  of  the  upper  arm 
and  the  volar  surface  of  the  fore- 
arm. Origin:  margo  lateralis 
humeri  and  septum  interraus- 
culare  laterale.  Ins_e_rt_i_on : 
above,  it  runs  between  the  m. 
triceps  and  the  m.  brachialis ;  be- 
low, it  is  bounded  behind  by  the 
m.  extensor  carpi  radialis  longus, 
ulnarward  by  the  mm.  pronator 
teres  and  flexor  carpi  radialis  anil 
becomes  attached  by  a  long,  thin, 
flat  tendon  above  the  proc.  styloi- 
deus  radii.  Action:  it  flexes 
the  forearm  and  brings  the  hand 
into  a  position  midway  between 
pronation  and  supination.  In- 
nervation: n.  radialis. 

M.  palmaris  loiigns  (see 
als»  Fig.  362)  (is  frequently  ab- 
sent). Form:  spindle-shaped, 
narrow.  Position:  superflcial 
on  the  volar  surface  of  the  fore- 
arm. Origin:  epicondylus  me- 
dialis  humeri  and  fascia  anti- 
brachii,  fused  with  its  neighbors. 
Insertion:  it  extends  above 
between  the  mm.  flexor  carpi 
radialis  and  flexor  digitorum 
sublimis,  then  dowTiward  and 
radialward  upon  the  latter  and 
goes  over  by  a  long,  thin  tendon, 
in  front  of  the  lig.  carpi  trans- 
versum,  into  the  aponeurosis  pal- 
maris.  Action:  it  makes  the 
aponeurosis  paknaris  tense  and 
flexes  the  hand.  I  n  n  e  r  v  a  t  i  o  n : 
n.  medianus. 

M.  pronator  teres  (0.  T. 
pronator  radii  teres)  (see  also 
Figs.  353  and  355).  Form: 
oblong  -  quadrangular.  Posi- 
tion: flexure  of  the  elbow  and 
volar  surface  of  the  forearm. 
<-)  r  i  g  i  n  :  partly  from  the  septum 
intermusculare  mediale  and  the 
epicondylus      medialis      humeri  ^ 

fcaptit  humerale) ,   partly  from 

the  proc.   coronoideus    ulnae   (cuimt  ulnare) ;   the   two   heads   are    usually 
n.  medianus.     Insertion:   the  fibers    run,   parallel,    obliquely   radialward 
become   attached    by   a    short  tendon  to  the    facies   volaris  and   lat^-alis  ra 
pronates  the  forearm  and  flexes  it.     Innervation:  n.  medianus. 


M.  abductor 
pollicis 

longus 


M. 

abductor 
pollici-i 
brevis 


Epi- 
Condylus 
medialis 

M. 
pronator 

teres 


Laeertus 
fibrosus 


M.  flexor 
_     carpi 
radialis 


_  _  M.  palmaris 
longus 


M.  flexor  carpi 
ulnaris 


Cutis 


:\[.  flexor 
digitorum 
sublimis 


Os  pisiforme 


Aponeurosis 
jialmaris 


M.  p;ilniaris  brevis 


separated  by  the 
and  downward  to 
dii.     Action:   it 


30S 


l\ruscles  of  the  Arm. 


Opening 

in  the  septuiu 

iiiterniuscularo 

laterale  lor  the 

n.-radialis 


llunienis 


M.  brachio- 
radialis 


jr.  exten.sor 

carpi  radialis 

;ongus 


M.  extensor 

carpi  radiali- 

brevis 


M.  abiluctor 
polliii>s 
longus 

M.  extensor 
pollicia  brevis 

Prooessus 

styloideiis 

radii 


Process 

to  tlie  111. 

abdnctor 

pollicis 

brevis 


I'l    t 


■^1 


//i 


/. 


fH 


Hi 


N.  triceps 

brachii 

(caput 

longuni) 


JI.  Iriceps 

brachii 

(caput 

)ncdiale) 

Septum 

iutcrmusculare 

niediaie 


I'picondylus 
medialis 


M.  pronator 
.  teres 


_     M. flexor 
carpi  ulnaris 


U.  flexor 
carpi  radialis 


Hi 


M.  flexor 

i~-  digitoruni 

Ijnifundus 


Os  pisiforme 


T.iganientum  carpi 
traiisversuni 


353.  Muscles  of 
the  right  forearm, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  mill.  bieei)s,  brachiaUs,  paltnaris 

longus   and  flexor  digitorum  sublimis 

have  been  reraoTod.) 

M.  flexor  carpi  radialis  (see 
also  Fig.  352).  Form:  flat,  oblong- 
spindle-shaped.  Position:  super- 
flcial  cm  the  volar  surface  of  the  fore- 
arm. Origin:  epicondylus  medialis 
humeri  and  fascia  antibrachii,  fused 
M'ith  its  neighbors.  Insertion:  the 
flbers  go,  at  flrst  diverging,  between 
mm.  pronator  teres  and  palmaris  lon- 
gus, radialward  and  downward,  then 
converge  and  run  by  a  long,  powerful 
tendon  between  the  mm.  brachioradialis 
aud  palmaris  longus  to  the  hand,  where 
the  tendon,  covered  by  the  lig.  carpi 
transversum,  lies  in  the  groove  of  the 
OS  multangulum  majus ;  finally,  cover- 
ed by  the  tendon  of  the  m.  flexor 
l)ollicis  longus,  it  goes  to  the  basis 
OSS.  metacarpalis  II  and  III  (see  Fig. 
355).  In  the  hand,  the  bursa  ni. 
flexoris  carpi  radialis  (see  Fig.  366) 
lies  between  the  bone  and  the  tendon. 
Action:  it  flexes  the  hand  and  pro- 
nates  the  forearm.  I  n  n  e  r  \-  a  t  i  o  n  : 
11.  medianus. 

M.    flexor    carpi    uluaris    (see 

also  Figs.  352,  355,  358  and  360). 
Form:  flat,  oblniig-triangular ;  above 
it  forms,  with  its  anterior  surface,  a 
groove,  in  which  lies  the  ulnar  part 
of  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  profundus. 
Position:  superficial  on  the  ulnar 
margin  of  the  forearm.  Origin: 
partly  Irum  the  epicondylus  medialis 
liuineri  and  from  the  fascia  antibrachii. 
fused  Mith  its  neighbors  (caput  hione- 
raU) ,  i)artly  liy  a  long,  flat,  thin 
tendon  from  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  olecriinon  and  from  the  niargo 
dorsalis  ulnae  (caput  ulnare).  In- 
sertion: it  runs  downward,  coming 
in  contact  radialward  with  the  m. 
flexor  digitorum  sublimis  and  is  attach- 
ed by  a  long,  powerful  tendon  to  tlie 
OS  pisiforme;  the  bursa  ill.  flexoris 
carpi  ulnaris  (not  shown  in  figure)  is 
lrei|uently  to  be  found  there.  Action  : 
it  flexes  and  adducts  the  hand.  In- 
111'  rv  a  t  i  on  :  ii.  ulnaris. 


% 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


309 


354.   Muscles 
of  the  right  fore- 
arm   (2'"^^  layer), 
viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  mm.  bracliioradialis .  pru- 
nator  teres,  flexor  carpi  radialis, 
palmaris  longus  and  flexor  carpi 
ulnaris  have  been  removed;  the 
lig.  carpi  transversum  lias  been 
cut  through.) 

M.  flexor  digitoruin  subli- 

mis  (see  also  Fig.  352).  Form: 
flat,  spindle-shaped.  Position: 
on  the  volar  surface  of  the  fore- 
arm ;  above,  it  is  covered  by  the 
mm.  brachioradialis ,  pronator 
teres,  flexor  carpi  radialis,  pal- 
maris longus  and  flexor  carpi 
ulnaris ;  below,  it  lies  between  the 
mm.  flexores  carpi  radialis  et 
ulnaris,  coming  to  the  surface 
and  overlapped  only  by  the  m. 
palmaris  longus.  Origin:  partly 
fi'om  the  epicondylus  medialis 
humeri  and  fi'om  the  proc.  co- 
ronoideus  ulnae ,  fused  with  its 
neighbors  (caput  humerale), 
partly  from  the  facies  volaris 
radii  (caput  radiale)  and, 
between,  from  a  tendinous  arch, 
which  bridges  over  the  a:  ul- 
naris and  the  n.  medianus. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  converge 
down^vard  to  form  four,  different, 
widely  separated  muscle -bellies, 
from  the  distal  ends  of  which 
emerge  four  flat ,  long  tendons ; 
these  extend,  so  that  those 
destined  for  the  S^''^  and  4t'i  finger 
lie  superficially,  beneath  the  lig. 
carpi  transversum  to  the  hand ; 
thence  all  diverge  to  the  volar 
surfaces  of  the  2nd — 5tti  finger 
(see  Figs.  363  and  364).  On 
the  volar  surface  of  the  first 
phalanx  each  tendon  divides  into 
two  halves,  which  surround  the 
correspondiiig  tendon  of  the  m. 
flexor  digitorum  profundus  (chi- 
asma  tcndiimm.) ;  the  two  halves 
nnile  again  bebiud  the  same  on 
the  volar  surface  of  the  base  of 
the  second  plialanx,  where  they 
become  attached.  Action:  it 
flexes  the  2"d  phalanx  of  the 
2nd — 5th  finger.  Innervation  : 
n.  medianus. 


Tendo  lu, 
bicipitis 
braclui 


M. 
extensor 

carpi 
radialis 
longus 

Tuberositas 
radii 

M. 
supinator 


M.  pronator 
quadratus 

M.  flexor  digi- 
torum profundus 

j\r.  flexor 
car[)i  radialis 
(cut  through) 

Ligamentuni 

carpi 

transversum 

(reflected,! 


M. 

abductor 

pollicis 

brevis 

M. 
flexor 

digit. 

pro- 
fund. 


M.  brachialis 


.Epicondylus^" 
medialis 


M. flexor 

digitorum 

sublimis 

(caput 
humerale) 

Space  for  the 

passage  of  the 

a.  ulnaris  and 

the  n.  medianus 


M.  flexor 

digitorum 

sublimis 

(caput  radiale) 


M. flexor 
digitorum 

sublimis 


xor 

Inaris 
(cut  through) 


-  Os  pisiforuu' 


Ligamentum  carpi 

transversum 

(reflected) 


M.  abductor 
digiti  quinti 


Tendines 
m.  flexoris 
digitorum 

sublimis 


II    III  IV  V 


310 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


Ihunerus 


tiicips  braehii 
raiiut  medialei 

Scjitum 

inteniiusculaie 

niL'diale 


M.  extensor  carpi         f  _  ^ 
radialis  longns  ( 


pronator 

teres 


M.  supinator- 


M.  extensor  earpi 
radialis  ))revis 


Origin 

from  the 

epicondjius 

niedialis 

hnineri 

M.  flexor' 
digitornm 
profundus 


M.  flexor  pollicis         , 
longus  I 


M.  iironator  t 

<|iiadratus  f 

'i 


M.  alHluctiir  pollicis        i 
Idiigus 


f-oC  carpi 
lig,dl«lis 


M..       !,-or  _ 
poUii  1--  liiHvis" 

Teiulo 
ni.  Ilcxoris    .. 
pollicis  loiii;! 


tlio  mill.  Ilexoros  dij, 
the  in.  tiexor  jiollicis 
it  flexes  the  2iid  phal 


355.  Muscles  of 
the   right  forearm 

(.3-^  layerj, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  mm.  biceps,  brachialis,  brachio- 
radialis*  flexor  earpi  radialis,  pal- 
raaris  longus  and  flexor  digitorum 
sublimis  have  been  removed;  the 
lig.  carpi  transversum  has  also  been 
removed.) 

M.  flexor  digitorum  profundus 

(see  also  I'igs.  353,  354  and  356). 
Form:  flat,  spindle-shaped.  Posi- 
tion: on  the  volar  surface  of  the 
forearm,  directly  upon  the  ulna  and 
ra.  pronator-  qiiadratus;  completely 
covered  by  the  mm.  pronator  teres, 
flexor  car]u  radialis,  palmaris  longus, 
flexor  digitorum  sublimis  and  flexor 
carpi  ulnaris.  Origin:  facies  volaris 
antl  niedialis  ulnae  and  membrana 
iuterossea  antibrachii.  Insertion: 
the  fibers  run  parallel  downward: 
from  the  muscle  belly,  from  the  middle 
of  the  forearm  on,  go  off  four  long, 
flat  tendons,  which  go  beneath  and 
along  with  the  tendons  of  the  m. 
flexor  sublimis,  under  the  lig.  carpi 
transversum  to  the  hollow  of  the 
hand  and  thence  to  the  2nd_5th 
finger:  each  tendon  runs,  at  the 
level  of  the  l^t  phalanx,  between  the 
halves  of  the  chiasma  tendinum  of 
the  corresponding  tendon  of  the  m. 
flexor  sublimis  to  the  base  of  the 
3rd  phalanx  (see  Fig.  364).  Action : 
it  flexes  the  2"*  and  3"i  phalanx  of 
the  2"d — 5*1'  finger.  Innervation  : 
ulnar  half  (for  the  4''^  and  S^ii  finger  i : 
u.  ulnaris;  radial  half  (for  the  2"^ 
and  3rd  linger) :  n.  interosseus  volaris 
of  the  u.  medianus. 

M.  flexor  pollicis  longus  isee 
also  Figs.  354  and  356).  F o  r m  :  flat, 
oblong-triangular.  Position:  on  the 
volar  surface  of  the  forearm,  immedia- 
tely upon  the  radius  and  the  m.  pro- 
nator quadratus  ;  covered  by  the  mm. 
liroiiatur  teres,  brachioradialis,  flexor 
carpi  radialis  and  flexor  digitorum 
sublimis.  Origin:  facies  volaris  radii 
and  usually,  by  a  thin  bundle,  from 
the  e])icondylus  niedialis  humeri.  In- 
sertion: the  fibers  run  to  a  long 
tendon  beginning  ulnarward;  this 
extends,  ahmg  with  the  tendons  of 
itorum,  below  the  lig.  carpi  transversum  to  the  hand,  tlien  in  the  groove  of 
brevis  to  the  base  of  the  2"d  phalanx  of  the  thumb  (see  Fig.  364).  Action: 
anx  of  the  thumb.    I  n  n  e  r  v  a  t  i  >' n :  n.  interosseus  volaris  of  the  n.  medianus. 


il.   Hex  or 
carpi  ulnaris 
(drawn  aside) 


M.  flexor 
earpi  ulnaris 

Tendines  ni.  flexoris 
digitorum  profundi 

-  Os  pisiforme 


Hamulus  ossis  liamati 


Insertion  of  the 

m.  flexor  carpi 

radialis  to  the  basis 

iiss.  metacarjialis  1 1 


Muscles  of  the  Ann 


311 


Epicondylns 

latei'alis 


Epicondylus 
niedialis 


Tuberositas 
radii 


M.  supiuator- 


Origin  of  the 
m.  flexor  pollicis 

longus  from  the 

epicondylus 
medialis  humeri 


M.  flexor  digitorum 
profundus 


356.  Muscles  of  the 

right     forearm  ■■r   :^^-       Humerus 

(4*^^  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The   mm.    flexor   digitorum   profundus 

and    flexor    pollicis    longus    have  been 

partialh',      all     the     more     superficial 

muscles  completely,  removed.) 

M.  pronator  qnadratus  (see  also 
Fig.  354).  Form:  flat,  (juadrangular. 
Position:  on  the  volar  surface  of  the 
forearm  near  the  wrist,  immediately 
upon  the  radius,  the  ulna  and  the 
membrana  interossea;  covered  by  all 
the  flexor  muscles  going  to  the  hand. 
Origin:  facies  volaris  ulnae.  Inser- 
tion: the  fibers  run  jiarallel,  radial- 
ward  and  downward  to  the  facies  volaris 
radii.  Action:  it  pr(5nates  the  forearm. 
Inn-ervation:  n.  interosseus  volaris 
of  the  n.  medianus. 

M.  supiuator  (0.  T.  supinator  brevis) 
(see  also  Figs.  354,  355,  359  and  360). 
Form:  flat,  triangidar.  Position: 
close  below  the  elbow  joint  on  the 
volar,  radial  and  dorsal  surface  of  the 
forearm,  immediately  upon  the  radius, 
covered  by  the  mm.  brachioradialis, 
extensores  carpi  and  anconaeus.  Ori- 
gin: epicondylus  lateralis  humeri,  lig. 
collaterale  radiale  of  the  elbow  joint 
and  crista  m.  supinatoris  ulnae.  In- 
sertion: the  fibers  run  obliquely 
downward  to  the  facies  dorsalis ,  late- 
ralis and  volaris  of  the  radius,  partially 
surrounding  this  bone  in  a  curve. 
Action:  it  supinates  the  forearm. 
Innervation:  ramus  profundus  n. 
radialis. 

M.  extensor  carpi  radialis  longus 

(0.  T.  extensor  carpi  radialis  longior) 
(see  Figs.  352—355,  357—359  and  361). 
F or m :  flat ,  oblong  -  spindleshaped. 
Position:  usually  superficial  on  the 
radial  side  of  the  forearm,  bounded  in 

front  by  the  m.  brachioradialis,  behind  Radius 

by  the  m.  extensor  carpi  radialis  brevis. 
Origin:  septum  intermuscidare  late- 
rale  ,  margo  lateralis  and  epicondylus 
lateralis  liimieri.  Insertion:  the 
fibers  run  downward  and  converge  in 
the   middle   of  the   forearm    to  form  a 

long,  flat  tendon,  which  extends  upon  the  facies  lateralis  radii  (there  partly  covered  by  the 
mm.  abductor  pollicis  longus  and  extensor  pollicis  brevis)  imder  the  lig.  carpi  dorsale  (through 
its  second  compartment)  to  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  basis  oss.  metacarpalis  II;  at  the  wrist 
the  tendon  of  the  m.  extensor  pollicis  longus  crosses  over  it.  Action:  it  flexes  the  forearm, 
extends  and  abducts  the  hand.     Innervation;  ramus  profundus  n.  radialis. 


M.  flexor 

pollicis 1 

longus 


it.  pronator  quadratus 


'^,i 


-  Tina 


312 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


M.  triceps 

brachii 


Epicoiidylus 
lateralis 


Olecranon 


IM.  anconaeus 


isr.  extensor 
carpi  uliiaris 


M.  extensor 
digitorum 
communis 


LigauHii 
carpi  do 


M.  extensor 
arpi  radialis  lirevis 

M.  extensor 
tar]]i   raili.alis  longus 


M.  biceps 
brachii 


braeliialis 


357.  Muscles  of  the 
right  forearm, 

viewed  from   the  radial  side. 


M    brachio- 
radialis 


M.  extensor 
-carpi  radialis 
lonarus 


M.  extensor 

carpi  radialis 

brevis 


tcndinuiii.  Ench 
hocdiiie  attacbod 
ii.-md  and  tlio  2"'^ 


tendon  presents 
mm.  liimbricales 


M.  extensor  carpi  radialis  breyis 

(see  also  Figs.  352,  358  and  359). 
Form:  spindle -shajwd.  Position: 
usually  superficial  on  the  radial  side 
of  the  forearm,  coming  in  contact  in 
front  with  th(>  m.  extensor  carpi  radia- 
lis longus,  behind  with  the  m.  extensor 
digitorum  communis.  Origin:  epi- 
condylus  lateralis  humeri  and  fascia 
antihrachii,  fused  with  its  neighbors. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  go  downward 
and  converge,  becoming  attached  in 
the  middle  of  the  forearm  to  a  flat, 
long  tendon  which  goes  close  behind 
that  of  the  m.  extensor  carpi  radialis 
longus  through  the  second  compartment 
of  the  lig.  carpi  dorsale  to  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  basis  oss.  metacarpalislll: 
there,  between  the  tendon  and  the  bone, 
lies  the  bursa  m.  extensoris  carpi 
radialis  brevis  (see  Fig.  360),  rarely 
absent.  The  tendon  is  partially  crossed 
uver  by  the  same  muscles  as  is  that  of 
the  m.  extensor  carpi  radialis  longus 
(see  also  Fig.  361).  Action:  it  ex- 
tends the  hand.  In n  e  r  v  a  t  i  o n :  ramus 
profundus  n.  radialis. 

M.  extensor  digitorum  commu- 
nis (see  also  Figs.  358  and  361). 
Form:  oblong  -  spindleshaped.  Posi- 
tion: superficial  on  the  back  of  the 
forearm,  radialwavd  bounded  by  the 
ra.  extensor  car]»i  radialis  brevis,  ulnar- 
ward  by  the  m.  extensor  carpi  ulnaris. 
Origin:  epicondylus  lateralis  humeri 
and  fascia  antihrachii,  fused  with  its 
neighbors.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run 
parallel  downward  and  in  the  middle 
of  the  forearm  become  separated  into 
four  single  bellies.  Each  of  these  goes 
over  into  a  long,  flat  tendon ;  these  pass 
together  through  the  fourth  compartment 
of  the  lig.  carpi  dorsale  and  then  di- 
verge to  go  to  the  dorsal  surface  of 
the  first  phalanx  of  the  2"d— 5th  fin- 
ger; each  becomes  attached  by  three 
processes,  one  in  the  middle  going  to 
the  base  of  the  second  plialanx  and 
two  at  the  side  converging  in  frunt  and 
going  to  the  base  of  the  third.  The 
four  tendons  are  connected  -ndth  on(^ 
another  upon  the  ossa  metacarpalia  by 
means  of  three  o\iYu{\whA\\A?,.JH)icturae 
a  triangidar  exj^ansion  upon  the  first  phalanx  to  which 
and   interossei   (see   Fig.  368).     Action:   it   extends   the 


abductor  pollicis 
longus 


extensor  pollicis 
brevis 


M.  extensor 
pollicis  bi'evis 

M.  abductor 
—  pollicis  longus 

M.  extensor 
pollicis 

loilKUS 


-5'''i  finger.     Innervation:  ramus  profundus  u.  radialis. 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


313 


358.  Muscles  of 
the  right  forearm, 

viewed  from  behind. 


M.  extensor  dig'iti  quiuti 
proprius  (0.  T.  extensor  iiii- 
nimi  digiti).  Form:  oblong- 
spindlesbaped ,  narrow.  Posi- 
tion: immediately  on  the  ulnar 
side  of  the  preceding  muscle, 
fused  with  it  above.  Origin: 
in  common  with  the  preceding- 
muscle.  Insertion:  the  long, 
thin  tendon  runs  through  the 
fifth  compartment  of  the  lig. 
carpi  dorsale  and  fuses  on  the 
back  of  the  hand  with  the  tendon 
going  to  the  little  finger  from 
m.  extensor  dig-itorum  com- 


M.  triceps 
braehii 


Epicondylus- 
medialis 

Olecranon.. 


anconaeus" 
Ulna- 


M.  flexor 
carpi  ulnaris 


M.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris 


the 

munis  (see  also  Fig.  361).  Ac- 
tion: it  extends  the  b^^  finger. 
Innervation:  ramus  profundus 
n.  radialis. 

M.  ancouaeus  (see  also  Figs. 
351^357,  359  and  360).  Form: 
flat,  triangular.  Position: 
superficial  on  the  back  of  the 
forearm,  hidden  by  the  fascia 
antibrachii ,  above  immediately 
adjacent  to  the  caput  mediale 
of  the  m.  triceps,  radial  ward 
bounded  by  the  m.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris,  idnarward  by  the 
ulna.  Origin:  epicondylus  late- 
ralis humeri.  Insertion:  the 
fibers  diverge  to  the  facies  dor- 
salis  ulnae.  Action:  it  ex- 
tends the  forearm.  Innerva- 
tion: n.  radialis. 

M.  exteiisoi'  carpi  iiluaris 
(see  also  Figs.  357,  359  and  361). 
Form:  flat,  oblong- spindle- 
shaped.  Position:  superficial 
on  the  back  of  the  forearm, 
radialward  bounded  by  the  m. 
extensor  digitorum  communis 
and  the  m.  extensor  digiti  Y 
proprius,  ulnarward  above  by 
the  m.  anconaeus,  below  by  the 
ulna.  Origin:  epicondylus 
lateralis  humeri,  lig.  collaterale 
radiale  of  the  elbow  joint  and 
fascia  antibrachii,  fused  with  its 
neighbors ;  also  by  a  thin ,  ten- 
dinous leaf  from  the  facies  dor- 
salis  idnao.  Insertion:  the 
fibers  run  ulnarward  and  down- 
ward to  the  facies  dorsalis  ulnae 

and  upon  this  go  over  into  a  long  tendon,    ^vhich   runs  through 
carpi   dorsale   to   the   basis    oss.  metacarpalis  V.     Action: 
Innervation:  ramus  profundus  n.  radialis. 


M.  biceps  braehii 


M.  brachioradialis 


yi.  extensor  carpi 
radialis  longus 

Epicondylus 
lateralis 


M.  extensor 
carpi  radialis 

brevis 


M.  extensor 
digitorum 
communis 


M.  extensor 
digiti  V  proprius 


M.  abductor 
pollicis  longus 


M.  extensor 
pollicis  brevis 


Processus  styloideus  ulnae 


Ligamentnm  carpi  dorsa 


Processus  styloi 
radii 

M.  extensor 

pollicis  longui 

31.  extensor  c 

radialis  bre\ 

M.  extenso] 

carpi  radiali 

longus 
M.  extensor' 
pollicis  brev 


lig. 
hand. 


the  sixth  compartment  of  the 
it   extends   and   adducts    the 


314 


]\ruscles  of  the  Ami. 


51.  biceps  bracbii 


M.  triceps 
bracliii 


]".picoudyhis. 
iiicdialis 

Olecranon 


M. 

aiiconaeus" 


rina 


M.   Ilexor 
:irpi    uliiaris 


\r.  extensor 
cai'iji  ulnaris 


Conipartinent   for  the 

iiiin.  extensor  (ligitorum" 

comniunis  and  extensor 

indicia  proprius 


Processus  styloidciis  ulnae.. 

Conipartnient 
for  the  m.  extensor 
dijiiti  V  propriu.s    '' 

Tendo  ni.  extensoris.. 
carpi  ulnaris 


.  M.  brachioradialis 


M.  extensor 
arpi  radialis 
longus 


Epicoudylus 

lateralis 


M.  supinator 


M.  extensor 

carpi  radialis 

brevis 


M.  abductor  pollicis 
longus 


M.  extensor  pollicis 
brevis 


extensor  pollicis 
longus 

extensor  indicis 
proprius 


Proc.  styloideus 
radii 


Lig.  carpi  dorsale 


M.  extensor 
_ carpi  radialis 
longus 

~--  M.  extensor 
carpi 
radialis 
brevis 


Os  nietacarpale  II 


359.  Muscles 
of  the  right  fore- 
arm, 

viewed  from  behind. 

(The  m.  extensor  digitorum  com- 
munis has  been  removed.) 

M.  abductor  pollicis  lou- 

gus  (0.  T.  extensor  ossis  meta- 
carpi  pollicis)  (see  also  Figs.  3.52, 
3.57,  358,  360,  361  and  363). 
Form:  flat,  spindle-shaped. 
Position:  on  the  posterior  and 
radial  side  of  the  forearm;  be- 
hind immediately  upon  the  mem- 
brana  interossea  and  the  radius, 
covered  by  the  mm.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris  and  extensor  digi- 
torum communis ;  radialward 
superficial  passing  over  the  mm. 
extensores  carpi  radiales.  Ori- 
gin: facies  dorsalis  ulnae,  mem- 
brana  interossea  and  facies  dor- 
salis radii.  Insertion:  the 
fibers  converge  radialward  and 
downward  to  form  a  flat  tendon, 
which,  at  the  radial  side  of  the 
forearm,  goes  between  the  mm. 
extensores  carpi  radiales  and 
tiexor  carpi  radialis  through  the 
first  compartment  of  the  lig. 
carpi  dorsale,  partly  to  the  m. 
abductor  pollicis  brevis,  partly 
to  the  basis  oss.  nietacarpalis  I. 
Action:  it  opposes  the  thumb 
to  the  other  fingers  and  abducts 
the  hand.  I  n n  e  r  v  a  t  i  o  n  :  ra- 
mus jtrofundus  n.  radialis. 

M.  extensor  pollicis  brevis 

(0.  T.  extensor  jirimi  iuternodii 
pollicis)  (see  also  Figs.  355,  357, 
358,  360  and  361).  Form: 
spindle-shaped.  Position: 
just  distalward  from  the  pre- 
ceding muscle.  Origin:  mem- 
brana  interossea  and  facies  dor- 
salis radii.  Insertion:  it  runs 
exactly  as  does  the  preceding 
nniscle  and,  close  to  it,  goes 
upon  the  back  of  the  os  meta- 
carpale  I  to  the  base  of  the  first 
phalanx  of  the  thumb.  Action: 
it  abducts  the  thumb  and  ex- 
tends the  first  phalanx  of  the 
same.  Innervation:  ramus 
profundus  n.  radialis. 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


315 


AI.  triceps 
(cut  through 

obliquely) 
Epicondylus 

medialis     ^^ 
Bursa  iiitra- 

tendiuea 

olecrani 

Bursa  sub- 
tendinea 
olecrani 

Bursa  sub-  '- 
cutanea 
olecrani 

M. 

anconaeus 


M.  flexor 

carpi 

ulnaris 


360.  Muscles  of 
the   right  forearm 

(deep  layer), 

viewed  from  behind. 

(The  mm.  extensores  carpi,  digitorum 

communis  and  digiti  V  ])roprius  have 

been  removed.) 

M.   extensor   poUieis   lou^us 

(0.  T.  extensor  secundi  internodii 
pollicis)  (see  also  Figs.  357 — 359 
and  361).  Form: long-spindleshaped. 
Position:  ulnarward  from  and  be- 
hind the  two  preceding  muscles,  im- 
mediately upon  the  ulna  and  radius, 
covered  by  the  same  muscles  as  are 
they.  Origin:  facies  dorsalis  ulnae 
and  membrana  interossea.  Inser- 
tion: the  fibers  go  over  into  a  long 
tendon,  which  passes  obliquely  behind 
the  tendons  of  the  ram.  extensores 
carpi  radiales  through  the  third  com- 
partment of  the  lig.  carpi  dorsale  and 
then  to«the  base  of  the  second  phalanx 
of  the  thumb,  partly  also  fused  with 
the  fendon  of  the  m.  extensor  pollicis 
brevis.  A c  t i o n :  it  extends  the  thuml) 
and  draws  it  backward.  Innerva- 
tion: ramus  profundus  n.  radialis. 

M.  extensor  indieis  proprius 
(0.  T.  extensor  indieis)  (see  also 
Fig.  359).  Form:  oblong  -  spindle- 
shaped.  Position:  ulnarward  from 
and  behind  the  preceding  nuiscle,  im- 
mediately upon  the  ulna,  covered  by 
the  mm.  extensor  digiti  V  pro]n'ius, 
extensor  digitorum  communis  and  ex- 
tensor carpi  ulnaris.  Origin:  facies 
dorsalis  ulnae  and  membrana  inter- 
ossea. Insertion:  the  fibers  con- 
verge to  form  a  flat  tendon  which 
goes  in  common  with  the  tendons  of 
the  m.  extensor  digitorum  communis 
through  the  fourtli  compartment  of 
the  lig.  carpi  dorsale  and  then  fuses 
with  the  tendon  of  this  muscle  that 
goes  to  the  index  finger.  Action: 
it  extends  the  index  finger.  Inner- 
vation: n.  interosseus  dorsalis  of 
the  n.  radialis. 

Bursa  subcutauea  olecrani, 
very  frecpient.    ujiun  the  olecranon. 

Bursa  intratendinea  olecrani, 
very  ft-equent,  in  the  tendon  of  the 
ra.  triceps. 

Bursa  sul)tendinea  olecrani, 
•jccasional,  in  front  of  the  tendon 
of  the  m.  triceps. 

Bursae  subcutaneae  epicondyli  | humeri]  late- 
ralis et  epicondyli  medialis  (not  shuwn  in  figure), 
the  former  occasional,  the  latter  more  frequent  in 
the  adult,  upon  the  c*responding  epicondylus  humeri. 


-  Humerus 


epicondylus  lateralis 


Origin  of  the 
m.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris 


__M.  supinator 


liadius 


jM.  abductor 

pollicis  longus 


M.  extensor 
pollicis  iongus 


rina 


M.  extensor 
indieis  proprius - 


Compartment  for  the 
mm.  extensor  digitorum 
communis  and  extensor    - 
indieis  ]>roprius 

Ligainentum  carpi  dorsale 

Compartment 

for  the  ra.  extensor- 

digiti  V  proprius 


M.  extensor 
jiollicis  brevis 


Compartment 
for  the  m.  extensor 
carpi  radialis  longus 

Compartment 
for   the  lu.  extenso: 
carpi  radialis  brevi: 

Bursa 

m.  extensoris 

,  carpi  radialis 

brevis 

M.  extensor 
-  carpi  radiali: 
brevis 

Ossa 
metacarpalia 


316 


M.  extensor 
carpi  ulnaris 


Processus 
styloideus  ulnae 


Ligaiiionfum 
carpi  (lorsale 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 

._  M.  extensor  pollicis  brevis 

-  -  M.  extensor  digitorum  comnuinis 


Attachment 

of  the  m.  extensor 

carpi  ulnaris 


M.  abductor 
digiti  V 
M.  extensor 
digiti  V  proprius 
M.  extensor 
digitorum 
communis 


abductor  pollicis  longus 
M.  extensor   pollicis  brevis 

extensor  carpi  radialis  longus 
M.  extensor  carpi  radialis  brevis 

M.  extensor  pollicis  longus 


nterosseus 
,lis  I 


Junctura 
tendinura 


Bursa 
subcutanea 
digiti  dorsalis     - 


361.  Back  of 
the  right  hand. 


Ligamentum  carpi  dor- 
sale  (0.  T.  posterior  annular 
ligament)  (see  also  Figs.  357 
til  360)  extends  as  a  broad, 
powerful  band  of  fibers,  inter- 
woven in  the  fascia  antibrachii. 
I'rom  the  facies  lateralis  and 
tlie  proc.  styloideus  radii  obli- 
(juely  distalward  to  the  proc. 
styloideus  ulnae,  os  triquetrum 
and  OS  pisiforme.  It  is  connect- 
ed by  strong  processes  with  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  radius 
and  ulna;  in  this  way  six 
cyliadrieal  C(im])artiiieuts  are 
t'urnied  fur  the  tendons  of  the 
'  extensor    musclt^s.      The    first 

compartment  (numbered  from 
the  radial  side)  is  for  the  nun.  abdiu-tor  pollicis  Lmgus  and  extensor  jHillicis  brevis,  the  second  for 
tlie  mm.  extensures  carpi  radiales,  the  third,  ubli(pir|y  lirhind  the  second,  for  the  in.  extensor  pollicis 
longus,  the  fourth  for  the  mm.  extensor  digitorum  commimis  and  extensor  indicis  proprius,  the 
fiftb  f 'V  tl)!'  ni.  extensor  digiti  V  proprius.  tho  sixtii  for  the  m.  extensor  carpi  ulnaris. 


M.'palmaris  loiigus 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


317 

Ligamentum  carpi  vola 
Os  pisifornie 


]SI.  palmaris  br« 


Aponeuros 
jialmaris 


362. 
Fascia 
of  the 

right 

palm. 

The  ligameutum  carpi  vo- 

lare  is  a  band  of  fibers  riinniEu- 
transversely  in  the  fascia  anti- 
brachii  just  over  the  wrist;  it 
covers  the  flexor  muscles  in  that 
situation  and  is  connected  with 
tlip  li<i'.  carpi  dorsale. 

The  aponeurosis  palmaris 
(<).  T.  palmar  fascia)  lies  just 
beneath  the  skin  in  the  palm : 
it  is  triangular  being  liarri  iw  at 
its  beginning;  it  comes  partly 
from  the  ligamentum  carjii 
transversum.  the  largest  part 
of  it  being  a  conthiuation  of  the 
m.  palmaris  longus;  it  goes  by 
five  diverging  processes  chiefly 
to  the  skin  nf  the  fingers  at  tlu^ 

level  of  the  capitula  oss.  metacarpalium ,  partly  also 
into  the  depth  to  the  ligamenta  vaginalia :  somewhat 
distalward   frijm   this   insertion   fasciculi   transversi 

are   stretched   nut  just  beneath  the  skin  between  every  two  fingns  from  l:h€f''2"J  — 5'li  finger 
they  are  also   partially   connected   with   one   another.     The   thenar  and    iv] i"t I i.uar  eminences 
are  covered  only  by  thin  fascia.     Upon  the  hypothenar  eminence  tb<'rf'  i'  -    ni  additiun  the 

M.  palmaris  brevis,  flat,  quadrangular.  0  r  i  g  i  n :  ulnar  margin .  '  ,"  >neurosis  palmaris. 
I  n  s  e  r  t  i  0  n  :  to  the  skin  at  the  ulnar  mnrgin  of  the  hand.  A  c  t  i  o  n ;  it  wv'ukJes  the  skin,  and  deepens 
the  hollow  of  the  hand.    Innervation:  ramus  superficialis  "f  the  rjrius  volaris  manus  n.  ulnaris. 

Lig.  carpi  trausversura  (0.  T.  anterior  annular  ligamein)  (spi'  also  Figs.  363—365) 
is  a  tough  flbrous  band  which  extends  transversely  bet^veenJ^^le  eniinentiae  carpi  and  tlie 
adjacent  ligan.ents;  it  bridges  over  the  sulcus  carpi  (see  p.  1(    ^^ 

Spalteholz,  Atlas.  .^Sl^Hi^HF  21 


Vessels  an 
nerves 


r^ 


318 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


M.  Hfxor  caii>i  ladialis 
M.  abductor  pollicis  longus. 

Liganientuin  carpi  transversuni 
M.  abductor  pollicis  lirevis 

M.  flexor  pollicis  brevis  -- 


M.  flexor  carpi 
ulnaris 


I  Is  pisiforine 


M.~abductor 
(liL'iti  V 


M.  flexor 

digiti  Y 

brevis 


jNI.  addu('tor  j)ollicis 


Mm.  lunibricales  — .=-r^~^ 

M.  flexor  pollicis  /L 

longus 


M.  oppoiieus 
digiti  V 


M.  flexor 
digitorum 
sublimis 


363. 

Muscles  of  the 
right  palm. 

M.  abductor  pollicis 

brevis  (0.  T.  abductur  polli- 
cis). Form:  flat.  Position: 

su])ei-ficial  upon  the  ball  of  the 

thumb.     ()ri<j;in:  li<;'.  carpi 

transversuni  and  tuberculum 

OSS.  navicularis.  Insertion: 

base   of  the  first  phalanx  of 

the  thumb  and  tendun  of  the 

m.   exten.^or   iinllicis   longus. 

Action:      it     opposes     the 

thumb;  it  fle.xes  the  first  and 
extends  the  second  ])halanx. 

•ii;)nervatii  II     n.  •nedianws. 
JL.    abdiictoi     digiti 
qiilnti  ro.  T.  abductor  uuinimi  digiti)  (see  also  Fig 
3l>lj.   Form:  flat,  ollong.   Position:  superfleia 
upon  the  ball  n}'  tlie  ht^le  tmger.  Origin:  lig.  carpi 
transversuni  and  os  pisi'/orrae.  Insertion:  base  of 

the  first  plialanx  of  tlie  5 'i'  finger  a nd  to  its  extensor  tendi ms.  A  c  t  i  o  n :  it  abd\icts  the  5*^  flnger  and 
extends  its  2"'^  and  3"'^  ph.vVmx.  In  nerva  t. :  ramus  profundus  of  the  ramus  volarismauusn.nlnaris. 
M.  flexor  dijriti  quinti. brevis  (O.T.  flexor  brevis  minimi  digiti)  (frequently  absent).  Form: 
flat,  oblong.  I'osi  tiou:  supeili'ial,  on  the  radial  side  ofthe  preceding  muscle.  Grig.:  lig.  cari>i  trans- 
versuni and  hamulus  oss.  hama^i.  Insertion:  base  ofthe  first  phalanx  of  the  5<^»  finger.  Action:  it 
flexes  the  first  phalanx  of  tlielitti",fingeran<l  abducts  it.  I  nnervat.:  like  that  ofthe  preceding  muscle. 


Ligameutuiii 

vaginale 

digiti 

Ligaiuentii 
annulare 
/        digiti 


Ligauientuiu 
cruciatum 

digiti 


^.jut-'*^ 


Muscles  of  till'  Ann. 


M.  flexor  carpi  radialis  - 

M.  flexor  digitoruiu  sublimis  --  = 
M.  abductor  pollicis  longus 


M.  abductor  pollicis  brevls 
(cut  off) 


M.  opponens  pollicis 


M.  flexor  pollicis  brevis 


M.  abductor  pollicis 
brevis  (cut  off) 


/ 


M.  flexor         _  ,' -,.» 

pollicis  longus      / 


Chiasma  tendiuum 


5j  four  flat, 
Position:  in 


JI.  flexor  carpi  uluaris 


Os  pisiforme 


M.  abductor  digiti  V 
(cut  off) 

Ligamentum  carpi 
transversum 


Tendines 

m.  flexoris 

digitorum  sublimis 

iCUt  off) 

M.  opponens  digiti  V 


-  ~s-  Mm.  lumbricales 


Tendines  m.  liexoris 
digitorum  profundi 

M.  abductor  digiti  V 

(cut  oft) 

Lig.  vagiuale 
(cut  open) 

Tendo 
m.  flexoris 
digitorum 

sublimis 

(cut  off) 

Tendo 

m.  flexoris 

digitorum 

profundi 


364.  Muscles  of 
the  right  palm 

(2°'i  layer). 

(The  mm.  abductor  pollicis 
brevis,  abductor  digiti  V  and 
flexor  digiti  V  brevis  have  been 
removed;  a  piece  has  been  cut 
out  of  the  tendons  of  the  m. 
flexor  digitorum  sublimis.) 

Mm.  lumbricales 

narrow  muscles, 
the  palm  between  the  tendons 
of  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  pro- 
fundus. Origin:  two  radial 
from  the  radial  side  of  the  cor- 
responding tendons,  two  ulnar 
each  from  two  adjacent  tendons 
of  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  pro- 
fundus. Insertion:  the  flbers  converge  to  form  narrow  tendons  which  run  on  the  radial  si4^' 
of  the  2"'! — 5'li  finger,  volarward  from  the  lig.  capitulorum  transversum  (see  Fig.  241),  to  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  first  phalanx  and  to  the  triangular  expansions  of  the  ti'nduns  u^f  tji§:fn.i5" 
tensor  digitorum  communis  (see  Fig.  361).  The  tendon  of  the  third  muscle  is  frequentiv  ."^^iK'cd 
and  sends  also  a  process  to  the  ulnar  margin  of  the  Si'^^  finger.  Action:  tbev  flex  ^^--^  first  and 
extend  the  second  and  third  phalanx  of  the  2»'l— 5*^  finger.  Innervation.  "2(— 3)  radial  from 
the  n.  medianus,  2( — 1)  ulnar  from  the  ramus  profundus  of  the  ramus  v^Iari.^t  nianus  u.  ulnaris. 


\ 


320 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


lyigaiuentum  carpi  tiaiisversiiii 
(cut  through  and  turned  back 


M.  oppoiiens  pollicis    — 


M.  flexor  pollicis  brevis  ._ 
fsuporticial  headi 


Groove  for  the  m.  flexor 
pollicis  longus 


M.  flexor  pollicis 
brevis  (deep  head 


M.  adductor  ^ 

pollicis 


Tendon"  of  the 

ni.  flexor  pollicis 

longus 

(turned  down) 


Os  pisiforme 
M.  abductor 
digiti  V 

y'      (cut  off) 

Opening  for  a 
branch  of  the 
■'    a.  and  n.  ulnaris 

Ligamentum 
-  -  carpi  transversum 
(cut  through) 


M. opponens 
digiti  V 


Mm. 
=  .  interossei 
volares 

Mm. 
-=•  interossei 
^.  dorsales 


Ligamentum 

-    capitulorum 

transversum 


Ligamentum 
vaginale 


365.  Deep  muscles  of  the  ball  of  the  right  thumb. 

(The  111111.  iifxorcs  digituriiiii ,  tlexur  jioUicis  long'us,  ahiluctor  ixjUicis  Itrevis,  abduetur  digiti  V 
aud  Hexor  digiti  V  brevis  have  been  removed ;  the  lig.  carpi  transversum  has  been  cut  through.) 

M.  oppoiH'us  pollicis  (see  also  Fig.  364).  Form:  flat,  oblong-quadrangular.  Position  :  in 
the  ball  of  the  thuiiil),  almost  completely  covered  by  the  m.  abductor  pollicis  brevis.  Origin:  lig. 
earpi  transversum  aud  tuboreulum  oss.  multauguli  majoiis.  Insertion:  corpus  and  capitulum  oss. 
nietacarpalis  I.    Action:  it  opposes  the  thumb  to  the  other  fingers.   Innervation:  n.  medianus. 

M.  flexor  pollicis  brevis  (see  also  Figs.  363  and  364).  Form:  oblong-quadrangular. 
I'usition:  ulnar  margin  of  the  ball  of  the  tbumb,  in  the  depth,  bounded  radialward  by  the 
ni.  op]i< 'liens  pollicis,  ulnarward  by  the  m.  adductor  pollicis.  Origin:  by  two  beads;  superficial 
head:  lig.  carjii  transversum :  deep  head:  ossa  mullaugula,  capitatum,  metacarpale  II.  Insertion: 
superficial  head  to  the  radial  sesamoid  bone,  deep  head  by  two  divisions  (one  narrower,  radial 
and  one  thicker,  ulnar)  to  the  radial  and  ulnar  sesamoid  bones,  both  also  to  the  base  of  the  first 
phalanx  of  the  thumb  and  ])artly  to  tlie  tendon  of  the  m.  extensor  pollicis  longus.  Between 
the  two  heads  is  a  groove  for  the  tendon  of  the  m.  flexor  pollicis  longus.  Action:  it  flexes 
the  first  and  extends  the  second  phalanx  of  the  thumb.  Innervation:  superficial  portions 
by  the  n.  medianus,  dee])  by  the  ramus  profundus  of  the  ramus  volaris  manus  n.  ulnaris. 

M.  adductor  pollicis  (see  also  Figs.  363  and  3()4).  Form:  fiat,  triangular.  Posi- 
tion: in  the  depth  of  the  2)alm,  immediately  upon  the  bones  and  the  mm.  interossei;  covered 
by  the  tendons  of  the  mm.  fiexores  digitorum ,  being  bounded  radialward  by  the  preceding 
muscle.  Origin:  os  mi'tacarpale  HI.  Insertion:  ulnar  sesamoid  bone,  base  of  th(>  first 
pbalanx  of  the  thumb  and  tendon  of  the  m.  extensor  pollicis  longus.  Action:  it  adducts  the 
thumb  and  opposes  it  to  the  other  fingers;  it  extends  the  second  jihalanx  of  the  thumb. 
Innervation:  ramus  profundus  of  the  ramus  volaris  manus  n.  tilnaris. 

M.  oppoiieiis  diu'iti  quiiiti  (0.  T.  o])ponens  minimi  digiti)  (see  also  Figs.  363  and  364).  Form  : 
tla  ,  u'k,l..ng  '(uadranguliir.  Position;  in  the  ball  of  the  little  finger,  almost  completely  covered  by 
thv'  Dam.  aJxivvtor  digiti  V,  aud  flexor  digiti  V  brevis.  Origin:  lig.  earpi  transversum  and  hamulus 
oss.  liamati.  Insertion:  corpus  and  e;i]iitiilum  oss.  metacarpalis  V.  Action:  it  draws  the  fifth 
fi'iger  toward  tlil-  thuii.'\   Innervation:  ramus  ])rofundus  of  the  ramus  volaris  manus  n.  ulnaris. 


iluscles  of  the  Arm. 


321 


Bursa  m.  flexoris  carpi  radialis    - 


Vagina  tendinis 
m.  flexoris  pollicis  longi 


Vagina 

tendinis 

ni.  flexoris 

pollicis  longi 


Vagina  tendinuni 

mm.  flexorum 

commimiuiu 

Tendines 

mm.  flexorum 

communium 

(cut  off) 


Vagina 

tendinum 

mm.  flexorum 

communium 


Vaginae  tendinum  digitales  •■-—-^^ 


366. 

Sheaths  of 

the    tendons 

in    the    right 

palm, 

injected  and  colored 
red. 

Vag^ina  [mucosa] 
tendiuum  mm.  flexo- 
rum eommuuium  tuims 
a  e<jmmun  sheath  fur  the 
tendons  of  the  mm.  flexo- 

res   digitorum   communes ;   it  begins  a  little  above  the  lig.  carpi  transversum  and  ends  in  the- 
middle  of  the  palm;    very  often  a  special  sheath  entirely  or  partially  separated  from  the  main 
sheath  is  to  be  found,  radialward,  for  the  tendon  of  the  index  finger  (see  also  p.  322). 

Vagina  tendinis  m.  flexoris  pollicis  longi  accompanies  the  tendon  of  the  m.  flexor 
pollicis  longus  frum  the  upper  margin  of  the  lig.  carpi  transversum  as  far  as  the  second 
phalanx;  it  fretj^uently  communicates  with  the  preceding  sheath. 


322 


^luscles  4^  the  Arm. 


Radius 


Ulna 


~  Os  pisiforiiic 


Os  nietacarpale  V 


Miu.  interossei 
volares 

Mm.  interossei 
dorsales 


Mm. 

^-lumbricales 
(cut  away) 


Phalanx  I 


367.   Mm.  interossei  volares  manus  dextrae. 

The  vaginae  teiidiuuiii  digitales  (sec  Fig.  366)  are  four  long  sheaths,  which  on  the  volar 
surface  of  the  2^^ — 5*^  finger  from  the  region  of  the  capitulum  oss.  metacarpalis  on,  suiTound 
the  tendnns  of  the  mm.  flexores  digitorum  conmumes  in  common  as  far  as  the  third  jihalanx: 
that  of  the  5'^  finger  is  connected  in  the  adult  with  the  vagina  tendinum  mm.  fiexorum  com- 
munium.  Each  of  these  tendinous  sheaths  for  the  fingers  is  attached,  for  some  distance,  by  a 
('onn(>ctive  tissue  sheath,  lirfamenUan  vaginalc ,  firmh*  to  the  underlying  hones  and  ligaments 
(see  also  Fig.  241):  in  this  sheath  strung  hands  of  fihers  run,  partly  transversely,  partly  obliquely 
and  crossed,   lir/amenta  annuUaria  and  Ufjamenia  cmciata  digitorum  maims  (see  Fig.  363). 

Mm.  interossei  volares  (0.  T.  i)almar  interossei),  three  flat,  triangular,  small  muscles. 
Position:  in  the  depth  of  the  pahn,  in  the  mterspaces  between  the  ossa  metacarpalia  IT — ^V, 
covered  by  all  tlie  otlier  muscles  of  the  palm.  Origin:  on  the  lateral  surfaces  of  the  ossa 
metacarpalia  —  the  first  on  the  idnar  surface  of  the  2"^1  bone,  the  second  and  third  on  the 
radial  surfaces  of  the  4*^  and  5th  (gp^  jiigo  Fig.  150).  Insertion:  each  of  the  narrow 
tendons  goes  dorsalward  from  the  lig.  capitulorum  transversum  (see  Fig.  241)  on  the  same 
sidi'  (if  the  finger  to  the  back  of  the  first  plialanx  and  to  the  triangular  expansion  of  the 
corresponding  tendon  of  the  m.  e.xtensor  digitorum  communis  (see  Fig.  361).  Action:  they 
draw  the  2"fi,  4*^^  ;,nd  Sth  fingers  toward  the  middle  finger,  flex  the  first  phalanx  and  extend 
the  second  and  third  phalanx  of  the  21^^  4*^  and  5*^  finger.  Innervation:  ramus  jtrofundus 
of  the  ramus  volaris  manus  n.  ulnaris. 


Muscles  of  the  Arm. 


323 


Radius 


Processus  styloideu 
ulnae 


Proeessiis  stvloideus  radii 


Ligameiita 
intercarpea  dorsalia 


Os  metacarpal e  \ 


Mm.  interossei  _s; 
dorsales 


Tendines 

111.  extensoris 

digitorum    -= 

communis 

(cut  off) 


Phalanx  I •♦•      ' 


368.  Mm.  interossei  dorsales  manus  dextrae. 

Mm.  interoissei  dorsales  (see  also  Figs.  361  and  367),  four  flat  triangular,  penniform, 
small  muscles.  Position:  in  the  interspaces  between  the  ossa  metacarpalia,  nearer  the  back 
of  the  hand.  Origin:  each  comes  from  the  neighboring  surfaces  of  the  ossa  metacarpalia 
(see  also  Fig.  151).  Insertion:  each  of  the  narrow  tendons  runs  dorsalward  fi'om  the  lig. 
capitulorum  transversuin  (see  Fig.  241)  —  the  first  and  second  each  on  the  radial  side  of  the 
2nd  and  3rd  finger,  the  third  and  fourth  each  on  the  ulnar  side  of  the  3rd  and  4*'!  finger, 
to  the  back  of  the  first  phalanx  and  to  the  triangular  expansion  of  the  corresponding  tendon 
of  the  m.  extensor  digitorum  communis  (see  also  Fig.  361).  Action:  the  first  and  second  draw 
the  2nd  and  3'"d  finger  radialward,  the  third  and  fourth  draw  the  3rd  and  4<'i  finger  ulnarward ; 
aU  flex  the  first  phalanx  and  extend  the  second  and  third  phalanx  of  the  2nd — 4th  finger. 
Innervation:  ramus  profundus  of  the  ramus  volaris  manus  n.  ulnaris. 

Yagina  teudinuin  mm.  abduetoris  longi  et  extensoris  brevis  polliois,  ragiua 
tcndinum  mm.  exteiisoriim  carpi  radialium,  Tagina  tendinis  m.  extensoris  pollicis 
longi  (communicating  constantly  witli  the  preceding),  vagina  tendinis  m.  extensoris  digit! 
quiuti  and  vagina  tendinis  m.  extensoris  carpi  iiluaris  fsee  Fig.  369)  surround  thejj; 
corresponding  tendons  at  the  lig.  carpi  dursale  and  for  varying  distances  b^'luw  it. 

Vagina  tendiuum  mm.  extensoris  digitorum  communis  et  extensoris  in^icis 
(see  Kg.  369)  forms  a  sheath  for  the  tendons  of  these  muscles  in  common  as  far  as  the  middle 
of  the  ossa  metacai-paha. 


824 


Muscles  of  the  Ann. 


Vagina  tcndinuni 

mm.  extensoris 

digitorum  communis 

et  extensoris  indicis 


Liganientum 
carpi  dorsale 


Vagina  tendinis 
m.  extensoris 
carpi  ulnaris 

Vagina  tendinis  ni.  ex- 
tensoris digiti  V 

Vagina  tcndinuni 
.£    mm.  extensoris 
[digitorum  communis 
et  extensoris  indicis 


Vagina  tendinis  m.  ex- 
tensoris pollicis  longi 


Vagina  tendinum 
mm.  abductoris  longi  et 
extensoris  brevis  pollicis 

Vagina  tendinum  mm.  e.\- 
tensorum  carpi  radialium 

Vagina  tendinis  m.  ex- 
^    tensoris  pollicis  longi 


Bursae 

•subcutaneae. 

metacarpo- 

phalangeae  - 

dorsales 

Bursae  inter- 

nietacarpo- 

plialan^eae 


369.  Sheaths 
of  the  tendons 
of  the   back  of 
the  right  hand, 

injected     and     colored 

I-.mI. 

Bullae      iatermeta- 
carpopkalangeae,  livqiKiit, 

nue  to  three,  are  small,  lie 
between  two  adjacent  finojers 
at  the  level  of  the  capitula 
OSS.  nietacarp;iliuni,  dorsal- 
ward  from  the  ligg.  capitu- 
liiriim  transversa,  between 
^~^  the    2"<i   and  tli(^  5tli  finger. 

Bursae  subcutaneae 
metaearpoplialangeae  dorsales  are  occasionally  present  and  then  usually  only  on  the  b^^  fingin-. 
JJursae  subeutaueae  rtig'itoruni  dorsales  (see  Fig.  361),  just  beneath  the  skin  on 
the  liack  of  Wm-  nrticulatiiiurs  digitiiruin,  usually  small,  occurring  constantly  or  almost  con- 
stantly on  the  first  finger  joints  (between  the  first  ami  tlie  second  ]ihalanx),  occasionally  on 
the  si>cond  joint  of  the  2"d  and  4*''  finger. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


325 


-    Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 


Oi  ilium 


Ligamentum  inguinale  [Pouparti] 

'     Fascia  iliopectinea 

Spina  iliaca  anterior  inferior 

-    M.  iliopsoas 

—     Lacuna  Tasorum 

--     N.  femoralis 

A.  femoralis 


Aceta- 
buUini 


Os  iscliii 


Bursa  iliopectinea 


V.  femoralis 

Eminentia 
iliopectinea 


Annulus  femoralis 
Ligamentum 

lacunare 
[GimbernatiJ 

Annulus 

inguinalis 

subcutaneus 

M.  peetineus 

Tuber- 

culum 

pubicum 


Os  pubis 


370.  Section  through  the  muscles  of  the  right  in- 
guinal region,  parallel  to  and  directly  under  the  lig.  inguinale  [Pouparti]. 

Fascia  iliaca  (see  also  ri<r.  372).  It  covers  the  entire  free  surface  of  the  m.  iliopsoas, 
begins  above  on  the  bodies  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  and  on  the  crista  iliaca,  is  strongest  below, 
and  passes  over  medianward  into  the  fascia  pelvis.  Below  the  lateral  portion  of  the  lig.  inguinale 
[Pouparti]  it  extends  downward  with  the  ra.  iliopsoas,  is  attached  lateralward  to  the  spina 
iliaca  anterior  superior  and  to  the  lig.  inguinale,  medianward  to  the  eminentia  iliopectinea  and 
is  named,  from  this  puint  on,  the  fascia  iliopectinea.  This  divides  the  space  under  the  lig. 
inguinale  into  two  compartments,  a  lateral,  lacuna  musculorum,  for  the  m.  iliopsoas  and 
n.  femoralis,  and  a  medial,  lacuna  vasorum;  the  latter  contains  lateralward  the  a.  femoralis, 
medianward  the  v.  femoralis  and,  between  the  latter  and  the  lateral  concave  edge  of  lig.  lacunare 
[GimbernatiJ,  the  annulus  femoralis,  which  is  closed  by  the  fascia  transversaUs  (sejitum  femorale 
[CloquetilJ  and  serves  for  the  passage  of  lymph  vessels.  Below  the  lig.  inguinale  the  fascia 
iUopectinea  covers  the  floor  of  the  fossa  iliopectinea  and  forms  at  the  same  tune  the  deep 
layer  of  the  fascia  lata  (see  also  p.  330). 


326 


Muscles  of  the  Lee 


Costa  xn 


M.  quadratus 
lumborum 


M.  psoas  minor 

M.  psoas  major 


Costa  XII 


Corpus  vertebrae 
liimbalis  I 

M.  transversus 
abdominis 


Crus  mediale 
diaphragmatis 

M.  quadratus 
lumborum 

Origins  of  the 
m.  psoas  major 


bpina 

iliaea  . -_^ 

anterior  '^ 

superior 


Li  game  n- 
tuni  ilio- 
lumbale 

Pro- 
montoriun 

M.  psoas  majo] 

(cut  off  and 

reflected) 

JI.  iliacus 


Femur 


371.  Lumbar  muscles, 

\'icwed  from  in  front.     (The  largest  part  of  the 
left  111.  psoas  major  has  been  removed.) 

M.  (nuulratus  liiniburiuu  (see  also  Figs.  314,  315  ami  333).  Form:  flat,  oblong- 
"piadrangular.  Position:  posterior  wall  of  the  peritoneal  cavity,  directly  in  front  of  the  anterior 
layer  of  the  fascia  lumbodorsalis,  covered  partly  in  front  hy  the  m.  psoas  major.  Two,  often  slightly 
separated,  layers.  Ante7io?-  layer.  Origin:  procc.  transversi  of  the  S*!" — 2Dd  lumbar  vertebra. 
Insertion:  inferior  border  of  the  12tlM-ib  and  the  liody  of  tlie  1 2 '^  thoracic  vertebra.  Posterior 
layer.  Origin:  labium  internum  cristae  iliacae  and  lig.  iliolumbale.  Insertion:  inferior  margin 
of  12t'i  rib  and  procc.  transversi  of  the  4th — jst  lumbar  vertebra.  Action:  it  draws  the  last  rib 
downward  ;  it  bends  the  lumbar  spine  lat^^-alward.  T n  n  (>  r  v  a  t  i  o  n :  rami  musculares  ])lexus  lumbalis. 

M,  iliopsoas  cdiisists  of  in.  psoas  minor,  m.  psoas  inajor  and  nt.  iliacus. 

31.  psoas  minor  (see  also  Figs.  314,  315  and  333),  variable.  Form:  flat,  long,  narrow. 
Position:  directly  in  front  of  the  m.  psoas  major.  Origin:  lateral  surface  of  the  bodies  of  the 
12th  thoracic  and  1st  lumbar  vertebra.  Insertion:  fascia  iliaea.  Action:  it  bends  the  lumbar 
spine  lateralward  and  makes  the  fascia  iliaea  tense.  Innervation:  rami  musculares  plexus  lumbalis. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg:. 


327 


M.  psoas  major 


M.  fiuadratus  lumboruia 


M.  psoas  minor 


Crista  iliaca 


Fascia  iliaca 

Spina  iliaca 
anterior  superior 

Fascia  illopectinea 

Superficial  layer  of 

the  fascia  lata 

^reflectedj 

Fascia  lata  - 


Fossa  ; 

illopectinea       i 


A.  and  v. 
femoralis 

Margo  falciformis 
(cornu  inferius) 


Ligamenturo 

ongitudinale 

anterius 


Corpus  vertebrae 
lumbalis  IV 


-  Promontorhim 


Symphysis  ossium  pubis 


Fascia  pectiuea 


372.  Fascia  iliaca  dextra.    [Text  see  p.  325  and  330.] 

M.  psoas  major  (see  Figs.  314,  315,  333,  370,  371  and  376).  Form:  round,  oblong- 
triangular.  Position:  posterior  wall  of  the  peritoneal  cavity,  directly  in  fi'ont  of  the  mm. 
quadratus  luraborum  and  iliacus,  just  lateral  from  the  lumbar  vertebrae  and  the  apertura  pelvis 
superior.  Origin:  lateral  surfaces  of  the  bodies  and  intervertebral  discs  of  the  r2th  thoracic 
to  the  5th  lumbar  vertebra  as  well  as  the  procc.  transversi  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae.  In- 
sertion: converging  downward,  forward  and  lateralward  and  with  a  narrow  tendon  to  the 
trochanter  minor  femoris.  Action:  it  bends  the  lumbar  spine  lateralward,  flexes  the  thigh, 
and  rotates  it  somewhat  outward  dr,  when  the  latter  is  fixed,  it  bends  the  pelvis  and  the 
body  forward.     Innervation;  rami  musculares  plexus  lumbalis. 

M.  iliacus  (see  also  Figs.  314,  370.  371  and  376).  Form:  flat,  triangular.  Position: 
in  the  fossa  iliaca  and  anterior  to  the  hip-joint,  covered  medianward  by  the  m.  psoas  major. 
Origin:  fossa  iliaca,  spina  iliaca  anterior  superior  and  inferior;  the  latter  origin  (see  Fig.  377) 
is  also  designated  as  the  third  head  of  the  m.  iliopsoas.  Insertion:  the  fibers  converge 
downward  in  front  of  the  hip-joint  (buisa  iliopectinea  see  Fig.  377),  then  backward  in  common 
with  the  m.  psoas  major  to  the  trochanter  minor  femoris  (bursa  iliaca  subtendinea  see  Fig.  378). 
Action:  it  flexes  the  thigh  and  rotates  it  sniue-nhat  outward  or,  when  this  is  fixed,  it  draws 
the   pelvis,   together  with  the  body,   forward.     Innervation:    rami  musculares  n.  femoralis. 


328 


Fossa  iliaca 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 

Os  sacrum 


M.  piriformis 


coccygis 


M.  coccygeus 


Faoics  syniphyseos 
ossis  pubis 


UKamentum  sacrotuberosuin 


('aiuilis  obturatorius 

FcTiiiir -_x 


M.  obturator  internus 


373.  Muscles  of  the  true  pelvis  on  the  right  side, 

viewed  from  witliiii. 

M.  obturator  iiiteruus  (sec  also  Figs.  374  and  385).  Forni:  flat,  triangular.  Position: 
in  the  small  or  true  pelvis,  on  its  lateral  wall  and  close  behind  the  hip-joint.  Origin:  medial 
surface  of  the  os  coxae  and  of  the  memhrana  obturatoria.  Insertion:  tlii^  tibt,n's  converge  to 
the  incisura  ischiadica  minor;  tli(>r(>  they  Ijend  lateralward  (bursa  m.  obturutoris  intend  see 
Fig.  380)  ;it  a  right  angle  and  becoming  tendinous  pass  between  the  two  mm.  gemeUi  to  tbe  fossa 
trochanteri<-a  femoris.     Action:  it  rotates  the  thigh  outward.     Innervation:  n.  til)ialis. 

M.  coccygeus  (see  also  Figs.  374,  670  and  671).  Form:  quadrangular,  thin.  Po- 
sition: on  the  anterior  surface  of  tlie  lig.  sacrospinosum,  fornn'ng  with  it  a  common  mass  of 
variable  composition  (see  p.  194);  it  projects  beyond  it,  esi)ecially  l)elow.  Origin:  spina 
ischiadica.  Insertion:  lateral  edge  of  lower  sacral  and  upper  coccygeal  vertebrae.  Inner- 
vation: branches  of  the  plexus  ]iii(liMidus. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


329 


Os  sacrum 
Ligamentum  saerospiuosum        j 
with  the  m.  coccygeus 


M.  piriformis 


Os  ilium 


Ligamentum 
sacrotuberosum 


M.  obturator 
interuus 


Tuber 

ischiadicum 


-^Capsula  articularis 


Trochanter  major 


Crista  intertroclianterica 


Troclianter  minor 


Femur 


M.  obturator  externus 


374.  Muscles  of  the  small  or  true  pel- 

vis   on    the    right   side,   viewed  from  without  and  below. 

M.  obturator  externus  (see  also  Figs.  378 — 380).  Form:  triangular,  thick.  Posi- 
tion: anterior  surface  of  the  small  pelvis  and  beneath  the  hip-joint.  Origin:  anterior  surface 
of  the  I  is  coxae  and  of  the  memhrana  obturatoria .  Insertion:  convt^'ging  lateral  ward  ti  >  the  fossa 
trochanterica  femoris.    Action:  it  rotates  the  thigh  outward.    Innervation:  n.  obturatnrius. 

M.  piriformis  (see  also  Figs.  373,  385  and  386).  Form:  Hatly  roimded,  triangular. 
Position:  behind  the  hip-joint.  Origin:  facies  pelvina  oss.  sacri.  Insertion:  the  fibers 
run,  converging,  thi-ough  the  foramen  ischiadicum  majus  lateral  ward  to  the  tip  of  the  trochanter 
major  femoris  (bursa  m.  piriformis  see  Fig.  386).  Action:  it  rotates  the  thigh  outward  and 
I'xtends  it  somewhat  backward  and  lateralward.    Innervation:  ranu'  musculares  plexus  sacralis. 


330 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 


Ligamentum  inguinale  [Poupartij 
Fossa  ovalis 


Tractns 
iliotibialis 
[MaissiatiJ 


Cutis 


?treiigtlieniiig 

band 

(see  text) 


liursa 

pracpatellaris 

subfiutanea 


Bursa 
infrapatell. 
'subcutanca 
Bursa 
subcut. 
tuberosit. 
tibiae 


375. 

Fascia  of 
the    right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front. 


Fascia  lata  [anterior  lialf| 
(see  also  Fios.  325  and  372) 
covers  the  free  surface  of  the 
muscles  of  the  thigh  and  is 
stronger  lateralward  and  above. 
From  near  the  knee  a  fibrous 
process  runs  upward  and  lateral- 
ward  :  a  furrow  in  the  skin 
corresponds  to  this  when  the 
knee  is  extended  and  the  muscles 
are  relaxed.  The  fascia  also 
forms  a  sheath  for  the  m.  sar- 
torius  behind  and  dindes  above 
into  a  deep  and  a  superficial 
layer.  The  deep  layer  covers 
the  fossa  iliopecliuea.  This  (see 
Figs.  372  and  376)  possesses  a 
triangular  entrance,  comes  in 
ri^ation  above  with  the  lig.  ingui- 
nale and  ends  below  under  the 
m.  sartorius;  lateralward  it  is 
bounded  by  the  m.  iliopsoas, 
medianwanl  by  the  m.pectineus: 
above  it  is  continued  into  the 
lacima  vasoriun.  It  is  the  lateral 
part  of  the  larger,  triangular, 
trigoimm  femorale  [fossa  Scar- 
pae  major]  (().  T.  Scarpa's  tri- 
angle), which  is  limited  above 
by  the  hg.  inguinale,  laterally 
by  the  m.  sartorius,  and  me- 
diauly  l)y  the  medial  edge  uf  the 
m.  adductor  longus.  Lateralward 
the  deep  layer  is  identical  with 
the  fascia  iliopectinea  (see  p. 
325),  and  medianward,  upon 
tlie  m.  pectineus,  it  is  called  the 
fascia  pec  tinea.  The  super- 
ficial layer  partially  covers 
the  fossa  iliopectinea  and  passes 
from  the  upper  edge  of  the  m. 
sartorius  to  the  lower  edge  of 
the  lig.  inguinale.  It  ends  median- 
ward  with  a  concave  edge,  margo 
falciformis  (0.  T.  falciform  liga- 
ment) which  arises  below  from 
the  faseia  pectinea  (cornu  in- 
ferius),  is  often  indistinctly 
oiitliiUHl  in  its  middle  portion 
and,  above  (cornu  siiperius), 
runs  medianward  to  the  lig.  in- 
iiiiLuale    and   the  liii'.   lacimare. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


;i.si 


M. 

slutaeus 
inedius 


31.  tensor 

fasciae 

latae 


Ciiti 


376. 

Muscles  of  the 
right  thigh, 

viewed   from   in   front. 

Fascia  lata  (continued). 
The  fossa  bounded  by  the 
marii^o  falciformis  is  called 
the  fossa  ovalis;  it  is  covered 
by  the  fascia  cribrosa,  a  deep 
layer  of  the  fascia  super- 
ficialis  which  extends  from 
the  margo  falciformis  to  the 
fascia  pectinea  and  presents 
openings  for  lymph  glands 
and  vessels.  The  space  fi'om 
the  annulus  femoralis  as  far 
as  the  entrance  to  the  fossa 
ovalis  is  called  also  the 
canalis  femoralis. 

Biirsae  praepatellares 
see  p.  214. 

Bui'sa  iufrapatellaris 
subcutauea  (see  Fig.  375), 
frequently  present,  just  be- 
neath the  skin,  in  front  of 
the  lig.  patellae. 

Bursa  siibeutanea  tu- 
berositatis  tibiae  (see  Fig. 
3T5),  frecjuently  present,  in 
front  of  the  tuberositas  tibiae. 

M.  sartorius  (see  also 
Fig.  388).  F  0 r  m :  flat,  narrow, 
very  long.  Position:  super- 
ficial, in  a  long  spiral  above 
on  the  anterior,  below  on 
the  medial  surface  of  the 
thigh.  Origin:  by  a  short 
tendon  from  the  spina  iliaca 
anterior  superior.  Inser- 
tion: the  fibers  run  parallel, 
at  first  medianward  and 
downward  in  front  of  the 
ra.  iliopsoas  and  in  front  of 
the  groove  l)etween  the  m. 
(puulriceps  and  the  adductors, 
then  downward  medial  from 
the  m.  vastus  mediahs  in  front 
of  the  m.  gracilis,  then  be- 
hind thf-  epicondylus  medialis, 
and  thence  obliquely  forward 
with  a  flat,  diverging  tendon 
to  the  tubei-ositas  tibiae  and 
fascia  cruris;  the  tendon 
covers   the  insertions  of  the 

mm.  gracilis   and   semitendinosus   and   fuses  with 
(bursa    m.   sartorii  propria   see   Figs.  377    and 
Action:  it  flexes  the  thigh  a'i  the  hip -joint  and  the  leg 
at  the  knee,   at  the  same  time  rotating  the  leg  mward 
and  the  flexed  thigh  outward.  Innervation:  n.femorahs. 


Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 
M.  iliopsoas 


M.  vastus 
lateralis 


Lig.  inguinale  [Pouparti] 

Lig.  lacunare  [GimbernatiJ 
Tuberculum  pubicum 


Fossa 
hi  •'"^         iliopeetinea 


M. 

peclineus 


M. 

adductor 

longus 


M.  gracilis 


M.  adductor 
luagnus 

M.  rectus 
femoris 


M.  sartorius 


M.  vastus 
juedialis 


Tractus  iliotibialis. 
[ilaissiati 

Eetinaculum 
patellae  laterale 

Ligamentnm  patellae 


them 
378). 


Retina- 
culum 
patellae 
ruediale 


Tendo 
m.  sartorii 

Tuberositas 
tibiae 


332 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 
,M.  sartorius  (cut  off) 


M. 

glutaeus- 
medius 


/Spina  iliaca  anterior  inferior 

M.  iliacus  (tliird  liead) 
/  (see  p.  327} 

Bursa  iliopectinea 
M.  pectineus 


M.  rastus  lateralis 


Tuberculuni    pubicuni 


M. 

adductor 

longus 


;M.  cfracilis 


Hiatus 

tendineus 

[addiic- 

torinsl 


M.  rectus 
femoris 


.M.  vastus 
niedialis 


Patella 


Ligamcntum  patellae 


Tuberosiias  tibiae— 


Tendo 
ni.  <rracilis 


JUirsa 

ni.  sartorii 

propria 

M. 

sartorius 

(cut  off) 


377.    Muscles  of 
the    right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  mm.  sartorius   and  tensor ' 
fasciae     latae    have    been    com- 
pletely, the  m.  iliopsoas,  for  the 
most  part,  removed.) 

Bursa  iliopectinea  (see  also 
Fig.  370),  constant,  large,  be- 
tween the  m.  iliopsoas  and  the 
lig.  iliofemorale ;  it  is  frequently 
connected  with  the  cavity  of  the 
hip-jomt. 

M.  pectineus  (see  also  Figs. 
370  and  376).  Form:  flat, 
(iblong-quadrangular.  Position : 
medial  from  and  l3elow  the  hip- 
joint,  boimded  lateralward  by 
the  m.  iliopsoas,  medianward  by 
the  m.  adductor  longus,  behind 
by  the  mm.  adductor  brevis  and 
obturator  i>xternus.  Origin: 
from  the  rnmus  superior  oss. 
pubis,  pecten  oss.  pubis  and  li- 
gamentum  pubicum  superius  (see 
p.  197).  Insertion:  parallel 
downward,  lateralward  and  back- 
ward to  the  linea  pectmea  femoris 
(biirsa  m.  2)ectinci  see  Fig.  378). 
Action:  it  adducts  and  flexes 
the  thigh,  and  rotates  it  outward. 
Innervation:  n.  fcmoralis. 

M.  gracilis  (see  also  Figs. 
376,  384,  386  and  388).  Form: 
flat,  long,  thin.  Position:  super- 
ficial ,  on  the  medial  surface  of 
till'  thigh,  medianward  from  the 
mm.  adductores;  behind  it  is 
bounded  by  the  m.  semimembra- 
nosus. Origin:  by  a  broad 
tendon  from  the  ramus  inferior 
oss.  pubis.  Insertion:  paraUid 
downward,  bebind  the  epicoudy- 
lus  niedialis  femoris  and  tbenct^ 
forward  by  a  thin  tmidon  to 
tbe  tuberositas  tibiae,  just  beluw 
th(^  tendon  of  the  m.  sartorius 
(bursa  aiiscrina  see  p.  378). 
Action:  it  adducts  the  thigh, 
flexes  tbe  leg  and  rotates  if 
inward.  Innervation:  ramus 
anterior  u.  obturatorii. 


Muscles  of  the  Leer, 


333 


378.  Muscles  of  the 
right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  nmi.  sartorius,  tensor  fasciae 
latae,  pectineus  and  oTacilis  have 
been  removed;  the  knee  joint  has 
been    opened   on    tlie   medial   side.) 

M.  (quadriceps  feinoris,  consists 
of  four  muscles,  which  are  more  or 
less  distinctly  separated  above,  but 
inseparably  united  at  their  insertion: 
m.  rectus  femoris,  in.  vastus  late- 
ralis,  m.  vastus  intermedins  and 
m.  vastus  medialis. 

M.  rectus  femoris  (see  also  Fij^-s. 
376 and  377).  Form:  spindle-shaped, 
thick,  penniform.  Position:  on  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  thigh,  covered 
above  by  the  m.  sartorius,  otherwise 
superficial.  Origin:  tendinous,  part- 
ly from  the  sphia  iliaca  anterior  in- 
ferior, partly  arch-like  above  the  ace- 
tabulum (bursa  m.  recti  femoris  see 
Fig.  379).  Insert. :  the  fibers  diverge 
from  the  middle  downward,  where  its 
flat  tendon  goes  over  above  the  patella 
into  the  conunon  tendon.  Action: 
it  flexes  the  thigh  and  extends  the 
leg.     1  n  n  e  r  v  a  t  i  o  n  :   n .   fem  orahs . 

M.  adductor  longus  (see  also 
Figs.  376  and  377).  Form:  flat, 
oblong-triangular,  thick.  Position: 
on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  thigh, 
bounded  laterally  by  the  m.  pectineus, 
medianly  by  the  m.  gracLUs,  behind 
by  the  ram.  adductores  brevis  et  mag- 
nns ;  in  front,  below ,  it  is  covered 
by  the  m.  sartorius.  Origin:  by 
a  thick  tendon  from  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  ramus  superior  oss. 
pubis.  Insertion:  di vergmg  down- 
ward and  lateralward  to  the  labium 
mediale  of  the  Unea  aspera  femoris. 
Action:  it  adducts  and  flexes  the 
thigh  and  rotates  it  outward.  Inner- 
V  a  t  i  0  n :  ramus  anterior  n.obturatorii. 

Bursa  iliaca  subtendiuea,  very 
frequently  present,  between  the  m. 
iliopsoas  and  the  trochanter  minor. 

Bursa  m.  pectinei,  very  fre- 
'juently  jiresent,  between  the  m.  pecti- 
neus and  m.  iliopsoas,  just  below 
the  trochanter  miuoi'. 

Bursa  m.  sartorii  propria  (sc 
also  Fig.  377),  between  the  tendon 
of  the  m.  sartorius  and  the  tendons 
of  the  mm.  gracilis  and  semimembra- 
nosus ;  not  rarely  connected  with  the 

Bursa  auserina,  constant,  large, 
between  the  tendons  of  the  mm.  graci- 
lis and  semitendinosus  and  the  tibia. 
Spaltebolz,   Atlas. 


-  ---  Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 


Spiua  iliaca  anterior  inferior 


!M.  rectus  femoris  (cut  away) 
M.  pectineus 


...Ligamentum 
iliofemorale 

-il.  obturator 
extern  us 

Bui-sa  iliaca 

subtendinea 
__M.  iliopsoas 
(cut  aw'ay) 

Bursa  ni.  pectinei 


yi.  adductor  longus 
M.  adductor  magnus 


Hiatus  tendineus 
[adductorius] 


--  M.  semimembranosus 
_-  M.  vastus  intermcdius 

^.  ]\I.  vastus  lateralis 


Tendo  m.  recti  femoris 
(cut  away) 


>I.  vastus  medialis 


Patella 


Ligamentum 
patellae 


1        Kctinaculum 
I    patellae  mediale 

._  Meniscus  medialis 

Ligamentum 

—  collaterale  tibiale 

Hill,  gi-acilis  et  semi- 

teudinosus  (cut  away) 

.  Bursa  anserina 


M.  sartorius 
(cut  away) 
..  Bursa  m.  sartorii 
propria 


22 


334 


M.  rectus  femoris 
(turned  back) 

Bursa 
m.  recti  femoris 


Trochanter 
major 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 

379.  Muscles  of  the  right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front. 


Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 


Spina  iliaca  anterior  inferior 

Ligamentum  iliofemorale 

Tiiberculum  pubicum 


(Like  ..^. 


■:-''^*«2S^ 


,  M.  obturator 
externus 

M.   quadratus 
femoris 


.M.  adductor 
brevis 


M.  adductor 
magnus 

M.  adductor 
longus  (cut  off) 

Hiatus 
tendineus 
idductorius] 

M.  vastus 
intermedins 

M.  semi- 
membranosus 


M.  vastus 
medialis 


T'Tendo  m. 
recti  femoris 
(cut  off) 


M. 


M.  vastus  lateralis 


articularis 
genu 


Patella  - 
Meniscus  lateralis.  - 

Ligamentum  collaterale  - 
fibulare 

Ligamentum  patcllae-- 


Mcniscus 
medialis 

Ligamentum 
collaterale 
tibiale 
■Tibia 


Fig.  378 ;  in  addition  the  ni. 
adductor  longus  has  been  entirely, 
the  mm.  vasti  medialis  et  lateralis 
have  been  partial!}-  removed;  the 
knee-joint  has  been  opened.) 
M.  adductor  brevis.  Form: 
triangular,  tbick.  Position:  in  front 
covered  by  the  mm.  adductor  longus 
and  pectineus,  above  adjoining  the  m. 
obturator  externus,  behind  the  m.  ad- 
ductor minimus.  Origin:  anterior 
surface  of  the  rami  ossis  j)ubis.  In- 
sertion: diverging  downward  and 
lateralward  to  the  labium  mediale  of 
the  linea  aspera  femoris.  Action: 
it  adducts  and  flexes  the  thigh  and 
rotates  it  outward.  Innervation: 
ramus  anterior  n.  obturatorii. 

M.  adductor  minimus  (0.  T. 
upper  iiortii)n  of  adductor  magnus) 
(see Figs.  380  and  385—387).  Form : 
triangular,  thick.  Position:  behind 
the  preceding,  bounded  above  by  the 
mm.  obturator  externus  and  quadra- 
tus i(>moris,  below  by  the  m.  adductor 
magnus ,  behind  by  the  latter  and 
the  m.  glutaeus  maximus.  (>rigin: 
anterior  surface  of  the  rami  inferiores 
ossis  pubis  and  ossis  ischii.  In- 
sertion: diverging  lateralward  and 
downward  to  the  labium  mediale  of 
the  linea  aspera  femoris.  Action: 
it  adducts  and  flexes  the  thigh  and 
rotates  it  outward.  Innervation: 
ramus  posterior  n.  obturatorii. 

M.  adductor  magnus  (see  Figs. 
376,  378,  380,  384,  386  and  387). 
Form:  triangular,  thick.  Position  : 
on    the   medial   sule   of  the   thigh, 
in  front  covered  by  the  mm.  adduc- 
tores  brevis  et  longus  and  sartorius, 
bounded  above  and  in  front  by  the 
m.  adductor  minimus,    median  ward 
by  the  m.  gracilis  and  posteriorly  by 
the  mm.  semimembranosus,  semitendi- 
nosus  and  biceps.  0  r  i  g  i  n :  anterior 
surface   of  the   ramus  inferior  oss. 
ischii  and  tuber  ischiadicum.     In- 
sertion: the  anterior  fibers  diverge 
lateralward   and   downward   to   the 
labium  mediale  of  the  linea  aspera 
femoris  (see  also  p.  336),  the  posterior 
fibers  converge  downward  to  a  thick 
tiMidon,  which  runs  to  the  epicondylus 
medialis.    Action:  it  adducts  the 
thigh.  Innervation:  ramus  poste- 
rior  n.  obturatorii   and   n.   tibialis. 
Bursa  m.   recti  femoris,    freipiently 
present,   between  the  tendon  of  origin  of 
the  m.  rectus  femoris  and  the  acetabulum. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


335 


380.  Muscles  of  the 
right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  muscles  have  been  removed  with 

the   exception   of    the   nun.  obturator 

externus,     adductores     minimus     et 

magnus  and  vastus  intermedins.) 

M.  vastus    intermedius   (0.  T. 

crureus)  (see  also  Figs.  378  and  379). 
Form:  flat,  oblong.  Position:  on 
the  anterior  side  of  the  thigh,  directly 
upon  the  bone;  in  fi'ont  covered  by 
the  m.  rectus  femoris;  at  the  sides 
covered  over  by  the  mm.  vasti  media- 
lis  et  lateralis,  being  fused  with  them. 
Origin:  anterior  surface  of  the  corpus 
femoris.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run 
parallel  downward,  covered  in  front  by 
a  thin,  fiat  tendon,  and  go,  above  the 
patella,  into  the  common  tendon  (see 
p.  336). 

M.  articularis  genu  (0.  T.  sub- 
crureus)  (see  Figs.  379,  390  and  392) 
forms,  in  a  sense,  the  deepest  layer 
of  the  preceding  muscle.  Form:  flat, 
thin.  Position:  directly  upon  the 
lower  third  of  the  femur,  covered  by 
the  preceding  muscle.  Origin:  an- 
terior surface  of  the  corpus  femoris. 
Insertion:  upper  and  lateral  surface 
of  the  capsule  of  the  knee-joint. 
Action:  it  makes  this  capsule  tense. 

M.  vastus  lateralis  (0.  T.  vastus 
externus)  (see  Figs.  376—379,  387  and 
389).  F 0  r m :  flat,  spindle-shaped,  thick. 
Position:  on  the  lateral  surface  of 
the  thigh,  chiefly  supei-ficial,  covered 
only  by  the  m.  tensor  fasciae  latae  and 
the  tractus  iliotibialis,  bounded  behind 
by  the  m.  biceps  femoris.  Origin: 
linea  intertrochanterica,  lateral  surface 
of  the  trochanter  major  and  labium 
laterale  of  the  linea  aspera  femoris. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  run  parallel, 
in  a  curve,  medianward  and  downward 
and  are  attached  partly  to  the  m.  vastus 
intermedius,  partly,  above  and  lateral- 
ward  from  the  patella,  to  the  common 
tendon  (see  p.  336). 

Bursa  m.  glutaei  minimi,  almost 
constant,  fairly  large,  between  the 
tendon  of  tbe  m.  glutaeus  minimus 
and  the  trochanter  major  femoris. 


Trochanter 

major 

\B.''m.  glutaci 
minimi 

M.  glutaeus 
minimus 


Spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 

Spina  iliaca  anterior  inferior 

Ligamentum  iliofemorale 

Tuberculum  pubicum 


M.  obturator 
externus 


M.  adductor 
minimus 


iSI.  adductor 
magnus 


■M.  vastus; 
intermedius 


Tendo  m.  adductoris 
magni 


Patella 
Meniscus  lateralis 

Ijigamentum       . 

collaterale  fibularc  \ 

Ligamentum  patellae  -  - 
Fibula 


Insertion  of  the 

m.  vastus] 
medialis  (cut  off) 

Meniscus 
medialis 

Ligamentum 
ollaterale  tibiale 


22* 


336 


Muscles  of  the  I.e<>-. 


M.  glutaeus  medius  with  its  covering  of  fascia  Crista  iliaca 


M.  glutaeus 'luaxiuius 


Spina  iliaca 
anterior 
>-        superior 


\ 


\ 


M.  sartorius 


]M. 'tensor 
fasciae  latae 


Situation  of  the 

trochanter  major 

femoris 


Sulcus  glutaeus   '     


-il.  rectus  femoris 


—Cutis 


M.  somitendinosiis 


„M.  vastus 
lateralis 


M.  biceps  femoris 


Tractus  iliotibialis  [MaissiatiJ 


381.  External  muscles  of  the  right  hip, 

viewed  from  the  lateral  surface. 

M.  vastus  niedialis  (0.  T.  vastus  internus)  (see  Figs.  376—379,  387  and  3S8).  Form  : 
flat,  spindle-shaped,  thick.  Position:  on  the  medial  and  anterior  surface  of  the  thigh :  covered 
at  its  origin  by  the  m.  sartorius;  otherwise  superficial;  comes  into  contact  behind  with  the 
mm.  addiu'tores  longus  ot  magnus.  Origin:  labium  mediale  lineae  asporae  femoris.  Insertion: 
the  fibers  go.  parallel,  in  a  curve,  latoralward  and  downward,  partly  to  the  m.  vastus  inter- 
mcdius,  partly,  above  and  medianward  from  the  patella,  to  the  common  tendon.  From  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  m.  adductor  magnus,  approximately  from  the  lower  margin  of  the 
m.  addiu'tor  longus  on,  a  tendinous  ])late  goes  to  the  medial  surface  of  the  m.  vastus  juedialis; 
this  bridges  over  a  triangular  vascular  canal,  which  extends  obliijuely  baclxward  and  downward, 
the  caiialis  adcbictorius  iHimteri]  (0.  T.  Hunter's  canal),  the  anterior  entrance  to  which  is 
called  tlie  hiatus  icndineus  /addiictoriusj. 

The  connnon  tendon  of  the  m.  quadriceps  femoris  is  attached  to  the  upper  and  tv  the 
lateral  margins  of  tht;  ])atella  and  partly  goes  over  in  front  of  it,  directly  into  the  lig.  patellae. 
Some  of  the  tendon  fibers  of  the  mm.  vastus  medialis  and  vastus  lateralis  run  however 
downward  beside  the  patella  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  condyli  tibiae  and  thus  form  the 
1-etinacnl.a  patellae  jnediule  et  laterale  (sih^  Figs.  376  and  3SS),  of  wliicli  the  medial  one  is 
the  broader  and  the  more  distinct;  to  these  are  also  to  be  added  other  ligamentous  bands  which 
extend  from  the  epicondyli  forward  to  the  patella  and  into  whidi  also  bands  of  muscle  are  inserted. 

Action  of  the  mm.  vasti:  thev  (^xtend  the  leg.     Innervation  of  the  same:  n.  femoralis. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


337 


M.  ghitaciis  nicdius  with  its  covering  ot  fascia 


Crista  iliaca 


J[.  glutaeus  niaxiinus 


Sulcus  fflutae 


M.  seraitendi 


iSpina  iliaca 
anterior  superior 


M.  sartoriiis 


.  tensor  fasciae  latae 


Insertion  of  the 
m.  glutaeus  maximus 
o  the  tractus  iliotibialis 


Cut  surface  of  the 

superficial  layer  of  the 

tractus  iliotibialis 

M.  rectus  femoris 

Insertion  of  the 

m.  glutaeus  maxinuis 

to  the  femur 


M.  vastus  lateralis 


M.  biceps  femoris  . 


I  Tractus  iliotibialis  [Maissiati] 


382.  External  muscles  of  the  right  hip, 

viewed  from  the  lateral  surface. 

(In  order  to  show  the  varying  mode  of  attachment  of  the  m.  ghitaeiis  maximus,  a  piece  has  been  cut 
out  of  the  superficial  layer  of  the  tractus  iliotibialis  and  the  deeper  layer  has  been  disected  out.) 

M.  tensor  fasciae  latae  (0.  T.  tensor  vaginae  femoris)  (see  also  Figs.  376  and  381). 
Form:  flat,  oblong-quadrangular,  thick.  Position:  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  hip,  just 
beneath  the  skin;  bounded  in  front  by  the  mm.  sartorius  and  rectus  femoris,  medianward  and 
behind  by  the  m.  glutaeus  medius.  Origin:  tendinous  from  the  spina  iliaca  anterior  superior 
and  from  the  fascia  lata.  Insertion:  the  fibers  riui  parallel  downward  and  go  over,  at  the 
junction  of  the  upper  with  the  middle  third  of  the  thigh,  into  the  tractus  iliotibialis  [Maissiati] 
(iliotibial  band).  Tbe  muscle  is  covered  on  its  lateral  surface  by  a  thin  fascia,  on  its  medial 
surface  by  a  thicker  layer  of  fascia :  these  can  be  looked  upon  as  a  superficial  and  a  deep  layer 
of  the  fascia  lata.  Action:  it  makes  the  fascia  lata  tense,  especially  the  tractus  iliotibialis; 
it  flexes  the  thigh  and  rotates  it  somewhat  inward.     Innervation:  n.  glutaeus  superior. 

M.  g-lutaeus  maximus  (see  also  Figs.  329,  381,  384,  385  aud  387).  Form:  flat, 
quadrangular,  very  thick.  Position:  just  beneath  the  skin  of  the  buttock,  the  fleshy  basis 
of  which  it  forms.  Origin:  lateral  surface  of  the  ala  oss.  ilium  behind  the  linea  glutaea 
posterior,  the  posterior  surface  of  the  sacrum  and  coccyx  and  their  ligaments,  the  ligg.  sacro- 
iliaca  posteriora  and  the  lig.  sacrotuberosum.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run,  nearly  parallel,  lateral- 
ward  and  dowTiward  :  those  of  the  upper  jiortion  go,  in  the  form  nf  a  broad  tendon,  over  the  lateral 
surface  of  the  trochtmter  major  femoris  fb.  troclianlerica  m.  glutaci  maximi  see  Figs.  385 — 387 
and  p.  343),  curve  downward  and  pass  over  into  the  deep  layer  of  the  tractus  iliotibialis,  hidden 
by  the  superficial  layers  of  the  same;  the  fibers  of  the  lower  portion  are  attached  by  ;i  thick, 
flat  tendon  to  the  tuberositas  glutaea  femoris  (biirsae  glutaeofemorales  see  Figs.  386  and  387. 
iind  p.  343).  Action:  it  extends  the  thigh  backward  and  rotates  it  somewhat  outward. 
Innervation:  n.  glutaeus  inferior. 


338 


Muscles  of  the  Les?. 


383.   Fascia  of 
the  rightthigh, 

viewed  from  behind. 


Bursa 

trochanterica 

subcutanea 


1 


k 


strengthen- 
ing band  of 
the  sulcus 
ghitaeus 


Tractus 
iliotibialis 
IMaissiatil 


Fascia  lata  (posterior  half) 
(see  also  Figs.  381,  382  and 
389)  is,  upon  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  m.  glutaeiis 
maximus ,  in  general  thin ; 
distalward  it  is  somewhat 
thicker.  Interwoven  in  the 
fascia ,  along  the  lateral  sur- 
face, from  the  lower  end  of 
the  m.  tensor  fasciae  latae.on, 
is  a  broad,  thick,  glistening, 
tendinous  strip  of  parallel 
fibers,  the  tractus  iliotibialis 
[Maissiati]  (0.  T.  iliotibial 
band),  which  is  attached  below 
to  the  condylus  laterahs  tibiae. 
This  strip  consists  above  (see 
Fig.  382)  of  a  deep  layer, 
which  is  the  direct  con- 
tinuation of  the  tendinous 
fibers  of  the  m.  glutaeus 
maximus,  and  of  a  superficial 
layer,  which  consists  partly 
of  tendinous  fibers  of  the  m. 
tensor  fasciae  latae,  partly 
of  fibers  which  descend  from 
the  thick  fascial  covering  of 
the  m.  glutaeus  medius.  From 
the  latter  region  comes  also 
a  thicker,  flat  bundle  which 
crosses  the  insertion  of  the 
m.  glutaeus  maximus  and 
extends  in  a  curve  from  above 
downward  and  modianward 
to  the  tuber  ischiadicum. 
This  strand,  cutting  deep  intii 
the  muscle,  corresjionds  to  the 
sulcus  glutaeus  (O.T.  gluteal 
groove),  which  is  visible  as  a 
furrow,  running  transversely 
in  the  skin  when  the  m.  glu- 
taeus maximus  is  relaxed. 
A  less  marked  strengthening 
band,  in  the  pupliteal  space, 
extends  fr<im  above  and  la- 
teralward  downward  and  me- 
dianward  and  corresponds 
also  to  a  similarly  directed 
furrow  in  the  skin. 
Arising  from  the  fascia  lata  are  septa  of  connective 
tissue  which  extend  between  the  individual  muscles 
and  gi-"U])s  of  muscles;  the  strongest  of  these  pass 
beliind  the  origins  of  the  mm.  vastus  niedialis  an<l 
vastus  lateralis  to  tht>  iahiuui  uiediale  and  labium  laterale  of  the  linea  aspera  femoris,  forming 
the  septuin  intermuscidai  c  /fo/ioris]  riwdialc  and  septum  intermusculare  [femoris]  laterale 
(see  Fig.  387):  they  serve  ]«irtly  fur  tln'  attachment  of  the  neighboring  muscles. 

Bursa  trochantoriea  siibcutanoa,  frequently  present,  small,  just  beneath  the  skin, 
u])on  the  lati'ral  surfaci'  oC  the  tniclianti'v  major. 


Cutis 


Fascia  lata 


-■** 


strengthening  band 
(see  text) 


Muscles  of  the  Le<i 


339 


384. 

Muscles  of  the 
right  thigh, 

viewed  from  behind. 

M.  semiteudinosus  (see 

also  Figs.  385  and  388). 
Form:  triangular,  long,  ta- 
pering below .  Position: 
on  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  thigh;  behind,  in  large 
part,  superficial,  covered  only 
above  by  the  ra.  glutaeus 
maximus:  lateralward  it  is 
bounded  by  the  caput  longum 
m.  bicipitis,  medianward  by 
the  iiim.  adductor  mag-nus  and 
semimembranosus ,  in  front 
by  the  m.  adductor  magnus. 
Origin:  tendinous  from  the 
tuber  ischiadicum.  in  common 
with  the  caput  longum  ra. 
bicipitis  f bursa  m.  bicipitis 
femoris  supei'ior  see  Fig.  386 
and  p.  34|).  Insertion:  it 
nms  converging  downward, 
then  lies  with  a  long  tendon 
in  a  furrow  of  the  m.  semi- 
membranosus and  extends 
from  there  behind  the  tendon 
of  the  m.  gracilis  and  in 
common  with  it ,  in  a  curve, 
forward  to  the  tuberositas 
tibiae  (see  ra.  sartorius  p.  331) 
(bursa  anserina  see  Fig.  378). 
Action:  it  extends  the  thigh 
backward,  flexes  the  leg  and 
rotates  it  at  the  same  time  in- 
ward. Innervation:  n.  ti- 
bialis. 

M.    semimembranosus 

(see  also  Figs.  379,  385,  386 
and 388).  Form: flat, oblong- 
quadrangular.  Position:  on 
the  posterior  surface  of  the 
thigh ;  below,  partly  just  be- 
neath the  skin,  otherwise 
covered  by  the  ra.  seraitendi- 
nosus;  lateralward  below  it 
is  bounded  by  the  m.  biceps, 
in  fi-ont  by  the  mm.  quadra- 
tus  femoris,  adductor  magnus 
and  gracilis.  Origin:  by  a 
flat,  long,  strong  tendon  from 
the  tuber  ischiadicum  (bursa 
m.  bicipitis  femoris  stiperior 
see  Fig.  386  and  p.  343). 
(Continued  on  p.  340.) 


M. 

adductor 
magnus 


M.  gracilis 


M. 

semimem- 
branosus 


M. 

semimem- 
branosus 

M.  semi- 
teudinosus 

M.  gracilis 
M.  sartorius 


M.  glutaeus  medius 


M.  glutaeus 
maximus 


Situation  o 
the  trochant 
major 


Cutis' 


Traetus  iliotibial 

[Maissiati] 


M.  biceps  femoris 
(caput  longum) 


!^^.  semiteudinosus 


M.  biceps  femoris 
(caput  breve) 


M.  planlaris 

Tendo  m.  bicipitis  femoris 
-^l.  gastrocnemius 


340 


Muscles  of  the  Le"-. 


Ligamentuni  sacro 

tuberosum  / 

M.  pirifortnis 

Mm.  gemelli 


liiirsa  ischiadica 
111.  glutaei  maxiiui 


M.  obturatn 
internus 


>[   quadratus  feniovis 
M.  gracilis 

M   adductor magnus 


M.  glutaeiis  uiedius 


M.  glulaeus 

raaxinius  (superior 

"portion,  going  to  the 

tractus  iliotibialisj 


Bursa 

troohanterica 

ni.  glutaei 

inaxlmi 


M.  glutacus 

_maxinius  (inferior 

portion,  going  to 

tiie  femur) 


Insertion  to  the  femur 
Traetus  iliotibialis  [Maissiati] 


.M,  :idduelor  minimus 


M.  seniimembrauosus 

M.  semitendiuosus 


M.  biceps  femoris  (caput  longumj 


385.  Muscles  of  the  right  buttock  (2"Mayer), 

viewed  from  behind. 
(The  m.  ^'hitaeus  maximtis  has  been  cut  through  and  reflected  laterahvard.) 

M.  seniimembrauosus  (continued).  Insertion:  the  tendon  reaches  downward  on  the 
Literal  surface  of  tlie  muscle  as  far  as  its  lower  half;  from  its  medial  surface  fibers  go  luediau- 
ward  and  downward  to  a  tendinous  strip,  which  begins  in  the  upper  half,  runs  downward  on 
the  medial  surface  and  goes,  behind  the  epicondylus  medialis  femoris  between  the  tendons  of 
the  mm.  gracihs  and  semitendiuosus  (see  Fig.  3 S8),  to  the  condylus  medialis  tibiae;  it  is  there 
partly  attached  to  the  bone,  in  part  it  bends  around  into  the  lig.  poplitetira  obliquum  and  in 
part  it  goes  over  into  that  portion  of  the  fascia  cruris  wltich  covers  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
m.  popliteus  (see  Fig.  258)  (bursa  m.  scminievibranosi  see  Figs.  387,  393,  394  and  390  and 
\).  348).    Action:  it  extends  thi^  tliigh  backward  and  flexes  the  leg.    Innervation:  n.  tiliialis. 

M.  glutaeus  medius  (see  ako  Figs.  329,  376,  377,  381,  382  and  384).  Form:  flat, 
triangidar,  thick.  Position:  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  hij):  in  its  upper  and  lateral  parts 
superflcial,  covered  only  by  the  fascia  htta ,  wliicli  is  liere  very  thick:  in  front  it  is  over- 
lapped by  the  m.  tensor  fasciae  latae,  behind  by  the  m.  glutaeus  maxinnis,  being  bounded 
medianward  by  the  m.  glutaeus  minimus.  Origin:  lateral  surface  of  the  ala  oss.  ilium, 
between  the  linea  glutaea  anterior  and  posterior;  fascia  lata.  Insertion:  the  fibers  converge 
downward  and  become  attached  by  a  short  tendon  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the  trochanter 
major,  near  its  apex  fbiirsa  troc/ianiericae  m.  (/Iniaei  mcdii  see  Fig.  3Sr)  and  p.  343).  Action  : 
it  abducts  the  thigh.     Innervation:  n.  glutaeus  superior. 


Musck's  of  the  Leji-. 


341 


Ppiiiii  iliaca 
posterior  infe 


Ligament  um 
sacrotuberosnm 

B.  m.  obturatoris  / 
intern! 
Mm.  gemelli 

I'.,  ischiadiea  m. 
ghitaei  aiiaximi  -' 
Tuber 
ischiadieuni 
yi.  quadratus   / 
femoris 
?..  m.  bicipitls   / 
femoris  superior 

M.  adductor ] 

niagnus 


M.  gracilis 


^[.  adductor  - 
magnus 


M.  semimem 
branosus 


^r. 


J[.  gracilis ■ 


;M.  sartorius 


-M.  piriformis 


yi.  glutaeus  minimus 

Bursa  m.  piriformis 

Bursa  trochanterica  m.  glutaei  medii  posterior 

Bursa  trocbanteriea  ni.  glutaei  medii  anterior 


M.  glutaeus  maximus 
(upper  portion] 


J[.  glutaeus  medius 
(cut  off) 


Bursa  trochanterica 
ra.  glutaei  maximi 


M.  glutaeus  maximus 
(lower  portion) 


Bursae  glutaeofemorales 
Tuberositas  glutaea 


386. 

Muscles  of  the 

right  thigh, 

viewed  from  beliind. 

(The  mm.  glutaeus  maximus, 
<;iutaeus  medius  and  semi- 
tendinosus  have  been  largely, 
the  m.  obturator  intei'nus 
has  been  completely,  removed .) 
Mm.  gemelli  superior  et 
inferior  (see  also  Fig.  3S5). 
Form:  fiat,  quadrangular, 
narrow.  Position:  on  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  os 
coxae  and  the  hip  joint, 
bounded  above  by  the  m. 
piriformis,  belovr  by  the  m. 
ipiadratus    femoris ,     behind 


yi.  biceps  femoris 

(caput  breve) 


M.  plantaris 

Tendo  m.  bicipitis  feinoris 

gastrocnemius 


I'overed   by   the  m.  glutaeus 


semitendinosus    -— | 
(cut  off)  

maximus.  Origin:  superior: 
from  the  spina  ischiadiea: 
inferior:  from  the  tuber 
ischiadicum.  Insertion:  the 
two  muscles  form  together  a 
groove  in  which  rims  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  obturator 
internus  (b.  m.  ohturatoris 
intei'ni  see  p.  343) ;  the  fibers 
run,  parallel,  lateralward  partly  to  the  tendon  oi  the  m.  obturator  internus,  partly  with  this  to  the 
fossa  trochanterica  femoris.    Action:  they  mtatethe  thigh  outward.   Innervation:  n.  tibialis. 


342 


Muscles  of  the  Lea-. 


f  Spina  iliaca 
posterior  inferior^ 


Foramen 
isehiadicum  uiaju 


Ligamentum 
sacrotuberosum 

Bursa  ischiadica 
m.  glutaei  maximi ' 

Tuber  isehiadicum 

M.  adductor 
minimus 


M.  adductor  magnus 


M.  vastus  medialis 


M.  adductor  magnus  if 


M.  semi- 
membranosus -- 
(cut  oft) 

Bursa 
m.  semimembranosi 


M.  glutaeus  minimus 


Trochanter  major 


Bursa 

trochanterica 

m.  glutaei 

maximi 

M.  quadratus 

ffmoris 

31.  glutaeus 
niaximus 

(cut  off) 

Bursa  glutaeo- 
femoralis 


Septum  iuter- 
musculare 
laterale   •-' 


M.  vastus 
lateralis 


M.  biceps  femoris 
(caput  breve) 


M.  biceps  femoris 

(caput  longum) 

(cut  off) 


;sr.  plantaris 

Tendo 
ni.  bicipitis  femoris 

M.   gastrocnemius 


Bursa  ischiadica  m.  glutaei  luaximi  (see  also  Figs 
present;  upon  the  posterior  surface  of  the  tuber  isehiadicum  and 
and  seniitcndinosup,  between  these  and  the  ni.  glutaeus  maxiuu 


387. 

Muscles  of  the 
right  thigh, 

viewed  from  behind. 

(The  mm.  glutaei  maximus  et 
niedius,  piriformis,  obturator 
internus,  gemelli,  semitendi- 
nosus  and  semimembranosus, 
as  well  as  the  caput  longum 
ra.  bicipitis,  have  been  re- 
moved.) 

M.   glutaeus  minimus 

(see  also  Figs.  380  and  3S6). 
Form:  flat,  triangular.  Po- 
sition: on  the  lateral  surface 
of  the  hip,  just  above  the  hip- 
joint;  covered  by  the  m. 
glutaeus  medius ,  in  front 
partly  fused  with  it :  bounded 
in  front  by  the  mm.  rectus 
femoris  and  tensor  fasciae 
latae,  behind  by  the  m.  piri- 
formis. Origin:  lateral 
surface  of  the  ala  oss.  ihum 
between  the  linea  glutaea 
anterior  and  inferior.  In- 
sertion: the  fibers  converge 
downward  and  lateral  ward 
and  go  with  a  strong  tendon 
to  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  trochanter  major  femoris 
(b.  irocliauterica  m.  glutaei 
minimi  see  Fig.  380). Action: 
it  abducts  the  thigh.  Inner- 
vat  i  o  n :  n.  glutaeus  superior. 

M.  quadratus  femoris 

(see  also  Figs.  379,  385  and 
386).  Form:  flat,  quadran- 
gular. Position:  behind 
and  below  the  hip -joint, 
bounded  in  front  by  the  m. 
obturator  externus,  below  by 
the  m.  adductor  minimus, 
behind  by  the  mm.  semi- 
membranosus ,  biceps  and 
glutaeus  maximus,  above  by 
the  m.  gemellus  inferior. 
(Origin:  tuber  isehiadicum. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  run 
para,llel  lateralward  to  the 
crista  intertrochanterica  fe- 
moris. Action:  it  rotates 
the  thigh  outward .  Inner- 
vation: n.  tibialis. 

385  and  386)  very  frequently 
of  the  origins  of  the  mm.  biceps 

IS. 


M.  sartorius  i 
I 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 

^r.  gracilis 


343 


M.  rectus  femoris 


M.  vastus  medialis  _ , 


Retinaculum 
patellae  med 


,n      f 
iale  I 


Patella  _  _     . 

Ligamentum  patellae 

Tuberositas  tibiae ^ 

388. 
Muscles  of  the 

viewed  from  the 


M.  semimembranosus 


^L  semitendinosus 


_  M.  semimembranosus 
_  M.  semitendinosus 
M.  gracilis 

--  M.  sartorius 


M.  gastrocnemius 


right  knee, 

medial  siu'face. 


Bursa  trochauterica  m.  glutaei  niaximi  (>ee  Fig.  385 — 387),  e(mstant,  very  large, 
upon  the  posterior  and  lateral  surface  of  the  trochanter  major  as  well  as  upon  the  origin  of 
the  m.  vastus  lateralis,  between  these  and  the  upper  portion  of  the  m.  glutaeus  raaximus. 

Bursae  ghitaeofemorales  (see  Pigs.  38()  and  387),  constant,  two  or  three  small  bursae 
below  the  preceding;  partly  lateral,  partly  medial  frum  the  attachment  of  the  m.  glutaeus 
maximus  to  the  femur. 

Bursa  trochanterica  m.  glutaei  medii  anterior  (see  Fig.  386),  constant,  sometimes 
double;  between  the  tendon  of  the  m.  glutaeus  medius  and  the  apex  of  the  trochanter  major. 

Bursa  trochauterica  ni.  g^lutaei  medii  posterior  (see  Fig.  386),  very  frequently 
present,    between    the  ti-udon  of  the  m.  glutaeus  medius  and  the  tendon  of  the  m.  piriformis. 

Bursa  ni.  pirif(h'mis  (see  Fig.  386),  frequently  present,  in  front  of  and  below  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  pirifirniis,  between  it.  the  bone  and  the  m.  gemellus  superior. 

Bursa  m.  obturatoris  iuterni  (see  Fig.  386),  constant,  between  the  incisura  ischiadica 
minor  and  the  m.  obturator  internus;  it  is  very  often  continued  into  the  gi-oove  formed  by 
the  mm.  gemelli.  for  which  it  forms  a  lining;  the  latter  part  is  very  rarely  independent. 

Bursa  m.  bicipitis  femoris  superior  (see  Fig.  386),  inconstant,  between  the  tendons 
of  the  mm.  biceps  and  semitendinosus  on  the  one  hand  and  the  tendon  of  the  m.  semimem- 
branosus on  the  other. 


344 


]\Iuscles  of  the  Leg. 


.M.  biceps  femoiis 
(caput  longiim) 


M.  biceps  femoris 
caput  breve) 


M.  semimembi'aiiosus 

'J'endo  ui.  bieipitis  femoris 
M.  gastrocnemius - 


-Tractus  iliotibialis 
piaissiati] 


31.  vastus  lateralis 


-  Patella 


Ligameut\im 
(ollaterale  fibulare. 


Capitulum  fibulae 


Tuberositas  tibiae 


-M.  soleus 


389.  IVIuscles  of  the  right  knee, 

viewed  from  the  lateral  surface. 
(The  fascia  lata  with  the  exception  of  the  tiactus  iliotibialis  has  beeu  removed.) 

M.  biceps  femoris  (see  also  Figs.  384  —  387).  Form:  triangular-prismatic,  long  with 
two  heads.  Position:  on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  thigh,  chiefly  superficial,  covered  only 
above  by  the  ni.  glutaeus  maximus:  bounded  niedianward  by  the  mm.  scmitendinosus  and 
semimembranosus,  lateralward  by  the  m.  vastus  lateralis,  in  front  by  the  mm.  quadratus  femoris 
and  adductor  magiius.  Origin:  caput  lompim:  by  a  short,  strong  tendon  from  the  tuber 
ischiadicum ,  in  connnon  with  the  m.  scmitendinosus  (bursa  m.  bicijiitis  fcinoris  superior  see 
Fig.  3S(i  and  p.  343);  the  tendon  is  continued  on  the  medial  surilice  tif  the  muscle  as  lar  as 
its  inferior  half:  from  it  muscle  fibers  run  out  lateralward  and  downward  to  a  tendon  which 
b(>gins  on  the  lateral  surface  in  the  upper  half  of  the  muscle:  caput  brcoe:  fleshy,  from  the 
labium  laterale  of  the  linen  aspera  femoris:  the  fibers  go  backward  and  downward  to  the  tendon 
of  tlie  caput  longum.  Insertion:  the  lowermost,  common  part  extends  downward  behind  the 
epicondylus  lateralis  femoris  (b.  bici}ntorjastrocnemialis  see  Fig.  3'J3)  and  goes  by  a  strong, 
rounded  tendon  to  the  capitulum  fibulae:  in  so  doing  it  spans  the  lig.  coUaterale  fibulare  from 
l>ehiud  and  lateralward  by  two  limbs  (bursa  m.  bieipitis  femoris  inferior  see  Figs.  390  and  3911. 
Action:  it  extends  the  thigh  backward  and  rotates  it  outward:  it  flexes  the  leg  and  rotates  it 
outward.      Innervation:    caput   loiujuni:   n.  tibialis:   caput   breve:   n.  peronaeus   communis. 


^[usclos  or  the  Li'<r. 


345 


M.  articularis 
enu 


M.  plautaris 


Liganieutuin 

eoUaterale 

ftbulare 

M.  biceps 

(cut  off) 

B.  lu.  bicipitis 

femoris  inferior 


M.  quadri- 
ceps femoris 
icut  off) 


Patella 


iiiirsa  infra- 
patollaris 
profunda 

-  Tuberositas 
tibiae 


Retinaculum  mm. 
peronaeorum  superius 

Bursa  subcutanea  _ 
malleoli  lateralis 

Retinaculum  mm. 
peronaeorum  inferius' 

M.  peronaeus    _ 
brevis 

M.  peronaeus 
longus 


390.  Muscles  of  the 
right  leg, 

viewed  from  the  lateral  surface. 

Tberetiuacula  mm.  peronaeorum 

are  strong  bands  uf  the  fascia  cruris 
and  fascia  dorsalis  pedis  tthich  hold 
the  mm.  peronaei  firmly  in  their  bony 
grooves.  The  superius  (see  Figs.  393, 
395  and  409)  goes,  from  the  malleolus 
laterahs,  partly  into  the  deep  layer  of 
the  fascia  cruris,  partly  to  the  lateral 
surface  of  the  calcaneus.  The  inferius 
(see  also  Figs.  264  and  4U9)  forms  a 
bridge  over  the  mm.  peronaei  on  the 
lateral  surface  of  the  calcaneus,  is 
fastened  to  the  bone  above  and  below 
them  and  sends  a  septum  in  front 
between  the  two  to  the  proc.  trochlearis 
calcanei.  Above  it  is  connected  with  the 
superhcial   layer   of  the  lig.  crueiatum. 

Bursa  m.  bicipitis  femoris  in- 
fer'or  (see  also  Fig.  391),  almost  con- 
stant, on  the  capitulum  fibulae  between 
the  tendon  of  the  m.  biceps  feiiioris  and 
tbe  lig.  eoUaterale  fibulare. 

M.  tibialis  anterior  (0.  T.  tibiaUs 
anticus)  (see  also  Figs.  391,  401,  402 
and  405).    Form:  triangular-prismatic, 
oblong.     Position:    superficial  on  the 
anterior    surface    of  the   leg:   bounded 
medianward  by   the  tibia,   lateralward 
above    by    the    m.   extensor    digitorum 
longus,  below  by  the  m.  extensor  hal- 
lucis  longus.  Origin:  condylus  lateralis 
and  facies   lateralis    tibiae,    membrana 
interossea     cruris     and    fascia    cruris. 
Insertion:   the  fibers  converge  down- 
ward  to   a  flat  tendon,    which  extends 
medianward,   from   the   lower   third  of 
the    leg   on.    in  fi-ont  of  the  tibia  and 
articulatio  talocruralis  through  the  me- 
dial compartment  of  the  lig.  transversum 
and  of  the  lig.  crueiatum  cruris,  to  the 
plantar  surface  of 
the  OS  cuneiforme  I 
(b.  siihleudiuea  in. 
lihiatis  anterioris 
see  Figs.  402  and 
406)    and    to   the 
])lantar  surface  of 
the  basis  oss.  me- 
tatarsalis    I     (§ee 
also      Fig.     268). 
Action:  it  flexes 
the     foot     dorsal- 
ward.  Inner- 
vation:    n .     pe- 
ronaeus      profun- 
dus. 


-  Ligamentum  transversum  cruris 

Ligamentum  crueiatum  cruris 

Ts\.  peronaeus  tertius 

M.  extensor 
digitorum  longus 

M,  extensor 
-  diijitoruni  brevis 


346 


Muscles  cf  the  Leg. 


Tendo  m.  bicipitis 
femoris 


Bursa  m.  bicipitis 
femoris  inferior 


i  /   \ 


M.  peronaeus 
longus 


M 


>r.  peronaeus    _  t-.-VU  i  M 


brevis 


'\'!M\ 


Fibula 


Ligamentum 
traiisvLTsum   cruris" 


Malleolus  lateralis       '"1 


Ligamentuni 
cruciatum  cruris 

!M.  peronaeus 
tertius 
M.  extensor  / 

digitorum  longus  -  ,  - 


"^■hh 


vl/ 


M.  vastus 
medialis 


-  Patella 

^Meniscus 
niodialis 

Ligamentuni 
collaterale  tibiale 
Ligamentuni 
patellae 

Tuberositas  tibiae 

Mm.  sartorius, 

gracilis  et 

seniitendinosus 

(cut  off) 

M. 
Ljastrocnemius 


-_  M.  soleus 


Facies  medialis 
tibiae 


-.  M.  tibialis  anterior 


M.  extensor  hallucis 
longus 


M.  extensor  digitorum 
longus 


-iSIalleolus  medialis 


M.  tibialis  anterior 


M.  extensor 

lialhieis  longus 


391.  Muscles  of 
the  right  leg, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

M.  extensor  digitorum  longus 

(see  also  Figs.  39U,  401  and  402). 
Form:  flat,  oblong.  Position: 
just  beneath  the  skin,  on  the  lateral 
surface  of  the  leg;  bounded  median- 
ward  above  by  the  m.  tibialis  an- 
terior, below  by  the  m.  extensor 
hallucis  longus,  lateralward  above 
by  the  ni.  peronaeus  longus,  below 
by  the  m.  peronaeus  brevis.  0 rigin : 
fleshy,  from  the  condylus  lateraUs 
tibiae,  capitulum  and  crista  anterior 
fibulae,  septum  intermusculare  an- 
terius  [fibulare],  membrana  interossea 
cruris  and  the  inner  surface  of  the 
fascia  criiris.  Insertion:  the  fibers 
extend  downward  and  forward  to  a 
tendon  beginning  medianward  in  the 
middle  of  the  leg,  which  runs, 
through  the  lateral  compartment  of 
the  lig.  transversum  and  of  the  lig. 
cruciatum  cruris,  forward  and  down- 
ward and  becomes  subdivided  into 
five  tendons ;  of  these,  the  four  me- 
dial tendons  diverge  to  the  heads 
of  the  ossa  metatarsalia  11 — Y,  unite 
at  the  2nd— 4th  toe  with  the  cor- 
responding tendons  of  the  m.  extensor 
digitorum  brevis,  pass  forward  upon 
the  dorsal  surface  of  the  phalanges 
of  the  toes,  and  each  becomes  at- 
tached by  a  middle  process  to  the 
second,  and  by  two  lateral  processes 
to  the  third,  phalanx.  Upon  the  first 
phalanx  each  tendon  forms,  as  in 
the  fingers  (see  p.  312),  a  triangular 
expansion,  into  the  lateral  processes 
of  which  the  mm.  lumbricales  and 
interossei  are  inserted.  The  fifth 
tendon,  that  situated  farthest  lateral- 
ward,  and  the  muscle  belonging  to  it, 
usually  incompletely  separated  above, 
namely  the  m.  peronaeus  tertius 
(see  also  Figs.  390,  401  and  409) 
extends  to  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
OS  metatarsale  V.  Action:  it 
flexes  the  foot  dorsalward,  lifts  the 
lateral  margin  of  the  foot,  and 
draws  the  2"d— 5tli  toe  dorsalward. 
Innervation:  n.  peronaeus  pro- 
fundus. 


Muscles  of  the  Leg-. 


347 


Cavuiu 
articulare 

Tendo 
m.  poplitei- 

Ligamen- 
tum  col-  _ 

laterale 

fib  ul are 

Capituluiu  ._ 
fibulae 

Space  for 
.    the  n. 
peronaeus 
profundus 

Membrana 

interossea- 

cruris 

Septum 

inter- 

musculare 

anterius 

[fibulare] 


392.  Muscles  of  the  right  leg 

(2^^  layer),  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The   mm.  tibiaHs  anterior,    extensor  digi- 

toram  lougus,   and  peronaeus  longus  have 

been   removed;    the  lig.   cruciatum   cruris 

has  been  partially  cut  open.) 

M.  extensor  liallucis  lougus  (0.  T. 

extensor  proprius  hallucis)  (see  also  Figs. 
390,  391,  401,  402  and  405).  Form:  flat, 
oblong.  Position:  on  the  anterior  surface 
of  the  leg,  below  just  beneath  the  skin, 
above  overlapped  by  its  two  neighbors: 
bounded  lateralward  by  the  m.  extensor  digi- 
torum  longus,  medianward  by  the  m.  til)ia- 
lis  anterior.  Origin:  membrana  in terossea 
cruris  and  facies  m3dialis  fibulae.  Inser- 
tion: the  fibers  run  parallel  forward  and 
downward  to  a  flat  tendon  Ijeginniug  median- 
ward  in  the  inferior  third:  this  extends, 
through  the  lateral  compartment  of  the  lig. 
transversum  and  thi-ough  the  middle  com- 
partment of  the  lig.  cruciatum  criuis,  for- 
ward and  medianward  to  the  dorsal  surface 
of  the  OS  metatarsale  I  and,  after  partial 
union  with  the  tendon  of  the  m.  extensor 
hallucis  brevis.  to  the  base  of  the  second 
phalanx  of  the  great  toe;  with  the  first 
phalanx  it  is  connected  by  short  bands. 
Action:  it  flexes  the  foot  dorsal  ward,  it 
elevates  the  medial  margin  of  the  foot,  it 
extends  the  first  toe  dorsalward.  Inner- 
vation: n.  peronaeus  profundus. 

The  fascia  cruris  covers  the  free  sur- 
face of  the  muscles  of  the  leg.  It  is  con- 
nected at  the  knee  with  the  fascia  lata,  is 
stronger  on  the  anterior  surface  above  than 
below  and,  near  the  ankle-joint,  is  streng- 
thened by  a  broad  band  of  transverse  fibers, 
the  iigamentum  transversum  cruris  (0.  T. 
broad  part  of  anterior  annular  ligament) 
(see Figs.  391,  401  and  402).  This  is  attached 
at  its  ends  to  the  fibida  and  tibia  and 
is  divided,  by  a  septum  going  to  the 
tibia,  into  two  compartments:  one  medial 
for  the  m.  tibialis  anterior,  one  lateral  for 
the  mm.  extensor  hallucis  longus  and  ex- 
tensor digitorum  longus :  the  lower  margin 
of  the  ligament  is  connected  medianward 
with  the  upjjer  medial  limb  of  the  lig.  cru- 
ciatum cruris.  On  the  back  of  the  leg  the 
fascia  covers  not  only  the  m.  triceps  surae 
fi-om  behind,  but  also,  passing  in  front  of 
it,  covers  the  mm.  flexores  longi  and  tibialis 
posterior:  it  thus  forms  a  superficial  and 
a  deep  layer.  Medianward,  upon  the  facies 
raedialis  tibiae,  the  fascia  is  fused  with  the 
periosteum.  Lateralward  it  sends  a  striji 
to  the  fibula,  in  front  of  and  behind  the 
mm.  peronaei.  septum  intermuscular e  an- 
terius ffibularej  and  septum  intermuscu- 
lare  posterius  [fibulare]  (see  also  Fig.  396), 
form  which  the  muscles  arise  in  part. 


M.  articularis 
genu 

Tendo  m. 
quadricipitis 

femoris 
~     (cut  off) 

Ligamentum 

collaterale 

tibiale 

Meniscus 
medlalis 

Ligamentum 
patellae 

Tuberositas 
tibiae 


Crista  anterior 
tibiae 


M. 
peronaeus       — 
brevis 


.    M.  extensor 
hallucis  longus 


Malleolus 
lateralis 

M.  extensor 

digitorum 

brevis 


Malleolis 
medialis 

Ligamentum 
cruciatum 


M.  extensor 
hallucis 
longus 


348 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


Tendo  m. 

adductoris 

iiiagni 


M.  semimem- 
branosus 
(dra«n  aside) 


Bursa  m.  semi 
membranosi 


Planum 
popliteum 

i'enioris 
M.  biceps 
(drawn  aside) 

B.  bicipito- 
gastrocnemialis 
M.  plantaris 


gastrocnemius 


soleu> 


393.  Muscles  of  the 
right  leg, 

viewed  from  beliind. 

M.  ti'iceps  surae,  consists  of  two 
muscles,  m.  gaslrocnemins  and  m. 
soleus ,  which  are  separated  at  their 
<  irigins,  but  are  inserted  by  means  of 
a  common  tendon,  lendo  calcaneus 
[Achillia],  into  the  posterior  surface 
of  the  tuber  calcanei  (b.  tendinis  cal- 
canei  [AcliiUisj  see  Fig.  395). 

M.  gastrocnemius  (see  also  Tigs. 
258,384,388—391).  Form:  flat,  long, 
with  two  heads .  Position:  superficial 
on  the  back  of  the  leg;  it  forms  the 
main  mass  of  the  calf.  Origin:  tendi- 
nous, from  the  planum  popliteum  fe- 
moris,  fused  with  the  capsule  of  the 
joint:  caput  laterale:  above  thecondy- 
lus  lateralis  (b.  m.  (jastrocnemii  Catc- 
ralis  see  Fig.  395) ;  it  frequently  con- 
tains a  small  sesamoid  cartilage-;  caput 
mediate:  above  the  condylus  medialis 
(b.  m.  (jastrocnemii  medialis  see  Fig. 
394).  Insertion:  fibers  for  each 
head  arise  also  fi'om  a  tendinous  strip 
lying  on  the  surface;  they  diverge 
below  to  form  a  broad  tendon,  which 
begins  high  up  on  the  anterior  surface 
of  the  muscle,  becomes  narrower  and 
thicker  below  and  goes  over  into  the 
tendo  calcaneus;  the  two  heads  con- 
verge, from  their  origins  on.  downward 
and  are  separated  below  only  by  a 
narrow  groove:  the  belly  of  tlie  medial 
head  extends  somewhat  farther  distal- 
ward.  Action:  it  flexes  the  foot 
plantarward  and  supinates  it.  Inner- 
vation: n.  tibialis. 

Bursa  m.  semimembrauosi. 
constant,  double:  one  between  the  m. 
semimembranosus  and  caput  mediale 
m.  gastrocnemii,  in  front  coming  in 
contact  with  the  capsule  of  the  joint 
(it  very  frequently  comnmnicates  with 
the  joint  cavity) :  the  other,  between 
the  tendon  of  the  m.  semimembrandsus 
and  the  condvlus  medialis  tibiae  (see 
Fig.  396). 

Bursa  bicipitogastroonemialis, 
very  rare,  between  the  tendon  of  the 
ni.  biceps  on  the  one  side,  the  caput 
laterale  m.  gastrocnemii  and  m.  plan- 
taris on  the  other  side:  it  is  bounded 
medianward  and  behind  by  the  n.  pero- 
naeus  communis. 

Bursa  subcutauea  caleanoa  (not  illustratiMl).  constant,  in  tlu'  sole  of  the  foot,  just 
beneath  tlie  skin  on  tlic  inferior  surface  of  the  tuber  calcanei. 

Bursa  suboutanea  tendinis  calcanei  [Achillis]  (see  also  Fig.  409),  frequently  present 
on  till'  I'ostin'ior  surface  of  the  tuber  calcanei. 


M.  flexor 
digitorum  longus 


Malleolus 
medialis 

Tendo 
calcaneus 
lAchillisJ 

Tuber  calcanei 


M.  soleus J 


Cutis 


peronaeus  longus 

M.  peronaeus  brevis 
^lalleolus  lateralis 

Retinaculum 
—   mm.  peronaeorum 
superius 

Bursa  subcutanca 

tendinis  calcanei 


Muscles  of  the  Lei. 


349 


394.  Muscles  of 

the  right  1  eg (2"'^ layer), 
viewed  from  behind. 
(The  in. 


I'laiiuiii  ijopliteuin 
fenioris 


•  "aput  niediale 
111.  gastrocneinii  _. 
(^cut  away) 

Bursa  m. 

gasTocnemii 

medialis 

yi.  seniimein 

branosus 


■■/I 


Bursa  m.  senii- 
niembranosi 


M.  popliteus 


Caput  laterale 

m.  gastrooiieiuii 

icut  away) 


p]antaris 


peionaeus 
loiigus 


INf.  soleus 


gastrocnemius  has  been 
removed.) 

M.  soleus  (see  also  Figs.  3S9  to 
391  and  393).  Form:  flat,  spindle- 
shaped,  thick.  Position:  on  the 
posterior  side  of  the  leg.  almost 
completely  covered  by  the  m.  gastro- 
cnemius,   bounded  above  bv  the  m. 

..,  ,,    .     .  f.  -,,  .  memoranosi  n 

popliteus.     Urigm:  from  the  capi-  ^ 

tulum  and  facies  posterior  fibulae, 
linea  poplitea  tibiae  and  from  a  tendi- 
nous arch  between  the  twci.  Inser- 
tion: backward  and  do\mAvard  to 
a  broad  superficial  tendinous  strip, 
which  becomes  narrower  and  thicker 
belo^-  and  goes  over  into  the  tendo 
calcaneus.  Action:  it  fle.xes  the 
foot  plantarward  and  supinates  it. 
IninTvat ion:  n.  tibialis. 

M.  plautaris  (see  also  Figs.  3S4, 
390  and  393).  Form:  flat,  short- 
spindleshaped.  Position:  on  the 
back  of  the  leg,  bounded  lateral  ward 
Ijy  the  caput  laterale  m.gastrocnemii, 
in  front  by  the  capsule  of  the  ji'int 
and  the  m.  popliteus.  Origin: 
planum  popliteum  femoris  above  the 
condylus  lateralis,  fused  with  the 
capsule  of  the  joint.  Insertion: 
inedianward  and  downward  to  a  long, 
narrow  tendon  which  passes  upon 
tlie  posterior  surface  of  the  ni.  soleus, 
in  fi'ont  of  the  m.  gastrocnemius,  on 
the  medial  side  of  the  tendon  of  tiie 
latter  and  goes  over  into  the  tendo 
calcaneus ;  in  addition  some  fibers 
go  to  the  fascia.  Action:  like  the 
m.  gastrocnemius :  it  makes  the  fascia 
tense.     Innervation:    n.    tibialis. 

M.  popliteus  (see  also  Figs.  258, 
261.  392.  395  and  396).  Form  :  flat, 
triangular.    Position:  on  the  back 

of  the  knee-joint  and  of  the  tibia,  '?"^".*...       "     T'lll        ifl 

covered  by  the  mm.  plantaris  and 
gastrocnemius,  bounded  below  by 
the  m.  soleus.  Origin  :  by  a  narrow 
tendon  fi-om  the  epicondylus  lateralis 
femoris  fb.  m.  poplitci  see  Figs.  261 
and  396).  in  addition  by  a  fleshy 
origin  from  the  lig.  popliteum  arcua- 
tum.  Insertion:  diverging  me- 
dianward  and  downward  to  the  facies 
posterior  tibiae.  Action:  it  flexes 
the  leg  and  rotates  it  inward.  In- 
nervation: n.  tibialis. 

Bursa  m.  gastrocuemii  medialis,  almost  constant,  between  the  uppermost  part  of 
the  capsule  of  the  knee-joint,  the  femur  and  the  caput  mediale  m.  gastrocneinii:  it  very 
frequently  communicates  with  the  cavity  of  the  knee-joint. 

Spalteholz,   Atlas.  23 


I 


\i  -. ' 


M.  Hex  or  digitoruiii 

]ongus 
yi.  flexor  halliieis 
longus 
M.  tibialis 
posterior 

Malleolus  medialis 

Tendo  calcaneus   _ 
[AchillisJ 

Ligamentum  ,^' 
laciniatum 
Tuber  calcanei  — 


Tendo 

ni.  gastrocneinii 

(cut  away) 

jr.  peronaeus 
longus 


.M. 


^^- 


peronaeus 
brevis 


^/ 


Malleolus  lateralis 

Retinaculum 

mm.  peronaeorum 

superius 


i- 


350 


Muscles  of  the  Le"'. 


Planum 
'popliteum  femoris 
B.  m.  gastrocneniii 
lateralis 


395.  Muscles  of  the  right  leg 

(3''^^  layer),  viewed  from  behind. 
(The  mm.  gastrocnemius,  plantaris  and  soleus 


have  been  removed.) 


M.  semi- 
membrano- 
sus (cut  off) 


M.  popliteus 


N>^1 


Wi 


M.  tibialis 
posterior 


_  Caput  laterale 
ni.  gastrocneniii 

Lig.  collaterale 
fibulare 
Lig.  popliteum 
arcuatuni 
Ketinaculum 
ligamt-nti 
arcuati 
-    Capitulum 
fibulae 
Opening 
for  the 
n.  peronaeus 
communis 


M. 

peronaeus 
longus 


M.  flexor 
digitorum  longus 


l> 


M.  tibialis 
posterior 

Malleolus 
mcdialis 

Capsula 
articular  is 

Ligamentuni 
laciaiatum 

Tuber 
calcanei 


Ji 


rri 


%.r--% 


hallucis,  in  the  solephmtarwanl  in  ]i;irt  liy  the 

phintarward  and  sii]>inatrs  it:  it  draws  the  1^' 

Bursa  m.  gastrocnoinii  lateralis, 

capsule   of  the  knee-joint  and 
with  tlio  cavity  of  the  joint. 


M.  flexor  digitorum  loug-us  (see  also 
Figs.  393,  399,  400,  405  and  406).  Form: 
iiat,  oblong,  penniform.  Position:  on  the 
back  of  the  tibia  and  of  the  ra.  tibialis  poste- 
rior, bounded  laterally  by  this  muscle  and 
by  the  m.  flexor  hallucis  longus,  covered  by 
the  m.  soleus.  Origin:  facies  posterior  tibiae 
and  the  deep  layer  of  the  fascia  cruris  (see 
]).  347).  Insertion:  obliquely  downward  to 
a  tendinous  strip,  which  goes  over  above  the 
malleolus  into  a  roimded  tendon ;  this  extends, 
behind  and  below  the  tendon  of  the  m.  tibialis 
])osterior,  mcdianward  near  the  sulcus  m.  flexor 
hallucis  longi  of  the  talus  and  at  the  medial 
margin  of  the  sustentaculum  tali  of  the  calca- 
neus (see  p.  141)  to  the  sole  of  the  foot,  being 
held  fast  by  the  deep  layer  of  the  lig.  laciniatum 
(see  also  Figs.  268  and  269).  It  then  crosses, 
plantarward,  the  tendon  of  the  m.  flexor  haUucis 
longus,  receives  from  it  a  tendinous  bundle  and 
breaks  up  into  four  diverging  tendons :  these 
go  to  the  2"d — 5th  toe,  perforate  the  tendons  of 
the  m.  flexor  digitorum  brevis  and  become  fasten- 
ed to  the  base  of  the  3id  phalanx.  The  tendon 
is  covered  on  the  medial  border  of  the  foot  by 
the  m.  abductor  hallucis,  in  the  sole  plantarward 
by  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  brevis.  Action: 
it  flexes  the  foot  plantarward  and  supinates  it : 
it  draws  the  3rd  phalanx  of  the  2"^  — 5th  toe 
plantarward.     Innervation:  n.  tibialis. 

M.  flexor  hallucis  loiig'us  (see  also 
Figs.  394,  399,  400  and  405-407).  Form: 
rounded ,  oblong ,  peunif\)rm.  Position:  on 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  flbula  and  of  the 
m.  tibialis  posterior;  it  is  bounded  medianward 
by  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  longus,  lateralward 
by  the  mm.  peronaei,  covered  by  the  m.  soleus. 
Origin:  facies  posterior  fibulae,  septum  inter- 
innsculare  posterius  and  the  deep  layet  of  the 
fascia  cruris  (see  p.  347).  Insertion:  the 
fibers  converge  downward  to  a  tendinous  strip. 
Behind  the  malleolus  medialis  begins  the  round- 
ed tendon,  which  goes  in  the  sulcus  m.  flexoris 
hallucis  longi  of  the  talus  and  calcaneus,  held 
in  position  by  the  deeplayerof  the  lig.  laciniatum 
(see  also  Figs.  268  and  269),  behind  the  tendon 
of  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  longus,  to  the  sole  of 
the  foot.  There  it  crosses  dorsalward  the  tendon 
of  the  latter  muscle,  gives  off  a  process  to  it, 
which  goes  especially  to  the  tendon  bundle  for 
the  2n>i  toe  and  extends  between  the  bellies  of 
the  m.  flexor  hallucis  brevis  tn  the  base  of 
the  2"*!  phalanx  of  the  l^t  toe.  At  the  margin 
of  the  foot  it  is  covered  by  the  m.  abductor 
in.  flexor  digitorum  brevis.  Action:  it  flexes  the  foot, 
;ind  2"d  toe  ])lantarward.  Innervation:  n.  tibialis. 
■  (iften  present  l)(>tween  the  uppermost  part  of  the 
the  caput  laterale  m.  gastrocneniii:    it  frequently  communicates 


M.  flexor 
ballucis 
longus 


M. 


peronaeus 
brevis 


Malleolus 
lateralis 
^/'  Ketinaculum 

mm.  peronaeo- 

rum  superius 

H.  tendinis 

eak-anei 

Tendo 

calcaneus 

(cut  off) 


Muscles  of  the  Jjes. 


351 


396.  Muscles  of  the  right  leg 

(4*^  layer),  viewed  from  behind. 

(All  the   muscles   have  been  removed  with  the 

exception  of  the  mm.  tibialis  posterior  and  peru- 

naeus  brevis.) 


iii 


Planum  popliteuu 
feiuoris 


Ligamentum 

collaterale 

tibiale 

Bursa 

m.  seiiiiiufiu- 

branosi 
M.  semimem- 
branosus 
(cut  off) 


\\ 


M.  popliteus 

(cut  off) 


Facies  posterior 
tibiae 


M.  tibialis  posterior 


M.  perouaeus  lougus  (see  Figs.  390,  391, 
393—395,  400,  407  and  409).  Form:  flat, 
oblong,  penniform.  Position:  superficial  on 
the  lateral  surface  of  the  leg,  above  upon  the 
fibula,  below  upon  the  m.  peronaeus  bre\'is; 
bounded  in  front  by  the  m.  extensor  digitorum 
lungus,  behind  by  the  m.  soleus.  Origin:  capi- 
tulum  and  facies  lateralis  fibulae,  fascia  cruris 
and  septa  intermuscularia  [fibularia].  Inser- 
tion:   the   fibers   go    obliquely   downward  to  a 

tendinous  strip;  the  flalf'tendon  extends  down-  ')\Wf        /' 

ward  at  first  on  the  lateral,  then  on  the  poste-  '    ' 

rior  surface  of  the  m.  peronaeus  brevis  in  a  curve 
behiaid  and  below  the  malleolus  lateralis,  upon 
the  lig.  calcaneofibulare  to  the  sulcus  m.  peronaei 
[longi]  of  the  calcaneus  and  is  held  in  place  by 
the  retinacula  mm.  peronaeorum  (see  p.  345); 
thence  it  runs  in  the  sulcus  m.  peronaei  [longi] 
upon  the  tuberositas  oss.  cuboidei  to  the  sole  of 
the  foot  and  there,  covered  plantarward  by  all 
the  muscles  and  by  the  lig.  plantare  longum,  it 
goes  obliquely  forward  to  the  medial  border  of 
the  foot;  it  is  attached  to  the  os  cuneiforme  I  and 
OS  metatarsal  I  (see  Fig.  268).  In  front  of  the 
tuberositas  oss.  cuboidei  it  often  contains  a  sesa- 
moid cartilage,  rarely  a  sesamoid  bone.  Action: 
it  flexes  the  foot  plantarward  and  pronates  it. 
Innervation:  n.  peronaeus  superficialis. 

M.  tibialis  posterior  (see  also  Figs.  395 
and -405—407).  Form:  flat,  oblong,  penniform. 
Position:  directly  upon  the  posterior  surface  of 
the  bones  of  the  leg  and  of  the  membrana  inter- 
ossea  cruris,  above  between  the  mm.  flexor  digi- 
torum longus  and  flexor  hallucis  longus,  covered 
below  by  these,  above  and  below  also  by  the  m. 
soleus.  Origin:  facies  posterior  tibiae,  mem- 
brana interossea  cruris  and  facies  raedialis  fibulae. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  run  obliquely  downward 
to  a  tendinous  strip  situated  on  the  medial  mar- 
gin:  the  round  tendon,  going  out  of  it  above  the 
malleolus  niedialis ,  extends ,  directly  upon  the 
tibia  in  front  of  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  longus, 
downward  and  medianward  to  the  sulcus  malleo- 
laris  tibiae.  It  is  there  held  in  place  by  the 
lig.  laciniatum,  goes  in  a  curve  to  the  medial 
side  of  the  ligg.  talotibiale  posterius  and  calcaneo- 
til)iale,  thence  on  the  medial  and  inferior  surface 

of  the  lig.  calcaneonaviculare  plantare  to  the  sole  ^  ,  . 

of  the  foot  and,   lying   directly  upon  the  bones  nnVanAi  \  i,      •   j'JI^^F^- 

and  ligaments,  it  sends  strong  processes  to  the 
tuberositas  oss.  navicularis  and  to  the  os  cunei- 
forme 1,  and  feebler  processes  to  the  ossa  cunei- 

formia  II  and  III,  metatarsalia  II,  III,  IV  and  cuboideum  (see  also  Figs.  203  and  268).   Action: 
it  flexes  the  foot  plantarward  and  supinates  it.     Innervation:   n.  tibialis. 
Bursa  m.  poplitei  (see  also  Fig.  261)  se,e  p.  214. 

Bursa  teudiuis  calcanei  [Acliillis]  (see  Fig.  395).  constantly  present,  large,  between 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  tuber  calcanei  and  the  tendo  calcaneus  [Achillis^. 

23* 


Ligamentum 

coUaterale 

flbulare 

Tendo 
m.  poplitei 

Bursa 
m.  poplitei 

Capitulum 
fibulae 


Septum 

inter- 

musculare 

posterius 

M. 

peronaeus 

breyis 

Facies 

posterior 

fibulae 


Facies 

posterior  tibiae 

M.  tibialis 

posterior 

Malleolus 

medialis 

^I.  flexor  digi- 
torum longus 

M.  flexor  hal- 
lucis longus 

Ligamentum 
laciniatum 

Tuber 
calcanei 


:m 


\ 


peronaeus  long 

Malleolus  lateralis 

Retinaculum 
~    mm.  peronaeon 
superius 

,__  Articulatio 
talocruralis 


352 


of  the  lieg. 


397.  Fascia  of  the  sole  of  the  right  foot. 


Fasciculi 
ransversi 


Bands 
^^    going  to 
the  depth 

(see  text) 


M.  peroiiaeus   brevis   (see 

Figs.  390— :59(i,  401  ,  402  and 
409).  Form:  Hat,  oblong,  penni- 
1  orin .  Position:  on  th  e  latera  1 
side  of  the  leg  upon  the  fibula, 
partly  superficial,  partly  covered 
by  the  m.  j^eronaeus  longus ; 
bounded  in  Iront  by  the  mm. 
extensor  digitorum  longus  and 
l)eronaeus  tertius,  behind  by  the 
m. flexor hallucis longus.  Origin: 
fades  lateralis  fibulae  and  septa 
intermuscularia  [fibularia].  In- 
sertion: the  fibers  converge 
downward  to  a  tendinous  strip; 
the  muscle  extends  medianward 
and  in  front  of  the  tendon  of  the 
m.  peronaeus  longus,  in  a  curve 
behind  and  below  the  malleolus 
lateralis  (in  a  groove  on  the  same) 
and  then  forward,  directly  upon 
the  lig.  calcaneofibtdare  and  above 
the  proc.  trochlearis  calcanei;  it 
is  held  in  place  by  the  retinacula 
ram.  peronaeorum;  thence  the 
rounded  tendon  goes  downward 
and  forward  to  the  tuberositas 
OSS.  metatarsalis  V;  it  gives  off, 
usually,  also  a  process  to  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  extensor  digi- 
torum longus  going  to  the  little 
toe.  Action:  it  flexes  the  foot 
plantarward  and  pronates  it. 
I  n  u  e  r  v  a  t  i  o  n  :  n .  peronaeus 
superficialis. 

The  aponeurosis  plantaris 
is  a  thick  layer  of  glistening 
tendinous  fibers  just  beneath  the 
skin;  it  covers  the  inferior  sur- 
face of  the  muscJes  of  the  sole 
(if  the  foot.  It  begins  at  the 
tuber  calcanei,  extends  forward, 
diverging,  with  five  processes, 
and  there  becomes  attached  partly 
to  the  skin  beneath  the  heads 
of  the  ossa  metatarsalia ,  but 
especially  by  means  of  bundles 
branching  off  into  the  depth  to 
go  to  the  ligg.  vaginalia.  It  is 
strongest  in  the  middle  and  feebler 
over  the  muscles  of  the  great  too 
and  of  the  little  toe;  it  sends 
tough  septa  into  the  depth  near 
the  m.  flexor  digitorum  brevis; 
■anei  otherwise  it  is  connected  behind 

with  the  fascia  cruris  and  at  the 
sides    with    the    fascia    dorsalis 
pi'ilis.      Between    its    cutaneous   insertions,    there   are 
stretched  out,  as  in  the  hand  (see  p.  317),  three  bands  of 
fibers  whicJi   run  transversely,  the  fasciculi  t ransversi. 
Bursa  subcutaiioa  calcanea  see  p.  348. 


A])oneurosis 
plantaris 


Cutis 


'I'ubcr 


]\Iuscles  of  the  Le"'. 


;^5:-5 


398.  Muscles  of  the  sole  of  the   right  foot. 


Ligamentui 
anmilave 


Ligaiueiitnm  ^. 
cruciatuiu 


M.  flexor  digito- 
ruiii  brevis  (see  also 
Figs.  399  and  400). 
F  0  r  ra  :  oblunj,'  -  qua- 
drangular, thick.  Po- 
sition: in  the  solo 
ot  the  foot,  covered 
only  by  the  aponeu- 
rosis plantaris  ;  bound- 
ed niedianward  by 
the  m.  abductor  hal- 
lucis,  laterahvard  by 
the  m.  abductor  di- 
o'iti  V,  dorsalward  by 
the  m.  (juadratus 
plantae  and  tendo 
in.  flexoris  digitorum 
longi.  Origin:  pro- 
cessus raedialis  tu- 
ber's calcanei  and 
aponeurosis  i^lantaris. 
Insertion:  the  fibers 
diverge  in  front  int(.> 
four  muscular  bellies 
and  flat  tendons  which 
go  to  the  2iid— 5th 
toe;  the  tendons  sub- 
divide at  the  level  of 
the  first  phalanx  into 
two  processes ,  per- 
mitting the  corre- 
sponding tendons  of 
the  m.  flexor  digi- 
torum  longus  to  pass 
throughbet  ween  them , 
and  become  attached 
to  the  second  phalanx. 
Action:  it  draws 
the  second  phalanx 
of  the  2»c^— 5th  toe 
planta rwa rd .  Inner- 
vation: n.  plantaris 
raedialis. 

M.  abductor  di- 
git!   quiuti    (0.  T. 
abductor    minimi    di- 
giti)    (see    also  Figs. 
399,    402   and   409). 
Form:    flatly   rounded,    oblong.     Po- 
sition:  on   the  lateral  margin  of  the 
foot,    covered   only  by  the  aponeurosis 
plantaris,  bounded  m'edianward  by  the 
mm.  flexor   digitorum    l)revis  and  qua- 
dratus  plantae.  Origin:  inferior  surface 
of  the  calcaneus,  aponeurosis  plantaris. 
Insertion:   forward   and  lateralward 
partly    to    the    tuberositas    oss.    meta- 
tarsalis  V,   partly  h\  a  half-tendinous 
insertion  to  the  base  of  the  first  pha- 
lanx of  the   5*ii   toe.     Action:    it   draws  the  first 
plantarward.     Innervation:  n.  plantaris  lateralis. 


Mm. 

lumbricales 


M.  flexor 

digiti  V 

brevis 


Tuberositas 
OSS.  iiieta-    - 
tarsalis  V 

Band 

strengthening  - 
the  aponeuro- 
sis plantaris 


M.  abductor  digiti  Y 


Ligameutuni 
vaginale 


Processes  of 
the  aponeu- 
rosis plan- 
taris to   the 
ligg.  vaginalia 

lendo  m.  flexo- 
ris  hallucis 
longi 


.,,  M.  flexor 

•^      hallucis  brevis 


M.  flexor  digitorum 
brevis 


M.  abductor  hallucis 


Tuber  cakanei 


phalanx  of  the  little  toe  lateralward  ami 


354 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


399.  Muscles 

(The 


Tendines 
m.  flexoris 
digitorum  ■""" 
brevis 

Liganientum 
vaginale  (cut  - 
open)  X 


Mm. 
himbricales 


M.  flexor 

digit!  V 

brevis 


Tuberositas 
OSS.  meta- 
tarsalis  V 


Cliiasnia 
tendinuni 


of  the  sole  of  the  right  foot  (2''i  layer). 

ni.  flexor  digitorum  brevis  has  been  removed.) 

M.  quadratns  plau- 

tae  (0.  T.  accessorius  or 
flexor  accessorius  digito- 
rum pedis)  (see  also  Fig. 
400).  Form:  flat,  qua- 
drangular. Position: 
in  the  sole  of  the  foot, 
bounded  plantarward  by 
the  m.  flexor  digitorum 
brevis,  dorsalward  by  the 
lig.  plantare  longum  and 
caput  obliquuni  m.  ad- 
ductoris  hallucis,  lateral- 
A^ard  l)y  the  m.  abductor 
digit!  V.  Origin:  by 
two  processes  from  the 
inferior  and  medial  sur- 
faces of  the  calcaneus. 
Insertion:  forward  to 
the  lateral  margin  of  the 
tendon  of  the  in.  flexor  di- 
gitorum longus.  Action: 
it  draws  the  third  pha- 
lanx of  the  2nd— 5tli  toe 
plantarward.  Inner- 
vation: n.  plantaris  la- 
teralis. 

Mm.  liiniliricales, 
four.  Form:  sjiindle- 
shaped,   narrow.     Posi- 


M.  abductor 
-digiti  V 


M.  flexor 

hallucis 

brevis 


.  flexor 
ueis  longus 


Process  to  the 

ni.  flexor 
igitoruni  longus 


flexor 
orum  longus 

adratus 
antae 


uctor  hallucis 


calcanei 


draw  the  first  phalanx  medianward. 
three  lateral:  n.  plantaris  lateralis. 


1.    I  nn  crva  t  ion  :  one 


tion:  between  the  ter- 
minal tendons  of  the  m. 
flexor  digitorum  longus, 
bounded  plantarward  by 
the  m.  flexor  digitorum 
])revis,  dorsalward  by  the 
mm.  adductor  hallucis 
and  interossei.  Origin: 
parti}'  from  the  medial 
margin,  partly  from  the 
opposed  margins  of  the 
tendons  of  the  m.  flexor 
digitorimi  longus.  Inser- 
tion: small  tendons  ex- 
tern! forward,  jjlantarward 
ironi  the  ligg.  capitulorum 
[oss.  metatars.]  trans- 
versa, and  go  over,  at  the 
medial  surface  of  the  first 
phalanx  of  the  2"<i— 5tii 
toe,  into  the  triangular 
(Expansions  of  the  tendons 
of  the  mm.  ex'tensores  di- 
gitorum (as  in  the  hand, 
see  p.  319).  Action : 
they  flex  the  first  phalanx 
of  the  2"*^  to  the  5th  toe, 
and  extend  the  second 
and  third  phalanx:  they 
medial  muscle:  n.  jdantaris  medialis: 


Muscles  of  the  Leij 


355 


400.   Muscles  of  the  sole  of  the  right  foot  (s-^d  layer). 

(The   mm.  tiexores  digitorum,  abductor  halhicis  and  abchictrn-  digiti  V  have  been  removed.) 

M.  flexor  halhicis 
brevis  (see  also  Figs. 
398,  399  and  404). 
F  0  r  ni :  oblong.  Po- 
sition: in  the  sole  of 
the  foot,  partly  super- 
ficial, behind  and  me- 
dianward  covered  by 
the  m.  abductor  halhi- 
cis, lateralward  pai'tly 
fused  with  the  caput 
obliquum  m.  adductoris 
hallucis.  Origin:plan- 
tar  surface  of  the  ossa 
cuneiformia  I — III  and 
hg.  calcaneocuboideum 
plantare.  Insertion: 
it  forms  two  diverging 
rounded  bellies  which, 
becoming  tendinous,  run 
to  the  two  sesamoid 
bones  and  to  the  base 
of  the  first  phalanx  of 


Temlines 

ni.  tioxoris 

digitorum 

longi 


the  great  toe ; 


Tendines 
111.  flexoris 
d^igitorum 
hrevis 
Ligamentum 
capitulorum 
transversuiu 
M.  adductor 

hallucis 
(caput  trans- 
versuni) 
M.  abductor 
digiti  V 
(cut  off) 
Mm.  inter- 
ossei 
M.  flexor 
digiti  V 
brevis 


between  the  two  bellies 
lies  the  tendon  of  the 
m.  flexor  hallucis  longus. 
Action:  it  draws  the 
great  toe  plantarward.  M 
Innervation:  medial 
belly :  n.  plantaris  nie- 
dialis ;  lateral  belly:  n. 
plantaris  lateralis. 

M.  adductor  hfil- 
lucis  (see  also  Fig.  404). 
Form:  two  heads.  Po- 
sition: in  the  sole  of 
the  foot,  bounded  dor- 
sal ward  by  the  mm.  in- 
terossei,  plantarward  by 
the  mm.  flexores  digi- 
torum. Origin:  caput  M. 
obliqmim :  bases  of  the 
ossa  metatarsalia  II  to 
IV,  OS  cuneilbrme  III, 
OS  cuboideiim  and  lig. 
plantare  longum ;  the 
fibers  converge  to  a 
rounded  belly,  which  is 
fused  medianward  with 
the  m.  flexor  hallucis 
brevis ;  caput  trans- 
vcrsum:  capsular  liga- 
ments of  the  articula- 
tiones  metatarsophalan- 
geae  II— V  and  ligg.  capitulnrum  transversa 
the  fibers  converge  medianward.  Inser 
tion:  the  two  heads  become  inserted  into 
the  lateral  sesamoid  bone  and  the  l)ase  of  the'' first  phalanx 
draws  the  great  toe  plantarward  and  lateralward.     Inner  vat 


. opponens  - 
digiti  V 

Tuberositas 
OSS.  meta-  ^ 
tarsalis  V 

Tendo 
m.  peronaei 

lougi 
M.  abductor 
digiti  V 
(cut  off) 
Ligawentum 
plantare  lougum 


quadratus  plantav 
(cut  off)      , 


Tendines 

in.  flexoris 

digitorum  longi 

(cut  off) 

Tendo 

m.  flexoris 

ballueis  longi 

(cut  off) 


Cbiasnia 
tendinuiii 


Processes  of  th( 

aponeurosis 
jilantaris  to  tbc 
ligg.  vaginalia 


M.  abductor 
hallucis  (cut  off 

M. 
adductor  hallucis 
(caput  obliquum) 


jr.  flexor  'hallucis 
brevis^ 


Process  to  the  m.  flexo 
digitorum  longus 


Tendo  m.  flexoiis 
hallucis  longi 

Tendo  iii.  flexoris 
digitorum  longi 


Origins  of  the 
m.  abductor  hallucis 


Deep  layer  of  the  ligamentun 
laeinialum 


-Tuber  calcanei 


of  the  great  toe.     Action:    it 
ion:    n.  plantaris  lateralis. 


356 


Muscles  of  tbe  Leg. 


401.  Muscles  of  the  back  of  the  right  foot. 


Fibula 


M.  tibialis  aiiterioi' 


Tibia 


Ligamemum 
traiisversTiii)  cruris* 


M.  extensor  digitoniin 
longiis 


Malleolus  lateralis 


Liganieiituiii 
cruciatuni  cruris 


Malleolus 
luedialis 


M.  extensor 
liallucis  loiigus 


M.  extensor 

digitoruiii 

brevis 


M.  pero- 
iiacus  tertius 


Tuberositas 

ossis  nieta- r* 

tarsalis  V 


M.  extensor 
dlgitoruni  < 
brevis 

JI.  abductor 
digiti  V     " 


M.  extensor 

liallucis 

brevis 

Strengthen- 
-     ing  band 
(see  text  I 


M.  abductor 
hallucis 


The  fascia  dorsalis 
pedis  is  stretched  out  in 
the  form  of  a  membrane,  inr 
the  most  part  thin,  over  the 
tendons  and  nniscles  of  the 
back  of  the  foot :  above  it  is 
connected  with  the  fascia 
cruris,  at  the  sides  with  the 
aponeurosis  plantaris.  Inter- 
woven in  it,  at  the  junction 
of  the  foot  with  the  leg,  is 
situated  the  powerful  li//(i- 
mentum  cruciaium  cruris 
(0.  T.  lower  part  of  anterior 
annular  lio'ament)  (see  also 
Figs.  392,  4  02,  405  and  409). 
This  usually  has  the  shape 
of  a  Y.  Its  lateral,  strongest 
limb  consists  of  two  layers, 
of  which  the  more  superficial 
arises  on  the  lateral  surface 
of  the  calcaneus  (connected 
with  the  retinaculum  mm. 
peronaeorum  inferius),  the 
deep  one  arising  in  the  sinus 
tarsi.  Both  extend  median- 
ward,  the  former  in  front  of, 
the  latter  behind  the  tendons 
of  the  m.  extensor  digitorum 
longus,  unite  on  the  medial 
side  of  the  same  and  divide, 
then,  into  two  medial  limbs. 
The  inferior  medial,  more  deli- 
cate, limb  runs  in  front  of  the 
tendons  of  the  mm.  extensor 
hallucis  longus  and  tibialis 
anterior  to  the  os  naviculare 
and  OS  cuneiforme  I.  The 
superior  medial,  stronger  limb 
goes  to  the  anterior  surface 
of  the  malleolus  medialis  (see 
also  fascia  cruris  p.  347);  it 
consists  likewise  of  two  layers, 
which  run  in  front  of  and 
behind  the  mm.  extensor 
hallucis  longus  and  tibialis 
anterior:  the  main  mass  of 
fibers  usually  runs  in  front 
of  the  m.  extensor  hallucis 
longus  and  behind  the  m. 
tibialis  anterior.  Going  off 
from  the  medial  surface  of 
the  OS  cuneiforme  I  and  os 
metatarsale  I  is  a  curved 
strengthening  band  of  fibers 
which  passes  m  front  of 
the  nun.  extensores  hallucis 
to  the  basis  oss.  metatar- 
salis  II. 


Muscles  of  tlio  Leu'. 


35- 


402.  Muscles  of  the  back  of  the  right  foot  i^'"^  i? 


aver 


(The  mm.  tibialis  auterinr 
and  extensores  longi  as  well 
as  the  inferior  limb  of  the 
lig.  cruciatum  cruris  have 
been  removed.) 


M. 


M.  extuiisor  lia 
loiigus 

extensor  digitoruni 
longus 


_     TibiH 


Malleolus  lateralis 


Llgamentum 
cruciatum  cruci 

Retinaculum  mm. 

peronaeorum 

inferius 


M.  peronaens 
brevis 

M.  extensor 
fligitorum  — 
brevis 


M.  extensor  digitoriim 
brevis  (see  also  Figs.  390. 
401  and  409),  Form: 
Hat,  triangular.  Position: 
upon  the  Ijack  of  the  foot. 
directly  ujjon  the  bone, 
partly  covered  b}'  the  ten- 
dons of  the  m.  extensor  di- 
gitoruni longus.  Origin: 
lateral  and  superior  surface 
of  the  cori)us  calcanei,  in 
front  of  the  entrance  into 
the  sinus  tarsi,  covered  by 
the,  lateral  limb  of  the  lig. 
cruciatum  cruris.  Inser- 
tion: the  fibers  diverge 
forward  and  form  four  small 
muscular  bellies ,  which, 
upon  the  ossa  raetatarsalia, 
go  over  into  flat ,  delicate 
tendons.  Of  these,  the  three 
lateral  run  to  the  first 
phalanx  of  the  2"cl— 4ti» 
toe,  fuse  with  the  corre- 
sponding tendons  of  the  m. 
extensor  digitoruni  longus 
and  go  with  the  latter  tn 
the  second  and  third  pha- 
lanx. The  medial,  strongest 
tendon ,  along  with  the 
muscle  belonging  to  it,  is 
given  a  special  name,  being 
called  the  m.  extensor 
Lallueis  brevis;  itextends 
obliquely  medianward  and 
becomes  attached  partly  to 
the  base  of  the  first  pha- 
lanx of  the  great  toe;  partly 
it  becomes  united  with  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  extensor 
hallucis  longus.  Action: 
it  draws  the  1st  —  4111  ^q^ 
dorsalward  and  lateral- 
ward.  Innervation:  n. 
peronaeus  profundus. 

Bursa  subteudinea  m. 
tibialis  anterioris  (see 
also  Fig.  406),  very  frequent- 
ly present  between  the  me- 
dial surface  of  the  os  cunei- 
forme  I  and  the  tendon  I'f 
the  m.  tibialis    anterior. 

Bursae  intermetatarsophalan^eae, 
four,  l)etween  the  heads  of  the  ossa  nieta- 
tarsaha ;  the  three  medial  ahiiost  constant, 
the  fourth  only  occasionally  present. 


M.  peronaeus  longus 


M.  peronaeus 
lertius  (cut  off) 


yi.  abductor 
digiti  V 

Jim. 
interossei  = 
dorsales 


Tendines 
m.  exteii- 
soris  digi- 
toruni longi 


Ligamentum 
transvcrsum  cruris 


Compartment  for 
m.  tibialis  anteric 


IMalleolus  medial 

Compartment  foi 

m.  tibialis  antei 

Compartment  fo) 

—  m.  extensor  hall 
longus 

Compartment  fc 
the  ra.  extenso: 

—  dlgitorum  longi 

Tendo  m.  tibis 

anterioris 

M.  extensor 

hallucis  brevir^ 


B.  subtendinei 

—  m.  tibialis 
anterioris 

Tendo 

—  m.  extensoris 
hallucis  longi 


M.  abductor 
hallucis 


^^^^ 


Bursa( 
intermel 

tarso- 
phalang( 


358 


]\Iuscles  of  the  Leg. 


Os  cuboideuni 


Tuberositas  ossis 
raetatarsalis  V 


Mm.  iiiterossei  dorsales  -, 


Phalanx  I 


Tendons  of  the  nnu.  extensores 

digitorum  j.  j, 


Os  naviculare 


•   Ossa  cuneiformia 


Os  nietatarsale  I 


Teiido  m.  extensoris 
hallucis  brevis 


Phalanx  I 


II 


403.   Mm.  interossei  dorsales  pedis  dextri, 

viewed  from  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  foot. 

Mm.  interossei  dorsales  (see  also  Fig.  404),  four.  Form:  oblong-triaugitlar,  penni- 
form,  small.  Position:  in  the  interspaces  between  the  ossa  metatarsalia,  projecting  somewhat 
].lantarward;  covered  dorsalward  by  all  the  muscles  of  the  back  of  the  foot,  plantanward  by 
all  the  muscles  of  the  sole  of  the  foot.  Origin:  from  the  adjacent  sides  of  each  pair  of 
ossa  metatarsalia.  Insertion:  the  fibers  of  each  muscle  rtm  converging  forward  to  a  small 
tendon;  this  extends  dorsalward  from  the  lig.  capitulorum  [oss.  metatars.]  transversum  to  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  first  phalanx  and  goes  over  into  the  triangular  expansion  of  the  tendons 
of  the  mm.  extensores  digitorum  situated  there.  The  tendon  of  the  first  (most  medially 
situated)  muscle  runs  on  the  medial  side  of  the  2"d  toe.  while  the  tendons  of  the  second  to 
the  fourth  muscle  lie  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  2»d_4th  t(3e.  Action:  the  first  draws  the 
2"<1  toe  medianward,  the  others  draw  the  2ud— 4tii  toe  lateralward;  all  flex  the  first  phalanx 
and  extend  the  second  and  third  of  these  toes.     Innervation:    n.  plantaris  lateralis. 


]kluscles  of  the  Les 


359 


Origin  of  the 
in.  abductor  hallueis 


Os  naviculare  - 


Origin  of  the  ni.  flexor 
hallueis  brevis 


Origins  of  the  ni.  adductor     ^'^ 
halhicis  (caput  obliquuni) 


Os  metatarsalo  I x    % 


Mm.  interossei  dorsales 


Insertions  of  the 
m.  flexor  hallueis  brevis 


Insertion  of  the     "^ 
ni.  adductor  hallueis 


Phalanx  I 


^- Liganu'iUuiii  i)lantare_longuni 


Tendo  ni.  peronaei  longi 


Origin  of  the  ni.  flexor 
digiti  V  brevis  -(cut  off) 


Mm.  interossei  plantares 


Insertion  of  the 
ni.  flexor  digiti  V  brevis 


404.  Mm.  interossei  pedis  dextri, 

viewed  from  the  plantai'  surface. 

M.  flexor  digiti  quiiiti  brevis  (0.  T.  flexor  brevis  minimi  digiti  pedis)  (see  also 
Figs.  398 — -100).  Form:  rounded,  narrow,  small.  Position:  in  the  sole  of  the  foot,  on  the 
plantar  surface  of  the  os  metatarsale  V,  partly  covered  plantarward  by  the  m.  abductor  digiti  V, 
otherwise  only  by  the  aponeurosis  plantaris.  Origin:  basis  oss.  metatarsalis  V  and  lig. 
plan  tare  longum.  Insertion:  the  fibers  nin  converging  forward  and,  becoming  tendinous, 
go  to  the  base  of  the  first  phalanx  of  the  little  toe.  Action:  it  draws  the  1^*  i:ihalanx  of 
the  little  toe  plantarward  and  lateralward.     Innervation:  n.  plantaris  lateralis. 

M.  opponens  digiti  quinti  (see  Figs.  400  and  409).  Form:  flat,  triangular,  small. 
Position:  directly  upon  the  plantar  surface  of  the  os  metatarsale  V,  covered  plantarward  by 
the  m.  abductor  digiti  V,  bounded  medianward  by  the  m.  flexor  digiti  V.  Origin:  lig.  plan  tare 
longum,  fused  with  the  m.  flexor  digiti  V  brevis.  Insertion:  the  fibers  run  lateralward  and 
forward  to  the  os  metatarsale  V.  Action:  it  draws  the  little  toe  plantarward  and  median- 
ward.     Innervation:  n.  plantaris  laterahs. 

Mm.  interossei  plantares,  three.  F  o  r  ra :  oblong  -  spindleshaped,  small.  Position: 
in  the  interspaces  between  the  ossa  metatarsalia  11 — V,  plantan\"ard  from  the  mm.  interossei 
dorsales ;  projecting  somewhat  toward  the  sole  of  the  foot  and  covered  there  by  all  the  muscles 
of  the  sole  of  the  foot.  Origin:  from  the  medial  surface  of  the  ossa  metatarsalia  III — V. 
Insertion:  the  fibers  of  each  muscle  go,  converging,  forward  to  a  narrow  tendon,  which  (like 
the  tendons  of  the  mm.  interossei  dorsales,  see  p.  358)  go  to  the  back  of  the  first  phalanx  and 
to  the  tendons  of  the  mm.  extensores  digitonun.  The  three  muscles  run  on  the  medial  side 
of  the  3rd— 5th  toe.  Action:  they  draw  the  3rd— 5th  toe  medianward,  flex  the  first  phalanx 
of  each  and  extend  their  second  and  third  phalanges.     Innervation:    n.  plantaris   laterahs. 


3  60 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


M.  solcus 


Faeies  medialis  tibiao 


M.  flexor  diiiitoruiii  lonsus 


M.  tibialis  iiosterior 

M.  flcxoi'  hallucis  loiigus 

Tc'iido  calcaneus  fAcbillisi 
Liganicntniu  cruciatum  cruris 


Malleolus  medialis 
Ligamentuiii  cruciatum  cruris 

Fascia  cruris  (cut  off) 
Tendo  m.  tibialis  anterioris 

Tciido  111.  extensoris  ballucis 


Os  mctatarsale  I 


M.  abductor  ballucis 


Ligameiitiim  laciniatum 
(supertioial  layer) 


Partition- wall        I 
Ligamentum  laciniatum  (deep  layer) 


Bursa  tendinis 
calcanei  [.\cbillis] 


405.  Muscles  of  the  right  foot, 

viewed  from  the  medial  surface. 

M.  abductor  hallucis  (see  also  Figs.  39S— 401  aud  404).  Form:  tiat,  (ibknig-tnangiilar. 
Position:  superficial  ou  the  medial  margin  of  the  sole  of  the  foot;  bounded  lateralward  by 
the  mm.  flexdr  digitorum  brevis  and  flexor  hallucis  brevis.  Origin:  medial  surface  of  the 
tuber  calcanei,  supei'ficial  layer  of  the  lig.  laciniatum  and  malleolus  medialis ;  also  from  the 
tuberositas  oss.  navicularis  aud  the  plantar  surface  of  the  os  cuneiforme  I.  Insertion:  the 
fibers  converge  to  a  tendinous  strip,  lying  in  the  muscle,  which  goes  over  into  a  flat  strong 
tendon :  this  is  fused  in  front  with  the  medial  belly  of  the  m.  flexor  hallucis  brevis  and  goes 
to  the  medial  sesamoid  bone  and  to  the  base  of  the  first  phalanx  of  the  great  toe.  Action: 
it  draws  the  first  phalanx  of  the  great  toe  medianward  aud  plautarward.  Innervation: 
n.  2)lantaris  medialis. 

Ligamcufuin  laciniatum  (0.  T.  internal  annular  ligament)  (see  also  Figs.  2()8,  394. 
395,  400,  406  aud  4UTj  is  a  strengthening  band  in  the  luwer  part  of  the  fascia  cruris,  below 
and  behind  the  malleolus  medialis.  It  goes  off  from  the  posterior  and  inferior  margins  of  the 
malleolus  medialis,  covers  the  tendon  of  the  m.  tibialis  posterior  and  becomes  attached  to  the 
subjacent  bone;  it  then  divides  into  two  layers.  The  superficial  layer  is  stretched  out  from 
there  to  the  medial  surface  of  the  tuber  calcanei  and  goes  over  above  into  the  superficial 
layer  of  the  fascia  cruris,  frequently  with  a  sharp  concave  margin,  sometimes  without  sharp 
limit  (continued  on  p.  361). 


Muscles  of  tlip  Let 


361 


M.   fli'xor  iligitoruiii  loiigi;s 

TiMulo  calcaneus  [Acliillis 

M.  tibialis  anterior 

Facies  niedialis  tibiae 
Liganientiini  traiisversuni  cruris 
Vagina  tendinis  ni.  tibialis  jjosteriuris 

Vagina  tendinis  m    tibialis  anterioris 
Liganicntuni  eruciatum  cruris 

Bursa  subcutanca  malleoli  medial  is 


Vagina  tendinis  m.  tibialis  anterioris 
»  Ligamentuni  eruciatum  cruris 

Vagina  tendinis  ni.  extensoris  hallucis  long! 


Tendo  m.  tibialis  anteriori> 


Bursa  subtendinea 
ru. tibialis  anterioris 


Vagina  tendinuni 
Vagina  tendinis  ui.  flexoris     ni.  flexoris  digitorumi 
Mm.  abductpr  hallucis  longi  longi  | 

et  flexor 
hallucis  brevis  (cut  off) 


Vagina  tendinis  m.  tibialis  posterioris 


Ligamentum       Vagina  tendinis 
laciniatum  m.  flexoris 

(cut  off)  liallucis  longi 


406.  Bursae  and  sheaths  of  tendons  of  the  right 

foot,  injected  (sheaths  of  tendons  stained  red),  vieAved  from  the  medial  surface. 

(The  mm.  alxluetor  hallucis  ami  tiexuv  hallucis  hrevis  have  been  removed.) 

Ligamentum  laciniatum  (continued).  The  deep  layer  passes  just  behind  the  tendons 
of  the  mm.  flexor  digitoriiin  longus  and  flexor  hallucis  longus  to  the  medial  surlace  of  the 
calcaneus,  is  firmly  attached  to  the  margins  of  the  corresponding  bony  grooves  and  holds  the 
ti'ndons  firmly  upon  the  bones;  it  reaches  above  as  far  as  the  malleolus  and  is  continuous 
with  thf  deep  layer  of  the  fascia  cruris.  Between  the  two  layers  is  a  canal  for  the  aa..  vv.  and 
nn.  ])Liutares:   a  septum,  rarely  absent,  se]iarates  the  medial  branches  from  the  lateral. 

Bursa  sulieutanea  malleoli  niedialis  (see  also  Fig.  408),  frequently  present,  upon 
the  malleolus  niedialis. 

Vagina  tendinis  m.  tibialis  posterioris  (see  also  Fig.  407)  begins  over  the  medial 
malleolus  and  ends  at  the  os  naviculare;  it  fre(|uently  communicates  above  with  the  following. 

Yagina  tendinum  m.  flexoris  digitorum  pedis  longi  (see  also  Fig.  407),  begins 
Ijelow  the  preceding  and  ends  in  tlie  sole  of  thi'  foot,  at  the  point  where  its  tendon  crosses 
that  of  the  m.  flexor  hallucis  longus,  below  the  os  naviculare:  above  it  conununicates  sometimes 
with  the  preceding  sheath,  below  sometimrs  with  the  following. 

Vagina  tendinis  m.  flexoris  hallucis  longi  (see  also  Fig.  407)  begins  below  the 
jireceding  and  ends  at  or  in  front  of  the  point  where  the  tendon  of  the  m.  flexor  digitorum 
longus  is  crossed,  below  the  os  naviculare;  there  it  sometimes  communicates  with  the  preceding. 


362 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


Tuber  calcanei 


Ligament  am 

lai-iiuatuiu 

(cut  off) 


Vagina  tendinis 
in.  tibialis 
posterioris 
A'^agina  tendinis 
m.  flexoris 
ballucis  longi 

Vagina  tendinnm 

ni.  flexoris 

digitorum  longi 

Bursa 

subtendiriea 

m.  tibialis 

posterioris 

Vagina  tendinis 

)u.  perouaei 
longi  plantaris 


Tendines 

ni.  flexoris 

digitorum 

longi 

M. 

abductor 

hallucia 


Vaginae 

teudinuiii 

digitalcs 

pedis 


407.   Bursae  and  sheaths  of  tendons  of  the  sole 

of  the    right   foot,   injected;  sheaths  of  tendons  stained  red. 
(The  short  muscles  of  the  !»*   and  2^^  layer  have  been  for  the  most  part  removed.) 

Bursa  subtendi- 
nea  m.  tibialis  po- 
sterioris, frequently 

present ,  oblong- 
troughshaped ,  be- 
tween the  lateral  ten- 
dinous process  of  the 
m.  tibialis  posterior 
(see  Fig.  268)  on  one 
side,  the  ossa  navicu- 
lare  and  cuneiforme  II 
on  the  other  side. 

Vagina  tendinis 
m.  peronaei  longi 
plantaris  begins  at 
the  sulcus  m.  peronaei 
[longi]  of  the  os  cu- 
boideum  and  ends  at 
about  the  medial  mar- 
gin of  the  lig.  plantare 
longum;  it  communi- 
cates only  rarely  with 
the  vagina  tendinum 
ram.  peronaeorum  com- 
munis. 

Yagiuae  tendi- 
nnm digitales  pe- 
dis, five,  one  on  the 
volar  surface  of  each 
toe:  they  begin  be- 
hind, at  the  great 
toe  ui  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  base,  on 
the  other  toes  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the 
heads  of  the  ossa  me- 
tatarsalia ,  and  ter- 
minate near  the  ter- 
minal phalanx;  they 
are  surrounded  like 
those  in  the  fingers 
(see  p.  322)  by  the 
ligg.  vaginalia  with 
tile  ligg.  cruciata  and 
annularia ;  they  never 
commimicate  with  the 
sheaths  which  lie 
more  proximalward. 

Bursae  mm.  lum- 
briealium  pedis, 
four,  lying  on  the  an- 
terior extremities  of 
the  mm.  lumbricales, 
between  tliem  and  the 
ligg.  capitulorum  [oss. 
metatars.]  transversa ; 
the  three  medial  bursae  are  almost  con- 
stant, the  fourth  occurs  in  half  the  cases. 


Retinaculum 
mm.  peronaeorum  inferius 

-M.  abductor  digiti  V 
_ ,  M.  quadratus  plantae 


Vagina  tendinum 

mm.  peronaeorum 

communis 


Tendo 
m.  peronaei  longi 

M.  abductor 
digiti  V 


Tuberositas 

-  ossis   meta- 

tarsalis  V 

M.  flexor 

—  digiti  V  brevis 


M.  interosseus 
plantaris  III 

M.  opponens 
digiti   V 
M.  flexor 
'  digiti  V  brevis 

M.  abductor 
digiti  V 


Bursae  mm. 
—  -"  lumbricalium 
pedis 


.,    Uiirsae  intermeta- 
tarsoplialaiigcae 


Muscles  of  the  Leg. 


363 


408.  Bursae  and 
sheaths   of  tendons 
of  the   back   of   the 

right  foot,  injected;  sheath 
of  tendons  stained  red. 


Vag^ina  tendinis 
m.  tibialis  antorio- 

ris  (see  also  Fig.  406) 

begins  somewhat 
above  the  lig.  trans- 
versura  cruris  and 
ends  usually  some- 
what above  the  articu- 
latio  talonavicularis. 
Yagiua  tendinis 
m.'extensoris  hal- 
lucis  loug'i  (see  also 
Kg.  406)  begins  as 
the  most  deeply  si- 
tuated of  the  anterior 
tendon  sheaths,  below 
the  lig.  transversum 
cruris  and  ends  farth- 
est forward  in  the 
region  of  the  articu- 
latio  tarsometatarsea 
of  the  gi'oat  toe, 
distalward  from  the 
strengthening  band 
situated  there  (see 
p.  356);  the  distal 
end  often  has  the 
appearance  of  being 
pinched  off. 

Vagina  tendinum 
m.  extensoris  digi- 
torum  pedis  longi 
(see  also  Fig.  409) 
forms  a  sheath  for 
the  tendons  of  the 
m.  extensor  digitorum 
longus  and  of  the  m. 
peronaeus  III;  it  be- 
gins somewhat  above 
the  preceding  below 
the  lig.  transversum 
cruris  and  ends  over 
the  middle  of  the  os 
cuneiforme  III. 


Ligamentum 
transversum  cruris 


Bursa  subcutaiiea. 
malleoli  lateralis 


Liganientum 

cruciatum 

cruris 


Vagina 

tendiuum 

111.  extensoris 

digitorum 

longi 


Bursae  inter- 
metatarso- 
phalangeae 


_  Bursa  subcutanea 
malleoli  medialis 


Vagina  tendinis 
111.  tibialis  anterioris 


A'agina  tendinis 
m.  extensoris 
hallucis  longi 


Strengthening 

band   of  the  fascia 

dorsalis  pedis 

(see  p.  356) 


364 


Muscles  of  tbe  Leg. 


M.   tibialis  anterior 
Tibia 
M.  extensor  digitorum  longus 

^r.  peronaeus  brevis 

yi.  peronaeus  longus 

Ligament  mil  transversum  cruris 

Fibula 

Tenclo  calcaneus  [Acliillis] 
Ligamentum  cruciatuni  cruris 

A'agina  tendinum  m.  extensoris  digitorum  longi 


M.  peronaeus  III 
i 

Tendines  m.  extensoris  digitorum  longi 


Bursa  subculanea        -"^  ,  Tuberositas  ossis 

tendinis  oalcanei  I     ,  -M.  abductor        i  metatarsalis  V 

[Achillis]  Calcaneus       '  'ligi'i  ^  jj    peronaeus  brevis 

Retinaculum  mm.  peronaeorum     '  lielinaculum  mm.  perouaeoruni  inferins 

superius  r.ursa  subcutanea  malleoli  lateralis 

Vagina  tendinum  mm.  peronaeorum  communis 


I  M.    opponens   digiti  V 

M.  abductor  digiti  V 


409.  Bursae  and  sheaths  of  tendons  of  the 

right  foot, 

injected    (sheaths  of  tendons  stained   red),    viewed  from  the  lateral  surface. 

Bursa  siilnMitanca  malleoli  lat<'ralis  (^oe  also  Tiii's.  390  ami  40SX  very  iiV(Hbnitly 
preseiit,  ii|inii  till'  nialli'<ilus  lati'i'alis. 

Vagina  tciidinuni  mm.  peronaeorum  communis  (stf  also  Fig.  407),  sunouiids  the 
tt-ndons  of  tln'  inni.  iJcvoiiaci  ami  liifurcatos,  at  its  proximal  I'lid  for  a  shurtfr,  at  its  distal 
end  fur  a  lunger,  distance  into  two  parts,  cue  for  each  tendon.  It  begins  above  the  malleolus 
lateralis  and  ends  at  thi^  beginning  of  the  tuberositas  oss.  cuboidei ;  it  communicates  there 
only  rarely  with  the  vagina  tendinis  m.  peronaei  bingi  i)lantaris. 


The  Heart. 


365 


410.  Position  of  the 
heart  in  the  thorax, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The   level   of  the    diaphragm    un  moderate  expiration  is  shown  hy  the  black  dotted  line:    the 
outlines  of  the  heart  are  indicated  in  red.)  —  (In  part  after  W.  Braune.) 

The  heart  (cor)  is  an  almost  wedge-shaped,  hollow,  muscular  body.  It  lies  asym- 
metrical to  the  median  plane  in  the  thorax,  so  that  the  smaller  part  belongs  to  the  right 
half  of  the  body  and  the  larger  part  of  it  to  the  left.  The  basis  cordis  (base  of  the  heart) 
formed  by  the  atria  is  directed  backward  and  somewhat  to  the  right,  the  apex  cordis  (apex 
of  the  heart)  (belonging  to  the  left  ventricle  alone)  looks  forward  and  to  the  left  and  comes 
into  direct  contact  with  the  wall  of  the  thorax  in  the  5tli  intercostal  space,  somewhat  medial 
from  tiie  costocartilaginous  junction.  The  ostium  arteriosum  dextrum  (0.  T.  pulnionaiy  orifice) 
lies  usually  at  the  sternal  end  of  the  3»"d  left  intercostal  space,  or  behind  the  3rci  costal  cartilage ; 
the  ostium  arteriosum  sinistrum  (0.  T.  aortic  orifice)  lies  somewhat  more  medianward  and 
downward,  close  below  the  middle  of  the  left  halt  of  the  §i€ernum  at  the  level  of  the  3rd  inter- 
costal space.  The  middle  point  of  the  ostium  venosum  deictrum  (0.  T.  right  auriculoventricular 
opening)  Hes  behind  the  right  half  of  the  sternum  at'  the  level  of  the  sternal  end  of  the 
4tii  intercostal  space:  the  ostium  venosum  sinistrum  (0.  T.  left  auriculoventricular  opening) 
lies  behind  the  sternal  end  of  the  Si^d  left  intercostal  s-pace. 

Spalteholz.  Atlas.  24 


366 


The  Heart. 


A.  anonyma 


V.  cava  superior 


Aorta  ascendens 


-A.  subclavia  sinistra 
-  -      A.  carotis  sinistra 

Arcus  aortae 


Auricula  dextra 


Conus 
arteriosus" 


Atrium  _ 
dextrum 


Position  of  reflection  of  the 
pericardium 

~"  — Ligamentum  arteriosum 


A.  pulmonalis 


—Auricula  sinistra 
—  Atrium  sinistrum 


Sulcus 

longitudinalis 

anterior 


Sulcus 
coronarius  ' 


Veutriculus 

sinister 


Ventriculus  dexter 


Apex  cordis 


Incisura  [apicis]  cordis 

411.    I  ne__nea.rt,  moderately  distended,  viewed  from  above  and  in  front. 

(Fades  sternocostalis.) 

The  heart  is  intercalatod  as  a  pressure  pump  in  the  circulatory  system  and  consists  of 
two  fore -chambers,  atrium  dexlrum  (0.  T.  rigth  auricle)  and  atrium  si/iistnan  (0.  T.  left 
auricle)  and  of  two  ventricles,  veutriculus  dexter  (right  ventricle)  and  ventriculus  sinister 
(left  ventricle).  It  presents  for  examination  an  inferior,  almost  plane  surface,  lying  upon  the 
dia]ihragm,  the  fades  diaphraf/maiica  (0.  T.  posterior  surface)  and  a  markedly  curved  surface 
looking  u]>ward  and  forward,  the  fades  sternocostalis  (().  T.  anteric>r  surface) ;  the  latter  lies 
partly  just  behind  the  sternum  and  behind  the  anterior  ends  of  the  3i"<i  to  the  %^^  pair  of 
ribs,  in  part  it  is  overlapped  by  the  margins  of  the  lungs. 


The  Heart. 

Arcus  aortae  Eamus  dexter  a.  piilmonalis 


367 


Ventriculus . 
sinister 


Basis  cordis 


Bamus  sinister  a.  pulmonalis  _ 

Vv.  pulmonales  sinistrae  __  -  "M-^ 


Ligamentum 
V.  cavae  sinistrae 


V.  cava  superior 


-^  Vv.  pulmonales  dextrae 


Position  of  reflection 
of  the  pericardium 


V.  cava 
"inferior 

Sulcus 
— terminalis 

Appendix 
—  auricularis 
posterior 

A  trium 

dextrum 


Sulcus 
coronarius 


_ Ventriculus  dexter 


Sulcus  longitudinalis  posterior 


^ 


Apex  cordis 


Incisura  [apicis]  cordis 


412.   Th6    heart,   moderately  distended,  viewed  from  below. 

(Fades  diaphragmaiica.) 

The  heart:  the  fore -chambers  or  atria  are  separated  from  the  ventricles  by  a  groove, 
the  sulcus  coronarius  (0.  T.  auriculoventricular  groove)  which  is  usually  filled  up  with  blood- 
vessels and  fat;  it  runs  nearly  perpendicular  to  the  long  axis  drawn  from  the  apex  to  the 
middle  of  the  base  and  is  in  part  hidden  on  the  sternocostal  surface  by  the  beginning  of  the 
a.  pulmonalis  and  aorta.  The  sulcus  lonr/itudinalis  posterior  (0.  T.  posterior  interventricular 
groove)  runs  fairly  straight  on  the  inferior  surface,  corresponding  to  the  septum  between  the 
two  ventricles ;  the  sulcus  longitudinalis  anterior  (0.  T.  anterior  interventricular  groove)  runs 
on  the  upper  surface,  twisted  so  as  to  be  somewhat  S  -  shaped  from  the  base  toward  the  apex. 
The  latter  sulcus  begins,  covered  by  the  left  auricle  (0.  T.  auricular  appendix),  on  the  left 
side  of  the  a.  pulmonahs  and  meets  the  former  at  the  right  of  the  apex  of  the  heart  in 
a  shallow  groove,  the  incisura  [apicis]  cordis. 

24* 


368 


V.  pulmonalis  dextra 


The  Heart. 

Atrium  sinistruni 


V.  cava  superior  — 


Atrivim 
dextrum" 


Auricula . 
dextra 


.Auricula  sinistra 


icular  opening  of  the  atrivim  sinistrimi 


Aorta  ascendens. 


Conus  arteriosus  — 


s-^w. — _    Ventricular  opening 

^N  of  the  atrium  dextrum 


r\..  pulmonalis 


Ventriculus  dexter 


/ 
Incisura  [apicis]  cordis 


Sulcus 

longitudinalis 

anterior 


i      j_  -Ventriculus 
sinister 


Apex  cordis 
Vortex  cordis 


413.  Superficial  muscle  layer  of  a  maximally 

contracted    heart,    viewed   from   above   and  in  front. 

(The  fore-eliainl)ers  or  atria  have  boon  (lissccted  off.     The  (Hithnes  of  the  dihited  ventricles  of 
the  heart  are  indicatt'd  in  red,  the  position  of  the  ostium  arteriosum  sinistrum  being  assumed 

to  be  fixed.     [Text  see  pp.  370,  371   and  373.]) 


The  Heart. 


369 


V.  pulmonalis 
sinistra 


Auricula  sinistra— 


v.  pulmonalis  dextra 

Basis  cordis         1 

I  V.  cava  superior 

Atrium  sinistrum  Y  ' 


Sinus  coronarius 


-V.  cava  inferior 


—Atrium  dextrum 


Septum  ventriculorum 


Ostium  venosum 


Ventrioulus, 
sinister 


Ostium 

venosum 

•  ^     dextrum 


VentriculH^  dexter 


Sulcus,k)ngitudinalis  posterior 


Apex  cordis 


414.  Superficial  muscle  layer  of  a  maximally 
contracted   heart,  vieAved  from  below. 

(The   fore  -  chambers   or   atria   have   been   dissected  off.     Two  windows  have  been  cut  into  the 

superficial  muscle  layer  in  order  to  show  the  deeper  bands  of  fibers.    The  outlines  of  the  dilated 

ventricles   of  the   heart  are  indicated  in  red,    the  position  of  the  ostium  arteriosum  sinistrum 

being  assumed  to  be  fixed.     [Text  see  pp.  370,  371   and  373.]) 


370 


The  Heart. 


Ostium  arteriosum  clextriiin 


Ostium  Tenosum  sinistrum 


Ventriculus_ 
sinister 


Ostium 

-venosum 

dextrum 


—  Ventriculus  dexter 


415.  The    musculature   of  the  ventricles  of  the 

heart,  dissected  free  from  one  another;  drawn  apart;  viewed  from  below. 

SomcAA^liat  scliematically  represented. 
(On  the  right  the  superficial  muscle  layer  is  showTi,  on  the  left  tJie  middle  layer  is  represented.) 

The  heart  is  covered  on  its  outer  surface  by  the  visceral  layer  of  the  pericardium,  the 
epicardium,  on  its  inner  surface  by  the  e?ulocardium ;  the  main  mass  of  the  wall  is  formed 
of  muscle,  the  myocardium  (see  Y\g.  421). 

The  musculature*)  of  the  fore-chambers,  or  atria  (0.  T.  auricles)  (see  Figs.  413  and  414) 
is  very  thin  and  irregular.  On  the  posterior  and  especially  on  the  anterior  surface  fibers  go  trans- 
versely from  the  wall  of  one  atrium  to  that  of  the  other;  otherwise  the  fibers  run  chiefly  in  rings 
around  the  mouths  of  the  veins  and  around  the  points  of  origin  of  the  auricles  (0.  T.  auricular 
appendices);  in  the  auricles  themselves  the  fibers  are  irregularly  arranged.  In  addition,  fibers 
go  over  into  the  radial  fiber  layer  of  the  valvulae  tricuspidalis  and  bicuspidalis.  In  the  right 
atrium  another,  inner  muscle  layer,  the  mm.  pectinati  (see  p.  376),  exists.  Between  the  mus- 
culature of  the  atria  and  that  of  the  ventricles  of  the  heart  there  is  in  general  no  connection. 

The  musculature  of  the  ventricles  (see  also  Figs.  413  and  414,  416—419)  is  common 
in  its  most  superficial  layers,  but  otherwise  separated.  The  most  superficial  layer  of  muscle 
(see  Figs.  413  and  414)  runs  obliquely,  in  front  fi-ora  the  right  and  above  to  the  left  and 
downward,  behind  from  the  left  and  above  to  the  right  and  downward ;  the  fibers  can  be 
followed  in  their  course,  behind  jtartly  as  far  as  the  annulus  fibrosus  sinister,  otherT^-ise,  how- 
ever, they  cannot  be  distinguished,  for  long  distances,  from  the  other  bands  of  muscle. 

The  musculature  of  the  riffht  ventricle  (see  also  Figs.  420  and  424)  is  thin  and 
presents  in  general  two  lajers.  The  ]>ortion  containing  the  ostium  venosum  presents,  especially 
distinctly  in  the  distended  heart,  an  external,  thin,  connected  layer  and  an  internal,  thicker 
layer  arranged  in  the  form  uf  a  network.  In  the  external  layer  the  fibers  run,  in  the  main, 
obliquely,  behind  from  the  left  and  above  to  the  right  and  downward  and  come  partly  from 
the  annulus  fibrosus  dexter  (see  p.  373),  partly  from  the  upper  surface  of  the  left  ventricle, 
partly  from  the  annulus  fibrosus  sinister  (seep.  373),  partly  from  the  septum ;  in  front  they  go 
partly  to  the  upper  surface  of  the  left  \-entricle,  partly  into  the  septum ;  following  upon  these 
oblique  fibers  are  fibers  running  more  or  less  transversely.     (Continued  on  p.  371.) 

*)  In  the  description  of  the  musculature  (pp.  370  and  371)  the  heart  is  thought  as 
being  plac(>d  with  the  base  upward,  the  facies  diaphragmatica  backward  and  the  apex  downward. 


The  Heart. 


371 


Fibers  arising  from  the 
annulus  fibrosus  sinister  and  going  to  the  right  ventricle 


Superficial  . 
muscle  layer 


Middle  (circular), 
muscle  layer 


Superficial  oblique 

-bands  of  muscle  going 

to   the  right  ventricle 


Deep  muscle_layer_- 


Vortex  cordis 

416.  Course  of  the  principal  layers  of  muscle 
of  the  left  ventricle  of  the  heart, 

viewed  from  below.     Partly  schematic. 
(Parts  of  the  -wall  of  the  heart  have  been  removed  above  and  on  the  left  side  below.) 

Musculature  of  the  right  ventricle  (continued).  The  irmer  layer  is  formed  of  short 
bands  of  fibers  which  arise  partly  at  the  upper  margin  of  the  septum,  go  toward  the  apex, 
turn  at  varying  levels  toward  the  external  wall  and  run  upward  in  this  again,  in  part  to 
end  as  the  musculi  papillares ,  in  part  to  reach  the  annulus  fibrosus  as  trabeculae  carneae ; 
between  these  columns  are  others  which  are  stretched  out  transversely^  The  conus  arteriosus 
possesses  an  external  layer  of  circular  muscle  and  an  internal  longitudinal  layer  at  right  angles 
to  it;  the  latter  forms  longitudinal  ridges  in  the  contracted  heart. 

The  musculature  of  the  left  venti-icle  is  much  thicker  than  that  of  the  right  and  is 
divisible  into  three  layers  of  fibers,  which,  however,  are  not  sharply  separable  from  one  another. 
The  supei'ficial  layer  is  thin;  its  fibers  arise  at  the  annulus  fibrosus  sinister  (see  p.  373)  or 
at  the  ostium  arteriosum  sinistrum  and  run  (the  superficial  more  steeply  than  the  deeper  fibers) 
in  front  from  the  right  and  above  downward  and  to  the  left,  for  the  most  part  to  the  apex 
of  the  heart  to  form  the  vortex  cordis:  there  they  bend  around  into  the  interior  and  form 
the  deep  innermost  layer  of  muscle.  The  thick,  middle  layer  (see  Fig.  415)  consists  of  fiber 
bands  which  form  closed  circles,  run  essentially  perpendicular  to  the  axis  of  the  heart,  on  the 
outer  surface  however  also  a  little  obliquely,  in  front  from  the  right  and  above  to  the  left 
and  downward;  on  the  inner  surlace  they  are  an-anged  in  the  reverse  direction;  in  their  course 
the  bands  of  fibers  are  manifoldly  interwoven  with  one  another.  The  deep,  innermost  layer  is 
the  continuation  of  the  fiber  bands  of  the  superfcial  layer  entering  into  the  vortex  cordis.  Its 
fibers  are  arranged  in  g(^ntle  spiral  turns  but  nearly  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  ventricle 
and  end  either  in  the  papillary  muscles  or  at  the  annulus  fibrosus  sinister  and  at  the  ostium 
arteriosum  sinistrum.  As  the  trabeculae  carneae  they  form,  in  general,  numerous  longitudinal 
ridges,  of  varying  tliickness,  which  are  connected  with  one  another  by  thinner  transverse  beams ; 
only  the  septum  below  the  ostium  arteriosum  is  entirely  smooth. 


372 


Large 

papillary 

muscle 


Large 

pap'l- I 

|lary 
muscle 


The  Heart. 

Septum  musculare  ventriculorum 


Ventriculus  dexter  I 


I  Ventriculus  sinister 
Septum  musculare  ventriculorum 


Wiitrieulus  tloxtcr  | 


\  entnculus  sinister 


Posterior 

"papillary 

muscle 


Anterior 

"papillary 

muscle 


Posterior 

.papillary 

muscle 


Anterior 

-papillary 

muscle 


417  and  418.  Cross-sections  of  two  hearts  between  the 

upper  and  middle  third  of  the  ventricles,  perpendieukir  to  the  long  axis. 
The  upper  heart  has  been  fixed  in  systole,  the  lower  in  diastole.    (After  L.  Krebl.) 


The  Heart. 


373 


Valvula  semilunaris  anterior  a.  pulmonalis  ' 


I  Conns  arteriosus 


Valvula  semilunaris 
sinistra  a.  pulmonali 


Valvula  semi-  / 

lunaris  sinistra /_ 

aortae  / 

I 

Trigona  fibrosa  ^  -/ 


N'alvula  semilunaris 
'^      dextra  a.  pulmonalis 


Valvula  semilunaris 
dextra  aortae 


Valvula  semilunaris 
posterior  aortae 


Cuspis  ante-        » 

rior  valvulae__/. 

bicuspidalis       / 

[mitralisj       / 


Cuspis  poste-  I 

rior  valvulaej 

bicuspidalis  r 

fmitralisl     ' 


valvulae 
tricus- 
pidalis 


Cuspis 
anterior 


_  Cuspis 
>         medialis 

Cuspis 
posterior 


1 Annulus  fibrosus 

'  dexter 


Annulus  flbrosus  sinister 


>Ventriculus  dexter 


419.  Base  of  the  contracted  ventricles, 

after  removal  of  the  fore -chambers  or  atria.     The  valves  are  closed. 

(The    outlines  of   the   distended  ventricles  are  indicated  in  red,    the   position  of  the   ostium 

arteriosmn  sinistruni  being  assumed  to  he  fixed.) 

The  anuiili  flbrosi  are  dense,  narrow  bands  of  connective  tissue,  which  surround  the 
ostia  venosa  at  the  base  of  the  ventricles.  They  serve  for  the  attachment  of  the  nniscular  fibers 
of  the  atria  and  of  the  ventricles,  and  from  them  arise  in  largest  part  the  valvulae  tricuspidalis 
and  bicuspidalis.  The  right  surrounds  the  ostium  venosum  dextrum  in  the  form  of  an  oval 
closed  ring.  The  left  is  horseshoe- shaped  surrounding  the  right,  posterior  and  left  sides 
of  the  ostium  venosum  smistnuu;  it  begins  right  and  left  at  the  root  of  the  aorta  in  a  nodular 
thickening  on  either  side,  the  trigona  fibrosa ;  between  these  the  anterior  cusp  of  the  valvula 
bicuspidalis  arises  directly  from  the  membranous  wall- of  the  root  of  the  aorta. 

The  differences  between  the  contracted  and  dilated  ventricles  are  as  follows 
(see  also  Figs.  413.  414,  417  and  41 S):  ■ 

In  the  dilated  ventricles  the  diameter  of  the  base  is  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  the 
long  axis;  the  form  approaches  that  of  a  hemisphere.  The  conus  arteriosus  projects  markedly, 
the  lower  surface  bulging  much  less  than  the  upper,  the  ostia  venosa  and  arteriosa  are  large, 
the  cavities  of  the  ventricles  are  wide  open;  the ■  trabeculae  cameae  extend  partly  tbrough  the 
lumen  of  the  ventricles,  and  the  musculi  papillares  stand  out  partly  free  in  the  ventricular  cavities. 

On  maximal  contraction  of  the  ventricles,  the  diameter  of  the  base  is  markedly  shortened, 
while  that  of  the  long  axis  diminishes  only  slightly;  the  form  is  wedge-shaped.  The  conus 
arteriosus  shortens  and  sinks  in:  the  facies  diaphragmatica  is  slightly  flattened,  the  s\ilcus 
longitudinalis  anterior  has  a  more  marked  spiral  twist,  the  ostia  venosa  are  markedly  diminished 
in  size,  the  ostia  arteriosa  less  markedly,  the  cavities  of  the  ventricles  are  represented  only  by 
a  slit  (with  the  exception  of  a  s]>aee  situated  above  the  apices  of  the  papillary  muscles);  the 
trabeculae  cameae  and  the  musculi  papillares  lie  close  to  the  walls  and  form  ridge-like  projections. 


374 


The  Heait. 


Aorta  ascendens 


Valvula  venae  cavae 
[inferioris,  Eustachii] 


Musculi  pectinati_ 

Foramen  venae 
minimae  [Thebesii]'^  ^ 


Septum  I 

membranaceum  i 

ventriculormn   [ 


Cusp  is 
posterior  valvuhie 
tricuspidalis      ~ 
Cuspis 
medialis  valvulae   — 
tricuspidalis 


\ 


—  Atrium  sinistrum 


Valvula  semilunaris 

sinistra  aortae 


'?m~ 

—  Valvula  semilunaris 

posterior  aortae 

%nk 

Cuspis  anterior 

valvulae  bicuspidalis 

[mitralis 

^^5 

Cuspis 
L           posterior  valvulae 
k              bicuspidalis 
^                [mitralis] 

Large 
papillary  muscle' 


Anterior 
■  -papillary  muscle 


Posterior 
papillary  muscle 


Septum  musculare 
ventriculorum 


>-  / Ventriculus  sinister 


Trabeculae  carneae 


420. Transverse  section  through  a  distended  heart 

approximately  parallel  to  the  facies  diapliragmatica. 
(Inferior  half  of  the  section,  viewed  from  above.) 

The  septum  Tentriculorum  (inierveniriadar  septum)  (see  also  Figs.  415,  417  and 
418)  separates  the  two  ventricles  from  one  another  completely.  It  is  nuiscidar  in  by  far  its 
largest  part  (septum  musculare  ventriadornm) ,  is  formed  by  a  corresponding  portion  of  the 
musculature  of  each  of  the  two  ventricles  and  can  be  divided  into  its  two  components  only  by 
artificial  means.  On  contraction  it  thickens  and  the  distance  between  the  two  sulci  longi- 
tudinales  diminishes.  The  septum  membranaceum  ventriculorum  (0.  T.  undefended  space)  is 
a  small  area  of  pure  connective  tissue  sitiuited  just  between  and  in  front  of  the  opposed  margins 
of  the  valvulae  semilunarcs  dextra  et  posterior  aortae  (see  also  Fig.  426);  its  right  surface  is 
divided  into  two  parts  by  the  cuspis  medialis  valvulae  tricuspidalis  arising  from  it;  the  posterior 
part  looks  xUto  the  right  atrium,  the  anterior  into  the  right  ventricle. 


Cuspis  anterior 


The  Heart. 

Cuspis  posterior 


375 


Chordae  tendineae 


Posterior  papillary  muscle^ 


-Aunulus  fibrosus 


—Endocardium 


-Myocardium 


Epicardiuni 


421.  Transverse  section  through  the  valvula 

bicUSpidalis   [mitral  is].      The  valve  is  set. 
(Inferior  lialf,  viewed  from  above.) 

The  musculi  papillares  (impillary  muscles)  (see  also  Figs.  417,  -118,  420,  424  and  425) 
are  more  or  less  isolated,  bluntly  wedge-shaped  elevations  of  the  internal  muscular  layer  of  the 
ventricles.  They  vary  much  in  size  and  in  dilferent  hearts  present  considerable  differences  in 
appearance.  From  the  tip  of  each  muscle  there  go  off  one  or  several  tendinous  threads  (chordae 
tendineae)  of  variable  strength,  which  become  attached  partly  to  the  fi-ee  margins  (chordae 
tend,  of  the  I  order),  partly  to  the  ventricular  surface  (chordae  tend,  of  the  II  order)  of  the 
cusps  of  the  valves  guarding  the  ostia  venosa ;  tlie  insertion  is  m  the  form  of  a  triangular  flat 
expansion.  Each  papQlary  muscle  gives  off  chordae  usually  to  two  adjacent  cusps.  In  addition 
other  tendinous  threads  (chordae  tend,  of  the  III  order)  arise  directly  from  the  muscidature 
of  the  ventricles  and  become  attached  in  the  same  way  also  to  the  ventricular  surface  of  the 
cusps  of  the  valves.  The  chordae  tendineae  are  of  unequal  length  and  are  so  arranged  that 
the  valve  is  set  when  they  are  all  put  upon  the  stretch,  and  vice  versa. 

The  ralvula  tricuspidalis  and  valvula  bicuspidalis  [7nitralisJ  (see  also  Figs.  419  and 
420)  consists  each  of  a  tube-like  membrane,  which  is  attached  to  the  annulus  fibrosus  (also 
partly  to  the  wall  of  the  root  of  the  aorta  on  the  left  side)  and  is  divided  at  its  free  margin 
by  deep  incisures  into  large  sails  or  cusps  fcuspides)  and  by  less  deep  incisures  into  variably 
developed,  smaller,  intemiediary  cusps.  They  are  covered  on  both  sides  by  endocardium  and 
in  their  peripheral  halves  contain  circular  and  radial  muscle  libers  which  are  connected  with 
the  musculature  of  the  fore-chambers  or  atria.  At  the  end  of  the  diastole  of  the  ventricles,  the 
central  portions  of  the  atrial  surfaces  of  the  cusps  become  applied  to  one  another  (the  valves 
become  set);  the  closure  is  water-tight  and  during  the  systole  becomes  gradually  ever  more 
complete,  since  the  ostia  venosa  are  markedly  duninished  in  size  and  thus  ever  larger  sections 
of  the  cusps  of  the  valves  are  applied  to  one  another. 


376 


The  Heart. 


Aorta  ascendens 


Auricula  dextra 

Conus  arteriosus 


Arteria  pulmonalis 


Vena  cava  superior 


Crista  terminalis 

Sinus  venarum,  ^ 
[cavaruml 

Basis  cordis    -V 

Venae 
pulinonales< 
dextrae 


Atrium 

sinistrum 


Tubcrculum 

intervenosum 

[Loweri 

Limbus  fossae 
ovalis  [Vieusseuii 

Fossa  ovalis 


Yentriculus  dexter 


Vena  cava  inferior 


\  Musculi  pectinati 

Ostium  venosum  ventriculi  dextri 


Valvula  venae  cavae  [inferioris,  Eustachiii\      \  Valvula  sinus  coronarii  [Thebesii] 


422.  Right  fore-chamber  (atrium  dexlrum) 

of  a   markedly   distended   adult   heart,    viewed   from   the   right. 

(A  part  of  the  wall  of  the  atrium  has  heen  removed.) 
The  atrium  dextrum  (right  fore- chamber,  0.  T.  right  auricle)  (see  also  Figs.  4 11 — -114 
and  420)  is  of  the  shape  of  an  irregular  short  cylinder.  A  groove,  variably  developed,  running 
perpendicularly  over  the  posterior  e.xternal  surface,  the  sulcus  terminalis  atrii  dextri,  and  a 
ridge  on  the  corresponding  spot  of  the  inner  wall,  the  crista  terminalis,  mark  off  a  posterior, 
medial  portion,  the  sinus  oenarvm  [cuvarum]  which  is  derived  from  a  part  of  the  sinus  reuniens 
of  the  embryonic  heart  (see  also  p.  3S4).  It  contains  in  its  lower  and  upper  walls  the  mouths 
of  the  v.  cava  superior  and  inferior  and  in  general  has  smooth  walls.  Between  the  opening  of 
the  V.  cava  inferior  and  the  sidcus  coronarius  to  the  left  of  the  sulcus  terminalis  there  is  often 
visible  on  its  outer  surface  an  irregular  lumpy  projection  (appendix  auricularis  posterior). 
The  posterior  wall  of  the  sinus  is  bounded  partly  by  the  atrium  sinistrum,  being  slightly  shoved 
forward  by  the  same  and  presents  there  a  transverse  ridge,  the  tuberculum  intervenosum  [Loweri] 
(0.  T.  tubercule  of  Lower).  The  left  wall  is  formed  by  the  septum  atriorum  (0.  T.  interauricular 
septum),  which  consists  partly  of  muscle,  partly  (pars  memhranacea  septi  atriorum)  of  pure 
connective  tissue.  The  latter  spot  lies  in  the  lower  part  of  the  wall,  is  somewliat  deepened 
(fossa  ovalis)  and  is  surrounded  in  front  and  above  by  a  strong  ridge  of  muscle  (limbus  fossae 
ovalis  (Vieusseuii IJ.  Starting  at  the  anterior  limb  of  the  limbus,  and  arising  from  the  inferior 
wall,  is  a  thin,  often  partially  perforated,  fold  of  connective  tissue  which  surrounds  the  mouth 
of  the  V.  cava  inferior  from  in  front  and  sometimes  also  from  the  riglit  (valvula  venae  cavae 
[inferioris,  Eustachii]  (0.  T.  Eustachian  valve).  .Tust  in  front  of  it,  in  the  angle  between 
the  inferior,  left  and  anterior  walls,  lies  the  mouth  of  the  sinus  coronarius ;  it  is  only  imperfectly 
closed  from  below  by  the  sickleshaped  valvula  sinus  coronarii  [  Thebesii]  (0.  T.  coronary  valve 
or  valve  of  Thebesius),  whicii  is  often  perforated.  The  anterior  wall  of  the  atrium  contains 
the  ostium  venosum  of  the  right  ventricle.  The  right  wall  presents  niuuerous  muscular  ridges 
projecting  on  the  inner  surface  (musculi  pectinati)  (see  also  Fig.  420) ;  these  arise  from  the 
crista  terminalis  and  ext»>nd  ap]iriiximately  in  the  direction  of  the  long  axis  of  the  heart  as 
far  as  the  sulcus  coronarius;  between  them  the  wall  is  translucent  when  the  heart  is  distended. 


The  Heart. 


377 


Aorta  ascendens 


Auricula  dextra 

('onus  arteriosus 


Arteria  iiulnionali 


Vena  cava  superior 


Atrium  sinistrum  -  ■ 


Foramen  ovale 


Valvula 
foraminis  ovalis 


Vena  cava  inferior 


Ventriculns  dexter 


I  Ostium  veuosum  ventriculi  dextri 

Valvula  venae  cavae  [inferioris,  Eustachii]       Valvula  sinus  coronarii  [Thebesii] 


423.   Right  fore -chamber  (atrium  dextnim)  of  a  foetal 

heart    iS"'  month),  viewed  from  the  right. 

(A  part  of  the  wall  of  ihf^  atrium  lias  been  removed.     Magnification:  2:1.) 

From  the  upper  wall  of  the  atrium  dextriim  projects  the  bluntly  wedge-shaped  auri- 
cula  dextra  (right  auricle  of  the  heart)  (0.  T.  right  auricular  appendix).  It  curves  around 
the  first  portion  of  the  aorta  ascendens  to  the  left,  is  notched  above  and  below  but  otherwise 
smooth;  it  presents  inside  numerous  irregular  erossmg  muscular  columns,  trabecnlae  curneue. 

During  foetal  life  the  two  atria  commimicate  with  one  another  through  an  opening,  the 
foramen  ovule  situated  at  the  spot  which  later  is  the  fossa  ovalis.  At  its  margin  in  front 
and  al)Ove  it  is  surrounded  b_v  a  horseshoe-shaped,  powerful  band  of  muscle,  which  later  becomes 
the  limbus  fossae  ovalis,  and  behind  and  below  it  is  bounded  by  the  concave  margin  of  the 
valvula  foraminis  ovalis,  which  rises  as  a  thin  connective  tissue  plate  from  behind  and  below 
and  projects,  gToove-like,  uito  the  left  atrium.  Just  after  birth,  as  soon  as  the  pressure  in 
the  left  atrium  becomes  higher  than  in  the  right,  this  valve  is  pressed  upon  the  lunbus  and  fuses 
with  it  almost  completely,  often,  however,  leaving  a  small  slit  open.  The  valvida  foraminis 
ovalis  becomes  accordingly  later  the  floor  of  the  fossa  ovalis;  the  anterior  concave  margin  of 
the  valve  is  often  retained  and  is  visible  inside  the  left  atrium  on  the  septal  surface. 

The  yeutriculus  dexter  (right  ventricle)  (see  Figs.  411 — 415,  417—420  and  424) 
has  the  shape  of  a  wedge ;  its  left  concave  surface  is  attached  to  the  right  side  of  the  left 
ventricle:  its  apex  does  not  reach  the  apex  of  the  heart.  The  base  of  the  wedge  is  hidden 
by  the  attacbment  of  the  right  atrium ;  the  inferior,  the  right  and  the  superior  anterior  surfaces 
lie  free ;  the  latter  goes  veiy  gradiuilly  over  into  the  arteria  pulmonalis  and,  in  the  distended 
heart,  projects  markedly  convexly  forward  (conus  arteriosus).  On  the  inside,  marking  off  the 
conus  arteriosus  from  the  venous  portion  of  the  ventricle,  is  a  muscidar  projection  (crista 
supraventricularis)  which  extends,  arch-like,  from  the  base  over  the  septum  toward  the  apex 
and  then  to  the  right  to  the  superior  anterior  wall  and  becomes  lost  in  the  roots  of  the  large 
papillary  m\iscle.  The  venous  portion  presents  at  the  septum  a  fairly  smooth  wall,  but  else- 
where very  many  trabecidae  carneae  (see  p.  .371).  The  ostium  venosum  can  be  closed  by  the 
valvula  tricuspidalis  (tricuspid  valve) ;  this  presents  (see  Fig.  419)  a  large  cusp  adjoining 
the  interventricular  septum  (cuspis  medialis),  further  a  small  cuspis  anterior  corresponding 
about  to  the  conus  arteriosus,  a  large  cuspis  posterior  turned  toward  tlie  right  fi'ee  wall,  and, 
usually,  between  the  cuspis  medialis  and  cuspis  posterior  an  additional  small  intermediary  cusp. 


378 


The  Heart. 

Aorta  ascendens 


Ostium  venosum  ventriculi  sinistri 


Cuspis  anterior  valvulae  tricuspidalis 
Ostium  venosum  ventriculi  dextri 


Cuspis 
posterior 
valvulae     ~  ~ 
tricuspidalis 


'Large 
papillary  muscle 


Trabeculae 
carneae 


Arteria 
pulmonalis 


_   Valvulae 
semilunares 


.    Conus 

arteriosus 


Crista 
supraventricularis 


Sulcus  longitudinalis 
anterior 


Yentriculus  sinister 


424.  Right  ventricle  (venfriculus  dexter)  of  a  markedly 

distended  heart,  viewed  from  the  right  and  above. 
(The  largest  part  of  the  right  and  anterior  wall  has  been  removed ;  the  atria  have  been  removed.) 

Yentriculus  dexter  (continued) :  the  chordae  tendineae  of  the  anterior  and  posterior 
cusps  come  from  a  large  pajiillary  muscle  which  stands  up  free  from  among  the  trabeculae  carneae 
at  the  junction  of  tht>  conus  arteriosus  with  the  venous  portion;  besides  this  there  is  usually 
one  smaller  papillary  muscle  between  the  septum  and  the  inferior  wall,  as  well  as  a  very  small 
one  on  the  septum  just  below  the  crista  supraventricularis;  the  medial  cusp  receives  many 
chordae  directly  from  the  septum  itself.  The  conus  arteriosus  is  more  tubular,  has  a  fairly 
smooth  wall  and  goes  over  through  the  ostium  arleriositm  into  the  a.  pulmonalis;  at  the 
entrance  to  the  latter  are  situated  the  valvulae  semilunares  arteriae  pulmonalis  anterior, 
dextra,  sinistra  (semilunar  valves  of  the  pulmonary  artery)  (see  p.  380). 


The  Heart. 


379 


Arrow  in  the  ostium  arteriosiim 

^ 


Aorta  ascendens — 


Cuspis  anterior  valviilae 
bicuspidalis  [mitral  is] 


Arteria  pulmonalis  — 


Ostium  venosum  ventriculi  sinistri 


Conus 
arteriosus" 


i 


Yeutriculus 
dexter 


Sulcus  longitu-_ 
dinalis  anterior 


Cuspis  posterior 
_        valvulae 
bicuspidalis 

[mitralisj 

Chordae  tendineae 

of  the  anterior 
-  papillary  muscle 
(out  through) 


Posterior  papillary  muscle 


Trabeculae  carneae 


425.    Left  ventricle  (venfriculus  sinister)  of  a  distended  heart, 

viewed  from  in  front  and  somewhat  from  the  left. 

(The  anterior  wall  has  been  almost  entirely  removed,  the  left  wall  partially ;  the  atria  have  been 
cut  away.     An   arrow  has    been   mtroduced   into   the   ostium  arteriosum.)     (Text  see  p.  380.) 

The  atrium  sinistrum  (left  fore-chamher),  (0.  T.  left  auricle)  (see  Figs.  411 — 414 
and  427)  is  wedge-shaped,  broad  behind,  narrower  in  front.  At  the  junction  of  the  posterior 
with  the  lateral  surfaces,  right  and  left,  lie  the  openings  of  the  venae  puhnonales.  The  right 
wall,  formed  partly  by  the  septum  atriorum,  shows  frequently  the  concave  margin  of  the  valoula 
foraminis  ovutis  (see  p.  377).  The  anterior  wall  contains  the  ostium  venosum  ventriculi  sinistri. 
lYom  the  junction  of  the  right  with  the  superior  wall  goes  off  the  zigzag  curved  auricula 
sinistra  (left  auricle  of  the  heart),  (0.  T.  left  auricular  appendix)  which  curves  around  the 
a.  pulmonalis  from  the  left  and  reaches  as  far  as  its  anterior  surface.  This  left  auricle  contains 
inside  it  numerous  interlacing  trabeculae  carneae;  otherwise  the  wall  of  the  atrium  is  smooth  inside. 


380 


The  Heart. 


'l]-» 
I  h 


Lunula  valvulae  seiuilunaris 

Septum  meinbranaceum  ventriculoruni 
A.  coronaria  [cordisl  dextra 


Nodulus  valvulae  semilunaris  [Arantii] 

Valvula  semilunaris  posterior 

A.  coronaria  ] cordis]  sinistra 


Valvula 

semilunaris 

dextra 


Septum 

musculare 

ventriculoruni 


Valvula  semilunaris 
sinistra 


Cuspis  anterior 

valvulae  bicuspi- 

dalis  fmitralisj 


Mvocardiuni 


426.  Valvulae  semilunares  aortae,  opened  up. 

(The  left  ventricle  and  the  aorta  have  heen  opened  hy  a  cut  passing  between  the  right  and  the 

left  valve;  the  walls  have  been  spread  apart.) 

The  TCntriculus  sinister  fief  I  ventricle)  (see  Figs.  411 — 421  and  425)  has  the  shape 
of  an  egg,  the  large  end  of  which  is  directed  toward  the  right  and  backward  and  contains  the 
ostia  venosmn  et  arteriosmn ;  the  other  end  forms  the  apex  of  the  heart.  As  regards  the  inner 
surface  see  also  p.  371.  The  ostium  venosum  is  guarded  by  the  valvula  bicuspidalis  [jnitralix] 
(bicuspid  or  mitral  valve).  This  consists  of  two  large  cusps  and  usually  two  small  intermediary 
cusps :  of  the  larger  cusps,  the  cuspis  posterior,  situated  to  the  left  and  behind,  arises  from 
the  annulus  fibrosus  sinister;  the  cuspis  antei'ior,  situated  to  the  right  and  in  front,  conies 
however  only  partially  from  the  annulus  fibrosus  sinister,  having  its  origin  chiefly  from  that 
connective  tissue  portion  of  the  root  of  the  aorta  which  extends  between  the  trigona  fibrosa, 
S(j  that  the  ventricular  surface  of  this  cusp  goes  over  directly  into  this-part  of  the  wall  of  the 
aorta  (see  also  Figs.  420  and  425).  The  chordae  tendineae  come  from  two  papillary  muscles, 
each  of  which  caii  in  turn  be  divided  into  several  wedges;  both  muscles  are  developed  from  the  lett 
wall  and  correspond  in  their  position  approximately  to  the  intermediary  cusps.  The  ostium  arterio- 
sum  contains  the  valvulae  semilunares  aortae  dextra,  sinistra,  poste?-ior:  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  left  valve  and  thi'  postcrinr  valve  arise  from  the  membranous  part  of  the  root  of  the  aorta. 

Each  valvula  semilunaris  presents  just  below  the  middle  of  its  concave  free  margin 
a  small  nodular  thickening,  nodulus  valvulae  semilunaris  [Arantii],  and  on  both  sides  of 
this,  near  the  margin,  a  sickle-shaped,  thinner  portion,  lunula  valvulae  semilunaris,  by  means 
of  which  it  lies  against  the  neighboring  valve. 

The  small  or  pulniouary  circulation  consists  of  the  a.  pulmonalis,  the  vv.  pulmonales 
and  their  branches. 

The  a.  pulmonalis  (see  Figs.  411-413,  427,  62S  and  029)  extends  on  the  left  side  of 
the  aorta  ascendens  obli([uely  to  the  left  and  backward  and  divides  below  the  arcus  aortae  uito 
a  ramus  dexter  and  a  ramus  sinister.  The  former  goes  below  the  arcus  aortae  behind  the 
aorta  ascendens  and  v.  cava  su})erior,  in  front  of  the  bronchus  dexter  to  the  hilus  of  the  right 
lung;  the  r.  sinister  runs  in  front  of  the  bronchus  sinister  and  the  aorta  thoracaUs  to  the  left 
lung.  In  the  prolongation  of  the  main  stem  a  band  of  elastic  connective  tissue,  the  ligainentum 
arteriosum,  extends  to  tlie  concave  anterior  wall  of  the  end  of  the  arcus  aortae. 

The  vv.  pulmonales  (see  Figs.  427,  619,  620,  628  and  629)  come  from  the  hilus  pul- 
monalis on  each  side  and  open  into  the  atrium  sinistrum.  They  run  on  both  sides  in  front  of 
the  main  branches  of  the  a.  ])ulm(inalis  and  in  front  of  th(>  bronchi;  in  addition  the  right  veins 
go  behind  the  v.  cava  superior  and  the  atrium  dextrimi,  the  left  in  front  of  the  aorta  thoracahs. 


The  Heart. 


381 


Costa  I 


V.  thyreoidea  iiiia     V.  auoiiyma  sinistra 
1       j  Trachea 

V.  azygos     I       I  I 

Ramus  dexter  a.  pulmonalis         '      I       |  ' 

V.  jugulavis  interna      j  '      | 

A.  subclavia        |        | 
V.  subclavia  i 


Arcus  aortae 
I  Liganientum  artcriosum 

Ramus  sinister  a.  pulmonalis 
V.  subclavia 


Pulmo  dexter 

Vv.  pulmonales  dextrae 


Pulmo  sinister 
Vv.  pulmonales  sinistrae 


V.  cava  superior  I 

Atrium  sinistrum 


I  A.  pulmonalis 

Aorta  ascendens 


427.  Position  of  the  heart  and  great  vessels, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(Pieces  have  been  cut  out  of  the  v.  cava  superior,  aorta  and  a.  pubnonalis;  the  heart  has  been 
turned  downward,  so  that  the  apex  luiks  downward.) 
Spalteholz,   Atlas.  25 


382 


The  Heart. 


A.  anonyma 


A.  subclavia  sinistra 


-A.  carotis  communis  sinistra 


Arcus  aortae 


V.  cava  superior — 


Aorta  ascendens 


Atrium  dextrum , 


A.  coronaria 
[cordis]  dextra" 


Conus 
arteriosus  ~" 

Sulcus 
coronarius- 


Ventriculus  dexter  — 


Atrium  sinistrum 


A.  coronaria  [cordis] 
sinistra 


.liamus  circumflexus 


Ramus  des- 
\  cendens  anterior 


Sulcus 

-longitudinalis 

anterior 


_Ventriculus 
sinister 


>^ 


428.  The  arteries  of  the  heart,  viewed  from  above  and  in  front. 

(The  ostium  arteriosuni  doxtruin  and  the  a.  pnhnonalis  have  been  removed.) 

The  a.  coronaria  [cordis]  dextra  (ri-^ht  conman  arterv)  (see  also  Fig.  429)  arises 
ui  the  right  sinus  aortae  [Valsalva(>J  (see  Figs.  426  and  433),  runs  at  first  between  the  right 
auricle  and  the  conus  arteriosus,  then  in  the  sulcus  coronarius  first  to  the  right  and  then  upon 
the  facies  diaphragmatiea  to  tli(^  left;  finally  it  bends  around  into  the  sulcus  longitudinalis 
posterior  and,  as  the  ramus  dcsccadens  posterior,  arrives  cl(is(>  to  the  apex  of  the  heart.  It 
gives  off  larges  branches  to  the  right  ventricle,  small  branches  to  the  right  atrium  and  (from 
the  r.  descendens  posterior)  to  tlie  loft  ventricle. 


The  Heart. 


383 


Ramus  dexter  a.  pulnionalis 


Arcus  aortae 


Raiims  sinister— 
.     a.  pulmonalis 

Atrium  sinistrum  -  - 


Vv.  pulmonales 

sinistrae 


V.  cava  superior 


r        '~'_s~-~-  Vv.  pulmonales  dextrae 


itrium  dextrum 


.V.  cava 
inferior 


Ligameutum 
V.  c^vae  sinistrae" 

Mouth  of 

the  sinus 

coronarius 

A.  coronaria 
[cordis]  sinistra 


Ventriculus  — 
sinister 


A.  coronaria 
[cordis]  dextra 


Ramus  descendens 

posterior 

_ Ventriculus  dexter 


Sulcus  longitudinalis  posterior 


<     i   / 


Ramus  descendens  anterior  a.  coronariae  [cordis]  sinistrae 

429.  The  arteries  of  the  heart,  viewed  from  below. 

The  a.  coronaria  [cordis]  sinistra  (left  coronary  artery)  (see  also  Fig.  428)  arises  from 
the  left  sinus  aortae  [Valsalvae]  (see  Figs.  426  and  433)/  is  usually  larger  than  the  right,  and 
divides  just  after  its  origin  into  two  branches.  The  ramus  descendens  anterior  extends  at  first 
behind  the  a.  pulnionalis,  then  to  the  left  from  it,  covered  by  the  left  auricle,  to  the  sulcus 
longitudinalis  anterior,  in  which  it  runs  as  far  as  the  incisura  [apicis]  cordis,  usually  going  over 
to  a  certain  extent  upon  the  facies  diaphragmatica :  it  gives  off  larger  branches  to  the  septimi 
ventriculorum  and  the  left  ventricle  and  smaller  branches  the  right  ventricle.  The  ramus  ciixum- 
flexus,  hidden  below  the  left  auricle,  goes  in  the  sulcus  coronarius  first  to  the  left,  then  upon 
the  facies  cUaphragmatica  to  the  right  and  does  not  reach  the  sulcus  longitudmalis  posterior; 
it  gives  off  larger  branches  to  the  left  ventricle  and  smaller  ones  to  the  left  atrium. 

Both  aa.  coronariae  anastomose  manifoldly  with  one  another  by  means  of  minute  branches 
(larger  than  capillaries),  usually  inside  the  muscle,  more  rarely  on  the  surface  just  beneath 
the  epicardium. 

25* 


384 


The  Heart. 
Ramus  dexter  a.  pulmonalisi 


Arcus  aortac 


Eamus  sinister 
a.  pulmonalis 

Atrium  sinistrum  - 


Vv.  pulmonales^. 
sinlstrae 


,V.  obliqua 

atrii  sinistri-. 

[MarshalliJ 

V.  cordis  magna- 


V.  posterior, 
ventriculi 

sinistri 


Sinus 
coronarius' 


^ Y.  cava  superior 


~^Vv.  pulnionales 
dextrae 


Atrium  dextrum 


v.  cava 
inferior 


Ventriculus- 
sinister 


„  V.  cordis 
parva 

V.  cordis 
anterior 

Ventri  cuius 
dexter 


_  V.  cordis  media 


Eamus  descendens  posterior 
a.  coronariae  [cordis]  dextrae 


Sulcus  longitudinalis  posterior 


430.  The  veins  of  the  heart,  viewed  from  below. 

Most  of  the  veins  of  the  heart  open  into  the  sinus  coronarius.  This  lies  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  sulcus  coronarius,  extends  to  the  left  as  far  as  the  opening  of  the  v.  obliqua  atrii 
sinistri  [Marshalli]  and  opens  at  the  right  into  the  right  atrium  (see  Fig.  422);  it  arises  from 
one  part  of  the  embryonic  sinus  reuniens  (see  also  p.  376)  and,  as  such,  possesses  cross-striped 
(cardiac)  muscle-fi))('rs.  The  veins  opening  into  the  sinus  are  partly  closed  at  their  mouths  b_y' 
valves,  which,  elsewhere,  are  absent.   All  the  veins  of  the  heart  anastomose  with  one  another. 

The  V.  cordis  parva  opens  from  the  right  into  the  sinus ;  it  runs  in  the  sulcus  coro- 
narius and  comes  ])artly  from  the  right  ventricle,  partly  from  the  right  atrium. 

The  V.  cordis  media  extends  in  the  sulcus  longitudinalis  posterior  from  the  apex  of  the 
heart  to  the  base;  it  receives  its  branches  from  both  ventricles  and  opens  from  the  right 
into  the  sinus. 

The  V.  ohlvjua  atrii  sinistri  [Marshalli]  (0.  T.  obli((ue  vein  of  Marshall)  runs  downward 
as  a  small  branch  on  the  left  side  of  the  left  atrium  in  iront  of  the  pulmonary  veins  giving 
rise  to  a  more  or  less  distinct  fold  of  the  epicardium  (Ikj.  venae  cavac  sinislrae)  (see  Fig.  412); 
it  opens  from  the  left  into  the  sinus  and  is  a  remnant  of  the  embryonic  v.  cava  sinistra. 


The  Heart. 


385 


A.  anojiviiia 


~  A.  subclavia  sinistra 


A.  carotis  communis  sinistra 


Arcus  aortae 


V.  cava  superior 


*  Aorta  ascendens 


Atrium 
dextrum 


V.  cordis 
anterior 


A.  coronaria 
[cordis] 
dextra 


V.  cordis 
anterior 


Ventriculiis 
dexter 


Hamus  sinister  a.  pulmonalis 


A.  pulmonalis 


"^ Ati'ium  sinistrum 


-V.  cordis  magna 


Ramus  descen- 
dens  anterior 
a.  coronariae 

[cordis]  sinistrae 


Sulcus 

longitudinalis 

anterior 


Ventriculus 
sinister 


431.    The    veins    of  the    heart,    viewed  from  above  and  in  front. 

The  yeius  of  the  heart  (continued)  (see  also  Fig.  430). 

The  V.  poslei-ior  ventriculi  sinisti-i,  on  the  left  side  of  the  heart,  receives  branches 
fi"om  the  left  ventricle  and  opens  into  the  v.  cordis  magna  or  into  the  sinus  coronarius. 

The  i\  cordis  mafjim  ari,ses  at  the  apex  of  the  heart,  runs  at  first  in  the  sidcus  longi- 
tudinalis anterior  toward  the  base,  then  in  the  sidcus  coronarius  around  the  left  surface  to 
the  sinus  coronarius;  -it  collects  its  blood  partly  from  the  right,  but  chiefly  from  the  left 
ventricle. 

The  vv.  cordis  anteriores,  varying  in  ntmiber,  upon  the  right  ventricle,  open  at  the 
sulcus  coronarius  directly  into  the  right  atrium. 

The  vv.  cordis  minimae  open  directly  into  the  cavities  of  the  right  and  left  heart  by 
means  of  the  foramina  venarum  minimarum  [Thehesii]  (see  Fig.  420). 


386 


The  Heart. 


-  Aorta  asceudens 


Vena  cava  superior 


Site  of  reflection  of  the  pericardium 


-  -  Coiiiis  arteriosus 


Sinus  transversus 
pericardii 


Venae 
pulmonales  •'^ 
dextrae 


Atrium  dextrum 


VenaVcava'  inferior 


Sulcus  longi- 
tudinalis  anterior 


Ventriculus  dexter 


Apex  cordis 


432.  The  heart,  viewed  from  the  right  and  in  front,  showing" 
the  place  where  the  pericardium  is  reflected. 

(The  hirgc  arteries  have  been  drawn  away  somewhat  from  the  atria.) 
The  pericardium  (see  also  Figs.  626—631)  is  a  serous  sack,  closed  on  all  sides,  which 
presents  a  visceral  layer,  the  epicardmm,  firmly  attached  to  the  heart  muscle,  and  a  parietal 
layer.    Between  the  two  layers  is  a  small  slit-like  space  in  which  are  contained  several  grams 
of  a  clear,  serous  fluid,  the  liquor  pericardii. 

The  epicardium  (see  also  Figs.  411  and  412)  covers  completely  the  free  surface  of  the 
ventricles  of  the  heart  and  contains  deposits  of  fat  of  variable  size  along  the  vessels.  The 
atria  are  also  covered  on  their  free  surface  in  large  part  by  the  epicardium,  only  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  li>lt  and  a  narrow  strip  of  the  right  atrium  remaining  free  from  it;  the  v.  cava 
superior  is  covered  by  it  for  a  distance  of  one  little  finger's  bn^adth;  the  v.  cava  inferior  and 
vv.  pulmonales  are  covered  by  it  only  at  the  point  where  they  open  into  the  heart.  The 
a.  ptdmonalis  and  aorta  ascendens  are  connected  with  one  audther  by  connective  tissue,  are 
covered  in  common  by  the  eiticardium  and  are  separated  i'rom  the  anterior  wall  of  the  atria 
by  a  slit,  the  sinus  transversus  pericardii,  which  is  closed  above  and  below  but  open  to  the 
right  and  to  the  left.  The  epicardium  is  reflected  into  the  parietal  layer  of  the  pericardium 
along  the  junction  between  the  aort;i  ascendens  and  the  arcus  aortae,  as  well  as  over  the 
bifui'cation  of  the  a.  pulmonalis. 


The  Aorta. 


387 


A.  subolavia 
dextra 


A.  carotis  communis  dextra 


A.  subclavia  sinistra 


A.  carotis  communis  sinistra 


Aorta  aseendens 


Bulbus  aortae 


A.  coronaria  [cordis]  dextra 


Isthmus  aortae 


Aortic  spindle 


Aorta 
thoracal  is 


A.  coronaria 
[cordis]  sinistra 


■■"^^^ 


Sinus  aortae  [Valsalvae] 

433.  Aortic  arch  with  its  branches, 

viewed  from  the  left  and  in  front. 

(Aftm-  a  plaster  mould.) 

The  parietal  layer  of  the  pericardium  (see  Kgs.  432,  626 — 631)  is  fused,  on  its  lower 
surface,  firmly  with  the  diaphragm,  on  the  posterior  surface  loosely  with  the  oesophagus  and 
the  aorta  thoracahs ;  to  the  right  and  left  it  is  intimately  united  with  the  pleura  pericardiaca. 
In  front  it  is  partly  covered  by  the  thymus  and  loosely  connected  with  it;  it  lies  in  part  just 
behind  the  corpus  sterni  and  is  fastened  to  it  by  several  powerful,  tendinous  bands  of  fibers, 
the  ligameiita  sternopericardiaca  (not  illustrated),  as  well  as  by  loose  connective  tissue. 

The  aorta  runs,  from  the  ostium  arteriosum  sinistrum,  at  first,  upward  (aorta  aseendens) ; 
it  then  bends  around  backward  (arcus  aortae),  and  goes  finally  downward,  above,  in  front  of 
the  thoracic  spme  (aorta  thoracalis),  below,  in  front  of  the  lumbar  spine  (aorta  abdominalis) . 
It  ends  in  front  of  the  4tii  lumbar  vertebra,  a  Kttle  below  the  navel. 

The  beginning  of  the  aorta  aseendens  (see  also  Figs.  410,  411,  427  and  42S)  lies 
behind  that  of  the  a.  puhnonalis  and  presents  a  flask-like  swelling  (bulbus  aortae)  with  three 
smaller  bulgings  (sinus  aortae  [Valsalvae]),  of  which  each  corresponds  to  one  valvula  semi- 
lunaris aortae.  Thence  the  aorta  passes  upward  and  turns  only  a  little  to  the  right  and 
forward;  it  lies  behind  the  right  auricle  of  the  heart  and  behind  the  corpus  sterni,  on  the 
right  side  of  the  a.  puhnonalis  and  on  the  left  side  of  the  v.  cava  superior;  behind,  it  adjoins 
the  left  atrium  and  the  ramus  dexter  a.  pulmonalis.  The  only  larger  branches  given  off  by  it 
are  the  two  aa.  coronariae  [cordis]  (see  also  Figs.  428  and  429). 


388 


Arteries  of  the  Neck. 


y 


A.  maxillaris  interna 


A.  temporalis  superticialis'  I 

I  •  I 


A.  transversa  faciei 


K.  occipitalis  _  . 

Branch    to   the  skin  — 

A.  auricularis  post. — 

M.  digastricus     . 

(venter  posterior) 

A.  occipitalis  — 

•'   M.  sternocleidomast 

A.  sternocleidomast 

R.  descendens  n.  XII—  — 

V.  jiigularis  interna 

A.  carotis  externa- 

A.  carotis  interna 


A.  infra- 
orbitalis 


A.  cerviealis  ascendens  — 


Ramus  spinalis 

M.  scalenus  medius  — 

M.  scalenus  anterior  — 

A.  cerviealis 
superficialis 


A.  mentalis 

'4 A.  maxillaris 

'^  externa 

-  A.  sub- 

mentalis 

-~^N.   hypo- 
glossus 
^  ~  -  _  A.  lingualis 
i;.  Iiyoideus 
R.  hyoideus 
-A.  larjngea  superior 

-A.  thyreoidea  superior 

-R.  sternocleidomastoideus   </^ 

A.  carotis  communis 

,A.  thyreoidea  inferior 

A.  transversa  scapulae 
'      ^Truncus  thyreocervicalis 
V.  jugularis 

interna 


Rete  acromiale 


I  I         I 

Ramus  aeromialis  A.  axillaris   .     A.  thoracoacromialis 


Ramus  cutaneus  a.  niammariae 
internae 


434.    Superficial  arteries  of  the  neck, 

viewed  from  the  riglit  and  somewhat  from  in  front. 

(The  head  i.s  beut  somewhat  backward;  tlie  parotid  ji-hind  lias  been  coiiiiiletely  removed:  the  mm. 
pectoralis  major,  sternocleidomastoideus  and  the  muscles  of  the  Aice  have  been  partially  removed.) 

The  arciis  aortae  (aortic  arch)  (sec  Figs.  427,  433,  629  and  630)  arches  upward,  being 
(!onvex  from  before  backward,  and  at  the  same  time  somewhat  to  the  left,  crossing  the  point  of 
division  of  the  a.  pulmonalis  and  the  bronchus  sinister:  on  the  right  it  lies  upon  the  trachea  just 
abov(^  its  bifurcation,    below  it  ends  on  tlu^  left  side  of  the  body  of  the  A^^  thoracic  vertebra. 


Arteries  of  the  Neck.  389 

At  the  jiincticn  of  the  arciis  aortae  with  the  aorta  thoracalis  there  is  frequentl}'  a  cou- 
striction,  the  isthmus  aortae,  and,  just  beyond  this,  an  oblong  expansion,  the  aortic  spindle 
(see  Fig.  433).     Both   formations   are   especially  well  marked  when  the  vessel  is  much  curved. 

From  the  upper  wall  of  the  aortic  arch  go  oft':  a.  anonyma,  a.  carotis  co??imimis 
sinistra  and  a.  subciavia  sinistra. 

A.  anonyma  (innominate  artery)  (see  Figs.  427  and  429)  runs  obliipiely  in  front  of 
the  trachi'a  from  the  leit  and  below  to  the  right  and  upward,  covered  in  front  by  the  venae 
anonymae:  it  divides  behind  the  articulatio  sternoclavicularis  dextra  into  the  a.  carotis  corn- 
munis  dextra  and  the  a.  subciavia  dextra. 

A.  carotis  communis  (common  carotid  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  435,  441  and  449) 
runs  behind  the  articulatio  sternoclavicularis,  at  first  on  the  right  somewhat  further  forward, 
on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  trachea,  tlion  behind  the  lobe  of  the  thyreoid  gland,  in  front  of  the 
mm.  scaleni  and  longus  colli,  upward  and  somewhat  backward  and  divides  near  the  cornu  superius 
of  the  cartilago  thyreoidea  into  the  a.  carotis  externa  and  the  a.  carotis  interna.  It  is  ac- 
companied in  front  and  lateralward  by  the  v.  jugularis  interna,  behind  by  the  n.  vagus,  and 
is  partially  covered  by  the  mm.  sternothyreoideus,  sternocleidomastoideus  and  omohyoideus. 

A.  carotis  externa  (external  carotid  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  438,  439  and  441) 
passes  almost  straight  upward,  partly  covered  by  the  venter  posterior  of  the  m.  digastricus 
and  by  the  m.  stylohyoideus,  runs  along  the  posterior  margin  of  the  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw 
on  its  medial  surface,  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  the  glandula  parotis,  and  divides  at  the  collum 
mandibulae  into  its  two  terminal  branches:  a.  temporalis  sitpcrficialis  and  a.  maxillaris  interna. 
It  is  partly  covered  by  the  v.  facialis  communis  and  by  the  n.  hypoglossus.     Branches: 

1.  A.  thyreoidea  snperior  (superior  thyreoid  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  435,  441  and 
449) .  arises  from  the  antericir  wall  of  the  pomt  of  division ,  sometimes  even  somewhat  more 
deeply;  runs  in  a  curve  forward  and  downward  to  the  upper  end  of  the  lateral  lobe  of  the 
thyreoid  gland,  covered  partly  by  the  \ enter  superior  of  the  ra.  omohyoideus.     Branches: 

a)  Ramus  hyoideus  upward  to  the  hyoid  bone. 

b)  Rainus  sternocleidomastoideus  lateralward  and  downward  to  the  m.  sternocleidomast. 

c)  A.  laryngea  superior  perforates   the   membrana   hyothyreoidea ,    being  covered  by  the 

m.  th\Teohyoideus,  and  anastomoses  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  laryngeal  muscles 
with  the  a.  laryngea  inferior  (a.  thyreoidea  inferior)  and  with  a  branch  of  d). 

d)  Ramus  cricot/iyreoideus  runs  just   in  front   of  the  m.  cricothyreoideus  and   the  Ug. 

cricothyreoideum  medianward:  it  anastomoses  with  that  of  the  other  side. 

e)  and  f)  Ramus  anterior  and  ra7tiiis  posterior,  to  the  anterior  and  posterior  surface  of 

the  glandula  thyreoidea ;  both  break  up  into  numerous  rami  ylandulares  (to  the  gland). 

2.  A.  lingualis  (lingual  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  435  and  441),  goes  off,  at  the  level  of 
the  gTeater  conni  of  the  hyoid  bone,  from  the  anterior  wall,  extends  in  a  curve  upward  upon 
the  m.  constrictor  pharyngis  raedius,  tlien,  parallel  to  and  above  the  hyoid  bone,  forward  upon 
the  m.  longitudiualis  inferior  and  the  m.  genioglossus,  covered  by  the  m.  hyoglossus.    Branches : 

a)  Ramus  hyoideus  downward  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the  hyoid  bone. 

b)  Rami  dorsales  linyuae,  double  or  single,  on  the  medial  surface  of  the  m.  hyoglossus, 

upward  to  the  region  of  the  root  of  the  tongue  and  the  tonsil. 

c)  A.  sublingualis  arises   at   the   anterior  border  of  the  m.  hyoglossus.  runs  between  the 

ra.  mylohyoideus  and  the  m.  genioglossus  below  the  glandula  sublingualis  forward, 
supplies  the  floor  of  the  mouth  and  the  gums  of  the  anterior  teeth;  it  anastomoses 
through  the  m.  myloliyoideus  with  the  a.  submontalis. 

d)  A.  profunda  linynae  {().  T.  ranine   artery),  very  tortuous,  runs  upward  and  forward 

between  the  m.  longitudiualis  inferior  and  the  m.  genioglossus ;  it  anastomoses  above 
the  frenulmn  linguae  with  that  of  the  other  side. 

3.  A.  maxillaris  externa  (external  maxillary  artery)  (0.  T.  facial  artery)  (see  also 
Figs.  436  and  441)  arises,  close  above  the  a.  lingualis,  from  the  anterior  wall,  covered  by  the 
venter  posterior  of  the  m.  digastricus  and  by  the  m.  stjdohyoideus ;  it  runs  forward  in  a  curve 
on  the  medial  and  upper  surface  of  the  glandula  submaxillaris,  between  it  and  the  lower  jaw, 
then  bends  around  the  basis  mandibulae  at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  m.  masseter  and  passes, 
very  tortuous,  upon  the  mm.  buccinator  and  caninus  to  the  side  of  the  nose.  In  the  face  it  is 
covered  by  the  platysma,  mm.  risorius.  zj'gomaticus  and  quadratus  labii  superioris.    Branches : 

a)  A.  palatina  ascendens  (0.  T.  ascending  or  anterior  palatme  artery)  (see  Fig.  441)  arises 

near  the  origin  of  the  vessel  (frequently  from  the  a.  carotis  externa  or  a.  pharyngea 
ascendens),  runs  upward  upon  the  m.  stylophar^'ngeus,  then  between  this  muscle  and 
the  m.  styloglossus,  then  upon  the  m.  constrictor  pharyngis  superior  to  the  medial 
surface   of  the  m.  tensor  veli  palatini:    it  supplies  the  soft  palate  and  the  pharynx. 

b)  Ramus  tonsillaris  (see  Fig.  441),  frequently   a  branch   of  a),    runs  upon  the  m.  con- 

strictor phar\iigis  superior  to  the  tonsilla  palatina  and  to  the  soft  palate. 


390 


Arteries  of  the  Neck. 


M.  styloglossus 


A.  palatina  ascendens 
A.  carotis  externa         | 


A.  occipitalis 

A.  pharyngea  ascendens, 
A.  stemocleidomastoidea^ 

A.  luaxillaris  externa  -  - 
A.  carotis  interna -- 
Kami  dorsales  linguae  ^_     - 

A.  lingualis •,  -  - 

E.  hyoideus 
A.  thyreoidea  superior 

A.  laryngea  superior  _ 
A.  carotis  communis... 


Branch  of  the  ramus 
cricothyreoideus  of  the 
a.  thyreoidea  superior 

A.  laryngea  inferior. 


A.  cervicalis 
ascendens 

A.  thyreoidea 
inferior 


A.  profunda 

linguae 
M.  longitudinalis 

inferior 
M.  genioglossus 


Mandibula 


A.  submentalis 
A.  sublingualis 
M.  geniohyoideus 
M.  hyoglossus 

Os  hvoideum 


Cartilage 
thyreoidea 


Cartilage 
cricoidea 


435. 
The  arteries  of 
the  larynx  and 
of  the  tongue, 

viewed  from  the  right. 

(The  lamina  dextra  of  the  cartilago  thyreoidea,   the 

right  half  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the  m.  hyoglossus 

have  been  jiartially  removed.) 

3.  A.  maxillaris  externa  (continued). 
c)  A.  submentalis  (see  Fig.  434)  runs  under  the  m. 
mylohyoideus,  between  it  and  the  glandula 
submaxillaris,  forward  to  the  region  of  the 
chin ;  it  anastomoses  with  the  a.  sublingualis. 

d)  Rami  glandular es,  arising  partly  from  c),  to  the  glandula  submaxillaris. 

e)  A.  labialis  inferior  (0.  T.  inferior  coronary  artery)  (see  Fig.  436)  arises  below  the  angle 

of  the  mouth ,  runs  medianward  in  the  lower  lip  in  the  m.  orbicularis  oris ,   close  to 
the   mucous  membrane,    and  forms  a  broad  anastomosis  with  that  of  the  other  side. 

f)  A.  labialis  superior  (0.  T.  superior  coronary  artery)  (see  Fig.  436)  arises  at  the  angle 

of  the  mouth,  runs  in  the  upper  lip  like  e)  in  the  lower;  branches  to  the  nasal  septum. 

g)  A.  awjularis  (see  Fig.  436),  the  terminal  branch,  ascends  almost  vertically  along  the  lateral 

margin  of  the  nose  and  anastomoses  with  the  a.  dorsalis  nasi  (from  the  a.  ophthahnica). 

4.  A.  temporalis  superflcialis  (sui)erficial  temporal  artery)  (see  Figs.  434,  436 — 438) 

ascends  behind  the  proc.  condyloideus  mandibulae,  in  front  of  the  tragus,  over  the  root  of  the 

zygoma;   it  is   covered   at  first  by  the  glandula  parotis,    and  then,  very  tortuous,   lies  upon 

tiie  fascia  temporalis ;  it  divides  above  the  ear  into  its  two  terminal  branches.     Branches : 

a)  Rami  parotidei,  in  part  also  directly  from  the  a.  carotis  externa,  to  the  parotid  gland. 

b)  A.  transversa  faciei  (0.  T.  transverse  facial  artery),  runs  forward  to  the  cheek  directly 

upon  the  m.  masseter,  just  below  the  zygoma,  covered  behind  by  the  parotid  gland. 

c)  Rami  auriculares  anteriores,  3 — 4 ,  to  the  auricle  and  to  the  external  auditory  canal. 

d)  A.  temporalis  media  (medial  temporal  artery)  (see  Fig.  438)  perforates  the  fascia  tempo- 

ralis just  above   the   root   of  the   zygoma,    runs  upward  in  the  sulcus  a.  temporalis 
mediae  of  the  temporal  bone  and  is  distril)uted  in  the  m.  temporalis. 

e)  A.  zygomalicoorbitalis,  above  the  zygoma,  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  orbit. 

f)  Ramus  frontalis  (().  T.  anterior  terminal   branch),   is   tortuous   and  extends  first  for- 

ward and  upward,  then  backward  upon  the  m.  epicranius- 

g)  Ramus  liar ietalis  (0.  T.  posterior  terminal  branch),  tortuous,    backward  and  upward, 
f)  and  g)  form  a  rich  anastomotic  network  with  one  another,  with  the  aa.  frontales  and  occipitales. 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


391 


Ramus 
parietalis ' 


.  temporalis 

uperflcialis 

Bamus 
occipitalis 

Ramus 
aurieiilaris 


Rami  auriculares  - 
anteriores 

A.  occipitalis 


Branch  of  the  a.  auri 
cularis  posterior 


A.  frontalis. 

_A.  supraorbitalis  ■ 

-  -  Ramus  frontalis 


A.  zygomatico- 
orbitalis 

A.— dorsalis  nasi 


A.  transversa 
faciei 

^  A.  infra- 
orbitalis 


A.  angularis 

A.  labialis  superior 

A.  labialis  inferior 


A.  submentalis 


Glandula  parotis  A.  maxillaris  externa 

436.  Superficial  arteries  of  the  face,  viewed  from  the  right. 

(The  platysma,  m.  risurius  and  m.  quadratus  labii  siiperioris  have  been  removed.) 

5.  A.  sternocleidomastoidea  (see  Fig.  434)  arises,  at  the  same  level  as  the  a.  maxillaris 
externa ,  from  the  posterior  wall  and  goes  in  a  curve,  in  front  of  the  n.  hypoglossus  and  the 
v.  jugiilaris  interna,  lateralward  and  downward  to  the  m.  stemocleidomastoideus. 

6.  A.  occipitalis  (see  Fig.  438),  somewhat  above  the  previous  artery,  from  the  posterior 
wall,  runs  at  first  upward  upon  the  v.  jugularis  interna,  covered  by  the  venter  posterior  of  the 
m.  digastricus ;  then  it  goes  backward  in  the  sulcus  a.  occipitahs  between  the  m.  rectus  capitis 
lateralis  and  the  m.  iongissimus  capitis,  then  between  the  m.  semispinaUs  capitis  and  the 
m.  splenius  capitis;  finally  it  bends  upward  and  arrives  between  the  insertions  of  the  mm.  trapezius 
and  stemocleidomastoideus  at  the  linea  nuchae  superior  upon  the  m.  epicranius.     Branches: 

a)  Rami  musculares  to  the  m.  sternocleidomast.  and  neighboring  muscles;   among  these 
aa)  Ramus  descendens,  downward  between  the  mm.  splenius  capitis  and  semispinalis  capitis. 

b)  Ramus  mastoideus  through  the  foramen  mastoideura  to  the  dura  mater  (see  also  Fig.  439). , 

c)  Ramus  auricularis  obliqueh'  upward  and  forward  toward  the  ear. 

d)  Rami  occipitules,  very  tortuous,  upward:  those  of  the  two  sides  anastomose  with  one 
•     another  and  with  the  a.  temporalis  superficialis.    A  small  branch,  the  ramus  meningeus, 

goes  through  the  foramen  parietale  to  the  dui-a  mater. 

7.  A.  auricularis  posterior  (posterior  auricular  artery)  (see  Figs.  434  and  438),  above  6) 
from  the  posterior  wall,  runs,  covered  by  the  glandula  parotis,  on  the_ upper  margin  of  the  venter 
post.  m.  digastrici,  upward  and  in  front  of  the  proc.  mastoideus  behind  the  ear.     Branches : 


392 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 

A.  supraorbitalis  A.  frontalis 


Ramus  frontalis  a.  tern-     — 
poralis  superficialis 


Ramus 

parietalis 

a.  temporalis 

superficialis 


# 


Bamus  meningeus 
a.  occipitalis 


Rami  occipitalcs  a.  occipitalis 


437.  Arteries  of  the  roof  of  the  skull,  vieAved  from  above. 

a)  A.  siylomastoidea  (see  Figs.  4-11  and  442)  goes  through  the  foramen  stj'lomastoideum  into 

the  canalis  facialis,  there  gives  off  branches  backward  to  the  c«llulae  mastoideae  (rami 
mastoidei),  forward  to  the  m.  stapedius  (ramus  stapediusj  and  througli  the  canaliculus 
chordae  tynipani  into  the  middle  ear  (a.  ti/mpanica  posterior);  it  anastomoses  at 
the  hiatus  canalis  facialis  with  the  ramus  petrosus  superficialis  (from  the  a.  meningea 
media). 

b)  Ramus  au7-icularis  (0.  T.  anterior   terminal  branch)   to  the  medial  surface  of  the  ex- 

ternal ear,  and  partly,  perforating  it,  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the  same. 

c)  Ramus  occipitalis  (O.T.  posterior  terminal  branch)  behind  the  ear,  upward;  it  anasto- 

moses with  the  a  occipitalis  and  the  a.  temporalis  superficialis. 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


393 


A.  temporalis  profunda  posterior 
A.  temporalis  media 


A.  masseterica 


A.  temporalis  profunda  anterior 


Ramus 
occipitalis 

Bamus  -  - 

auricularis 

A.  temporalis     ^ 
superfieialis 
A.  tympanica 
anterior 
-A.  auricularis  _ 
profunda 
Ramus  mastoideus 

A.  maxillaris  interna     _ 
A.  auricularis  posterior  ._ 


Ramus  muscularis 
Ramus  descendens 

A.  occipitalis 

M.  semispinalis  capitis 

M.  splenius  cervicis 


,A.  maxillaris 
interna 


—A.  alveolaris 
sup.  post. 
Ramus 
pterygoideus 
A.  infraorbitalis 

-A.  meuingea 
media 

— A.  buccina- 
toria 

A.  alveolaris 

inferior 


A.  mentalis 


A.  sternocleidomastoid ea 

A.  carotis  interna 
A.  carotis  externa 


A.  maxillaris  externa 


438.  Deep  arteries  of  the  face,  viewed  from  the  right. 

(The  parotid  gland  has  been  entirely  removed,   the  zygoma,   the  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  and 
the  muscles  of  the  lower  jaw  have  been  partially  removed  [see  Fig.  294J ;  the  canalis  mandibulae 

has  been  chiselled  open  in  a  part  of  its  course.) 

8.  A.  maxillaris  interna  (internal  maxillary  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  439—441)  runs 
forward  on  the  medial  surface  of  the  collum  mandibulae  (l^t  portion),  then,  tortuous,  forward 
and  upward,  usually  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  m.  pterjgoideus  externus  between  it  and  the 
m.  temporalis  (2°d  portion)  to  the  fossa  pterygopalatina,  in  which  (S'd  portion)  it  divides  into  its 
terminal  branches.  Not  infrequently  it  lies  on  the  medial  surface  of  the  m.  pterygoideus  externus 
and  arrives  between  the  two  heads  of  this  muscle  into  the  fossa  pterygopalatina.  Branches: 
1  "t  portion : 

a)  A.  auricularis  profunda  backward  to  the  joint  of  the  jaw,    auditory  canal ,  and  tym- 

panic membrane. 

b)  A.  tympanica   anterior  upward  through  the  fissura  petrotympanica  [Glaseri]  into  the 

middle  ear  (see  also  Fig.  442). 

c)  A.  alveolaris  inferior  (0.  T.  mandibular  or  inferior  dental  artery)  runs  downward  and 

foi-ward  between  the  ramus  mandibulae  and  the  m.  pterygoideus  intemus  to  the 
foramen  mandibularc;  it  passes  through  the  canalis  mandibulae,  giving  off  branches 
to  the  roots  of  the  teeth,  gums  and  bone. 

ca)  Ramus  mylolnjoideus  goes   off  before   the  entrance  of  the  arteiy  into  the  canalis  , 

mandibulae  and  runs,  in  the  sulcus  mylohyoideus,  forward  and  downward. 

cb)  A.  mentalis   leaves   the   canal   through  the  foramen  mentale  and  goes  to  the  chin. 


394 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 

lA.  meningea  media 

I 


A.  meningea  anterioi 


A.  ethmoidalis 

anterior 

A.  ethmoidalis 

posterior 


■y 

Ramus  mastoi- 
^,deus  a.  occipitalis 
A.  occipitalis 


a.  nasales  posteriores  latcrales       ^ 
A.  palatina  major 


\ .  jugularis  interna 
A.  anricularis  posterior 

(A.  temporalis  superficialis 
\  A.  auricularis  profunda 
A.  tympanica  anterior 
A.  meningea  media 

niaxillaris  interna 

Kamus  nieningeus  accessorius 

\    1     M.  pterygoideus  extcrnus 

'  A.  alveolaris  inferior 

A.  canalis  pterygoidei  [Vidii] 

Kamus  mylohyoideus 

spiienopalatina 
I 
Aa.  palatinae  major  et  minores 


439.  Arteries  of  the  skull  and  of  the  nasal  cavity, 

right  half,  viewed  from  within. 
(The  canalis  pterygoideus  and  the  eanales  palatini  have  heen  partly  chiselled  open.) 

8.  A.  luaxillaris  interna  (see  al?o  Figs.  438,  440  and  441)  (continued): 
2nd  portion: 

d)  A.  meningea  media  (middle  meningeal  artery)  bends  under  the  m.  pterygoideus  externus 

upon  its  medial  surface,  ])asses  upward  to  the  foramen  spinosum  and  is  distributed 
inside  the  skull,  at  first  imbedded  in  the  sulci  arteriosi  of  the  sphenoid  bone  and  the 
parietal  bone,  to  the  dura  mater  of  the  frontal,  temporal  and  parietal  region.'    Branches : 

da)  Ramus  meninrjens  accessorius  goes  off  outside  the  skuU,  often  directly  from  the 
a.  niaxillaris  interna,  to  the  mm   pterygoidei,  tuba  auditiva  and  its  neighborhood. 

db)  Ramus  petrosus  superficialis  (0.  T.  petrosal  branch)  (see  Pig.  442)  arises  just  above 
the  foramen  spinosum,  runs  lateralward  and  backward  to  the  hiatus  canalis  facialis 
and   anastomoses   there  with  the  a.  stylomastoidea  (from  the  a.  auricularis  posterior). 

dc)  A.  tympanica  superior  (see  Fig.  442)  arises  like  the  preceding  branch,  goes  through 
the  apertura  superior  canalictdi  tympanici  and  canaliculus  tympanicus  into  the  middle 
ear  and  ujion  the  })romontoriuin. 

e)  A.  masseterica  goes  lateralward  through  the  incisura  mandibulae  to  the  m.  masseter. 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 

A.  ethmoidalis  posterior 


395 


A.  ethmoidalis 
anterior 


Aa.  nasales  posteriores  septi 


Anastomosis  with  the  a.  palatina  major  in  the  canalis  incisivus 


440.  Arteries  of  the  nasal  septum,  viewed  from  the  left. 

8.  A.  maxillaris  interna  (see  also  Figs.  438,  439  and  441)  (continued). 

f)  Aa.  temporales  "profuadae  posterior  et  anterior  (posterior  and  anterior  deep  temporal 

arteries)  upward  in  the  ni.  temporalis,  the  posterior  close  upon  the  squama  temporalis, 
the  anterior  upon  the  ala  magna  ossis  sphenoidalis. 

g)  Rami  pterygoidei,  vaiying  in  number,  often  from  f)  or  h),  to  the  mm.  pteiygoidei. 

h)  A.  huccinatoria  (0.  T.  buccal  branch),  .downward  and  forward  to  the  m.  buccinator,  for 
muscles  of  the  face,  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth  and  gums  of  the  upper  jaw. 

i)  A.  alveolaris  superior  posterior  (posterior  dental  or  alveolar  branch)  arises  near  the  fossa 
pteiTgopalatina,  forward  and  downward,  passes  through  the  foramina  alveolaria  maxillae 
in  fhe  canales  alveolares  to  the  sinus  maxillaris,  upper  molar  teeth  and  their  giuns. 
3rd  portion: 

k)  A.  infraoj-bitalis ,  forward  through  the  fissura  orbitalis  inf.  to  the  sulcus  and  canalis 
infi-aorbitalis,  gives  off  branches  to  the  orbital  contents,  and  also  the  aa.  alveolares  su- 
pe?-iores  anteriores  (0.  T.  anterior  dental  branch)  in  the  canales  alveolares  to  the  anterior 
teeth  and  theii-  gums :  terminal  branches  through  the  foramen  infraorbitale  to  the  face. 

1)  A.  palatina  descendens  (0.  T.  posterior  or  descending  palatine  branch)  passes  downward 
to  the  canalis  pterygopalatinus.  Above  it  gives  off  the  a.  canalis  pterygoidei  [  Vidii] 
(0.  T.  Vidian  artery)  which  goes  through  the  canalis  pterygoideus  backward  to  the  roof 
of  the  phar}-nx.  Below  it  divides  into  the  aa.  palatinae  minores  et  major,  which 
run  through  the  canales  palatini  and  emerge  from  the  foramina  palatina  minora  et 
majus ;  the  minor  branches  go  to  the  soft  palate  and  its  surroundings,  the  major  branch 
goes  to  the  inferior  surface  of  the  hard  palate  as  far  forward  as  the  gums, 
m)  A.  sphenopalatina  (0.  T.  sphenopalatine  or  nasopalatine  artery) ,  thi'ough  the  foramen 
sphenopalatinum  mto  the  nose;  it  supplies  the  lateral  wall  of  the  nose  and  the  pharjTix 
by  means  of  the  aa.  nasales  posteriores  laterales,  runs  at  the  inferior  surface  of  the 
body  of  the  sphenoid  to  the  nasal  septum  and  breaks  up  into  the  aa.  nasales  poste- 
riores septi  which  anastomose  in  the  canalis  incisivus  with  the  a.  palatina  major. 

9.  A.  pharyngea  ascendens  (ascending  phaiyngeal  arteiw)  (see  Figs.  441  and  442)  from 
the  posterior  surface,  near  the  a.  lingualis.  ascends,  at  first  between  the  a.  carotis  externa 
and  interna,  then  in  front  of  the  latter  between  it  and  the  lateral  wall  of  the  pharynx,  medial 
from  the  mm.  styloglossus   and  stylophar\T]geus ,  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  skull.     Branches: 

a)  Rami  pharyngei,  2 — 3.  partly  descending,  partly  ascending,  to  the  pharynx  and  palate. 


396 


Arteries  of  the  Neck. 


A.  temporalis  profunda  posterior 
Ramus  meningeus  accessorius       i 
A.  meningea  media     i      | 
A.  tyrnpanica  anterior 
A.  temporalis  superficialis      ' 
A.  auriculai'is  profunda      '      ! 


A.  niaxillaris  interna 

A.  temporalis  profunda  anterior 

I         A.  lacrimalis 

I 


A.  styloniastoidea    - 

A.  auricularls  posterior 

Eamus  tonsillaris 

A.  palatina  ascendons 

A.  meningea  posterior 

A.  pharyngea  asceudens 

Eamus  pharyngeus 

A.  maxillaris  externa 
A.  carotis  interna 
A.  lingualis 
A.  carotis  externa 


Ramus  profundus 
a.  cervicalis  ascendentis 


A.  cervicalis  profunda 

M.  semispinalis  - 
cervicis 

"^'  A.  vertebralis  - 

A.  thyreoidea 

inferior 
,'■     Truncus 
^costocervicalis 

A.  intercostalis     _ 
suprema 

A.  subclavia    - 
Costa  I  -.._ 


A.  supraorbitalis 
.  A.  frontalis 

.A.  dorsalis 
nasi 

A.  infra- 
orbitalis 

—     A.  alveolaris 

sup.  post. 

A.  buccinatoria 

M.  tensor  veli 
palatini 

M.  constrictor 

—  pharyngis 
superior 

-  M.  buccinator 

^  M.  stylo- 
glossus 

M.  stylo- 
pharyngeus 


M.  liyoglossus 
icanius  hyoideus 

"     A.  thyreoidea  superior 

A.  laryngea  superior 
Ramus  sternocleidomastoideus 

Ramus  posterior 
Ramus  anterior 

Glandula  thyreoidea 

A.  carotis  communis 
Truncus  thyreocervicalisv^~ 

A.  mammaria  interna    \y' 
A.  anonvma 


441.   Deep  arteries  of  the  neck,  viewed  from  the  right. - 

(The   muscle.s   cif  tlu'   neck    and   face   have  been  in  h\r<.;f  jtart  removed;    the  bones  of  the  face 

have  been  })artially  removed.) 

b)  A.  meningea  posterior   ascends   upon  the  hiteral  surface  of  the  a.  carotis  interna  and 

goes  throuL;li  tlit^  foramen  jiifTuIare  to  the  dura  mater  (see  Fii^'.  447). 

c)  A.  tyynpanica   inferior    (see   Fig.    442)   passes    through   the   fossula  petrosa   and  the 

canalicuhis  tympanicus  into  the  middle  -ear  and  upon  the  promontorium. 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


397 


V.  ophtlialmica  superior 


Ramus  pctrosus  superficialis 
A.  tyiiipanica 
superior  (from  the 
a.  meningeamcdia) 


Sinus  eavcruosus 


A.  tyiiJpanica 
posterior(from~  " 
the  a.  slylo- 
mastoidea) 

Rami      — _- 
mastoidei 

Cellulae 
mastoideae 

A.  stylomastoidea 


^:^x 


-  -    Plexus  venosus 
caroticus  intemus 


Ramus 
caroticotympanicus 
-A.  tympanica  inferior(from 
the  a.  pharyngea  ascendens) 


Fossa  jugularis 
M.  longus  capitis 
A.  tympanica  inferior 

A.  carotis  interna 

A.  pharyngea  ascendens 


Atlas 


442.  A.  carotis  interna  and  the  middle  ear,  viewed  from  the  right. 

(The  temporal  b(jne  has  been  cut  open  and  drawn  as  in  Fig.  1 1 ;  the  plexus  venosus  caroticus 
internus  has  been  introduced  after  N.  Kiidinger.     Magnification  :  3:2.) 

A.  carotis  interna  (internal  carotid  artenj)  {?,ee  a\9,oY\<<:,^ am,  i\\,  Ai'i  im^\.A.A.^), 
curved  slightly  like  the  letter  S,  runs  in  front  of  the  mm.  longus  colli  and  longus  capitis  to  the 
base  of  the  skull,  bounded  medianward  by  the  lateral  wall  of  the  pharynx;  lateralward  and  be- 
hind, it  adjoins  the  v.  jugularis  interna ;  in  front  and  lateralward  it  adjoins  below  the  a.  carotis 
externa,  above  the  glandula  parotis  and  the  mm.  styloglossus  and  stylopharyngeus ;  the  latter 
muscles  separate  it  Irom  the  a.  carotis  externa.  It  then  enters  the  canalis  caroticus,  and  passes 
through  it  going  first  upward ,  then  horizontally  medianward  and  forward ,  rims  through  the 
foramen  lacerum  in  a  groove  of  the  fibrocartilago  basalis,  turns  upward  and  goes,  slightly  curved, 
in  the  sulcus  caroticus  of  the  body  of  the  sphenoid  bone  to  a  position  below  the  processus 
clinoideus  anterior;  there  it  bends  sharply  backward  and  upward,  medial  from  the  proc.  clinoideus 
anterior  and  behind  the  foramen  opticum ,  perforates  the  dura  mater  and  breaks  up  into  its 
terminal  branches  lateral  from  the  chiasma  opticuru,  below  the  substantia  perforata  anterior.  Inside 
the  canalis  caroticus  it  is  surrounded  by  the  plexus  venosus  caroticus  internus,  in  the  sulcus 
caroticus  by  the  sinus  cavernosus  (see  also  Fig.  482).  In  tlie  neck  it  gives  off"  no  branches, 
in  the  canalis  caroticus  it  gives  off  the  ramus  caroticotympanicus ,  in  the  sinus  cavernosus 
small  branches  to  the  surrounding  parts  and  during  its  course  behind  the  foramen  opticum, 
from  the  convexity  of  its  last  curve,  the  a.  ophthalmica. 

1.  Ramus  caroticotympanicns  (0.  T.  tympanic  branch),  a  fine  branch  which  passes 
through  one  of  the  canaliculi  caroticotympanici  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  middle  ear. 

2.  A.  ophthalmica  (see  Fig.  443),  at  the  lateral  inferior  surface  of  then,  opticus,  goes 
through  the  foramen  opticum  into  the  orbit,  then  bends  somewhat  upward  and  passes  trans- 
versely over  the  n.  opticus,  between  it  and  the  m.  rectus  superior,  to  the  junction  of  the  medial 
with  the  upper  wall  of  the  orbit;  there  it  passes,  below  the  m.  obliquus  superior,  forward  and 
divides  between  the  trochlea  and  the  ligamentum  palpebrale  mediale  into  its  terminal  branches : 
aa.  palpebrales  mediales,  dorsalis  nasi  and  frontalis.     Branches: 

Spalteholz,  Atlas.  26 


398 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


A.  supraorbitalis 


A.  meningea 
aftterior 

A.  frontalis    . 


M.  obliquus 
superior 

A.  ethmoidalls  ^ 
anterior 

A.  ethmoidalis 
posterior 

Aa.  ciliares 
posterlores 


Bamus        y. 

muscularis  / 

Nervus  opticus       


A.  ophthalmica 


Chiasma  opticum 


A.  lacrimalls 


A.  carotis  interna 


Processus  clinoideus  anterior 


b) 


443.  Arteries  of  the  right  orbit,  viewed  from  above. 

Magnification :   10:7. 
(The  bdiiy  roof  and  the  contents  of  the  orbit  have  been  partially  rentoved.) 

2.  A.  ophthalmica  (contimted): 

a)  A.  centralis  retinae  (central  artery  of  the  retina)  (not  illustrated)  often  arises  in  common 
with  c),  perforates  the  medial  inferior  surface  of  the  sheath  of  the  optic  nerve  and 
passes  in  the  axis  of  the  same  to  the  retina. 
A.  lacrimalis  (lachrymal  artery)  runs  forward  over  the  m.  rectus  lateralis  at  the  lateral 
wall  of  the  orbit:  it  gives  off  several  aa.  ciliares  posteriores,  and  small  branches  into 
the  foramen  zygomaticoorbitale,  perforates  the  lachrymal  gland,  supplies  it  and  ends 
at  the  lateral  angle  of  the  eye  in  aa.  palpehrales  laterales,  one  for  each  eyelid. 

c)  Aa.  ciliares  posteriores  breves  et  lonr/ae  (short  and  long  posterior  ciliary  arteries), 
4  —  6,  partly  from  neighboring  branches,  divide  manifoldly,  perforate  the  sclera  in 
the  neighborhood  of  the  n.  opticus  and  are  distributed  in  the  timica  vasculosa  oculi. 

,d)  Rami  musculares .,  partly  from  neighboring  branches,  several  in  number,  among  them 
fretjuentlj'  <ine  large,  lateral,  superior  and  one  medial,  inferior  to  the  eye  muscles. 

e)  Aa.  ciliares   anteriores  (see  Eye)   arise   usuallj'  from   th(^   anterior  ends   of  the  rami 

musculares,  run  forward  in  the  tendons  of  the  eye  muscles  and  pass  partly  upon  the 
scl(M-a  to  the  margin  of  the  cornea  (aa.  episclcrales).  ])artly  to  the  conjunctiva 
(aa.  conjunctivales  anteriores),  partly  perforating  the  sclera  to  the  m.  ciliaris. 

f)  A.  snpraorhitales  (see  also  Figs.  436,  437  and  441)  passes  just  l)elow  the  roof  of  the 
orbit  to  the  foramen  supraorbitale  and  through  this  to  the  forehead. 

A.ethmoidalis  posterior  (see  also  Figs.  439  and  440)  through  the  foramen  ethraoidale  post, 
to  the  posterior  ethmoidal  cells  and  to  the  postei-ior  superior  part  of  the  nasal  cavity. 


g) 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


399 


A.  cerebri  anterior' 


A.  communicans  anterior 


Lobus  frontalis 


A.  cerebri  media 

A.  carotis-  - 
interna 

A.  ciiorioidea  — 

A.   coi^municans  -- 

posterior 
X.  ociilomotorius     " 


A.  cerebelli  -  _ 
superior 

A.  cerebri-  - 
posterior 
A.  basilaris-  - 


Lobus  occipitalis'  ■■<*'      " 

A.  auditiva  interna^     / 
A.  cerebelli  inferior  anterior 

A.  vertebralis 
A.  spinalis  anterior 


\    Ramus 
\        ad  pontem 

^N.  abducens 

N.  facialis 

^A.  cerebelli  inferior 
\  posterior 

A.  spinalis  posterior 

Cerebellum 


444.  Arteries  of  the  base  of  the  brain. 

(The  pole  of  the  right  temporal  lohe  and  the  right  side  of  the  cerebellum  have  been  cut  away.) 
2.  A.  ophthalmica  (continued). 

h)  J.  eihmoidalis  anterior  (see  Figs.  439,  440  and  443)  passes  through  the  foramen 
ethmoidale  anterius  upon  the  lamina  cribrosa,  there  gives  off  the  a.  meuingea  anterior 
upward  to  the  dura  mater,  then  ])prforates  the  lamina  cribrosa  and  supplies  the 
anterior  part  of  the  wall  of  the  nasal  cavity. 

i)  Aa.  palpebrals  mediales  (not  illustrated),  one  in  each  eyelid  lateralward ;  they  form  by 
anastomosis  of  each  medial  artery  with  one  a.  palpebralis  lateralis  (from  the  a.  lacri- 
malis),  the  arcus  tarseus  superior  and  inferior,  situated  near  the  free  margin  of 
the  eyelid ,  in  front  of  the  tarsus.  They  give  off  fine  branches  to  the  conjunctiva 
(aa.  cortjunctivales  posteriores). 

k)  A.  dorsalis  nasi  (0.  T.  nasal  branch)  (see  Figs.  436  and  441)  perforates  them,  orbi- 
cularis oculi  above  the  ligamentum  palpebrale  mediale,  passes  downward  and  anasto- 
moses with  the  a.  angularis  (from  the  a.  maxillaris  externa). 

1)  A.  frontalis  (see  Figs.  436,  437,  441  and  443)  goes  through  the  incisura  frontalis  to 
the  forehead  and  supplies  the  muscles  and  skin  in  that  situation. 

26* 


400 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


I' 


Lobus  froiitalis 


A.  cerebri  media    _ 

A.  chorioidea 

Tractus  opticus  _ 
Insula 


Corpus  genl- 
culatum  laterale 

Corpus  geni- 
calatum  mediale 


Pulvinar 


Pars  centralis 
ventriculi  lateralis 


—     A.  cerebri  anterior 


A.  coiiiniunicans  anterior 


A.  carotis  interna 

A.  communicans 
posterior 

A.  basilaris 
A.  cerebri  posterior 


Corpora 
quadrigemina 


Lobus  occipitalis 


445. 
A.  cerebri  media 


and 
a.  cinorioidea, 


on  the  right  side,  viewed  iVom  beh)w. 

(The   teiii])oral   lobe   and   the  occipital  lobe  have  been  removed  to  open  up  the  cornu  inferius 

ventriculi   lateralis   and   to   permit  the  ibssa   cerebri   lateralis  [Sylvii]  to  come  into  view;  the 

cerebellum  and  the  pons  have  been  cut  off  just  in  front  of  their  anterior  margin.) 

3.  A.  conimiiiiicaiis  posterior  (posterior  communicating  arterv)  (see  also  Figs.  444. 
446 — 448)  passes  backward  over  tlie  sinus  euvernosus,  below  tlie  tractus  opticus  and  the  pedun- 
culus  cerebri,  lateralward  fmiu  the  tuber  cinereum  and  the  corpus  mamillare,  gives  off  small 
branches   to  the  parts  named  and  opens  into  the  a.  cerebri  poslJerior  (from  the  a.  vertebralis). 

4.  A.  cerebri  anterior  (see  also  Figs.  444,  446—448)  runs  medianward  above  the 
n.  opticus,  sends  branches  to  the  cerebral  ganglia  through  the  substantia  perforata  anterior  and 
to  the  chiasma  opticum.  approaches  closely  the  vessel  of  the  same  name  of  the  other  side  and 
forms  a  broad  anastomosis  with  it  by  means  of  the  a.  communicans  anterior.  It  next  goes 
into  the  fissura  longitudinalis  cerebri  forming  a  loop  u])ward  around  the  anterior  surface  of 
the  genu  corporis  callnsi,  lying  directly  upon  it,  and  passes  backward  upon  the  corpus  callosum. 
It  supplies  the  corpus  callosum,  the  medial  surface  of  the  frontal  and  parietal  lobes  almost  as 
far  as  the  fissura  parietooccipitalis ,  the  gyrus  rectus ,  the  lobus  olfactorius ,  the  gyri  orbitales 
as  far  as  the  medial  limb  of  the  sulci  orbitales  and  the  gyri  frontales  superior  et  medius. 


Sulcus  cingnli 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 

Corpus  callosum 


401 


Fissura  parietooccipitalis 


Cuneus 


A.  cerebri  anterior 


N.  opticus 


A.  communicans  anterior 

A.  carotis  interna 


Fissura  calcarina 


A.  cerebri  posterior 
A.  communicans  posterior 


446.  Arteries  of  the  medial  surface  of  the  right 

cerebral  hemisphere. 

5.  A.  chorioidea  (().  T.  anterior  choriuid  artery)  (see  Figs.  444  and  445),  delicate,  goes 
between  the  tractus  opticus  and  the  gyrus  hippocampi  backward  and  lateralward  to  the  cornu 
inferius  of  the  lateral  ventricle  and  breaks  up  in  the  plexus  chorioideus  ventriculi  lateralis 
into  branches ;  it  sends  besides  small  branches  to  the  surrounding  parts. 

6.  A.  cerebri  media  (middle  cerebral  artery)  (see  Figs.  444,  445,  447  and  448)  runs 
lateralward  to  the  fossa  cei"ebri  lateralis  [Sylvii]  and  in  this  to  the  lateral  surface  of  the 
frontal,  parietal  and  temporal  lobe;  it  supplies  the  island  and  the  gyri  frontalis  inferior,  cen- 
trales anterior  et  posterior,  the  lobuli  parietales  superior  et  anterior,  the  gyri  supramarginalis, 
angularis  and  temporalis  superior. 

A.  SUbclavia  (see  Figs.  427,  434,  441  and  449)  arises  on  the  right  side  from  the  a. 
anonyma,  on  the  left  side  dii-ectly  from  the  arch  of  the  aorta  (see  p.  389) ;  the  riglit  is  therefore 
shorter  than  the  left,  which  ascends  at  first  behind  the  v.  anonyma  sinistra,  on  the  left  side 
of  the  trachea.  The  artery  runs  on  each  side  lateralward  in  a  curve  over  the  pleural  cupula 
and  over  the  first  rib,  being  convex  upward.  In  front  it  is  bounded  at  first  by  the  v.  sub- 
clavia,  then  by  the  m.  scalenus  anterior,  behind  by  the  m.  scalenus  medius  and  comes  to  lie 
in  the  triangular  space  between  these  two  muscles  in  the  sulcus  subclaviae  of  the  first  rib. 
From  there  on  it  goes,  in  the  depth  of  the  fossa  supraclavicularis  major,  downward  and  lateral- 
ward  to  the  axilla,  behind  and  below  the  middle  of  the  clavicle;  it  is  covered  by  lymph  glands 
and  adipose  tissue  and  is  bounded  in  front  by  the  v.  subclavia  and  the  a.  transversa  scapulae, 
behind  and  above  by  the  plexus  brachialis.  From  the  lower  margin  of  the  m.  subdavius  on, 
its  continiiation  is  called  the  a.  axQlaris.  Arising  from  it  medianward  from  the  m.  scalenus 
anterior  are  the  following  branches :  a.  vertebralis,  a.  mammaria  interna  and  the  truncus  thjreo- 
cervicalis,  which  again  divides  in  a  variable  manner  into  the  a.  thyreoidea  inferior,  a.  cervi- 
calis  ascendens ,  a.  cervicalis  superficialis  and  a.  transversa  scapulae ;  beliind  the  m.  scalenus 
anterior  the  truncus  costocervicalis  is  given  off,  which  divides  into  the  a.  intercostalis 
suprema  and  the  a.  cervicalis  profunda:  in  the  space  between  the  mm.  scaleni  the  a.  trans- 
versa colli  arises. 


402 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


A.  cerebri  posterior 
A.  cerebelli  superior 


A.  communicans  posterior 


auditiva  interna 
A.  cerebelli  inferior  posterior 
A.  spinalis  posterior 
I  A.  meningea  posterior  (from  the  a.  pharyngea  ascendens) 
'  I  Tentorium  cerebelli 


A.  cerebri , 
media 


A.  cerebri 
anterior 
A.  com- 
municans ~ 
anterior 

Hypophysis  - 


-  Dura  mater 

Ramus  meningeus 
A.  yertebralis 


Ramus  spinalis 
a.  vertebralis 

N.  cervicalis  II 


Ramus  ad  pontem 
A.  cerebelli  inferior  anterior 


A.  spinalis  anterior 


^\ 


447.  Arteries  of  the   base   of  the  brain   in  their 
relation  to  the  base  of  the  skull 

after    removal    of   the    brain ;    right  half  of  the  skull,  viewed  from  the  left. 

(The  falx  cerebri  has  been  completely  removed,  the  tentorium  cerebelli  partially.  The  a.  meningea 
posterior  and  the  ramus  meningeus  a.  vertebralis  have  been  drawn  upon  the  dura  mater.) 
1.  A.  vertebralis  (see  also  Figs.  441,  444,  448  and  449)  arises  from  the  upper  circum- 
ference of  the  a.  subclavia  and  passes,  at  the  lateral  margin  of  the  m.  longus  colli,  lateralward 
and  behind  the  a.  carotis  communis,  curved  slightly  backward  to  the  foramen  transversarium 
of  the  6th  cer\acal  vertebra,  then  through  the  foramina  transversaria  of  the  5*^1 — 2^^^  cervical 
vertebra,  in  front  of  the  emerging  cervical  nerves,  almost  perpendicularly  upward;  it  is  next 
curved  markedly  lateralward  to  the  foramen  transversarium  of  the  atlas  and  goes  medianward 
in  the  sulcus  arteriae  vertebralis  (see  Kgs.  216,  221  and  341)  in  a  curve  behind  the  massa 
lateraMs  atlantis,  bridged  over  by  fibers  of  the  membrana  atlantooccipitalis  posterior  and  then 
passes  backward  covered  directly  by  the  mm.  obliquus  capitis  superior  and  rectus  capitis  posterior 
major.  Between  the  atlas  and  os  occipitale  it  then  perforates  the  dura  mater,  bends  upward, 
furward  and  medianward  in  front  of  the  medulla  oblongata  to  the  upper  surface  of  the  clivus 
and  unites  with  the  vessel  of  the  same  name  of  the  other  side  approximately  in  front  of  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  pons  to  form  the  unpaired  a.  basilaris.  This  goes  upward  and  forward 
upon  the  clivus  in  the  sulcus  basilaris  of  the  pons  and,  at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  pons, 
below  the  substantia  jierfurata  posterior  and  at  the  upper  margin  uf  the  dorsum  sellae,  divides 
into  its  two  terminal  branches,  the  aa.  cerebj'i jjostcriores.  —  Branches  of  the  a.  vertebralis: 

a)  Rami  spinales,  from  tlae  cervical  portion,  go  through  tlie  foramina  intervertebralia  to  the 

canalis  vert<>bralis  and  its  contents.    They  give  off  lirancjies  to  the  neighboring  muscles. 

b)  Ramus  meningeus  arises  a.  littl<^  in  front  of  the  point  where  the  vessel  passes  through 

the  dura  mater  and  extends,  through  the  foramen  magnum,  upward  to  the  dura  mater 
of  the  posterior  fossa  of  the  skull. 


Arteries  of  the  Head. 


403 


A.  communieans  anterior 


A.  cerebri  anterior 


A.  chorioid 


\ .  ophthalniica 
A.  earotis  interna 


communieans 
posterior 


A.  cerebri  media 


Ramus  ad  pontem 

A.  basilaris 
A.  cerebelli  inferior  ' 
posterior 
A.  spinalis  anterior 


^    A.  cerebri 
posterior 

A.  cerebelli 
superior 

auditiva  interna 

cerebelli  inferior 
anterior^ 

nalis  posterior  ' 


Tentorium  cerebellij 


A.  Tertebralis 


448.  Arteries  of  the  base  of  the  brain  in  their 

relation  to  the  skull  after  removal  of  the  brain;  viewed  from  above. 

(On  the  right  side  the  a.  earotis  interna  has  been  exposed  in  its  course  in  the  sinus  cavernosus.) 
1.  A.  yertebralis  (continued)  (see  also  Figs.  444 — 446): 

c)  A.  spinalis  posterior,  delicate,  bends  around  the  lateral  margin  of  the  medulla  oblongata 

and  runs  downward,  forming  anastomoses  with  that  of  the  other  side,  in  the  sulcus 
lateralis  posterior  of  the  spinal  cord,  in  fi-ont  of  and  lateralward  from  the  posterior 
roots;  it  imites  with  branches  of  the  rami  spinales  of  the  a.  vertebralis,  aa.  inter- 
costales,  lumbales  and  sacrales  laterales  and  supplies  the  spinal  cord  and  its  membranes. 

d)  A.  spinalis  anterior,  delicate,  unites  with  the  artery  of  the  opposite  side  at  the  upper 

end  of  the  spinal  cord  and  runs  downward,  impaired,  in  front  of  the  fissura  mediana 
anterior  as  far  as  the  filum  terminale ;  like  the  preceding  artery  it  receives  a  variable 
number  of  branches  of  the  rami  spinales,  and  supplies  the  spinal  cord  and  its  membranes. 

e)  A.  cerebelli  inferior  posterior   (posterior  inferior  cerebellar  artery)  turns  backward  to 

the  posterior  part  of  the  inferior  surface  of  the  cerebellum :  it  gives  off  branches  to 
the  plexus  chorioideus  ventriculi  quarti. 


404 


x\rteries  of  the  Arm. 


1.  A.  vertebralis  (oontiimed)  see  Figs.  444 — 448): 
BraiK'hes  of  the  a.  basilaris: 

f)  J.  cerebelli  inferior  anterior,  paired,  runs  lateralward  to  the  anterior  part  of  the  in- 

ferior surface  of  the  cerebeUuiu. 

g)  A.  miditiva  interna  (0.  T.  internal  auditory  artery)  goes  lateralward  to  the  nn.  facialis 

and  acusticus  and  with  these  into  the  meatus  acusticus  internus ;  it  supplies  the  in- 
ternal ear  by  means  of  a  delicate  branch. 

h)  Rami  ad  pontem  (0.  T.  transverse  'or  pontal  arteries),  numerous  small  branches,  to 
the  substance  of  the  pons. 

i)  A.  cerebelli  superior,  paired,  arises  shortly  before  the  terminal  subdivision,  extends,  at 
the  anterior  margin  of  the  pons,  lateralward  and  backward,  forms  a  loop  around  the 
pedunculus  cerebri  so  as  to  arrive  upon  the  upper  surface  of  the  cerebellum  and  supplies 
mainly  this   region;   it  gives  oft'  branches  to  the  plexus  chorioideus  ventriculi  tertii. 

t)  A.  cerebri  posterior  (posterior  cerebral  artery),  paired,  at  first  parallel  to  the  preceding 
artery,  separated  from  it  by  the  n.  oculomotorius  and  further  lateralward  by  the 
tentorium  cerebelli;  it  goes  at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  pons  around  the  pedunculus 
cerebri  to  the  inferior  surface  of  the  occipital  lobe.  It  gives  off  branches  through  the 
substantia  perforata  posterior  to  the  cerebral  ganglia,  branches  to  the  cerebral  pen- 
duncles  and  to  the  plexus  chorioideus  ventriculi  lateralis  and  supplies  the  whole  occipital 
lobe  and  the  temporal  lobe  with  the  exception  of  the  gyrus  temporaUs  superior. 

The  a.  cerebri  posterior  receives  near  its  origin  the  a.  communicans  posterior  (from 
the  a.  carotis  interna) ;  in  this  way  arises  the  circidus  arlrriosus  /  ff'illisij  (0.  T.  circle 
of  Willis)  which  lies  over  the  sella  turcica  and  the  diaphragma  sellae  and  surrounds 
the  chiasma  opticum,  the  tuber  cinereum  and  the  corpora  niamillaria. 

2.  Truiicus  thyreocervicalis(O.T.  thethjToid  axis)  (seealsoFig.  434),  arises  from  the  an- 
terior wall  of  the  a.  subclavia :  it  divides  in  a  somewhat  variable  manner  into  the  following  branches  : 

a)  A.  thyreoidea  inferior,  runs,  in  front  of  the  m.  scalenus  anterior,  at  first  upward  and 
then  bends  behind  the  a.  carotis  communis  medianward  and  forward  to  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  glandula  thyreoidea,  into  which  it  penetrates  by  means  of  its  rami  rjlan- 
dulares-  it  gives  oft'  on  its  way  the  rami  phari/uf/ei,  oesop/iar/ei  tracheules,  as 
well  as  the  a.  larynr/ca  inferior  (see  Fig.  435),  which  goes  below  the  ni.  crico- 
phar\Tigeus  into  the  larynx  and  anastomoses  iipon  the  lateral  surface  of  the  internal 
laryngeal  muscles  with  the  a.  laryngea  superior  (from  the  a.  thyreoidea  superior). 

Vj  A.  cervicalis  ascendens,  ascends  upon  the  origins  of  the  mm.  scaleni  and  levator  scapulae, 
at  first  medianward  from  the  n.  phrenicus,  behind  the  v.  jugularis  interna  often  going 
as  far  upward  as  the  base  of  the  skull ;  it  gives  off  below  several  rami  spinules  into 
the  foramina  intervertebralia  as  well  as  J-ami  musculares  to  the  surrounding  muscles ; 
one  of  the  latter  branches,  ramus  profundus  (see  also  Fig.  441),  runs  between  the 
transverse  processes  of  the  4tli  and  o^^  cervical  vertebra  backward  to  the  deep  mus- 
cles of  the  neck;  it  can  take  the  place  of  the  a.  cervicalis  profunda. 

c)  A.  cervicalis  super fcialis,   goes   behind  the  m.  omohyoideus  transversely  through  the 

fossa  supraclavicularis  major,  in  front  of  the  mm.  scaleni,  levator  scapulae  and  plexus 
brachialis,  becomes  hidden  beneatli  the  m.  trapezius  and  supplies  this  and  adjacent  muscles. 

d)  A.  transversa  scapulae  (0.  T.  suprascapular  or  transversalis  humeri)  (see  also  Fig.  452), 

bends  downward  and  forward,    in  front  of  the  m.  scalenus  anterior,  to  the  posterior 

surface   of  the  clavicle  and  runs  along  this  bone  over  the  lig.  transversum  scapulae 

superius  to  the  fossa  supraspinata;  it  then  runs  behind  the  coUum  scapulae  in  front 

of  the  lig.  transversum  scapulae  inferius  to  the  fossa  infraspinata,  and  there  forms  a 

broad  anastomosis  with  the  a.  cireumflexa  scapulae.    Near  the  incisura  scapulae  arises 

the   ramus   acro7nialis,   which   goes   through  the  m.  trapezius  to  the  rete  acromiale. 

3.  A.  mammaria   interna  (internal  mammary   artery)   (see   also  Fig.  450)  goes  from 

the  inferior  wall  of  the  a.  subclavia  medianward  and  downward  behind  the  v.  subclavia  directly 

upon  the  pleura  and  then  vertically  downward  just  behind  the  cartilages  of  the   V^ — T'h  rib. 

It  runs  nearly  parallel  to  the  lateral  margin  of  the  sternum ,    is  s(>parated  from  it,  increasing 

from   above   downward,   one   to  two   cm.    and   is  covered  behind  by   the   pleura   and  by  the 

m.   transversus   thoracis.     In    the   region   of  the   ett  intercostal  space  it  divides  into  its  two 

terminal  branches:  a.  musculoplircnica  and  a.  epir/aslrica  superior.     Branches: 

a)  Aa.  jnediastinales  anleriores,    delicate  branches,    backward  to  the  structures  lying  in 

the  spatiura  mediastinale  anterius. 

b)  Aa.  thijmkae  (not  ilhistratiMi),  partly  from  neighboring  vessels,  backward  to  the  thymus. 

c)  Rami  broncldales  (not  illustrated), "  to  the  lower  end  of  the  trachea  and  the  bronchi; 

often  absent. 

d)  A.  pericardiacophrenica,  with  the  n.  phrenicus  in  front  of  the  root  of  the  lung  on  th(> 

pericardium  downward  to  the  diaphragm;  it  supplies  the  pericardium  and  the  diaphragm. 


Arteries  of  the  Neck. 

A.  vertebralis 


405 


M.  semispinalis  cervicis 


Os  hvoideimi 


Vertebra  ceivicalis  IV 
R 


Ramus  profundus  P  -  - 

.  '.-if  ;  --■•''  \Jf_  'r,.l     - 

Ramus  ascendens  a.  transversae  colli  "-  — 


M.  scalenus  medius 

M.  scalenus  anterior  (cut  through) 
M.  levator  scapulae 
Ramus  spinalis 
Ramus  muscularis 
A.  cervicalis  ascendens 

A.  cervicalis  superficialis 

A.  vertebralis    --        

^^I'runcus  costocervicalis 
Rauius  ascendens 


X.  transver! 


r 


ansversa  colli 

Ramus 
acromialis 


Rete 
acromiale 

Ramus 
acromialis 

M.  infra- 
spinatus 

M.  biceps 

(caput 

longum) 


Ramus  hyoideus 

A.  thyreoidea  superior 
-  A.  carotis  communis 

~  Ramus  cricothyreoideus 
Ramus  posterior 

Ramus  anterior 
A.  thyreoidea  inferior 
Ramus  oesophageus 
Ramus  trachealis 

Trunciis  thyreocervicalis 
A.  subclavia 

A.  transversa  scapulae 

mammaria  interna 


A.  axillaris 


A.  thoraco- 
acromialis 


A.  thoracalis 
lateralis 

A.  mammaria 

interna 

Ramus 

pertorans 

Ramus. 

muscularis 


A.  circumtlexa  humeri  anterior 
A.  circumflexa  humeri  posterior 


449.    A.   subclavia    dextra,    viewed  from  the  right. 

(Most   of  the    clavicle  has  been  removed,    as  have  been  the  muscles  attached  to  the  clavicle, 
the  m.  scalenus  anterior  and  the  mm.  pectorales  and  deltoideus.) 

3.  A.  mammaria  interna  (continued)  (see  also  Fig.  450): 

e)  Eatni  steraales,  medianward  to  the  posterior  surface  of  the  sternmu;  there  they  form 

a  network  of  anastomoses  with  the  vessels  of  the  same  name  of  the  other  side. 

f )  Rami  perforantes,  6 — 7.  the  uppermost  usually  between  the  two  heads  of  the  m.  sterno- 

cleidoraastoideus  (see  Fig.  434),  the  others  through  forward  the  uppermost  6  inter- 
costal spaces.  They  supply  the  m.  pectorahs  major  and  the  skiu  of  the  frc>nt  of  the 
chest  (rami  muscxiiares,  rami  cnlanei).  Among  the  latter  that  which  comes  i'rom  the 
2nd  intercostal  space  is  usually  very  large,  bends  downward  to  the  mamma  and  supphes 
it  by  means  of  the  rami  mammarii.  The  branch  perforating  the  'o^^  intercostal  space 
is  also  large  and  supplies  the  skin  in  front  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  as  far  as  the  navel. 

g)  P\.ami  iutercnstales,  two  for  each  intercostal  space,  arise  separately  or  in  common.    They 

run  lateralward  in  the  six  upper  intercostal  spaces  close  to  the  ribs,  supply  the 
muscles  and  the  pleura  and  anastomose  with  the  aa.  intercostales.  The  branch 
running  at  the  lower  margin  of  each  rib  is  the  larger. 


406 


Arteries  of  the  Neck  and  Arm. 


3.  A.  mammaria  interna  (continued): 

h)  A.  musculophrenica,  extends  behind  the  cartilages  of  the  T^h — lO^h  (or  11 1^)  rib,  just 
over  the  origins  of  the  pars  costalis  of  the  diaphragm,  lateralward  and  downward;  it 
gives  off  7'ami  intercostales  for  the  7*^ — 10th  (or  11^^)  intercostal  space  and  is 
distributed  also  in  the  diaphragm  and  in  the  abdominal  muscles. 

i)  A.  epigastrica  superior,  passes  between  the  processus  xiphoideus  and  the  7th  costal 
cartilage  forward  into  the  substance  of  the  m.  rectus  abdorainis,_runs  downward  in  this  and 
anastomoses  in  the  region  of  the  navel  with  the  a.  epigastrica  inferior;  it  gives  off 
several  small  branches  wbieh  go  forward  to  the  skin  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  navel. 

4.  Truucus  costocervicalis  (see  also  Figs.  441  and  461),  from  the  posterior  wall,  di- 
vides after  a  short,  upward  course  into  two  terminal  branches: 

a)  A.  cervicalis  profunda   (deep  cervical  artery),  backward  between  the  l^t  rib  and  the 

jiroc.  transversus  of  the  7tli  cervical  vertebra,  runs  upon  the  m.  semispinalis  cervicis  as 
far  as  the  epistropheus.  It  supplies  the  muscles  of  the  neck  and,  by  a  descending 
branch,  the  long  muscles  of  the  back ;  several  branches  into  the  intervertebral  foramina. 

b)  A.  iniercostalis  suprema  (first  intercostal  artery)  bends  doi;\Tiward  and  backward  in  front 

of  the  neclc  of  the  first  rib  to  the  l^t  intercostal  space  and  also  usually  in  front  of  the  neck 
of  the  2"d  rib  to  the  2"d  intercostal  space.  It  gives  oft"  rami  posteriores  to  the  muscles 
and  skin  of  the  back  and  rami  spinales  into  the  foramina  intervertebraUa ;  in  these 
branches  and  in  its  further  course  it  behaves  quite  hke  the  aa.  intercostales  (see  p.  419). 

5.  A.  transversa  colli  (0.  T.  transverse  cervical  artery  or  transyersalis  colli)  (see  Figs. 
449  and  452),  from  the  upper  wall  of  the  ST'sulicla^ia,  runs  among  the  branches  of  the  plexus 
brachialis,  'directly  upon  the  lateral  surface  of  the  m.  scalenus  medius,  lateralward  and  back- 
ward and  divides  beneath  the  m.  levator  scapulae  into  its  two  terminal  branches.  It  gives  off 
a  branch  to  the  fossa  supraspinata  and  supplies  the  muscles  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  same. 

a)  Ramus  ascendens,  extends  upward  between  the  m.  levator  scapulae  and  the  mm.  splenii 

in  the  neck  to  supply  these  muscles. 

b)  Ramus  desce/ideiis,  passes  "downward  between  the  mm.  rhomboidei  and  the  m.  serratus 

posterior  superior  along  the  margo  vertebralis  of  the  scapula;  it  supplies  these  and 
the  adjacent  muscles  and  sends  branches  to  the  skin. 

A.  axillaris  (axillary  artery)  (see  Figs.  434,  449  and  451)  runs  distalward  from 
the  lower  margin  of  the  m.  subclavius  along  the  lateral  angle  of  the  axilla  ;  it  is  covered  at 
first  by  the  proc.  coracoideus,  then  lies  in  the  groove  behind  the  m.  coracobrachialis  and  is 
bounded  behind  by  the  mm.  subscapularis,  latissimus  dorsi  and  teres  major,  medianward  by  the 
m.  serratus  anterioi-.  Superficially  (in  front  and  mediauMard)  it  is  covered  by  the  v.  axillaris ; 
on  the  lateral,  posterior  and  inferior  and  partially  also  on  the  anterior  surface  it  is  directly 
surrounded  by  the  long  branches  of  the  plexus  brachialis.  From  the  lower  margin  of  the  m. 
pectoralis  major  on,  its  continuation  is  called  the  a.  brachialis.  Besides  small  branches  to  the 
m.  subscai)ularis,  ia7ni  subscapulares,  it  gives  off  the  following  branches: 

1 .  A.  thoraealis  suprema  (0.  T.  superior  thoracic  artery)(not  illustrated)  arises  behind  the 
m.  subclavius  and  runs  downward,  partly  in  front  of  and  partly  behind  the  m.  pectoralis  minor  to 
the  muscles  of  the  chest ;  it  is  usually  absent  and  substituted  by  a  branch  of  the  a.  thoracoacromialis. 

2.  A.  thoracoacromialis  (0.  T.  acroraiothoracic  or  thoracic  axis)  (see  Figs.  434,  449 
and  451)  arises  at  the  up})er  margin  of  the  m.  pectoralis  minor  and  ends  in  rami  pectorales 
between  the  muscles  of  the  chest.     Branches : 

a)  Ramus  acromialis,  transversely  beneath  the  mm.  pectoralis  major  and  deltoideus,  inft-ont 

of  the  proc.  coracoideus,  lateralward,  supplies  these  muscles,  perforates  the  m.  deltoideus 
and  ends  in  the  retc  acromiale,  situated  upon  the  upper  surface  of  the  acromion. 

b)  Ramus    deltoideus  goes   downward    in  tbe  slit  between  the  mm.  pectoralis  major  and 

deltoideus;  it  su})plies  especially  the  latter  muscle  and  the  skin  over  it. 

3.  A.  thoraealis  lateralis  (0.  T.  long  thoracic  artery)  (see  Fig.  449  and  451)  arises 
behind  the  m.  pectoralis  minor  and  runs  upon  the  m.  serratus  anterior  downward  as  far  as  the 
5th  or  fi'h  intercostal  space ;  it  supplies  (^specially  the  m.  serratus  anterior.  Several  branches 
[rami  mammarii  extend)  go  through  the  m.  pectoralis  major  to  the  skin  of  the  mannnary  region. 

4.  A.  subscapularis  (see  Figs.  451  and  452),  arises  at  the  lower  margin  of  the  m. 
subscapularis,  goes  downward  and  soon  divides  into  two  terminal  branches: 

a)  A.  circumflexa  scapulae  (0.  T.  dorsalis  scapidae),  bends  backward  between  the  mm.  sub- 

scapularis and  teres  major  and  then,  medial  from  the  caput  longum  of  the  m.  triceps, 
goes  upward,  ])artly  in  front  of,  partly  behind  the  m.  teres  minor,  into  the  fossa 
infras})inata.  It  su]ij)lies  the  neighboring  muscles  and  skin  and  anastomoses  freely 
with  file  a.  transversa  sca])ulae. 

b)  A.  tlwracodorsalis,  between  the  mm.  latissimus  dorsi  and  serratus  anterior  along  the  margo 

axillaris  scapulae  downward  and  backward,  supplies  the  neighboring  muscles  and  skin. 


Arteries  of  the  Wall  of  the  .Trunk. 


407 


A.  carotis  commu 


A.  subclavia  sinist 

A.  mediastlnalis 
anterior 


A.  maiuniaria 
interna 


Ramus 
perforans 

Ramus 
sternalis 


Kamus ,  _ 

intercostal  is  i 


A.'. 

pericardiaco- 

phrenica 


A.  musculo- 
phrenica 


A.  epigastrica 

superior 


A.  anonyma 


M.  rectus 
abdominis 


M.  obliquus 
internus 
abdominis 


A.  circumtlexa 
ilium  profunda 


A.  epigastrica 
inferior 


A.  iliaca  externa  — 


f       M.  transversus 
thoracis 


A.  pericardiaco- 
phronica 


Diaphragma 


M.  transversus 
abdominis 


Vagina  m.  recti 

abdominis 
(posterior  layer) 


Linea 

seniicircularis 

[Douglasi] 


A.  circumtlexa 
ilium  profunda 


450.  Arteries  of  the  anterior  wall  of  the  trunk,  viewed  from  behind. 

(The  aa.  epigastricae  are  drawTi  upon  the  surface  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis.) 


408 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 

A.  thoracoaciomialis 


Kamus  aoromialis 


A.  axillaris 

V.  axillaris 


Kamus  deltoideus 


N.  inusculocutaiievis 
Aa.  circiimflrxae  humeri 


M.  coracobrachialis 
M.  deltoideus 


I\r.  ])ectoralis 
uiajor 


t 
1 

A.bra- 
chialis 

( 
N. 
medianus 

R.  deltoideus 

a.  profuudae 
brachii 

ulnaris      , 

V.  brarhialis 

Kn.  cutanci 

brachii 

ct  aiitibrachli 

inediales 
N.  axillaris 

Costa  III 


A.  thoracalis 
suprema 

■',  M.  pectoralis  minor 

I 

Rami  pectorales 


A.  subscapularis 
M.  latissimus  dorsi 

A.  circumflexa  scapulae 


I 


A.  thoracalis  lateralis 
\.  thoracodorsalis 


451.  Arteries  of  the  right  axilla,  viewed  from  in  ftont. 

(The   ami   is   lifted,   the   m.   pectoralis   major   has   been   completely,   tln'   m.  pectoralis   minor 

partially,  removed.) 

5.  A.  cirt'Uinflexa  humeri  anterior  (0.  T.  anterior  circumflex  artery)  (see  Fi*?.  449) 
goes ,  directly  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  coUum  chirurgicnm  hunn'ri ,  covered  by  all  the 
muscles,  first  lateralward  ,  then  backward.  It  supplies  these  muscles,  the  shouldi'r  joint  and 
by  means  of  1-2  liranclu's  fa^.  luiiriciae  humeri)  the  superior  epiphysis. 

6.  A.  circumflexa  humeri  posterior  (0.  T.  posterior  circumtiex  artery)  (see  Figs.  44'.), 
452  and  454)  arises  at  the  same  level  as  the  preceding  artery,  sometimes  in  common  with  it. 
passes  backward  thmugli  the  space  between  the  huuKn-us ,  mm.  teretes  and  caput  longum 
m.  tricipitis  and  surrounds  the  coUura  chirurgicum  from. behind  and  lateralward,  lying  always 
upon  the  bone  and  covered  by  all  the  muscles.  It  supplies  these  muscles,  the  shoulder  joint 
and  the  skin  over  the  ra.  deltoideus;  it  usually  gives  off  two  branches  (^(3«.  nuiriciae  hiinici-i) 
to  the  superior  epiphysis  of  the  humerus. 


A.  trausversa  colli 


Ramus  ascendens 
Eainiis  dc'scendeiis      1 


Arteries  of  the  Ann. 


Ligamentiim  transversum  scapulae  superius 


,       A.  trausversa  scapulae 

'1 


409 


Acromiou 

—  Ramus  acromialis 


M.  deltoideus 


M.  infraspinatus 


31.  teres  minor 

I  A.  circumflexa  humeri  posterior  | 

'  M.  triceps  (caput  longum) 

M.  teres  major 


M.  triceps  (caput  laterale) 


452.  Arteries  of  the  right  shoulder  blade, 

viewed  from  behind. 
(The  mm.  supraspinatus,  infraspinatus,  teres  minor  and  deltoideus  have  been  partially  removed.) 

A.  brachialis  (brachial  artery)  (see  Figs.  451,  453,  455  and  456)  extends  from  the 
inferior  margin  of  the  m.  pectoralis  major  onward,  at  first  just  behind  the  m.  coracobrachialis, 
in  front  of  the  caput  longum  and  caput  mediale  of  the  m.  triceps,  then  in  the  sulcus  bicipitalis 
medialis  almost  straight  downward;  it  then  passes  upon  the  m.  brachialis,  covered  by  the 
lacertus  fibrosus,  to  the  depth  of  the  elbow,  there  to  divide  at  the  level  of  the  proc.  coronoideus 
ulnae  into  the  a.  radiulis  and  the  a.  ulnaris.  Superficial  to  it  medianward  and  in  front  of  it 
run  the  vv.  brachiales;  on  its  lateral  anterior  surface  above  descends  the  n.  medianus,  which, 
however,  above  the  elbow  passes  in  front  of  the  artery  to  its  medial  side;  on  its  medial, 
]>osterior  surface  above,  lie  the  n.  ulnaris  and  radialis;  these,  however,  soon  diverge  from  it. 
Besides  several  small  branches  to  the  neighboring  muscles  and  skin,  it  gives  off  the  following : 

1.  A.  profunda  brachii  (0.  T.  superior  profunda  artery)  (see  Figs.  453  and  454), 
arises  from  the  upper  portion  of  the  vessel,  bends  backward  and  downward  and  follows  a  spiral 
course  along  with  the  n.  radialis  in  the  sulcus  n.  radialis  aroun<l  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
humerus  downward  and  lateralward:  in  its  course  it  runs  between  the  origins  of  the  caput 
laterale  and  mediale  m.  tricipitis  and  is  covered  by  the  former.     Branches: 


410 


Arteries  of  the  Ann. 


Bete  acroniiale 


Ramus  acromialis 
a.  thoracoaeromialis 


M.  deltoideus 

M.  pectoralis  major 
(cut  through) 


'^ 


M.  sub- 
scapularis 


M.  coraco- 
brachialis 

Ramus 
deltoideus 

-A.  profunda 
brachii 

M.  triceps 
brachii 

(caput  longuni) 


.   A.  collateralis 
ulnaris  superior 


M.  biceps  brachii 


A.  brachialis 

.  M.  triceps  brachii 
(caput  mediale) 

Septum  iiiter- 
musculare  mediale 


M.  brachialis 


A.  collateralis 
ulnaris  inferior 

ulnaris 


VY 


i 


Kpicondylus 
mcdialis 

Lacertus 

flbrosus 


.  A.  recurrens 
radialis 

A.   ulnaris 

A.  radialis 

M.  pronator 
teres 

M.  brachio- 
radialis 


453.  Arteries  of  the 
right  upper  arm, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

1.  A.  profunda  Ibracliii  (continued) 
(see  also  Fig.  454): 

a)  Ramus  deltoideus  (see  also  Fig.  451), 

goes  off  immetliately  below  the  origin 
of  the  artery  or  arises  from  the 
a.  brachialis  or  from  the  a.  collate- 
ralis ulnaris  superior;  it  runs  lateral- 
ward,  transversely  over  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  humerus,  covered  by 
the  mm.  coracobrachialis  and  biceps, 
to  the  m.  deltoideus  and  gives  oft' 
branches  to  these  and  to  the  m. 
brachialis. 

b)  y4.  coliateiYilis  media,  runs  downward 

in  the  substance  of  the  caput  me- 
diale of  the  m.  triceps  and  some- 
times reaches  the  rete  articulare 
cvibiti,  which  it  then  helps  to  form. 

c)  A.  collateralis  radialis  (0.  T.  articu- 

lar branch  of  the  superior  profunda), 
appears  somewhat  below  the  middle 
of  the  upper  arm  between  the  caput 
laterale  and  the  caput  mediale  of 
the  m.  triceps  (with  the  n.  cutaneus 
antibrachii  dorsalis  of  the  n.  ra- 
dialis), runs  jtist  behind  the  septum 
intermusculare  laterale  as  far  as  the 
epicondylus  lateralis  and  there 
opens  into  the  rete  articulare  cubiti. 
It  supplies  the  neighboring  muscles, 
the  skin'  over  the  m.  triceps  and 
partly  also  that  over  the  ram.  bra- 
chialis and  biceps. 

d)  A.  nutricia  humeri  (not  illustrated), 

arises  sometimes  also  from  a  muscu- 
lar branch  or  from  the  a.  brachialis 
itself;  it  passes  through  the  canalis 
nutricius  to  the  bone  and  marrow 
of  the  diaphysis. 

2.  A.  collateralis  ulnaris  superior 

(0.  T.  inferior  profunda  artery)  (see  also 
Figs.  454—456),  arises  usually  a  little  below 
the  preceding  artery,  runs  downward  with 
the  n.  ulnaris  on  the  medial  surface  of  the 
caput  mediale  m.  tricipitis  (behind  the  septum 
intermusculare  mediale)  and  enters  into  the 
rete  articulare  cubiti  near  the  olecranon.  It 
supplies  the  neiglibdring  muscles  aud  skin. 

3.  A.  collateralis  ulnaris  inferior 

(0.  T.  anastomotica  magna  artery)  (see  also 
Figs.  454 — 457),  goes  off  somewhat  above 
the  epicondylus  medialis  humeri,  runs  me- 
dianward  in  front  of  the  ra.  brachialis, 
perforates  the  septum  intermusculare  me- 
diale, bends  directly  uptm  tlie  bone  back- 
ward and  lateral  ward  and  enters  into  the 
rete  articulare  cubiti :  it  gives  off  branches 
to  the  adjacent  muscles. 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 


411 


454.  Arteries  of  the  right  upper  arm,  viewed  from  behind. 


(Tlie  111.  triceps  has  been  partially 
removed,  the  other  muscles,  of  the 
upper  arm  have  been  completely 
removed.) 
A.  radialis  (radial  artery) 
(see  also  Figs.  453,  455—460),  ex- 
tends radialward,  slightly  curved, 
upon  the  in.  supinator  and  then  runs 
almost  straight  to  the  wrist  between 
the  m.  brachioradialis  on  one  side, 
the  mm.  pronator  teres,  flexor  carpi 
radialis  and  flexor  digitoruni  subli- 
mis  on  the  other  side ;  it  is  covered 
over  in  its  upper  portion  by  the 
margin  of  them,  brachioradialis  and, 
below,  lies  free,  covered  only  by  the 
fascia  antibrachii;  above  it  lies,  in 
its  course,  upon  the  insei-tion  of  the 
m.  pronator  teres,  below  upon  the 
ram.  flexor  poUicis  longus  and  pro- 
nator quadratus,  and  is  accompanied 
on  its  radial  side  by  the  ramus 
superficialis  n.  radialis.  Distalward 
from  the  proc.  styloideus  radii  it  bends 
to  the  back  of  the  hand,  covered 
by  the  tendons  of  the  mm.  abductor 
pollicis  longus  and  extensor  poUicis 
brevis,  then  runs  distalward  beneath 
the  tendons  of  the  m.  extensor  pol- 
licis longus,  passes  between  the  bases 
of  the  ossa  un'tacarpalia  I  and  II 
into  the  palm  and  ends  in  the  arcus 
volaris  profundus.     Branches : 

1 .  A.  reciirrens  radialis  (ra- 
dial recurrent  artery)  (see  Fig.  456) 
goes  off  directly  after  the  arteiy 
arises,  bends  upward  and  backward 
like  a  hook  along  the  n.  radialis  di- 
rectly upon  the  ni.  supinator;  it  sup- 
plies the  adjacent  muscles  and  the 
skin  lying  over  them  and  sends  off 
a  branch  beneath  the  origin  of  the 
m.  brachioradialis  thi-ough  the  sep- 
tum intermusculare  laterale  back- 
ward into  the  rete  articulare  cubiti 
(see  Fig.  457). 

2.  Rami  musciilares  (see  Fig. 
455)  in  the  forearm,  numerous,  to 
the  adjacent  muscles  and  to  the  skin. 

3.  Ramus  volaris  superficia- 
lis (superficial  volar  branch)  (see 
Fig.  459),  arises  at  the  level  of  the 
proc.  styloideus  radii,  runs  distal- 
ward upon  or  partly  between  the 
bundles  of  the  m.  abductor  pollicis 
brevis,  otherwise  covered  only  by 
the  thin  fascia  of  the  ball  of  the 
thumb,  and  goes  over  usually  in 
the  form  of  a  curve  into  the  arctis 
volaris  superficialis.  It  gives  off 
branches  to  the  muscles  and  skin 
of  the  thumb. 


Acrninion 


A.  circumfiexa 
humeri  posterior 
■^   M.  triceps  brachii 
(caput  longum) 
M.  triceps  brachii 

(caput  laterale) 
A.  profunda  brachii 


A.  coUateralis  media 


N.  radialis 


M.  triceps  brachii 
(caput  laterale) 

A.  coUateralis  radialis 

A.  coUateralis 
ulnaris  superior 

A.  coUateralis  media 

A.  coUateralis 
ulnaris  inferior 

Rete  articulare  cubiti 


N.  ulnaris      _ 


A.  recurrens  ulnaris 

A.  interossea  recurrens 
Olecranon 


412 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 


M.  biceps  brachii  • 


t| 


A.  collatcralis  uliiaris  superior 


M.  triceps  brachii 
(caput  mediale) 

A.  brachialis 

Septum  intermusculare 
mediale 


K.  ulnaris 

A.  collatcralis 
ulnaris  inferior 


M.  brachialis 

Kpicoudylus  medialis 
humeri 

A.  recurrens  radialis 


Aa.  rei'urrentes 
uhuires 


M.  brachioradialis 

A.  interossea 
communis 

A.  mediana 


455.  Arteries  of  the  right  forearm, 

viewed  from  in  front,   V^  layer. 

(The  mm.  pronator  teres,  palm;iris  longus, 

flexor   carpi   radialis   and  tlexor  digitonira 

subhmis  have  been  partially  removed  from 

their  origins  on.) 

4.  Ramus   carpeus  volaris  (0.  T. 

anterior  radial  carpal)  (see  Figs.  456  and 
460),  delicate,  goes  iilnarward  at  the  distal 
margin  of  the  m.  ])ronator  (luadratus,  di- 
rectly upon  the  bone ;  it  helps  to  form  the 
rete  carpi  volare. 

5.  Kamus  carpeus  dorsalis  (0.  T. 
posterior  radial  carpal)  (see  Figs.  457  and 
458),  arises  from  the  portion  of  the  artery 
situated  in  the  back  of  the  hand,  extends 
ulnarward  directly  upon  the  bones  and 
ligaments  and  helps  to  form  the  rele 
carpi  duvsale. 

6.  A.  metacarpea  dorsjilis  I  (0.  T. 
dorsalis  indicis  or  dorsal  artery  of  the 
first  finger)  (see  Fig.  458),  goes  off  shortly 
before   the  passage   of  the  artery  through 

■  j^\      ^A  ^^^  ™'  iiiterosseus  dorsalis  I,  divides  soon 

5?      '^JH  afterward  and  supplies  the  adjacent  margins 

oj  the  index  finger  (as  far  as  the  second 
phalanx)  and  thumb.  A  small  branch  to 
the  radial  margin  of  the  thumb  usually 
arises  separately. 

A,  ulnaris  (ulnar  artery)  (see  also 
Figs.  453,  456— 4<)(y)  goes  into  the  depth 
at  the  upper  margin  of  the  m.  pronator 
teres  and  then  turns  ulnarward  beneath 
this  as  well  as  beneath  the  mm.  flexor  carpi 
radialis  and  flexor  digitorum  sublimis,  di- 
rectly upon  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  pro- 
fundus ;  it  then  runs  along  the  volar  margin 
of  the  m.  flexor  carpi  ulnaris,  between  it 
and  the  mm.  flexores  digitorum  sublimis  et 
profundus  to  the  wrist.  It  is  hidden  in  its 
course  beneath  the  margins  of  the  neigh- 
boring muscles,  is  accompanied  ulnarward 
for  part  of  the  way  by  the  n.  ulnaris  and 
rests  upon  the  m.  flexor  digitorum  pro- 
flexor  digitorum  profundus    fundus.     In  the  hand  it  runs  beneath  the 

lig.  carpi  volare,  then  upon  the  lig.  carpi 
transversum  on  the  radial  sitle  of  the  os 
pisiforme  and  ends  in  the  arcus  volaris 
suporficialis.     Branches : 

1.  Aa.  recurrentes  ulnares  (ulnar 
recurrent  arteries)  (see  also  Fig.  454)  single 
or  in  a  conmion  trunk  from  the  beginning 
of  the  artery;  they  run  in  a  recurrent  di- 
rection,   that  is,  proxim'alward ;    one  runs 
usually  u]i( m  the  ;niterior  surface  I'f  the  m.  brachialis  towards 
the  a.  collatcralis  ulnaris  inferior,  the  other  runs  backward 
between  the  origins  of  the  mm.  flexor  carpi  radialis  and 
flexor  digitorum  sublimis  to  the  sulcus  n.  ulnaris  of  the  epi- 
coiulylus  mcdialis  humeri  and  there  enters  into  the  rete  arti- 
culare  cultiti.  It  supj)lies  the  surrounding  muscles  and  skin. 
2.    Rami   musculares,   in  the  forearm,    numerous 
branches,    to   the  surroundinu'  muscles  and  to  the  skin. 


M.  pronator  teres 

superticialis 
radialis 


Earn  us 
n. 


—  A.  radialis 

Eanius  muscularis 
a.  radialis 

-  N.  medianus 

A.  ulnaris 

Kamus  muscularis 
a.  ulnaris 

N.  ulnaris 


flexor  pollieis  longus 


INI.  flexor  carpi  radialis 
M.  ])almaris  longus 
flexor  carpi  ulnaris 
exor  digit.onini  sublimis 


Ramus  volaris 

superticialis 

a.  radialis 


Ligamentum 
carpi   volare 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 


413 


456.  Arteries  of  the  right  forearm. 


viewed  from  in  front,  2"^  layer. 

(The  mm.  brachioradialis,  pronator  teres, 

flexor  carpi  radialis  and  flexores  digi- 

torum  sublirais  et  profundus  have  been 

removed.) 

3.  Ramus  carpeus  volaris  (O.T. 
anterior  uhiar  carpal)  (see  also  Fig.  4tiO), 
usuall}'  double,  delicate,  goes  radial- 
ward  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  wrist, 
directly  upon  the  bone,  to  the  rete 
carpi  volare. 

4.  Ramus  carpeus  (lorsalis(O.T. 
posterior  ulnar  carpal)  (see  Figs.  457, 
458  and  460)  runs,  directly  upon  tbe 
bone,  around  the  ulna  to  the  back  of 
the  hand  and  to  the  rete  carpi  dorsale. 

5.  Ramus  volaris  profuudus 
(0.  T.  deep  ulnar  artery)  (see  Figs.  459 
and  460)  arises  close  to  the  os  ])isi- 
fomie,  goes  into  the  depth  between  the 
origins  of  the  mm.  flexor  digiti  V  brevis 
and  abductor  digiti  V  and  helps  to 
form  the  areas  volaris  profundus ;  it 
gives  ofi'  small  branches  to  the  muscles 
of  the  ball  of  the  little  finger.  From 
this  liranch,  or  from  the  stem  of  the 
a.  ulnaris  itself,  an  artery  passes  beneath 
the  m.  palmaris  brevis  upon  the  muscles 
of  the  ball  of  the  little  finger  (giving 
branches  to  these  and  to  the  skin)  to 
the  ulnar  margin  of  the  5th  finger. 

6.  A.  interossea  communis  (com- 
mon interosseous  artery)  (see  also 
Fig.  455)  goes  off  a  little  below  thi' 
tuberositas  radii  and  divides  imme- 
diately into  two  branches: 

a)  A.  interossea  volaris  (0.  T.  ante- 
rior interosseous  artery)  runs  distal- 
ward  directly  upon  the  volar  sur- 
face of  the  membrana  interossea, 
covered  by  the  m.  flexor  digitorum 
profundus ;  it  supplies  the  nniscles 
of  the  volar  surl'ace  and  sends  a 
series  of  branches  through  the  mem- 
brane to  the  muscles  of  the  posterior 
surface;  it  also  sends  branches  to 
the  radius  and  ulna.  It  reaches  the 
dorsal  surface  of  the  membrana 
interossea  at  the  upper  margin  of 
the  m.  pronator  quadratus  and  runs 
distal  ward  upon  it  to  the  rete  carpi 
dorsale  (see  Figs.  457  and  458);  a 
small  branch  remains  upon  the  volar 
surface  and  goes  to  the  rete  carpi 
volare  (see  also  Fig.  460).  Branch : 
aa)  A.  mediana  (0.  T.  median  artery 
or  arteria  comes  nervi  mediani) 
(see  Fig.  455),  comes  off  from  the 
first  portion  of  the  artery,  is  slender 
and  accompanies  the  n.  medianus 
distalward,  finally  to  reach  the  palm. 

Spalteholz,  Atlas. 


M.  biceps  brachii 


M.  tricep.s  brachii 
(caput  mediale) 

A.  brachialis 


A.  coUatefalis 
ulnaris  superior 

A.  collateralis 
ulnaris  inferior 

M.  brachialis 


A.  recurreus 
radialis 


Aa.  recurrentes 
ulnares 


A.  interossea 
communis 


M.  extensor  carj)! 
radialis  longus 

>I.  flexor  pollicis  longus 
-     A.  radialis 
A.  ulnaris 

Eamus  muscularis 
A.  interossea  volaris 
Membrana  interossea 
.    -    Ulna 

M.  flexor  carpi  ulnaris 

Ramus  muscularis 

31.  pronator  quadratus 

Ramus  carpeus  volaris 
J  --   Ramus  carpeus  volaris 

_    Ramus  volaris  superficialis 
Rete  carpi  volare 

27 


414 


Arteries  of  the  Aitu. 


457.  Arteries  of  the  right  forearm,  viewed  from  behind. 


A.  collateralis  media  - 

A.  collateralis  radialis  - 
"  A.  recurrens  radialis. 


A.  collateralis  ulnaris 
inferior 


l!ete  articulare  cubiti 
Olecranon, 


N.  ulnaris  . 
A.  recurrens. 
ulnaris 


M.  iiexor 
carpi  ulnaris 

A.  interossea— 
recurrens 

M.  supinator 

A.  interossea-   - 
dorsalis 

;M.  extensor  carpi 
radialis  longus 

M.  abductor  pollicis 
longus 


Ulna 


M.  extensor 
pollicis  longus 


M.  extensor  carpi 
ulnaris 


.M.  extensor  pollicis  bvevis 


Terminal  branch  of  the 

a.  interossea  volaris 


A.  interossea  dorsalis 

Radius 
M.  extensor  indicis  proprius 


Rete  carpi  dorsale 

Ramus  carpeus 
dorsalis  a.  ulnaris 


Ramus  carpeus  dorsalis  a.  radialis      ' 
M.  extensor  carpi  radialis  longus 


(The  lu.  extonsor  digitorura  communis  has  been 

completely  removed,    the  mm.  extensores  carpi, 

indicis  proprius,  digiti  V  proprius  partially.) 

6.  A.  interossea  communis  (continued): 
b)    A.    ititei'ossea    dorsalis    (0.  T.   posterior 
interosseus  artery),    perforates  the  mem- 
brana  interossea  a  little  below  the  chorda 
obhqua,   appears  at  the  lower  margin  of 
the  origin  of  the  m.  supinator  and  then 
runs  almost  straight  distalward  upon  the 
ulnar  origins  of  the  mm.  abductor  pollicis 
longus,   extensor  polhcis  longus   and  ex- 
tensor indicis  proprius.    It  is  distributed 
to   the   adjacent  muscles   and   skin  and 
ends  in  the  rete  carpi  dorsale.     Branch : 
bb)  A.  interossea  recurrens  (O.T.  interosseus 
recurrent     or    posterior    interosseus    re- 
current),  runs  upward  upon  or  near  the 
m.    supinator    (covered    by    the    m.   an- 
conaeus),    gives    off    branches    to    both 
muscles   and   to  the  skin  covering  them 
and  goes   to   the   rete  articulare   cubiti. 
Rete  articulare  cubiti  (see  also  Fig.  454) 
is   a  wide  vascular  netw(jrk,    situated  especially 
on  the  dorsal  surftice  of  the  elbow  joint,  in  part 
more   superficially'  upon   the  olecranon  and  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  triceps,  in  part  deeper  between 
this  tendon,  the  humerus  and  the  elbow  joint. 
Opening  into  it  from  above  are  the  aa.  collate- 
rales    ulnares    superior  et   inferior,    collateralis 
media  and  collateralis  radialis,  from  below  large 
branches  from  the  posterior  a.  recurrens  ulnaris 
and  the  a.  interossea  recurrens  and  small  branches 
from   the   a.  recurrens   radialis.     A  little  above 
the  capsule  of  the  joint  there  is  usually  a  large, 
transverse  anastomosis,    which  is  fed  especially 
by  the  a.  collateralis  ulnaris  inferior.    Branches 
go    off   from    the  network   to   the    surroiuiding 
bones,  joints,  muscles  and  skin. 

Rete  carpi  dorsale  (0.  T.  posterior  carpal 
rete)  (see  also  Fig.  458),  lies  upon  the  back  of 
the  wrist  and  is  an-anged  in  two  layers:  one 
more  superficial,  consisting  of  finer  vessels,  upon 
the  lig.  carpi  dorsale  and  one  deeper,  directly 
upon  the  ligaments  and  bones  of  the  wrist.  The 
rete  is  formed  by  the  rami  carpel  dorsales  of 
the  a.  radialis  and  of  the  a.  ulnaris,  as  well  as 
by  the  terminal  branches  of  the  aa.  interosseae 
volaris  et  dorsalis.  From  the  deep  part  of  the 
network  arise  3  aa.  metacarpeae  dorsales  (0.  T. 
dorsal  interosseous  arteries),  which  run  distalward 
upon  the  mm.  interossei  dorsales  II,  III  and  IV. 
one  upon  each,  each  dividing  at  the  level  of  the 
heads  of  the  ossa  metacarpalia  into  2  aa.  digi- 
lalcs  dorsales  (dorsal  digital  arteries)  for  the 
adjacent  margins  of  the  2"<i  to  the  5th  finger. 
The  latter  vessels  are  short  and  end  in  the 
region  of  the  first  joint  of  the  finger.  A  vessel 
arises  usually  directly  from  the  network  for  the 
ulnar  margin  of  the  little  finger.  The  aa.  meta- 
carpeae dorsales  receive  the  rami  perforantes  of 
the  aa.  metacarpeae  volares. 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 


415 


M.  extensor  digitoruni— 
communis 


M.  extensor  digit!  V  — 
piO])rius 

M.  extensor  carpi  uluaris 


Processus  styloideus  ulnae 


Rete  carpi  dorsale 


Ramus  carpeus  dorsalis 
a.  uluaris 


Rami  perforantes 


Aa.  metacarpeae_  ^ 
dorsales  II— IV 


M.  extensor  pollicis  brevis 


Terminal  branch  of  the 
a.  interossea  volaris 

.-  Ligamentum  carpi  dorsale 


M.  extensor  pollicis  brevis 
_    A.  radialis 


Ramus  carpeus  dorsalis 
a.  radialis 

^y     .v-  M.  extensor  pollicis  longus 


s— A.  metacarpea  dorsalis  I 


Aa.  digitales 
dorsales 


Branches  of  the 

aa.  digitales 
volares  propriae 


458. 
Arteries 


(The  tendons  of  the  extensors  of  the 
lig.  carpi  dorsale  as  far  as 


of  the  back  of 
the  right  hand. 


2nd — 5th  fin<Ter  have  been  removed  from  the 
the  heads  of  the  ossa  metaearpalia.) 

27* 


416 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 

^I.  flexor  digitoruin'subliinis 


M.  palinaris  loagus  - 
M.  flexor  carpi  radialis   — 

A.  radialis 


Ramus  volaris  superflcialls 


M.  abductor  pollicis  brevis 


Ligamentum  carpi 
transversum 


M.  flexor  pollicis  brevi: 


M.  flexor  cai7>i  ulnaris 
Ligamentum  carpi  volare 

Os  pislforme 
_    A.  ulnaris 

Kamus  volaris  profundus 
il.  palmaris  brevis 


cus  volaris 
uperficialis 

iVa.  digitales 

volares 
communes 


Aa.  metacarpeae 
volares  II — IV 


Aa.  digitales 
__      volares 
propriae 


459.     Arteries 

of  the  right 

palm 

superficial  layer. 

(The     aponeurosis     palmaris 
has  been  removed. 

The  arcus  volaris  super- 
flcialls (0.  T.  superficial 
palmar  arch)  lies  just  beneath 
the      aponeurosis      palmaris 

upon     the    tendons    of    the  "***" 

m.  flexor  digitorum  sublimis ;  its  convexity  is  dircct^^d  distalward.  It  is  formed  chiefly  by  the 
termination  of  the  a.  ulnaris.  which  unites  usually  with  the  delicate  ramus  volaris  superflcialls 
of  the  a.  radialis.  It  gives  off  small  branches  to  the  surrounding  muscles  and  skin  as  well  as 
three  aa.  dif/itales  volares  communes  (0.  T.  palmar  digital  arteries),  which  extend  distalward 
upon  Ihe  2nd— 4**1  m.  lumbricalis,  receive  the  aa.  metacarpeae  volares  II — IV  (see  also  Fig.  460) 
and  divide  at  the  metacarpophalangeal  joints,  each  into  two  aa.  dif/itales  volares  propriae 
(0.  T.  collateral  digital  arteries)  for  the  adjacent  surfaces  of  the  2"d — 5th  finger. 


Arteries  of  the  Arm. 


417 


Radius 
A.  radialis 
Ramus  earpeus  volaris 


Branch  of  the  a.  interossea  volaris 

Ulna 

-  .  A.  ulnaris 


Ramus  rolaris  superflcialis 


51.  opponens  pollicis 


Areus  volaris  profundus 


A.  metacarpea     _ 
volaris  I 


-  Ramus  earpeus  dorsalis 
_  ^  Ramus  earpeus  volaris 

Rete  carpi  volare 

M.  abductor  digiti  V 


Ramus  volaris 
profundus 

^  M.  flexor  digiti  V 
brevis 


Rami  perforantes 


Aa.  metacarpeae 
volares  II — IV 


Aa.  digitales 

volares 

communes 


Aa.  digitales 

volares 

propriae 


460.  Arteries  of  the  right  palm,  deep  layer. 

(All  the  structures  have  been  removed  with  the  exception  of  the  mm.  interossei,  the  muscles  of  the 
baU  of  the  little  finger  and  the  insertions  of  the  mm.  opponens  poUicis  and  flexor  pollicis  brevis.) 

The  aa.  digitales  volares  •propriae  (see  also  Fig.  459)  supply  the  volar  surfaces  and. 
from  the  region  of  the  first  joint  of  the  finger  on,  also  the  dorsal  surfaces  of  the  fingers. 

The  arcus  volaris  profuiidus  (0.  T.  deep  palmar  arch)  lies  directly  upon  the  proximal 
ends  of  the  ossa  metacarpalia  and  the  mm.  interossei,  covered  by  the  tendons  of  all  the  fiexors 
of  the  fingers  and  by  the  ra.  adductor  pollicis.  It  forms  a  flatter  curve  than  the  superficial  arch; 
its  convexity  looks  distalward.  In  its  formation  is  chiefly  concerned  the  termination  of  the 
a.  radialis,  which  anastomoses  with  the  ramus  volaris  profundus  of  the  a.  idnaris.  Proximalward 
it  gives  olf  branches  to  the  rete  carpi  volare,  distalward  four  aa.  metacarpeae  volares  (0.  T. 
princeps  pollicis,  radialis  indicis  and  palmar  interosseous  arteries)  which  run  upon  the  mm.  inter- 
ossei. The  first  goes  to  the  two  margins  of  the  thumb  and  to  the  radial  margin  of  the  index 
finger.  The  1^^,  3rd  and  4th  artery  gives  off,  close  to  its  origin,  a  ramus  perforans,  which 
passes  through  the  mm.  interossei  to  the  corresponding  a.  metacarpea  dorsalis ;  the  arteries  finally 
anastomose,  close  to  the  heads  of  the  ossa  metacarpalia,  with  the  aa.  digitales  volares  communes. 

The  rete  carpi  volare  (0.  T.  anterior  carpal  rete)  (see  also  Fig.  456)  lies  directly  upon 
the  volar  surface  of  the  wrist  and  consists  of  several  fine  branches  from  the  a.  interossea  volaris, 
from  the  rami  carpei  volares  of  the  aa.  radialis  and  ulnaris  and  from  the  arcus  volaris  profundus. 


418 


A.  intercostalis  suprema 
Truncus  costocervicalis 

A.  bronchlalis        \ 

A.  intercostalis  VII 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 

A.  carotis  communis  dextra 


A.  subclavia  dextra 


A.  bronchialis 


Aorta  thoracalis 


Ramus  posterior 
Eamus  anterior 


461.    Aorta   thoracalis,    viewed  from  in  front. 

(On   the   left   side  the  nun.  iut(>reustales  interui  and  subcostales  have  been  removed ;    the  dia- 

])hra^'m  has  been  cut  away  at  its  origins.) 

The  aorta  tllOracalis  (thoracic  aorta)  (see  also  Figs.  556,  629—631)  runs,  from 
the  left  side  of  the  body  of  the  4^h  thoracic  vertebra  on,  downward  and  somewhat  to  the  right 
and  passes  in  front  of  tlie  lower  margin  of  the  12"i  thoracic  vertebra,  a  little  to  the  left  of 
the  median  plane,  through  the  hiatus  aorticus  of  the  diaphragm  and  there  goes  over  into  the 
aorta  abdominalis.  On  the  left  side  it  is  directly  adjacent  to  the  v.  hemiazygos  and  is  covered 
by  the  }>leura  mediastinalis  (and  is  accordingly  in  dii'ect  contact  with  the  cavum  pleurae);  on 
the  riglit  side  it  adjoins  th(>  ductus  thoracicus  and  the  v.  azygos,  above  also  the  oesophagus, 
which  I'urther  down  lies  on  its  anterior  surface;  in  front  it  comes  into  relation  also  with  the 
bronchus  sinister  and  with  the  pericardium  in  the  region  of  the  left  atrium.  It  gives  off  branches 
to  the  thoracic  viscera,  rami  viscerales,   and  to  the  waUs  of  the  thorax,   rami  parietales. 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


419 


Ramus  posterior  ^      ;  Ramus  spinalis 


N.  lumbalis  II 


M.  sacrospinalis 


Processus 
transversus 

vertebrae    " 
lumbalis  III 


M.  inter- 

traiisversarius- 

lateralis 


Aorta 
abdomiiialis 


.A.  meseuterica 
inferior 


462.  Branches  of  the  arteriae  lumbales  dextrae. 

(A  piece  of  the  himbar  spine  with  its  mnscles,  viewed  from  the  right  and  somewhat  from  above.) 

A.  Eanii  riscerales:  1.  Aa.  broucliiales  (see  Fig.  461),  2—3,  from  the  anterior  wall 
of  the  first  part  of  the  vessel,  very  frequently  (especially  on  the  right  side)  from  the  a.  inter- 
costalis  in.   They  go  forward  to  the  right  and  left  bronchus  and  along  with  these  into  the  lungs. 

2.  Aa.  oesophageae  (not  illustrated),  3 — 7,  from  the  anterior  wall  at  different  levels,  for- 
ward and  ti)  the  right  to  the  oi^sophagus ;  the  lowermost  anastomoses  with  the  a.  gastrica  sinistra. 

3.  Rami  pericardiaci  (not  illustrated),  delicate,  to  the  posterior  wall  of  the  pericardium. 

4.  Rami  inediastiuales  (not  illustrated),  arising  partly  in  common  with  the  preceding, 
slender,  going  to  the  contents  of  the  spatium  mediastinale  posterius;  the  lowermost  spread 
out  also  upon  the  pars  lumbalis  of  the  diaphragm  as  the  aa.  phrenicae  xuperiorcs  (not  illustrated). 

B.  Rami  parietales:  Aa.  intercostales  (see  also  Fig.  461),  fi-om  the  posterior  wall 
of  the  vessel,  ten  on  each  side  for  the  3^3 — lltii  intercostal  space  and  the  lower  margin  of 
12^11  rib.  The  upper  arteries  run  upward  in  a  recurrent  direction,  the  lower  ones  more  horizon- 
tally; those  on  the  right  side  are  the  longer.  All  of  them  lie  upon  the  lig.  longitudinale  anterius, 
behind  the  n.  sympathicus  and  behind  the  v.  azygos  or  hemiazygos,  the  right  also  behind  the 
oesophagus  and  behind  the  ductus  thoracicus.  Each  arrives  at  the  lower  margin  of  a  capitulum 
costae  and  there  divides. 

a)  Ramus  posterior  gives   off  a    ramus  spinalis,  which  goes  through  the  foramen  inter- 

vertebrale  into  the  canalis  vertebralis  to  the  spinal  cord  and  its  surroundings.  It 
then  goes  backward,  medianward  from  the  lig.  costotransversarium  anterius,  gives  off 
ra)ni  miisculares,  and  divides  into  two  branches.  One  of  these  runs  between  the 
mm.  semispinalis  and  longissimus,  appears  between  two  procc.  spinosi  and  turns  lateral- 
ward  to  the  skin  (ramus  cutaneus  medialis) ;  the  other  lies  between  the  mm.  longis- 
simus and  iliocostalis  and  goes  often  (especially  in  the  lower  segments)  also  to  the 
skin  (ramus  cutaneus  lateralis). 

b)  Ramus  anterior   runs   forward  in  the  spatium  intercostale  beneath  the  v.  intercostalis 

(see  p.  455),  at  first  covered  only  by  the  fascia  endothoracica  and  the  pleura,  then 
also  by  the  mm.  intercostales  interni  or  the  m.  subcostalis;  it  gives  off  a  branch  to 
the  upper  margin  of  the  next  lower  rib  and  also  many  rami  miisculares.  In  front 
it  anastomoses  with  the  corresponding  ramus  intercostalis  of  the  a.  mamraaria  interna. 
In  the  region  of  the  digitations  of  origin  of  the  m.  obliquus  abdominis  e.xternus 
rami  cutanei  laterales  [pectorales  et  abdominalesj  (not  illustrated)  go,  some  back- 
ward (ramus  posterior)  to  the  lateral,  some  forward  (ramus  anterior)  to  the  anterior 
wall  of  the  trunk :  small  rami  mammarii  laterales  go  from  the  latter  to  the  mammary 
gland.  Only  in  the  4th— 6''!  intercostal  space,  as  a  rule,  small  branches  pass  to  the 
skin  medial  from  the  nipple  (raini  cutanei  anteriores  [pectorales  et  abdominalesj) 
(not  illustrated)  and  some  to  the  mammary  gland  (rami  mammarii  mediales). 


420 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


Oesophagus  I         |  A.  phrenica  inferior 
A.  coeliaca\  ! I 


A.  mesenterica  superior 


Aoiia  abdominali> 
A.  lumbalis  III 


Diaphragma 


Ramus  suprareiialis  superior 
/      A.  suprarenalis  media 
'        /■       A.  renalis 

'   A.  suprarenalis  inferior 


A.  spermatica  interna 
/      (a.  testicularis) 
A.  mesenteriia 
inferior 


Ramus  iliacus  / 

Ramus  lumbalis        ^ 

A.  circumflexa  ''  / 

ilium  profunda  / 

A.  saeralis  media 

A.  epigastrica  inferior 


A.  iliaca  externa 


A,  hypogastrica  I 


I        lA.  iliolumbalis 
I  A.  lumbalis  inia 
A.  saeralis  lateralis 


463.    Aorta  abdominalis,  viewed  from  in  front. 

(On  the  right  side  the  kidnc^v  and  the  iniu.  psuas  and  (juadratus  Uimhorum  have  been  removed.) 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk.  421 

The  aorta  abdoniinaliS  (see  also  Figs.  499  and  033)  runs  downward  on  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae,  a  little  to  the  left  of  the  median  plane.  It  is  directly 
covered  in  front  by  the  corpus  pancreatis,  the  pars  inferior  duodeni  and  the  peritonaeum,  lies 
on  the  left  side  of  the  v.  cava  inferior  and  divides  in  front  of  the  lower  margin  of  the  4tii  lumbar 
vertebra  into  the  aa.  iliacae  communes  dexti-a  et  sinistra.  Its  branches  are  divisible  into  rami 
parietales  (to  the  walls  of  the  abdomen)  and  rami  yisccrales  (to  the  abdominal  viscera). 

A.  Rami  parietales: 

1.  A.  phreuica  inferior,  paired,  arises  in  front  of  the  12tii  thoracic  vertebra,  separated 
fi-om,  or  in 'common  with,  that  of  the  other  side,  goes  upward,  forward  and  lateralward  on 
the  inferior  surface  of  the  pars  lurabalis  diaphragmatis  (on  the  right  side  behind  the  foramen 
venae  cavae)  and  helps  to  supply  the  diaphragm.     Branches: 

a)  Rami  suprarenales  superiores,  from  the  first  part  of  the  artery,  to  the  adrenal. 

2.  Aa.  lumbales  I— IV  (0.,T.  lumbar  arteries)  (see  also  Fig.  462),  paired,  go  off,  usually 
at  a  right  angle,  from  the  posterior  wall,  one  in  fi-ont  of  in  body  of  each  of  the  1st  _  4111 
lumbar  vertebrae ;  they  run  backward  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  same,  covered  by  the  crura 
diaphragmatis  and  the  origins  of  the  m.  psoas  major,  and  pass  through  the  m.  quadra tus  lumborura 
to  the  muscles  and  to  the  skin  of  the  lateral  wall  of  the  abdomen.   Eacli  gives  off  one  branch : 

a)  Ramus  posterioi-,  corresponds  exactly  to  the  r.  posterior  of  an  a.  intercostalis  (see  p.  419); 
it  gives  oft'  a  ramus  spinalis  and  goes  to  the  muscles  and  skin  of  the  lumbar  region. 

3.  A.  sacralis  media  (middle  sacral  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  470  and  471),  impaired,  from 
the  posterior  wall  of  the  aurta  a  little  above  the  bifurcation,  extends  downward,  somewhat  tortuous, 
in  the  median  plane  in  front  of  the  Sth  lumbar  vertebra,  sacrum  and  coccyx.  It  gives  off  branches 
to  the  neighboring  bones,  muscles,  nerves  and  to  the  rectum  and  ends  in  a  vascular  skein,  the 
glomus  coccyfjeum  (not  illustrated),  situated  beneath  the  tip  of  the  coccyx.     Branch: 

a)  A.  lumhalis  ima  runs  lateralward  and  downward,  one  on  each  side,  upon  the  body  of 
the  5th  lumbar  vertebra  to  the  mm.  psoas  major  and  iliacus. 

B.  Rami  riscerales: 

1.  A.  suprareiialis  media  (middle  suprarenal  artery),  paired,  arises  a  little  below  the 
a.  coeliaca  tmd  runs  directly  in  front  of  the  crus  mediale  diaphragmatis  to  the  adrenal. 

2.  A  renalis  (renal  artery),  paired,  arises  nearly  at  a  right  angle  at  the  level  of  the 
1st  lumbar  vertebra  (or  somewhat  lower),  rims  transversely  in  front  of  the  crus  mediale  dia- 
phragmatis (on  the  right  side  behind  the  v.  cava  inferior)  behind  the  v.  renalis  and  sends  its 
branches  in  fi-ont  of  and  behind  the  pelvis  of  the  kidney  to  the  substance  of  the  kidney  (see  also 
Ilg.  638).  Variations  in  the  origin  and  number  of  the  renal  arteries  are  fi-erpient.  Each,  by 
means  of  small  branches  to  the  tunica  adiposa  of  the  kidney,  anastomoses  with  the  aa.  phrenica 
inferior j^  lumbales,  suprarenales,  spermaticae  intemae  and  mesentericae.    Each  gives  off  also: 

a)  A.  suprareiialis  inferior  to  the  adrenal. 

3.  A.  spermatica  interna  (0.  T.  spermatic  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  464  and  465),  paired, 
arises,  at  an  acute  angle,  at  the  level  of  the  2id  lumbar  vertebra,  runs  downward,  lateralward 
and  forward  (on  the  right  side  in  front  of  the  v.  cava  inferior)  upon  the  mm.  psoas  major  and 
minor,  in  front  of  the  ureter,  behind  the  peritonaeum,  gives  off  in  its  course  fine  branches  to 
the  tunica  adiposa  of  the  kidney,  to  the  ureter  and  to  the  lymph  glands  and  approaches  the 
lateral  margin  of  the  pelvic  inlet.     Thence  it  is  distributed  differently  in  the  two  sexes. 

In  the  male,  as  the  a.  testicularis  (see  also  Figs.  467,  499  and  650)  it  goes  upon  the 
m.  psoas  major,  in  fi-ont  of  the  a.  and  v.  iUaca  externa  to  the  annulus  inguinalis  abdominalis  and, 
surrounded  by  the  plexus  pampiniformis,  in  the  spermatic  cord  to  the  epididymis  and  testicle. 

In  the  female,  as  the  a.  ovarica  (see  Figs.  471,  472  and  503)  it  crosses  the  a.  and 
V.  iliaca  externa,  nearly  in  ft-ont  of  the  ureter,  enters  mto  the  lig.  suspensorium  ovarii,  surrounded 
by  the  plexus  pampimformis,  runs  along  the  anterior  margin  (margo  mesovaricus)  of  the  ovary, 
gives  off  branches  to  it  and  forms  a  broad  anastomosis  with  the  ramus  ovarii  of  the  a.  uterina. 

4.  A.  coeliaca  (0.  T.  coeUac  axis)  (see  also  Fig.  464),  unpaired,  from  the  anterior  wall 
between  the  \2^^  thoracic  and  the  l^t  lumbar  vertebra,  is  short,  and  divides  at  the  upper 
margin  of  the  corpus  pancreatis  into  three  branches. 

a)  A.  gastrica  sinistra -{0.  T.  gastric  or  coronary  artery)  (see  Figs.  464  and  465),  bends 

forward  and  '.upward  in  the  plica  gastropancreatica  to  the  right  side  of  the  cardia 
and  runs  in  the  omentum  minus,  along  the  curvatura  minor  of  the  stomach,  to  the 
right  and  downward.  Small  branches  to  the  oesophagus  (rami  oesophagei),  larger 
ones  to  the  anterior  and  posterior  walls  of  the  stomach  and  to  the  omentum  minus. 

b)  A.  hepatica  (hepatic  arteiy)  (see  Figs.  464  and  465)  runs  upon  the  right  crus  mediale 

diaphragmatis  at  the  upper  margin  of  the  pancreas  behind  and  below  the  vestibulum 
bursae  omentalis  to  the  left  posterior  surface  of  the  pylorus.     Branches: 
ba)  A.  gastrica  dextra  (0.  T.  pyloric  artery)  arises  at  the  pylorus  and  runs  between  the  layers 
of  the  omentum  minus  along  the  curvatura  minor  to  the  left;   it  unites  with  the  a. 
gastrica  sinistra  and  gives  off  branches  to  the  anterior  and  posterior  walls  of  the  stomach. 


422 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


/ 


A.  gastrica  dextra  (cut  off) 

Ramus  sinister  a.  hepaticae  propriae      ^ 

A.  gastroduodenalis  ,       | 

Ramus  dexter  a.  '        [ 

hepaticae  propriae   .'         \ 


Hepar 
(lobus  \ 
dexter)    \ 


A.  hepatica 


A.  gastrica  sinistra 
A.  lienalis 


A.  gastroepiploica  sinistra 
A.  gastrica  brevis 


/  Ramus 
/     lienalis 


''  '     ''  / 

Duodenum  f        /    /  ^ 


A.  gastroepiploica  dextra 

A.  pancreaticoduodenalis/ 


A.  pancreaticoduodenalis  inferior'    / 


A.  mesenterica  superior 


/ 


/ 

Aorta 
abdominalis 


^A.  colica  sinistra 
A.  mesenterica  inferior 


^  Colon  descendens 
^  ^Intestinum  jejunum 

^  A.  spermatica  interna 


464.  Arteries  of  the  abdominal  viscera, 

deepest  layer,  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  left  lohe  of  the  liver,  the  largest  part  of  the  stomach,  the  small  intestines  and  the  colon 
transversum  have  been  removed;  the  peritonaeum  has  been,  in  large  extent,  dissected  off.) 

bb)  A.  hepatica  propria  ascends  between  the  layers  of  the  lig.  hepatoduodenale,  to  the  left 
of  tlie  ductus  choledochus  and  in  front  of  the  v.  portae  (see  Fig.  497),  to  the  porta 
hepatis  and  there  divides  into  a  ramus  dexter  (0.  T.  right  terminal  branch)  to  the 
right  half  and  a  ramus  sinister  (0.  T.  left  terminal  branch)  to  the  left  half  of  the 
liver  (see  also  Fig.  581).  The  former  gives  off  the  a.  cystica  to  the  gall  bladder, 
be)  A.  gastroduodenalis  (gastroduodenal  artery)  runs  downward  to  the  left  of  and  behind 
the  pars  superior  duodeni  and  divides  into  two  branches : 

«)  A.  pancreaticoduodenalis  superior  extends  downward  and  to  the  left  on  the  concave 
side   of  the  pars  descendens  and  pars  inferior  duodeni,   between  it  and  the  caput 
pancreatis,  unites  with  the  a.  pancreaticoduodenalis  inferior  and  supplies,  with  its 
rami pancreatici,  the  caput  i)ancreatis,  and  with  its  rami  duodenalcs,  the  duodenum. 
/?)  A.  f/astroepiploica  dextra   (right  gastroepiploic  artery)  arrives  at  the  lower  sur- 
face of  the  pars  superior  (hiodeni  between  the  two  anterior  layers  of  the  omentum 
majus,  runs  to  tlie  left  along  the  curvatura  major  of  the  stomach  and  unites  with 
the  a.  gastroepi])loica    sinistra.     It  gives   branches   to   the  anterior  and  posterior 
walls  of  the  stomach,  as  well  as  rami  epiploici  to  the  great  omentum, 
c)  A.  lienalis  (0.  T.  splenic  arter\)  bends  to  the  left  and  extends  to  the  left  at  the  upper 
margin  of  the  pancreas  or  behind  it,  as  well  as  behind  the  bursa  omentalis,  in  front 
of  the  left  adrenal   and   kidney,    in   a  tortuous   course   to   the  hilus   of  the   spleen. 
Branches  (see  p.  424): 


A.  pancreaticoduodenalis  inferior 
A.  gastroepiploica  dextra 
A.  pancreatico- 
duodenalis superior 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 
A    gastrica  dextra 


423 


A.  hepatica 


\ .  LTHstrica  sinistra 


A.  gastroepiploica  sinistra 


Colon  ascendens  /  / 

A.  colica  dextra 

A.  mesenterica  superior 


Colon  descendens 
A.  colica  sinistra 


A.  mesenterica  inferior 


A.  ileocolica 


A.  sigmoidea 
\A.  haemorrhoidalis  superior 


Aorta  abdominalis 


465.  Arteries  of  the  abdominal  viscera, 

more  saperlicial  layer,  viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  left  lobe  of  the  liver,  the  small  intestines  and  the  colon  transversum  have  been  removed ; 
the  mesenterium  and  mesocolon  have  been  dissected  off.) 


424  Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 

ca)  Rami  panci-catici,    numerous,  to  the  corpus  and  to  the  cauda  pancreatis. 

cb)  A.  gastroepiploica  sinistra  (left  g-astroepiploic  artery)  (see  also  fig.  465)  runs  forward 

in  the  lig.  gastrolienale,  goes  to  the  right,  between  the  two  anterior  layers  of  the 
omentum  majus,  along  the  curvatura  major  of  the  stomach,  and  unites  with  the 
a.  gastroepiploica  dextra ;  its  branches  are  like  those  of  the  latter  artery. 

cc)  Aa.  (jastricae   breoes    (vasa  brevia)    (see   Fig.  464).    in   the   lig.   gastrolienale    to   the 

fundus  ventriculi. 
cd)  Rami  lienaUs  fmni  the  hilus  to  the  substance  of  the  spleen  (see  Fig.  586). 

5.  A.  meseuterica  superior  (superior  mesenteric  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  463 — 465,  498 
and  584),  unpaired,  arises  just  below  the  a.  coeliaca,  separated  from  it  by  the  v.  lienalis,  in  front 
of  the  1st  lumbar  vertebra;  it  goes  downward  at  first  behind  the  caput  pancreatis,  then  passes 
through  the  incisura  pancreatis  in  the  groove  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  processus  uncinatus 
and  in  fi-ont  of  the  pars  inferior  duodeni  between  the  layers  of  the  mesenterium  and  runs  in 
a  curve,  slightly  convex  to  the  left  and  forward,  as  far  as  the  first  portion  of  the  large  intestine. 

a)  A.  pancreaticoduodcnalis  inferior  (see  Fig.  464)  goes  off  from  the  right  side,  runs  to 

the  right  on  the  concave  surface  of  the  pars  inferior  duodeni  between  it  and  the 
pancreas,  supplies  both  organs  and  unites  with  the  a.  pancreaticoduodenalis  superior. 

b)  Aa.  intesiinates  (0.  T.  vasa  intestini  tenuis),  about  sixteen,  fi'om  the  convexity  of  the 

arch,  pass  between  the  layers  of  the  mesenterium  to  the  loops  of  the  jejunum  (aa. 
jcjunaks)  and  ileum  (aa.  ileae).  Each  artery  bifurcates  and  forms  arch-like  anasto- 
moses with  the  branches  of  neighboring  vessels ;  the  branches  arising  from  these  form 
further  anastomoses  and  so  on  until  two  to  five  series  of  anastomoses  follow  upon 
one  another  (see  Fig.  496).  From  the  last  -iiumerous  branches  of  nearly  equal  sife  and 
almost  equidistant  from  one  another  go  to  the  small  intestine.  Small  branches  go 
also  to  the  contents  of  the  mesentery.    The  last  a.  ilea  unites  with  the  a.  ileocolica. 

c)  A.  ileocolica,    from  the   right   side,    runs    behind  the  peritonaeum  to   the   right  and 

downward  to  the  end  of  the  small  and  beginning  of  the  large  intestine,  anastomoses 
with  the  last  a.  ilea  and  with  the  a.  colica  dextra.  A  small  branch,  the  a.  ajrpen- 
dicularis  (not  indicated),  goes  behind  the  ileum  "to  the  vermiform  process. 

d)  A.  colica  dextra  (right  colic  artery),  fi-ora  the  right  side,    very  often  a  branch  of  the 

preceding  arteiy,  goes  to  the  right  behind  the  peritonaeum  to  the  colon  ascendens; 
it  anastomoses  with  the  a.  ileocolica  and  with  the  a.  colica  media. 

e)  A.  colica  media  (middle  colic  artery),    from  the   right  side,   in  frunt  Lif  the  pancreas; 

it  extends  to  the  right  and  forward  in  the  mesocolon  transversum  to  the  colon  trans- 
versum;  it  anastomoses  with  the  a.  colica  dextra  and  with  the  a.  colica  sinistra. 

6.  A.mesenterica  iuferior  (see  Figs.  462—465),  unpaired,  arises  between  the  3rd  and 
4th  lumbar  vertebra  and  runs  downward  and  to  the  left,  beneath  the  peritonaeum.    Branches: 

a)  A.  colica  sinistra  (left  colic  artery),   beneath  the  peritonaeum  to  the  left  to  the  colon 

descendens;  it  anastomoses  with  the  a.  colica  media  and  with  the  aa.  sigmoideae. 

b)  Aa.  sigmoideae,  often  single,  run  downward  and  to  the  left  to  the  colon  sigmoideum: 

they  anastomose  with  the  a.  colica  sinistra  and  with  the  a.  haemorrhoidalis  superior. 

c)  A.  haemorrhoidalis  superior  (see  also  Figs.  470  and  471)   bends   downward  in   fi-ont 

of  the  a.  and  v.  iliaca  communis  sinistra  and  in  front   of  the  promontorium  and  goes 

downward  between    the  two  layers  of  the  mesorectum,    in  front   of  the    sacrum  and 

behind  the  rectum,  and  then  divides  into  two  branches,  which  run  right  and  left  to 

the  intestinum   rectum;    it  anastomoses  above  with   the  aa.  sigmoideae,   below  witli 

the  aa.  haemorrhoidales  mediae  (from  the  a.  hyppgastrica). 

A.   iliaca  communis   (iliac  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  463,  467,  468,  470,  471  and  499) 

paired,    goes    downward,    lateralward   and  forward,    slightly  curved,    in   front   of  the   bodies  of 

the  4th  and  5th  Uimbar  vertebra  at  the  medial  margin  of  the  m.  psoas  major;  it  is  covered  by 

jieritonaeum  and  runs,  on  the  left  side,  behind  the  ureter  and  the  a.  haemorrhoidalis  superior. 

It  lies  in  front  of  and  somewhat  to  the  left  of  the  v.  iliaca  communis.    It  divides  in  front  of 

the  articulatio  sacroiliaca  into  the  a.  liypogastrica  and  the  a.  iliaca  externa. 

A.  liypogastrica  (see  Figs.  463,  467,  468,  470  and  471)  turns  downward  and 
somewhat  backward  into  the  small  pelvis  and  divides,  after  a  short  course,  usually  into  a 
posterior  and  an  anterior  branch.  The  posterior  branch  bends  markedly  backward  to  the  upper 
part  of  the  foramen  ischiadicum  majus  (above  the  m.  piriformis),  gives  off  the  aa.  iliolumbahs. 
obturatoria  and  sacralis  lateralis  and  ends  as  the  a.  glutaea  superior.  The  anterior  branch 
runs  in  ft'ont  of  the  m.  piriformis  to  the  inferior  portion  of  the  foramen  ischiadicum  majus, 
gives  off  the  aa.  umbilicalis  (or  aa.  vesicales  superiores),  vesicalis  inferiur.  deferentialis  (in  the 
male),  uterina  (in  the  female)  and  haemorrhoidalis  media  and  bifurcates  into  the  aa.  glutaea 
inferior  and  ]Hulenda  interna.  The  subdivisions  of  the  posterior  branch  (and  the  a.  glutaea  in- 
ferior) go  chiefly  to  the  walls  of  the  pelvis  as  rami  parietales,  those  of  the  anterior  branch 
(with  the  exception  of  the  a.  glutaea  inferior)  chietly  to  the  viscera  as  rami  yiscerales. 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


425 


A.  colica  media        V.  mesenterica  superior 
Colon  transversuni  '         '       A.  mesenterica  superior 


Duodenum 


.Aa.  jejunales 


Colon  ascendens  / 

A.  colica  dextra        ^ 
A.  ileocolica 


lutestinum  ileum 


Aa.  ileae 
Colon  sigmoideum 


Intestinum  ileum 


466.    Branches  of  the  a.  mesenterica  superior, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The    small   mtestinc   has   been   cut   away  at   the  mesentery  with    the  exception  of  two  loops, 

the   transverse   colon  has  been  drawn  upward,   the  g'reat  omentum  cut  off,    and  the  mesentery 

reflected  to  the  left.     The  mesentery  and  mesocolon  have  been  partially  dissected  away.) 


p 


426 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 
M.  transversus  abdominis 


A.  epigastrica  inferior 
I 
M.  rectus  altdominis 


Ductus 
deferens 

Ligamentum 

interfoveolare 

[Hesselbachi] 


i 


Kamus 
obturatorius  -■ 

Eamus  pubicus 

a.  epigastricae 

infcrioris 

Adniiniculum  lineae  albae 


Ligamentum  lacunare 
[Gimbernati' 

Ramus  pubicus 
a.  obturatoriae 

Vesica  urinaria 
Symphysis  ossium  pubis 

V.  dorsalis  penis 


V.  iliaca  communis 

A.  iliaca  communis 

A.  testioularis 

A.  iliaca  externa 

A.  circumtlcxa 
ilium  jirofunda 

A.  hypogastrica 
A.  iliolumbalis 

A.  glutaea  superior 
V.  iliaca  externa 
N.  obturatorius 
A.  obturatoria 


A.  glutaea 
inferior 

A.  pudenda 
interna 

A.  haemor- 

rhoidalis 

media 


Penis 


Prostata 


I         lutesliiuim  rectum 
Ductus  deferens 


467.    Right  a.  obturatoria  and  a.  epigastrica  in- 
ferior,   in   the    male,   viewed  from  tlie  left. 

A.  Rami  parietalos: 

1.  A.  iliolumbalis  (0.  T.  iliolumbar  artery)  (see  also  Figs.  463  and  468)  turns  lateral- 
ward  and  upward  beliind  the  n.  obturatorius,  between  the  basis  ossis  sacri  and  the  m.  psoas 
major,  and  divides  into  two  ))ranches: 

a)  Ramus  Inmhalis  corresponds  to  the  ramus  posterior  of  an  a.  lumlialis  (see  Fig.  462)  and 

gives  ofi'a  ramns spinalis  to  the  spinal  canal:  it  supplies  the  neighboring  muscles  and  skin. 

b)  Ramus  iliacus  runs  l)ehind  the  m.  psoas  major  along  the  crista  iliaca,  gives  off  branches 

to  the  bones  and  muscles;  it  unites  with  the  a.  circumflexa  iliimi  profunda. 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


427 


Ductus  deferens 
A.  testicularis  '    | 


I  M.  transversus  abdoiuinis 

,  A.  circumflexa  ilium  profunda 


A.  epigastrica  inferior 
^^.  rectus  abdominis 


A.  iliaca  communis 


Ramus  iliacus 
a.  iliolumbalis 


Ligaiuen- 

tum  iuter- 

foveolare 

A.  sperma- 
tica  externa 
A.  obturatoria 
(abnormal) 

Lig.  lacunare 
[Gimbernati 

Falx  [aponeurotica] 
inguinalis 

Eamus  pubicus  a.         _    , 
epigastricae  inferioris 

Eamus  pubicus    _ 
a.  obturatoriae 

Ramus  internus 


Symphysis  ossium  pubis 


A.  iliolumbalis 
A.  iliaca  externa 


A.  hypogastrica 

V.  iliaca  externa 

bturatoria  (normal, 
rudimentary) 
bturatorius 

A.  glutaea  inferior 

- —  A.  haemorrhoidalis  media 
-  Ligamentum  sacrospinosiJru 
A.  pudenda  interna 

-  -M-  levator  ani 


Trigouum  (diaphragma)  urogenitale' 


A.  penis 


468.  Abnormal  a.  obturatoria  dextra  in  the  male. 

(A  wiinlow  has  been  cut  out  of  the  mm.  obturator  internus  and  levator  ani.) 

2.  A.  sacralis  lateralis  (lateral  sacral  artery)  (see  Fig.  463)  downward,  single  or 
double,  upon  the  facies  pelvina  of  the  sacrum,  gives  off  rami  s\)inales  through  the  foramina 
sacralia    into  the   canalis   sacralis,    and  branches  to  the  muscles  and  to  the  skin  of  the  back. 

3.  A.  obturatoria  (obturator  artery)  (see  also  Pigs.  467,  469—471  and  476),  frequently 
arising  from  the  anterior  branch,  extends  fonvard  and  downward  beneath  the  linea  terminalis  of 
the  pelvis  and  beneath  the  n.  obturatorius  to  the  canalis  obturatorius,  inside  which  it  divides 
into  its  terminal  branches.     In  the  pelvis,  small  branches  to  its  surroundings,  as  well  as : 

a)  Ramus  pubicus.    This  rims  medianward  on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  ramus  superior 

ossis  pubis  and  anastomoses  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  lig.  lacunare  [Gimbernati] 
with  the  ramus  obturatorius  of  the  a.  epigastrica  inferior.  By  this  anastomosis  the 
a.  obturatoria  arises  in  about  one-third  of  the  cases  from  the  a.  epigastrica;  it  lies  in 
half  of  these  cases  upon  the  lig.  lacunare  or  upon  the  septum  femorale,  in  the  other 
half,  lateralward  from  the  annulus  feraoraUs. 

b)  Ramus  internus,   medial  from  the  membrana  obturatoria,  do^vnward  to  the  ischium. 


428 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


Ramus  iTiternus 

Ramus  anterior 

M.  obturator  externus 


M.  pectineus 
I 

M.  adductor  loiigus 


Acetabulura- 


A.  acetabuli- 


Kamus  posterior 


Brancli  to  the 
m.  obturator  — 
interiius 

M.  quadratus- 
femoris 


Symphysis  ossium 
pubis 


M.  gracilis 
M.  adductor  brevis 


M.  adductor  minimus 


Membraua  obluraloria 


M.  adductor- magnus 


469.  Terminal  branches  of  the  a.  obturatoria 

d extra,  viewed  from  in  front  and  from  the  rig-lit. 
(The  muscles   of  the  thigh  have  been   cut  off  short  at  their  origin.) 

3.  A.  obturatoria  (continued).     Terminal  branches: 

c)  Ramus  posterior,  goes  downward  in  the  membrana  obturatoria  at  the  posterior  margin 

of  the  foramen  obturatum  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  ramus  superior  ossis  ischii, 
and  gives  off,  as  it  goes,  the  a.  acetabuli,  M'hich  passes  through  the  incisura  acetabuli 
to  the  hip  joint;  it  also  gives  off  branches  which  pass  through  the  membrane  to  the 
m.  obturator  internus,  and  sends  its  terminal  branches  in  part  forward  upon  the 
origin  of  the  in.  obturator  externus,  in  part  backward  especialh'  to  the  ischium. 

d)  Ramus  aiiterior,  forward  upon  the  external  surface  of  the  membrane  and  then,  partly 

through,    parti}-  in    front  of  the  m.  obturator  externus,    toward  the  preceding  artery. 

4.  A.  glutaea  superior  (gluteal  artery)  (see  Figs.  467,  470  and  477)  goes  backward 
through  the  upper  part  of  the  foramen  ischiadicum  majus,  above  the  m.  piriformis,  gives  small 
branches  to  the  surrounding  muscles  and  bones  and  divides  into  a  superficial  branch,  which  goes 
downward  between  the  mm.  glutaeus  maximus  and  medius,  and  into  a  deep  branch,  which  runs 
forward  between  the  nun.  glutaeus  minimus  and  medius.  This  latter  branch  divides  into  a  ramus 
superior  along  the  upper  margin  of  the  m.  glutaeus  minimus  and  into  a  ramus  inferior  in  the 
substance  of  the  ni.  glutaeus  medius.    It  gives  off,  also,  branches  to  the  skm  covei'ing  the  region. 

5.  A.  glutaea  inferior  (see  Figs.  467,  470  and  477)  runs  backward  and  downward 
between  the  lower  margin  of  the  m.  piriformis  and  the  lig.  sacrospinosum  through  the  lower 
part  of  the  foramen  ischiadicum  majus  to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  m.  glutaeus  maximus. 
It  supplies  especially  this  muscle,  its  neighbors  and  the  skin  covering  that  region  and  gives  off 
a  fine  a.  comilans  n.  ischiadici  which  goes  downward  to  the  n.  ischiadicus. 

B.  Rami  vlseerales.  t 

1.  A.  umbilicalis  (0.  T.  hypogastric  artery)  (see  Figs.  470,  471,  510  and  511)  present 
in  its  full  development  only  beft>rc  birth,  runs  in  a  curve,  on  the  inner  wall  of  the  small  pelvis, 
forward  and  upward  to  the  anti^'ior  abdomiiiid  wall,  arrives  on  this  behind  the  lateral  margin 
of  the  tendon  of  the  m.  rectus  abdominis  and  tln'u  goes,  beneath  the  peritonaeum  in  the  plica 
umbilicalis  lateralis,  to  the  navel  (see  also  Figs.  328  and  599).  It  gives  off  the  aa.  vesicates 
superiores  to  the  upper  part  of  the  bladder.  After  birth  cmly  the  beginning  of  the  artery 
an<l  the  branches  to  the  bladder  remain  open,  the  largest  part  of  the  vessel  becomes  obliterated 
to  form  the  ligameninm  umbilieale  laterale  (0.  T.  lateral  false  ligament'. 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


429 


A.  sacralis  media 

A.  iliaca  communis 


Aorta  abdominali 


A.  mesenterica  inferior 


A.  testicularis 
A.  circumflexa  ilium  profunda  i 


A.  iliaca  externa 


Ureter 
A.  hypogastrica 

A.  obturatoria 

A.  vesicalis  superior 
A.  sacralis  lateralis 
A.  deferentialis 

^  A.  vesicalis 

/     inferior 

A.  baemorrhoi- 

/     dalis  media 

A.  haemorrh< 

^     dalis  superi( 

Intestinum 

rectum 


Ductus      _   - , 
deferens  ' 

A.  epigastrica    _ 
inferior 

Ligamentum  um- ^\  ^\J 

bilicale  laterale  ** 

Ligamentum 
umbilicale  medium 
A.  vesicalis 
superior 

Vesica  urinaria 


Prostata 


A.  dorsalis  penis  _ 


A.  scrotalis  posterior 
A 


penis 


A.  pudenda  interna 
'A.  vesicalis  inferior 
Vesicula  seminalis 


^  A.  baemorrhoidalis 
media 
A.  baemorrhoidalis 
\  inferior 

M.  levator  ani 


470.  Arteries  of  the  male  pelvis,  viewed  from  the  left. 

(The  rectum  has  been  drawn  somewhat  to  the  left,  the  peritonaeum  has  been  removed.) 

^-  2.  A.  deferentialis  (0.  T.  artery  of  the  vas  deferens)  (present  only  in  the  male),  fre- 
quently arising  from  the  preceding  arteiy  or  from  the  following,  passes  forward  and  downward 
to  the  ductus  deferens,  there  divides,  one  part  going  downward  as  far  as  the  vesicula  seminalis, 
'the  other  upward  to  the  inguinal  canal  and  thence  to  the  epididymis;  it  anastomoses  there 
with  the  a.  testicularis. 

^^  3.  A.  vesicalis  inferior  (see  also  Figs.  471  and 472)  goes  downward  to  the  fundus  vesicae: 
it  goes  also  in  the  male  to  the  vesicula  seminalis  and  the  prostate,  in  the  female  to  the  vagina. 
^■^  4.  A.  baemorrhoidalis  media  (middle  haemorrhoidal  artery)  (see  also  Fig.  467)  comes 
ftequently  from  the  a.  pudenda  mterna  and  runs  over  the  m.  coccygeus  and  m.  levator  ani, 
downward  and  medianward  to  the  rectum  and  to  the  surrounding  muscles ;  it  gives  off  branches 
to  the  vesiculae  seminales  and  to  the  prostate  in  the  male,  to  the  vagina  in  the  female. 
Spalteholz,  Atlas.  .    '  28 


430 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


Aorta  abdominalis 


Ureter 


A.  ovarica 


M.'iliacu 


A.  lumbalis  IV 
—  Ureter 


A.  iliaca  externa 

A.  epigastrica  inferio 

A.  obturatoria 

Ligamentum  teres  uteri 

A.  vesicalis  superior 

Lig.  unibilioale  laterale 

A.  vcsicalis  inferior 


Ligamentum  teres  uteri  ' 
A.  uterina 

Ureter 
Vesica  urinaria 


Uterus        / 
Symphysis  ossium  pubis* 

A.  dorsalis  clitoridis 


A.  mesenterica 
inferior 

A.  iliaca 

communis 

A.  lumbalis 

ima 

A.  sacralis 

media 

^  Rectum 

._  A.  iliaca 
externa 

--    A.  hypo- 
gastrica 

Eamus 

tubarius 

Kamus 
ovarii 

-  A.  vesicalis 
inferior 

-  Branch  to 
the  vagina 

"    A.  uterina 
A.  haemor- 
rhoidalis 
superior 
A.  vaginalis 

—  Lig.  umbili- 
cale  laterale 
Ureter 

-  Aa.  vesicales 
superiores 

A.  vesicalis 
inferior 

Vagina 


A.  pudenda  interna 

A.  haemorrhoidalis 
inferior 

M.  levator  ani 


A.  clitoridis 
A.  labialis  posterior 


471.    Arteries  of  the  female  pelvis,  viewed  somewhat  from  the  left. 

(The  organs  have  been  partly  drawn  out  of  tlieir  position;  the  peritonaeum  has  been  removed.) 

5.  A.  uterina  (uterine  artery)  (present  only  iu  the  female)  (see  also  Fi^r.  472)  goes  for- 
ward- beneath  the  peritonaeum  at  first  on  the  inner  wall  of  the  small  pelvis,  then  turns  median- 
ward,  runs  through  the  parametriimi  obli(iuely  forward  in  Iront  of  the  ureter  to  the  cei'vix  uteri 
aud  there  gives  off  the  a.  vaginalis,  whieh  runs  downward  on  the  lateral  wall  of  the  vagina.  The 
uterine  artery  then  runs  aloug  the  margo  lateralis  uteri,  following  a  very  tortuous  course  between 
the  layers  of  the  ligamentum  latum  uteri,  as  far  as  the  fundus  uteri  and  sends  off  numerous 
corkscrew-like,  tortuous  branches  to  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  of  the  uterus,  anastomosing 
with  one  another  and  with  those  of  the  other  side;  it  ends  in  a  branch  which  runs  in  the 
ligamentum  latum  partly  to  the  ligamentum  teres  uteri  and  to  the  tuba  wtemvA  (ramus  tuha- 
rins),  partly  to  the  ovary  (ramus  ovarii) ;  the  latter  branch  runs  along  the  margo  mesovariciLS 
of  the  ovarv  and  forms  a  broad  anastomosis  with  the  a.  ovarica. 


Ai'teries  of  the  Trunk. 


431 


Ramus  tubarius 

Tuba  uterina  ' 

[Falloppii 

I 
I 


A.  uterina 

Ureter 

■Vesica  urinaria . 

A.  vesicalis  inferior  ■ 


Vagina  / 

A.  vesicalis  inferior,      yi^ 
brandies  to  tlie  vagina'^ 

M.  levator  ani 


Intestinum  rectum 


472.  Arteries  of  the  uterus  and  surrounding 

structures,   viewed   from    behind  and  somewhat  from  the  left. 

(On  the  left  side  the  ovary,  the  Fallopian  tube  and  the  ligamentum  teres  uteri  have  been 

displaced  from  their  normal  position.) 

Jt:^  k.  pudenda  iuterua  (see  Figs.  468,  473  and '474)  goes  dowBward  at  the  lower 
mai^gin  of  the  m.  piriformis  behind  the  lig.  sacrospinosum,  lies  on  the  medial  surface  of  the 
tuber  ischiadicum  and  passes  forward,  in  the  form  of  a  curve,  upon  this  and  on  the  medial 
surface  of  the  ramus  inferior  ossis  ischii;  in  its  course  it  runs  somewhat  above  the  processus  falci- 
formis  and  is  covered  bj'  the  fascia  obturatoria;  close  behind  the  m.  transversus  peruiei  super- 
ficialis  it  divides  into  the  a.  jjerinei  and  the  a.  penis  (or  a.  clitoridis).  It  always  gives  off  small 
branches  to  the  surrounding  muscles  and  nerves,  and  often,  also,  the  a.  haemorrlioidalis  media. 

1)  A.  haemorrlioidalis  inferior  (0.  T.  external  or  inferior  haemorrhoidal  artery)  (see  Figs.  473 

and  474)  usually  double  or  triple.    It  runs,  transversely  medianward  through  the  fat  of 
the  fossa  ischiorectalis,  being  fairly  superficial,  to  the  fat,  piuscles  and  skin  about  the  anus. 

2)  A.  pei-inei  (0.  T.  superficial,  perineal  artery)  (see  Figs.  473  and  474)  extends,  over  or 

under  the  m.  transversus  perinei  superficialis,  forward  and  medianward;  it  is  superficial, 
being  covered  only  by  the  fascia  superficialis  perinei;  it  goes  in  the  male  to  the  posterior 
surface  and  to  tlie  septum  of  the  scrotum  by  means  of  the  aa.  scrotales  posteriores, 
in  the  female  into  the  labium  majus  and  labium  minus  by  means  of  the  aa.  lahiales 
posteriores.  It  also  gives  off  small  branches  to  the  superficial  muscles  of  the  perineum. 
3a)  A.  penis  (in  the  male  only)  (see  Figs.  46S,  473,  658,  673  and  677)  runs  forward,  in 
the  direction  of  the  main  stem,  close  to  the  ramus  inferior  ossis  pubis,  within  the 
trigonum  (diaphragma)  urogenitale  until  it  lies  below  the  lig.  arcuatum  pubis  where 
it  is  continued  directly  into  the  a.  dorsalis  penis.     Branches: 

aa)  A.  btdbi  nrethrae  '(0.  T.  artery  of  the  bulb)  (see  Fig.  473)  goes  off  at  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  trigonum  urogenitale  and  runs  medianward  and  forward  to  the  bulbus 
urethrae  and  to  the  neighboring  muscles. 

ab)  A.  xirelhralis  (see  Fig.  473)  forward  and  medianward  to  the  corpus  cavernosum  urethrae. 

-  28* 


432 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


Testis 
(fascia  cremasterica) 


Peuis 
(corpus  cavernosiira  — 
urethrae) 


M.  bulbocavernosus 


M.  ischiocavernosus 


Trigonum 
urogenitale 


M.  transversus 
perinei  superficialis 


M.  sphincter  ani  _ 
externus 

M.  levator  ani- 
N.  pudendns   - 


M.  glutaeus 
inaximus 


Aa.  scrotales 
posteriores 


-  -   A.  perinei 

-  —  A.  profunda  penis 

-  -  A.  dorsalis  penis 
—  A.  urethralis 
_ :_   A.  penis 

-     A.  bulbi  urethrae 


,.^1, A.  pudenda 

^^^  interna 


A. 

haemorrhoidalis 

inferior 


Ligamentum 
sacrotuberosum 


473.  Arteries  of  the  male  perineum. 

(On  the  left  side  the  dissection  shows  the  ni.  transversus  perinei  profundus ;  the  crus  penis  has 

been  drawn  aside.) 

ac)  A.  profunda  'penis  arises  close  undtn-  the  ligamentum  areuatum  pubis,  penetrates  the 
corpus  caveniosum  })enis  on  its  medial  surlace  and  runs  in  it  partly  backward,  partly 
forward  close  to  the  septum  penis  (see  also  Fig.  659)  as  far  as  its  tip;  its  branches 
anastomose  with  one  anntlier  and  with  those  of  the  opposite  side. 


Arteries  of  the  Trunk. 


433 


A.  perinei 
M.  ischiocavernosus 


M.  bulbocavernosus t_ 


Trigonum 
urogenitale  " 

M.  transversus 
perinei  superficialis 

A.  perinei  - 

M.  sphineter  ani  , 
exteinus 
M.  levator  ani  . 


N.  pudendus 


M.  glutaeus 
maximus 


Aa.  labiales 
posteriores 

A.  perinei 
A.  profunda  clitoridis 

—  A.  dorsalis  clitoridis 

—  A.  urethralis 
._   A.  clitoridis 

-    A.  bulbi  vestibuli 
[vaginae] 

_  A.  pudenda  interna 


A.  haemorrhoidalis 
inferior 


474.    Arteries  of  the  female  perineum. 

(Dissection  similar  that  of  Fig.  473;  the  eras  clitoridis  has  heen  drawn  aside.) 

ad)  A.  dorsalis  penis  (see  Figs.  470,  473,  475  and  659)  goes  near  the  lig.  suspensorium 
penis  to   the  dorsum  penis  and  in  its  medial  groove,  on  each  side  near  the  un- 
paired V.  dorsalis  penis,    as  far  as  the  glans;   it  gives  branches  to  the  skin,   to 
the  corpora  cavernosa  penis  et  urethrae  and  especially  to  the  glans  penis. 
3b)  A.  cUloridis  (present  only  in  the  female)  is  comparable  in  its  course  to  the  a.  penis ; 
it  gives  off  the  a.  hulbi  vestibuli  [oar/inaej  to  the  perineal  muscles,  the  vagina  and 
the  bulhus  vestibuli ,   the  a.  urethralis  to  the  latter  and  to  the  vestibulum  vaginae, 
and  the  a.  frofunda  clitoridis  to  the  crus  clitoridis ;  the  a.  dorsalis  clitoridis  runs 
upon  the  clitoris  to  the  glans  cUtoridis,  praeputium  clitoridis  and  labia  minora. 
A.   iliaca   externa   (external  iliac  artery)  (see  Figs.  463,  467,  468,  470,  471,  476, 
499,  500  and  503)  downward,  lateralward  and  forward  on  tlie  medial,  anterior  surface  of  the 
m.  psoas  major:  it  runs  first  forward,  then  lateralward  from  the  v.  iliaca  externa,  in  front  of 
the  fascia  iliaca  and  behind  the  peritonaeum ;  on  the  right  side  the  anterior  and  medial  surftice 
of  its  initial  portion  is  crossed  by  the  ureter.    It  goes  through  the  lacuna  vasorum  beneath  the 
lig.  inguinale  (see  Fig.  370)  and  from  there  on  is  called  the  a.  femoralis.     Branches: 


434 


Arteries  of  the  Leg. 


M.  obliquus  externus 
abdominis 


A.  circumflexa  ilium  > 
superfieialis 

A.  epigastrica 
superfieialis 


M. 

sartorius 

V. 

femoralis 

A. 
femoralis 

Bamus 
ascendens 

A.  circum- 
flexa femo-  . 
ris   lateralis 

Bamus 
[descendens 


/  A.  profunda ' 


femoris 

A.  perforans 
prima 


M.  rectus 
femoris 

Ramus 
descendens 
a.  circum- 
flexae  femo- 
ris lateralis 

M.  vastus 
lateralis 


M.  rectus' 
femoris 


A.  circumflexa 
femoris  medialis 


Aa.  pudendae 


externae 


i^ 


inguinalis 


M. 

adductor 

longus 


Bami 
musculares 


V. 

femoralis 


A. 
femoralis 


M. 
artorius 


—  M.  gracilis 


M.  vastus 
medialis 


/ 


Rete  patellae  '^ 


A.  genu  ' 
suprema 
Bamus 
artieularis 

Bamus 
"saphenus 


A.  genu 
inferior 
medialis 


475.    Arteries  of 
the  right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front, 
superficial  layer. 

(The  m.  sartorius  has  been 
for  the  most  part  removed 
and  a  piece  has  been  cut 
out  of  the  m.  rectus  fe- 
moris.) 

1 .  A.  epig"astrica  in- 
ferior  ((J.   T.   deep  epi- 
gastric artery)   (see  Figs. 
450,    467,    468  and  470) 
arises  just  above  the  lig. 
inguinale   and   runs  in  a 
A.  sperma-    curve,  first  obhquelv  me- 
tica  externa    (lij^nward,  then  vertically 
A.  dorsahs      i,pv\-ar(l.    In  its  course  it 

'    Bamus         ■''■'^''*  ^^  ^^'*^  b(>hind  the  lig. 
superfieialis    inguinale   and   lig.  inter- 
Bamus         foveolare,  medial- from  the 
annulus   inguinalis  abdo- 
minalis  and,  then,  passing 
behind  the  tendon  of  the 
m.    transversus    abdominis     ar- 
rives at  the  posterior  surface  of 
the    m.    rectus    abdominis.      It 
causes  the  peritonaeum  to  bulge 
forward  to  form   the  plica  epi- 
gastrica (see  also  Figs.  328  and 
599)     and    thus    separates    the 
fovea    inguinalis    medialis    and 
the     fovea     inguinalis    lateralis 
from    each    other.      Finally,    it 
sinks   into  the  substance  of  the 
m.    rectus    abdominis,    supplies 
this  muscle  and  a  part  of  the 
skin  coveringit,  and  anastomoses 
freely  with  the  a.  epigastrica  supe- 
rior.    Branches : 

a)  Ramus  pubicus  (see  Fig.  467) 

goes  niedianward  behind  the 
pelvic  attachment  of  the 
m.  transversus  abdominis  just 
above  the  ramus  superior 
ossis  pubis  and  gives  off  the 
ramus  obturatorius ,  which 
runs  downward  behind  the 
lig.  lacunare  [Gimbernati]  to 
the  ramus  pubicus  of  the 
a.   obturatoria   (see   p.  427). 

b)  A.  spermatica  extei-na  (0.  T. 

cremasteric  branch)  (in  the 
male)  (see  Fig.  468),  a.  li- 
gamenii  terciis  xiteri  (in  the 
female),  perforates  the  poste- 
rior wall  of  the  inguinal 
canal,  enters  the  spermatic 
cord  or  the  lig.  teres  uteri 
and  spreads  out  in  the  tunics 
of  the  testicle,  or  in  the 
lig.  teres  and  in  the  labia 
majora. 


Arteries  of  the  Leg. 


435 


476.  Arteries  of  the  right 

th  igh,  vie  wed  from  in  front,  deep  layer. 

(The   mm.  sartorius,    tensor  fasciae 
latae,  rectus  femoris,  pectineus,  ad- 
ductor longus  and  gracilis  have  heen 
removed.) 

2.  A.  circiimflexa  ilium  pro- 
funda (deep  circumflex  ihac  artery) 
(see  also  Figs.  463.  467  and  4(38) 
arises  behind  or  below  the  lig.  in- 
guinale, passes  hxteralwai-d  and  up- 
ward in  the  groove  between  the  mm. 
transversus  abdominis  and  iliacus, 
gives  oft'  small  branches  to  the  neigh- 
boring muscles,  as  well  as  one  larger 
branch  upward  between  the  mm. 
transversus  and  obliquus  internus 
abdomiais  (see  Fig.  450)  and  extends 
backward  along  the  crista  iliaca ;  it 
anastomoses  with  the  r.  iUacus  a. 
iliohunbalis. 

A.  femoral  is  (femoral  artery) 
(see  also  Fig.  47.5)  follows  a  fairly 
straight  course,  in  the  groove  between 
the  mm.  pectineus  and  adductores 
on  the  one  hand,  the  m.  iliopsoas 
and  m.  vastus  medialis  on  the  other, 
downward  and  medianward  and  fin- 
ally through  the  canalis  adductorius 
(0.  T.  Hunters  canal).  It  lies  upon 
the  deep  layer  of  the  fascia  lata  and 
is  covered,  from  the  inferior  angle  of 
the  trigonum  femorale  on,  by  the 
m.  sartorius.  Above,  it  lies  lateral- 
ward  fi'om  the  V.  femoralis,  further 
down,  it  lies  in  front  of  the  same 
(see  also  Fig.  505).     Branches :  • 

1)  A.  epigastrica  superflcialis 
(superficial    epigastric    artery)    (see 
Fig.  475)  arises  just  below  the  lig. 
inguinale,    perforates   the   margo  falciformis 
and   runs   upward   as   far  as   the  region  of 
the  navel;  it  gives  off  branches  to  tbe  skin 
and  to  the  m.  obliquus  externus  abdominis. 

2)  A.'circumflexa  ilium  superflcialis 
(superficial  circumflex  iliac  artery)  (see  Fig. 
475),  fretpiently  a  branch  of  the  preceding, 
goes  lateralward,  usually  superficially  upon 
the  fascia  lata,  to  the  spina  iliaca  anterior 
superior  and  supplies  the  skin  and  muscles. 

3)  Aa.  pudeudae  exteriiae  (0.  T.  super- 
ficial and  deep  external  pudic  arteries)  (see 
Fig.  475),  usually  two  in  number,  run  me- 
dianward, in  front  of  and  behind  the  v.  femo- 
ralis, to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  scrotum 
and  penis  (aa.  scrotales  anteriores)  or  of 
the  labia   majora    (aa.  labiales  anteriores). 

4)  Rami  iuguinales  (see  Fig.  475)  to 
the  lymph  glands  and  muscles  of  the  fossa 
iliopectinea. 

5)  Rami  musculares  (see  Fig.  475)  to 
the  neighboring  muscles  and  skin. 


A.  circiim- 
flexa ilium 

profunda 

M.  tensor   — 
fasciae  latae 

M.  glutaeus 

miuimus 

JI.  glutaeus 

medius 

A. 

epigastrica-- 
superiicialis 

Ramus 

ascendens 


A.  cireumflexa 
femoris  lateralis 

A.  profunda 

femoris 

M.  pectineus  — 


A.  perforans 

prima 

Ramus 

descendens 


A.  perforans. 
secunda 


A.  perforans 

tertia 

M.  adductor  — 
longus 

A.  femoralis - 


iliaca  externa 


A.  cireumflexa 

'    femoris  medialis 

A.  obturatoria, 
ramus  anterior 


Ramus  super- 
flcialis 


A.  genu  _ 
suprema 


Ramus 

-liviisculo 

articuTaris 

Rete 
articulare  genu 

Ramus 

.   articularis 


Ramus  _ 
saphenus 


A.  genu  in-   _ 
ferior  lateralis 

A.  genu  in- 
ferior medialis 


436 


Arteries  of  the  Leg. 


Ramus  superior 
M.  piriformis 
A.  glutaea  superior  i 

Superficial  branch  j 

M.  glutaeus  I 

maximus 


Ramus  inferior 
I      M.  glutaeus 
1         ,  niiniiiHis 

;  W.  glutaeus 


A.  comitans  n. 
ischiacliei 

M.  quadratus 
femoris 
A.  circumflexa 
femoris  medialis 
r.  profundus 

A.  perforans 
prima 

A.  nutricia 
femoris  superior 

A.  perforans 
secunda 


A.  perforans 

tertia 

A.  nutricia 
femoris  inferior 

M.  biceps  femoris 
(caput  breve) 


A.  poplitea 


A.  genu  superior 
medialis 


A.  genu 

-  -  ■  superior 

lateralis 


Aa.  suralos     -  -.1 


All, 
Arteries    of   the    right 

thigh,    viewed  from  behind. 

(The   m.   glutaeus   maximus   has   been   re- 
flected inward,    the  mm.  glutaeus  medius, 
(juadratus   femoris    and   caput   longum   m. 
bicipitis  have  been  partially  removed.) 

6)  A.  genu  suprema  (0.  T.  anasto- 
motiea  magna)  (see  Fig.  47G)  goes  off  in 
the  canalis  adductorius,  perforates  its  an- 
terior medial  wall,  runs  downward  between 
it  and  the  m.  sartorius  behind  the  epi- 
condylus  medialis  and  finally  accompanies 
the  n.  sai)henus  for  a  variable  distance 
(ramus  sapheiius).  It  gives  off  rami 
ijiuscularis,  as  well  as  a  ramus  musculo- 
uriicuLares  (0.  T.  deep  branch)  in  the 
m.  vastus  medialis  and  rami  articulares 
(0.  T.  superficial  branch)  below  the  same 
to  the  rete  articulare  genu. 

7)  A.  profiiuda  femoris  (0.  T.  pro- 
funda or  deep  femoral  arteiy)  (see  also 
Figs.  475  and  476)  arises  in  the  fossa 
iliopectinea  and  descends  behind  the  a. 
femoralis.  It  lies  in  front  of  the  mm. 
iliopsoas,  pectineus  and  adductor  brevis, 
covered  by  the  m.  adductor  longus,  and 
ends  as  the  a.  perforans  tertia.    Branches: 

a)  A.  circumflexa  femoris  medialis  (0.  T. 
internal  circumflex  artery)  goes  off  near 
the  origin  and  runs  medianward  behind 
the   a.   and   v.   femoralis.     Branches: 

aa)  Ramus  superficialis ,  in  front  of  the 
m.  pectineus,  medianward  between  the 
mm.  adductores  longus  and  brevis. 

ab)  Ramus  profundus,  a  larger  branch, 
bends  upward ,  passes  backward  be- 
tween the  mm.  iliopsoas  and  pectineus 
and,  below  the  m.  obturator  externus, 
to  the  anterior  surface  of  the  m.  qua- 
dratus femoris.  It  sends  branches  to 
the  hip  joint  and  divides  into  a  branch 
ascending  to  the  fossa  troclianterica, 
and  a  branch  descendinj^^^hind  the 
adductor  muscles;  it^/Siipplies  the 
neighboring  muscles  imd  skin. 

b)  A.  circumflexa  femoris  lateralis [O.T. 
external  circumflex  artery)  lateralward 
in  front  of  the  m.  iliacus.    Branches : 

ba)  Ramus  ascendens ,  goes  upward  and 
lateralward  beneath  the  m.  rectus 
femoris  to  the  mm.  glutaei  and  tensor 
fasciae  latae  and  to  the  fossa  tro- 
chanterica. 

bb)  Ramus  descendens ,  a  larger  branch, 
downward  and  lateralward  beneath  the 
m.  rectus  femoris  between  the  mm.  vasti 
intermedius  and  lateralis  almost  to  the 

knee;  it  also  gives  off'  branches  to  the  skin. 
c)  A.  perforans  prima  (0.  T.  superior  or  first 
perforating   artery)   perforates   the  adductors 
at  tiie  lower  margin  of  the  m.  pectineus: 


Arteries  of  the  Lea". 


437 


478.  Arteries  of  the  right  leg, 

viewed  from  bcliiud. 

(The  muscles  of  the  thigh  with  the  exception  of  the 

m.  adductor   magnus   have  been  eonijiletely  reraoved ; 

the  mm.  gastrocnemius,  plantaris,    soleus  and  flexor 

haUucis  longus  have  been  partially  removed.) 

d)  A.  pcrforaiis  secnnda  (see  Figs.  476  and  477) 

perforates  the  adductors  at  the  lower  margin 
of  the  m.  adductor  brevis; 

e)  A.  perforaas  tertia  (see  Figs.  476  and  477) 

perforates  them  somewhat  above  the  hiatus 

tendineus.    AU  three  aa.  perforantes  supply 

the   adductors   and  the   muscles  and  skin 

of  the  posterior  surface. 

The  a.  nutricia  femoris  is  usually  single  and 

given   off  by  the  a.  perforans  II;   more  rarely  it 

is  double  (superior  and  inferior)  and  then  comes 

from  the  aa.  perforantes  I  and  III. 

A.  poplitea  (popliteal  artery)  (see  also 
Fig.  477)  runs  downward,  from  the  end  of  the  canalis 
adductorius  on,  upon  the  planum  popliteum  femoris. 
upon  the  capsula  articularis  of  the  knee  joint,  upon 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  m.  popliteus  and  in  front 
of  the  tendinous  arch  between  the  origins  of  the 
ra.  soleus  and  divides  just  below  the  latter  into  tlie 
a.  tibialis  posterior  and  the  a.  tibialis  anterior.  In 
its  course  it  is  covered  above  by  the  m.  semimembra- 
nosus; in  the  popliteal  space,  behind  and  somewhat 
lateralward,  by  the  v.  poplitea  and  (behind  this)  is  over- 
lapped by  the  n.  tibialis ;  below,  it  is  liidden  beneath 
the  mm.  gastrocnemius  and  plantaris.     Branches: 

1)  A.  genu  superior  lateralis  (0.  T.  superior 
external  articular  artery)  (see  also  Fig.  479)  goes, 
above  the  condylus  lateralis  femoris,  dii'ectly  upon 
the  bone  to  the  rete  articrilarc  fiemi. 

2)  A.  genu  superior  medialis  (0.  T.  superior 
internal  articular  artery),  like  the  preceding,  above 
the  condylus  medialis  femoris. 

3)  A.  genu  media  (0.  T.  azygos  articular  artery), 
perforates  the  capsule  above  the  lig.  popliteum  obliquum 
and  goes  to  the  ligg.  cruciata  and  to  the  synovial  folds. 

4)  A.  genu  inferior  lateralis  (0.  t.  inferior  ex- 
ternal articular  artery)  (see  also  Fig.  479)  goes, /irectly 
upon  the  meniscus  lateralis,  to  the  rete  articulare  r/eim. 

5)  A.  genu  inferior  medialiK  (0.  T.  inferior 
internal  articular  artery)  (see  also  \Fig.  476)  goes, 
below  the  condylus  medialis  tibiae,  covered  by  the 
lig.  collaterale   tibiale,    to  the  i^ete  articulare  (jenu. 

6)  Aa.  surales,  several,  sometimes  from  one 
trunk,  to  the  m.  triceps  surae  and  to  the  skin. 

A.  tibialis  posterior  (posterior  tibial  artery) 
extends  downward  and  medianward  upon  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  m.  tibialis  posteriin-,  covered  above  by  the 
m.  triceps  surae  only,  below  by  the  m.  flexor  hallucis 
longus  also.  Below,  it  runs  between  the  tendons  of 
the  mm.  flexor  digitorum  longus  and  flexor  hallucis 
longus  upon  the  deep  layer  of  the  fascia  cruris  and 
of  the  lig.  laciniatum,  curved  forward,  and  divides 
between  the  malleolus  medialis  and  the  tuber  calcanei 
into  the  aa.  plantares  medialis  and  lateralis.  It 
gives  off  branches  to  the  muscles  and  to  the  skin 
and,  in  addition,  the  following : 


a 


A.  poplitea 


A.  genu  superior 
lateralis 
A.  gent  I  superior 
medialis 

Aa.  surales 


A.  genu  media  -  -  i. 

A.  genu  inferior         \ 
lateralis  ^ 

A.  genu  inferior 
medialis 

M.  popliteus 

A.  recurrens 
tibialis  posterior 

A.  tibialis 
anterior 

Ramus  iibularis 

A.  tibialis 
posterior 

A.  nutricia  tibiae 


M.  soleus 


^fi 


A.  peronaea 

A.  nutricia 
fibulae 


■  A.  tibialis 
posterior 

il.  flexor 
hallucis  longus 

M.  tibialis  .  . 
posterior 

M.  flexor 
digitorum  longus 


Ramus  perforans 


V 


A.  malleolaris 
posterior  lateralis 

A.  malleolaris 
posterior  medialis 

Ramus 
communicans 
Ramus  calcaneus 
medialis 
R.  calcaneus 
lateralis 


:_i. 


■f" 


Rete  calcaneum 


-^^- 


438 


Arteries  of  the  Leg. 


479.  Arteries  of  the  right  leg,  viewed  from  in  front. 

extensor  hallucis  longus  have  been  partially  removed.) 


(The  mm.  tibiahs  anterior  and 
A.  genu  superior  medialis 


A.  genu  supe- 
rior lateralis 

Eete  articulare 
genu 

Rete  patellae 

A.  genu  inferior 
lateralis 


A.  genu  inferior 
medialis 


A.  recurrens 
tibialis 
anterior 


A.  tibialis 
anterior 

M.  tibialis 
anterior 


M.  extensor 
hallucis 
longus 

M.  extensor 

digitorum 

longus 


M.  extensor 
hallucis  longus 

Eanius  perforans 
a.  peronaeae 


A.  dorsalis  pedis 


1)  Ramus  fibularis  (see  Fig.  478)  extends  lateral- 
ward  toward  the  colhmi  fibulae  to  the  mm.  soleus 
and  peronaeus  longus. 

2)  A.  peronaea  (peroneal  artery)  (see  Fig.  478) 
arises  just  below  the  coUum  fibulae  and  runs  down- 
ward on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  ra.  tibialis  poste- 
rior, between  it  and  the  m.  flexor  hallucis  longus, 
near  the  fibula ;  below,  it  lies  upon  the  posterior  sur- 
face of  the  tibia  or  the  membrana  interossea  cruris  and 
breaks  up  behind  the  ankle  joint  into  the  ?-ami  cal- 
canti  laterales  (0.  T.  external  calcaneal  arteries) 
which  go  to  the  rete  calcaneum  and  its  neighborhood. 
Numerous  branches  to  the  muscles,  and  further: 

a)  A.  nutricia  fibulae  (see  Fig.  478)  into  the  canalis 

nutricius  fibulae. 

b)  Ramus  perforans  (0.  T.  anterior  peroneal  artery) 

(see  also  Figs.  478  and  480)  perforates  the  mem- 
brana interossea  just  above  the  syndesmosis 
tibiofibularis ,  unites  with  the  a.  malleolaris 
anterior  lateralis  and  helps  to  form  the  rete 
maUeolure   laterale  and  the  rete  calcaneum. 

c)  A.  malleolaris  "posterior  lateralis  (see  Fig.  478), 

directly  ^  upon  the  fibula,  to  the  rete  malleo- 
lar e  laterale. 

d)  Ramus  commtmicans  (see  Fig.  478),  upon  the 

posterior  surface  of  the  tibia,  just  above  the 
ankle  joint,  to  the  a.  tibialis  posterior. 

3)  A.  nutricia  tibiae  (see  Fig.  478)  into  the 
canalis  nutricius  tibiae. 

4)  A.  malleolaris  posterior  medialis  (0.  T. 
internal  malleolar  branch)  (see  Fig.  478),  directly  upon 
the  tibia  to  the  rete  malleolare  mediate. 

5)  Rami  caleauei  mediales  (0.  T.  internal 
calcaneal  branches)  (see  Figs.  478  and  481)  form, 
with  the  rami  calcanei  laterales,  the  I'ete  calcaneum, 
which  is  situated  superficially  upon  the  tuber  calcanei, 
as  well  as  upon  the  surrounding  muscles  and  tendons. 

A.  tibialis  anterior  (anterior  tibial  artery) 
goes  forward  above  the  membrana  interossea  cruris  and 
directly  downward  upon  its  anterior  surface.  Above, 
it  lies  between  the  m.  tibialis  anterior  and  the  m.  ex- 
tensor digitorum  longus;  below,  between  the  former 
muscle  and  the  m.  extensor  hallucis  longus.  Farther 
down,  it  is  situated  upon  the  anterior  surface  of  the 
tibia  and  of  the  capsule  of  the  upper  joint  of  the  ankle,  as 
well  as  behind  the  m.  extensor  hallucis  longus  and  be- 
hind the  deep  layer  of  the  lig.  cruciatum  and  there  be- 
comes continuous  with  the  a.  dorsalis  pedis.  It  gives  ofF 
numerous  branches  to  the  muscles  and  skin,  and  further: 

1)  A.  recurrens  tibialis  posterior  (posterior 
tibial  recurrent  artery)  (see  Fig.  478)  which  comes  oif  at 
the  beginning  of  the  artery,  extends,  behind  the  fibula, 
to  the  articulatio  tibiofibularis.     It  is  often  absent. 

2)  A.  recurrens  tibialis  anterior  (anterior 
tibial  recurrent  artery)  upward,  upon  the  anterior  sur- 
face of  the  condylus"  lateralis  tibiae,  to  the  rete  arti- 
culare genu,  which  is  spread  out  partly  upon  the 
bones  and  ligaments  of  the  knee  joint,  partly  upon  the 
tendon  of  the  m.  quadriceps  femoris,  upon  the  lig. 
patellae   and   upon   the  patella  itself  (rete  patellae). 


Arteries  of  the  Foot. 


439 


480.   Arteries  of  the  back  of  the  right  foot. 


il.  tibialis 
anterior 


A.  tibialis 
anterior 

Kara  us 

perforans  a. 

peronaeae 

A.  malleolaris 
anterior 
lateralis 


3.  A.  malleolaris  anterior  lateralis 

(0.  T.  external  malleolar  artery)  to  the 
malleolis  lateralis,  unites  with  the  ramus 
perforans  of  the  a.  peronaea  and  helps  to 
form  the  rete  malleolare  laterale  upon 
the  lateral  malleuliis  and  its  neighhorhood. 

4.  A.  malleolaris  anterior  medialis 
(0.  T.  internal  malleolar  artery)  goes  to 
the  malleolus  medialis  and  helps  to  form 
the  7'ete  malleolare  mediale,  situated  there. 

A.  dorsalis  pedis  (see  also  Fig. 
469)  extends  forward,  upon  the  ligaments 
■  and  bones  of  the  back  of  the  foot,  between 
the  mm.  extensor  hallueis  longus  and  ex- 
tensor hallucis  brevis  and  breaks  up  between 
the  proximal  ends  of  the  ossa  metatarsalia 
I  and  II  into  the  ramus  plantaris  profundus 
and  the  a.  metatarsea  dorsalis  I.  Branches : 

1.  Aa.  tarseae  mediales  (0.  T.  in- 
ternal tarsal  artery),  2—3,  rim  upon  the 
bones  and  ligaments  to  the  medial 
border  of  the  foot  and  help  to  form 
the  rete  malleolare  mediale. 

2.  A.  tarsea  lateralis  (0.  T. 
external  tarsal  artery)  lateral- 
ward  and  forward  upon  the 
bones  and  ligaments,  covered  by 
the  m.  extensor  digitorum  brevis, 
toward  the  basis  ossis  metatar- 
salis  V,  unites  there  with  the 
lateral  end  of  the  a.  arcuata. 
Branches  which  anastomose  with 
one  another  and,  with  branches 
of  the  a.  dorsalis  pedis  and  a.  ar- 
cuata, form  the  rete  dorsale pedis. 

3.  A.  arcuata  (0.  T.  meta- 
tarsal arter}")  lateralward  directly 
upon  the  proximal  ends  of  the 
ossa  metatarsalia  unites  with  the 
a.  tarsea  lateralis.     Branches: 

a)  Aa.  metatarseae  dorsales  11 
to  IV  [0.  T.  tarsal  interosseous 
arteries)  nm  forward  upon  the 
2nd — 4th  m  interosseus  dor- 
salis and  each  divides  into  two 
aa.  digitales  dorsales  (dorsal 
digital  arteries)  behaving  just 
as  do  the  arteries  to  the  fingers. 
Larger  rami  perforantes  pos- 
terior es  and  smaller,  incon- 
stant anteriores  between  the 
bases  (or  between  the  heads) 
of  the  ossa  metatarsalia,  to  go 
to  the  aa.  metatarseae  plantares. 

4.  Ramus  plautaris  pro- 
fiiudus  (0.  T.  communicating,  first  inter- 
osseus perforating  or  plantar  artery)  between 
the  proximal  ends  of  the  ossa  metatarsalia  I 
and  II,  into  the  sole  of  the  foot,  to  the  arcus  plantaris. 

5.  A.  metatarsea  dorsalis  I  goes  forward  like 
the  other  aa.  metatarseae  dorsales  and  supplies  the  great 
toe  and  the  medial  surface  of  the  2nd  toe. 


Eete 

malleolare 

laterale 


M.  peronaeus 
brevis 


A.  tarsea  lateralis 

M.  extensor 
digitorum     ~" 
brevis 
(cut  through) 

Eete  dorsale 
pedis 


Rami 
perforautes 
posteriores 

Aa. 

metatarseae 

dorsales 

II— IV 


Rami 
perforantes  •^~  ^- 
anteriores 


Aa.  digitales^. 
dorsales 


Rete 
malleolare 
mediale 
A.  malleolaris 
-        anterior 
medialis 


A.  dorsalis 
pedis 


Aa.  tarseae 
mediales 


A.  arcuata 

Ramus 
plantaris 
profundus 


A.  metatarse 
dorsalis  I 


Ramus 

perforans 

anterior 


440 


Arteries  of  the  Foot. 


481.    Arteries  of  the  sole  of  the  right  foot. 


(The  muscles  have,  fu 


Rete  calcaneuin 


Rami  calcanei 
luediales 


A.  tibialis 
posterior 

A .  plantaris  _  _  __,_ 
medialis 

M.  quadratus  _ 
plantae 


Ramus 
superflcialis 


A.  plantaris 
lateralis 


Ramus 
profundus 


M.  adductor 
hallucis 


Arcus   _ 
plantaris 

Ramus  plantaris 

profundus  a.  dor-  - 

salis  pedis 

Aa. 
metatarseae 
plantares    ^r^^ 
I— IV 


Rami 
perforantes 
antcriores 


-    \ 


Aa.  digitales,^^ 
plantares 


r  the  most  part,  been  removed.) 

A.  pliiutaris  medialis  (0.  T.  interaal 

phantar   artery)   goes   forward ,    between   the   two 
Uiyers    of  the   hg.  hiciniatura    (through  its  upper 
compartment,  see  p.  361),  and  there  gives  ofl'  the 
/■(Wins  superftcialif! ,    which   passes   through   the 
m.  abductor  halhicis,  giving  off  branches  to 
it,  arrives  at  the  medial  margin  of  the  foot 
and    runs  as  far  as  the  great  toe.     It  then 
enters  the  groove  between  the  mm.  abductor 
hallucis  and  flexor  digitorum  brevis  (ramus 
J  IT  0 fundus),  supplies  these  muscles  and  the 
skin  and  goes,  between  the  two  bellies  of  the 
m.  flexor   hallucis  brevis,    into  the  a.  meta- 
tarsea  plantaris  1   or  into  the  medial  a.  di- 
gitalis plantaris  of  the  great  toe. 

A.  plantaris  lateralis  (0.  T. 

external  jilautar  artery)  runs,  between  the 
two  layers  of  the  lig.  laciniatum  (through 
its  lower  compartment  see  p.  361),  then 
between  the  mm.  flexor  digitorum  brevis 
anil   ((uadratus  plantae,    forward  and  la- 
teralward  towards  the  basis  ossis 
metatarsalis  V;  there  it  lies  more 
superficially,  between  the  mm.  qua- 
dratus plantae  and  flexor  digiti  V 
and  bends  around  medianward  into 
the   arcus  plantaris.      It  gives  off 
branches  to  the  neighboring  bones, 
ligaments,  muscles  and  skin. 

The  arcus  plantaris  lies  di- 
rectly beneath   the  proximal  ends 
of  the  2"<i  to  the  4<li  metacarpal 
bone  and  beneath  the  mm.  inter- 
ossei,  between  them  and  the  caput 
obliquum  of  the  m.  adductor  hal- 
lucis, being  more  superficial  lateral- 
ward  than  medianward.     It  dimi- 
nishes  in  calibre  from  the  lateral 
toward   the  medial  margin  of  the 
foot,   arises,  lateralward,  directly 
from  the  a.  plantaris  lateralis  and 
unites   medianward,    between   the 
ossa  metatarsalia  I  and  II,    with 
the   ramus  plantaris  profundus  of 
the  a.  dorsahs  pedis.    It  gives  off 
riH'urrent   branches   ti>    the   bones 
and  muscles;  running  forward  from 
it  are  the  4  aa.  metatarseae  plan- 
tares  (0.  T.  digital  or  plantar  di- 
gital arteries).  Each  of  these  passes 
forward    between   two   metacarpal 
bones,  receives  the  rami  perforantes 
of  the  aa.  metatarseae  dorsales  and  divides 
at  the  bases  of  the  first  phalanges  into  the 
aa.  diffitales  plantares  (0.  T.  collateral 
digital  arteries),  which  behave  just  as  do 
thnse  to  the  fingers.    The  artery  for  the 
uieilial   margin  of  the  grt>at  toe  is  usually  given  off 
by  the  a.  metatarsea  plantaris  I ;  that  for  the  lateral 
margin  of  the  little  toe  arises  usually  as  a  separate 
arterv  from   the  end  of  the  a.  plantaris  lateralis. 


Veins  of  the  Head. 


441 


Sinus  cavernosus 


A.  carotis  interna 


Hypo- 
physis ■ 

Sinus 

inter- 

cavernosus 

posterior 


Corpus  ossis 
splienoidalis 

Sinus 
splienoidalis 
(cut  through) 


N.  oculo- 
motorius 

N. 
trochlearis 

N. 
■  abducens 

N.  oph- 
~  thalmicus 

N.  maxil- 
laris 


482.  Frontal  section  through  the  right  sinus 

cavernosus,    viewed  from  behind.     Magnification   5:2. 

The  sillUS  dlirae  lliatris  (sinuses  of  the  dura  mater)  are  venous  canals  which  run, 
chiefly,  between  the  separated  hiyers  of  the  dura  mater  and  lie  at  the  same  time  in  corresponding 
hony  grooves.  They  stand  open  on  section  and  are  devoid  of  valves ;  the  sinus  sagittalis  superior 
and  cavernosus  are  crossed  in  a  network-like  manner  by  bands  of  connective  tissue.  They  receive 
the  vv.  cerebri,  meningeae,  diploicae  (partially),  mulitivae  internae  and  the  vv.  ophihalmicae . 

1.  Sinus  trausrersus  (0.  T.  lateral  sinus)  (see  Figs.  483  and  484),  paired,  collects 
most  of  the  blood  from  the  skull  cavity.  It  begins  on  each  side  at  the  protuberantia  occipitalis 
interna,  communicating  with  that  of  the  other  side  by  an  opening  of  variable  size ;  it  is  usually 
larger  on  the  right  than  on  the  left  side  and  runs  curved  lateralward  in  the  sulcus  transversus 
of  the  occipital  bone  and  of  the  parietal  bone,  in  the  attached  margin  of  the  tentorium  cere- 
belU.  Thence,  it  goes  tortuous  medianward  and  downward,  in  the  sulcus  sigmoideus  of  the 
temporal  bone  and  in  the  sulcus  transversus  of  the  pars  lateralis  oss.  occiptalis,  to  the  foramen 
jugulare  to  become  continuous  there  with  the  upper  end  of  the  v.  jngularis  interna.  In  the 
region  of  the  tentorium  cerebelli  it  is  triangular-prismatic  in  shape,  elsewhere  semi-cylmdrical. 

2.  Sinus  sagittalis  superior  (0.  T.  superior  longitudinal  sinus)  (see  Figs.  483  and  484), 
unpaired,  extends  from  before  backward,  in  a  curve,  in  tht>  attached  margin  of  the  falx  cerebri 
near  the  crista  frontahs  and  in  the  sulcus  sagittalis  of  the  frontal  bone,  of  the  parietal  bones 
and  of  the  occipital  bone  and  opens  into  the  sinus  transversus  (usually  into  the  xight).  It  is 
triangular  in  transverse  section.     The  sinus  anastomoses  with  the  following. 

3.  Sinus  sag'ittalis  inferior  (0.  T.  inferior  longitudinal  sinus)  (see  Figs.  483  and  484), 
unpaired,  from  before  backward  in  the  free  margin  of  the  falx  cerebri  into  the  sinus  rectus. 

4.  Sinus  rectus  (straight  sinus)  (see  Figs.  483  and  484),  unpaired,  goes  as  a  triangular 
canal,  at  the  point  of  attachment  of  the  falx  cerebri  to  the  tentorium  cerebelli,  ffom  in  front 
and  above,  backward  and  downward  and  opens  into  the  sinus  transversus  (usually  into  the  left). 

'5.  Sinus  occipitalis  (see  Figs.  483  and  484),  unpaired  or  paired,  begins  at  the  pro- 
tuberantia occipitalis  interna  and  goes  downward,  close  to  the  median  plane,  in  the  attached 
margin  of  the  feLx  cerebelli.  Above,  it  begms  at  the  spot  where  the  sinus  transversi,  the  sinus 
sagittalis  superior  and  the  sinus  rectus  meet  (confluens  simmrn).  Below,  it  bifurcates,  turns 
lateralward  and  forward  on  both  sides  above  the  foramen  occipitale  magmmi  and  enters  the 
sinus  transversus,  close  to  the  foramen  jugulare.  It  anastomoses  with  the  plexus  venosi  verte- 
brales  interni  and  varies  much  in  the  degree  of  its  development. 

6.  Sinus  cavernosus  (see  also  Figs.  442,  483  and  484),  paired,  is  an  irregular  space, 
which  is  situated,  on  each  side,  near  the  sella  turcica  and  the  corpus  oss.  sphenoidalis.  It  is 
bounded  above  and  lateralward  by  that  part  of  the  dura  mater  which  is  stretched  out  between 
the  proc.  clinoidens  anterior  and  the  dorsum  sellae  and  the  apex  of  the  pyramis  oss.  ternporalis 
and  goes  over  into  the  tentorium  cerebelli;  it  surrounds,  in  addition,  the  a.  carotis  interna, 
the  n.  abducens  and  the  plexus  caroticus  internus.     Tributaries: 


442 


Veins  of  the  Head. 


V.  ethmoidalis  posterior 
N.  opticus. 


,V.  ethmoidalis  anterior 


Sinus 

intercavernosus 

anterior 


V.  nasofrontalis 


vorticosa 


Sinus 
cavernosus 


Sinus 
inter- 
cavernosus 
posterior 


V.  lacriinalis 

V.  ophthalmica  superior 
A.  carotis  interna 


Sinus 
plienoparietalis 

N. 
octilomotorius 

N. 
trochlearis 

N. 
'  raaxillaris 


Vv. 

meningeae 

mediae 


Plexus 
basilaris 


v.  cerebri 


Tentorium  cerebelli 

Sinus  trausversus 

Sinus  rectus' 


Sinus 
^  petrosus 
superior 

Sinus 
transversus 


Sinus  petrosus  inferior 
Sinus  transversus 
Sinus  occipitalis 


483.    Sinus    durae    matris,   viewed  from  above. 

(The   right  orbit  and  sums  cavernosus  have   been  opened;    the  tentorium  has  been  cut  away.) 

a)  V.  ophthalmica  superior  (superior  ophthahnic  vein)  (see  also  Fig.  4S8),  devoid  of  valves, 
corresponds  only  ajipruxiniately  to  the  a.  ophthalmica,  wbit-h  possesses,  in  addition;  two 
delicate  accoinjtanying  veins.  It  anastomoses  lively  above  the  lig.  palpebrale  mediale  by 
its  anterior  extremity  (v.  nasofrontalis)  (see  Figs.  487  and  488)  with  the  v.  angularis 
(of  the  V.  facialis  anterior),  runs  l)aclvward  near  the  m.  obliquus  superior,  then  lateral- 
ward  l)etween  the  n.  opticus  and  the  m.  rectus  sujierior,  finally  backward  through  the 
fissura  orbitalis  superior  into  the  sinus  cavernosus.  Medianward,  it  sends  an  anastomosis 
to  the  V.  ophthalmica  inferior.  It  receives  the  vv.  ethnioidales  anterior  et  posterior, 
V.  lacrimalis,  vv.  musciilares  and  the  veins  of  the  bulbus  oculi  and  of  the  eyelids  (see 
Sense  Organs;  the  v.  centralis  retinae  op^ns  into  the  sinus  cavernosus). 


Veins  of  the  Head. 


443 


Vv.  meningeae  f 
Siuus  sagittalis  superior  ^ 


,'Vv.  menirgeae  mediae 


Sinus  sagittalis  inferior^ 


Falx  cerebri 


V.  etbmoidalis 
posterior 


V.  cerebri  magna 
[GaleniJ 

I  Sinus  rectus 


V. 

etbmoidalis 
anterior 


'/V 


h 


bmus 
trans versus 


Brauclies 

of  tbe  V.  spheno 

palatina 


Plexus 
basilaris  Sinus' 

petrosus  inferior 


Sinus 
occipitalis 


Plexus  venosi 
vcrtebrales  interni 


484.  Sinus  durae  mat r is  of  the  right  half  of  the  skull, 

viewed  from  the  left. 

b)  V.  ophthahnica  inferior  (see  Fig.  488),   devoid  of  valves,  arises  from  the  veins  of  the 

tear-sac,  of  the  eyehds,  &c.,  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  orbit,  between  the  medial  and 
inferior  wall :  it  runs  in  the  inferior  part  of  the  orbit  and  divides  into  two  branches. 
One  branch  goes  backward  through  the  fissura  orbitahs  superior  into  the  sinus  caver- 
nosus ;  the  other  passes  lateralward  through  the  fissura  orbitalis  inferior  and  opens  into 
the  ramus  profimdus  of  the  v.  facialis  anterior.  It  receives  vv.  musculares  and  veins 
of  the  bulbus  oculi  and  anastomoses  medianward  with  the  v.  ophthahnica  superior. 

c)  Sinus  sphmoparictalis  (see  Fig.  483),   paired,   begins  on  each  side  a  little  behind  the 

sutura   coronalis  on   the   parietal   bone   in  a  bonv  groove  or  in  a  bony  canal,    turns 

medianward  beneath  the  ala  parva  ossis  sphenoidalis  and  enters  the  anterior  end  of  the 

sinus  cavemosus.     It  receives  usually  one  v.  meningea  media,  vv.  cerebri  inferiores 

(from  the  fissura  cerebri  lateralis  [Sylvii]),  as  weU  as  the  v.  ophthalmomeniufjea,  and 

often,  also,  the  v.  dijdoica  temporalis  anterior. 

7.  and  8.  Siuus  iutercavernosus   anterior  and  siuus  intereaveruosus  posterior 

(see  Fig.  483),  unpaired,    run  in  front  of,    behind  and  partly  also  beneath  thi|  hypophysis  and 

unite  the  two  sinus  transversi  Avith  each  other.    They  form,  with  these,  the  siuus  circularis. 

9.  Siuus   petrosus   superior   (superior  petrosal   sinus)    (see   Fig.  483),    paired ,^  goes 

lateralward  and  backward  on  each  side,  from  the  posterior  part  of  the  sinus  cavernosus  in  the 

sulcus  petrosus   superior   of  the  temporal  bone  and  in  the  attached  margin  of  the  tentorium 

cerebeUi,  to  the  sulcus  sigmoideus  and  into  the  sinus  transversus. 


444 


Veins  of  the  Head. 


Emissariuni 
parietale 


v.  diploica  temporalis  anterior 


V.  diploica 
frontalis 


V.  diploica 
occipitalis 

I 


Emissarium 
occipitale 

V.  diploica  temporalis  i       •  Emissarium 
posterior  mastoideum 


485.    Venae    diploicae,  viewed  from  the  right. 
(The  lamina  externa  of  the  roof  of  the  skull  has  been  filed  off.) 

10.  Sinus  petrosHS  inferior  (inferior  petrosal  sinus)  (see  Figs.  483  and  -484),  paired, 
extends  lateralward  and  downward  on  each  side  from  the  posterior,  inferior  portion  of  the  sinus 
caveniosus  in  the  sulcus  petrosus  inferior  of  the  occipital  and  temporal  bones  to  the  foramen 
jugulare  and  runs  downward  through  its  most  anterior  subdivision;  it  opens,  either  in  the 
foramen  jugulare  ov  l)elow  it,  into  the  bulbus  v.  jugularis  superior. 

li.  Plexus  basilaris  (see  Figs.  483  and  484),  unpaired,  lies  as  a  plexus  upon  the 
clivus  and  is  connected  above,  on  both  sides,  with  the  sinus  cavernosus  and  the  sinus  petrosus 
inferior,   below,    at  the  foramen  occipitale  magnuui,   witli  the   plexus  venosi  vertebrales  interni. 

Yv.  cerebri  collect  the  blood  partly  from  the  surface,  partly  irom  the  ijiterior  of  the 
brain  and  open  into  sinus  durae  matris  (see  Neurology);   they  possess  no  valves. 

Vv.  nieningeae  (see  Figs.  483  and  484),  stand  open,  are  devoid  of  valves,  are  numerous 
in  the  dura  mater  encephali,  are  connecttxl  above  with  the  sinus  sagittalis  superior  and  anasto- 
mose manifoldly  with  one  another.  They  accompany  the  stems  of  the  corresponding  arteries, 
there  being  usually  two  veins  to  one  artery,  and  open  into  a  neighboring  sinus.  The  vv. 
mcningeae  mediae,  usually  two  in  number,  run  near  t\w  a.  meningea  media,  are  connected  with 
the  sinus  splienoparietalis  and  the  reto  foramiuis  ovalis,  extend  downward  through  the  foramen 
spinosum  and  open  into  the  plexus  pterygoideus. 

Vv.  auditivae  intcrnae  (not  illustrated)  come  fi-om  the  internal  ear  through  the  meatus 
acusticus  internus  and  open  into  the  sinus  transversus  or  the  sinus  petrosus  inferior. 


Veins  of  the  Head  and  Neck.  445 

Yeiiae  diploioae  (see  Fig.  485)  are  thin-walled  tubes,  which  lie  in  the  fiat  canales 
diploid  [Brescheti]  in  the  substance  of  the  bones  of  the  roof  of  the  skuU.  They  have  no 
valves ;  they  are  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  network  and  are  very  variable.  The  main  stems  run 
from  above  downward  and  are  connected  at  their  extremities  by  openings  (emissaria)  with  the 
external  veins  of  the  skull  or  with  the  sinus  durae  matris  or  (usually)  with  both  at  tlie  same  time. 

1)  V.  diploica  frontalis  opens  into  the  v.  supraorbitalis  and  the  sinus  sagittalis  superior. 

2)  V .  diploica  temjioralis  anterior mio  a  v.  temporalis  profunda  and  the  sinus  sphonoparietahs. 

3)  V.  dijiloica  temporalis  posterior  (0.  T.  external  parietal   or  posterior  temporal  diploic 

vein)  extends  from  the  emissarium  parietale  to  the  emissarium  mastoideimi. 

4)  V.  diploica  occipitalis  opens  into  the  emissarium  occipitale. 

Emissarium  jmrietale,  in  the  foramen  parietale,  unites  the  sinus  sagittalis  superior  with 
the  superficial  veins  of  the  skull;  its  valves  permit  a  flow  in  an  outward  direction  only. 

Emissarium.  masioidevm,  in  the  foramen  raastoideum,  unites  the  sinus  transversus  with 
■  the  V.  auricularis  posterior  or  with  the  v.  occipitalis  or  with  the  beginning  of  the  v.  jugularis  externa. 

Emissarium  occipitale,  at  the  level  of  the  protuberantiae  occipitales,  opens  usually  either 
internally  into  a  sinus  transversus  or  into  the  confluens  sinuimi  or  externally  into  the  v.  oc- 
cipitalis, often  into  both. 

Emissarium  condyloideum  (not  illustrated),  in  the  canalis  condyloideus,  unites  the  sinus 
transversus  and  the  plexus  venosi  vertebrales  externi. 

Plexus  Yeuosus  caroticiis  internus  (see  Fig.  442)  surrounds  the  a.  carotis  interna 
in  the  canalis  caroticus  in  the  form  of  a  network,  is  connected  above  with  the  sinus  caveniosus, 
receives  veins  from  the  cavum  tympani  and  opens  below  into  the  v.  jugularis  interna. 

Rete  foramiuis  ovalis  (not  illustrated)  in  the  foramen  ovale  from  the  sinus  cavemosus 
to  the  plexus  pterygoideus :  it  is  often  connected  above  with  the  vv.  raeningeae  mediae. 

"Rete  canalis  hypoglossi  (not  illustrated)  in  the  canalis  hypogiossi  from  the  sinus 
occipitalis  and  from  the  plexus  venosi  vertebrales  intemi  to  the  sinus  petrosus  inferior. 

Yena  cava  superior  (see  Figs.  411,  427,  486  and  495),  impaired,  free  from  valves, 
arises  behind  the  first  right  costal  cartilage  by  the  union  of  the  YV.  auonymae  dextra  et 
sinistra  and  extends  downward,  and  curved  moderately  convex  toward  the  right,  in  fi-ont 
of  the  root  of  the  right  lung  and  of  the  right  side  of  the  aorta  ascendens,  to  the  right  atrium. 
It  is  bounded  in  front  by  the  thymus  and  on  the  right  by  the  right  lung;  it  is  covered  above 
on  its  right  side  by  the  pleura  mediastinalis,  below  by  the  visceral  layer  of  the  pericardium.  In 
the  upper  part  of  its  course  the  v.  azygos  (see  p.  456)  opens  into  it  from  behind. 

y.  ailOliyma  (0.  T.  innominate  vein)  (see  also  Figs.  427,  486  and  495)  is  formed 
behind  the  articulatio  sternoclavicularis  and  in  front  of  the  a.  subclavia  by  the  union  of  the 
V.  jugularis  interna,  v.  subclavia  and  y.  jugularis  externa 5  the  latter  opens  usually 
into  the  v.  subclavia.  The  right  vein  is  bounded  on  the  right  by  the  right  lung  and  runs 
vertically  downward ;  the  left,  distinctly  longer,  extends  to  the  right  and  downward,  behind  the 
manubrium  sterni  and  the  thymus,  directly  over  the  arcus  aortae,  in  front  of  the  aa.  subclavia 
sinistra,  carotis  communis  sinistra  and  anonyma.     Both  veins  are  devoid  of  valves.    Branches : 

\.  Vy.  thyreoideae  inferiores  (inferior  thyreoid  veins)  (see  Fig.  486)  from  the  plexus 
thyreoideus  impar.  This  lies  partly  in  front  of  the  lower  margin  of  the  isthmus  glandulae 
thyreoideae,  in  part  it  surrounds  the  beginning  of  the  trachea  like  a  ring ;  it  anastomoses  with 
the  vv.  thyreoideae  superiores  of  both  sides  and  receives,  behind,  the  vv.  tracheales,  the 
vv.  oesophageae  and  the  v.  laryngea  inferior  (corresponding  to  the  arteries  of  the  same  names). 
Three  veins  usually  go  off  from  the  plexus:  a  right  vein  opens  at  the  angle  of  junction  of  the 
w.  anonymae  or  into  the  v.  anonyma  dextra  or  into  the  v.  jugularis  interna  dextra,  a  left  vein 
into  the  V.  anonj-ma  sinistra  and  a  v.  thyreoidea  ima,  running  downward  in  front  of  the 
trachea,  into  tlie  v.  anonyma  sinistra. 

2.  V.  mammaria  interna  (internal  mammary  vein)  (see  Figs.  313  and  486)  con-esponds 
almost  exactly  to  the  artery  of  the  same  name.  Arismg  from  the  union  of  the  2  vv.  epi- 
gastricae  stiperiores  (rich  in  valves)  and  the  vv.  mtisculophrenicae  it  is  double  in  the  region 
of  the  m.  transversus  thoracis;  above  the  latter  it  is  single  and  situated  medial  from  the  artery. 
It  receives  (with  the  vv.  musculophrenicae)  the  anterior  extremities  of  the  9  ( — 10)  superior 
vv.  intei-costalcs  (see  p.  455),  which  have  valves  at  their  mouths,  further  the  rami  perforantes, 
which  have  valves  (especially  marked  in  the  l^t  or  2nd  intercostal  space),  as  well  as  rami 
sternales  from  the  networks  which  are  situated  upon  both  surfaces  of  the  sternum,  and  in 
which  there  are  several  large  transverse  connections  between  the  trunks  of  the  two  sides, 
sometimes  especially  one  such  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  processus  xiphoideus. 

3.  Yv.  phrenicae  superiores  (not  illustrated),  possess  valves,  are  double,  and  con-e- 
spond  to  the  a.  pericardiacophrenica. 

4.  Yy.  thymicae,  pericardiaeae,  niediastinales  anteriores,  bronchiales  anteriores 
(not  illustrated)  from  the  viscera  of  the  thorax,  open  separately  or  partially  in  cummon. 

Spalteholz,   Atlas.  29 


446  Veins  of  the  Head  and  Neck. 

5.  V.  Tertebralis  (see  Fig.  488)  coiTesponds  to  the  cervical  part  of  the  a.  vertebralis, 
on  the  latei-al  side  of  which  it  extends  downward  from  the  foramen  magnum  tbrough  the  foramina 
transversaria  of  the.l^t — Q^^  (often  — 7'^)  cervical  vertebra.  It  begins  in  the  plexus  venosi 
vertebrales,  anastomoses  with  the  v.  occipitalis  and  receives  branches  from  the  spinal  canal, 
from  the  deep  muscles  of  the  neck  and  from  the  plexus  vertebrales  externi.  It  stands  open 
and  has  valves  at  its  mouth.     Branch: 

a)    V.  cervicalis  profunda  (see  Fig.  486)  coiTesponds  approximately  to  the  a.  ceryicalis  pro- 
funda, begins  near  the  back  of  the  head  in  the  plexus  vertebralis  posterior  and  runs  down- 
ward behind  or  in  front  of  the  m.  semi  spinalis  cervicis ;  it  goes  forward  beneath  the  proc. 
transversus  of  the  T^b  cervical  vertebra  into  the  v.  vertebralis.  There  are  valves  at  its  mouth. 
Y.  jugularis  interna  (internal  jugular  vein)  (see  also  Fig.  489)  corresponds  together 
with  the  V.  jugidaris  externa  to  'the  a.  carotis  communis.    It  arises  as  the  direct  continuation 
of  the   sinus  transversus  in  the  lateral  compartment  of  the  foramen  jugulare  with  a  swelling, 
the  bulbus  v.  jugulai'is  superior,   above  runs  doT^-nward  behind  the  a.  carotis  interna  on  the 
lateral  wall  of  the  pharynx,  becomes  displaced  gradually  to  the  lateral  side  first  of  the  a.  carotis 
interna,    then   of  the   a.  carotis  communis  and  extends  downward,    close  to  the  latter,    to  the 
V.  anonyma.    A  little  above  its  termination  it  presents  a  spindle-shaped  dilatation,  the  bulbus 
IK  jugularis  inferior,  which   is   closed  above  by  a   single  or   double  valve.     Otherwise  it  is 
devoid  of  valves.     Branches: 

1.  Sinus  durae  matris  see  pp.  441—444. 

2.  V.  canaliculi  cochleae  (not  illustrated)  comes  from  the  cochlea  (see  Organ  of 
Hearing)  through  the  canaliculus  cochleae  and  opens  into  the  bulbus  v.  jugidaris  superior. 

3.  Yv.  pharyngeae  vary  in  number  and  come  at  different  levels  from  the  plextis  ])ha- 
ryngeus  which  covers  the  outer  surface  of  the  pharynx  and  receives  branches  from  the  deep 
muscles  of  the  pharvTix,  fi-om  the  tuba  auditiva,  the  palate  and  the  dura  mater  (o.  meningea, 
corresponding  to  the  a.  meningea  posterior),  as  well  as  the  v.  canalis  pterygoidei  [  Vidii]  (from 
the  canalis  pterv'goideus) ;  it  is  connected  with  the  neighboring  veins.  The  inferior  vv.  pharyngeae 
may  open  also  into  other  branches  of  the  v.  jugularis  interna.     They  are  all  devoid  of  valves. 

4.  V.  liugiialis  (lingual  vein)  (see  also  Fig.  489)  runs  backward  at  first  exactly  as  does 
the  a.  lingualis,  later,  however,  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  m.  hyoglossus;  it  receives  a 
large  v.  sublingualis  and  the  vv.  dorsales  linguae.  The  a.  Ungualis  is  accompanied  medial 
from  the  m.  hyoglossus  by  small  veins,  which  together  with  the  v.  comitans  n.  hypoglossi 
open  into  the  v.  lingualis.  All  branches  of  the  lingual  vein  possess  valves ;  the  vein  communi- 
cates with  the  vv.  pharyngeae  and  the  v.  thyi-eoidea  superior;  it  opens  sometunes  into  a  v.  facialis. 

5.  y V.  thyreoideae  superiores  (superior  thvTeoid  veins)  (see  also  Fig.  489),  usually  two,  ac- 
companying the  artery  only  in  part;  one  opens  far  below,  the  other  above,  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
a.  thyreoidea  superior.  The  latter 'receives  a  v.  siernocleidomastoidea  and  the  v.  laryngea  superior 
(corresponding  to  the  a.  laryngea  superior),  which  may  also  open  into  the  v.  facialis  comnumis, 
and  frequently  the  whole  vein  opens  into  the  v.  facialis  communis.   These  veins  possess  valves. 

6.  V.  facialis  communis  (see  also  Figs.  488  and  489)  arises  beneath  the  angle  of  the 
lower  jaw,  from  the  vo.  faciales  anterior  and  posterior,  which  may  also  open  separately  into 
the  V.  jugularis  interna.  It  nms.-  downward  and  backward,  covered  only  by  the  platysma,  crosses 
the  a.  carotis  externa  and  terminates  at  the  level  of  the  hyoid  bone.  It  has  no  valves.    Branches: 

a)  V.  facialis  antei-ior  (see  also  Figs.  487 — 489)  corresponds  in  its  course  to  that  of  the 
a.  raaxillaris  externa,  which  itself  possesses  in  addition  two  small  accompanying  veins ; 
it  is  a  little  tortuous  and  runs  usually  behind  the  artery  and  in  part  more  superficially, 
covered  only  by  the  m.  zygomaticus  and  platysma,  from  the  root  of  the  nose  to  the 
angle  of  the  lower  jaw.  It  arises  superficially  at  the  medial  angle  of  the  eye  as  the 
V.  angularis,  formed  by  the  vv.  frontalis  (usually  unpaired,  and  then  very  frequently 
opening  into  the  left  v.  angularis),  supraoi'bitalis  (runs  transversely  median  ward  partly 
beneath  the  m.  orbicularis  oculi  over  the  margo  supraorbitalis,  anastomoses  with  the 
vv.  temporales  superticialis  and  media)  and  nasofrontalis  (see  p.  442) ;  in  front  of  the 
root  of  the.  nose  it  forms  a  broad  union  with  the  vein  of  the  other  side.  Above, 
it  receives  further:  the  vv.  palpebrales  superiores,  nasales  externae,  palpebrales  in- 
feriores  and  labialis  superior,  besides  the  ravnis  profundus ;  this  is  formed  in  the 
fossa  infratemporalis  by  the  vv.  alveolares  superiores  (corresponding  to  the  arteries 
of  the  same  name)  and  by  branches  of  tho  plexus  pterygoideus,  and  receives  one  branch 
of  the  V.  ophthalmica  inferior;  it  runs  forward  upon  the  facies  infratemporalis  maxillae 
and  terminates  below  the  arcus  zygomaticus.  Farther  down  enter  the  v.  labialis  in- 
ferior, vv.  massetericac  and  vv.  parotideae  anteriores.  Beneath  the  lower  jaw  it 
receives  further  the  large  v.  submentalis,  which  is  connected  with  the  v.  sublingualis 
and  V.  jugularis  anterior  as  well  as  one  v.  palatina,  which  corresponds  to  the  a. 
palatina  ascendens.  All  the  branches  of  the  vein  possess  efficient  valves  at  their  mouths ; 
the  main  trunk  also  contains  such  valves  at  the  level  of  the  ductus  parotideus. 


Veins  of  the  Head  and  Neck. 


447 


V.  transversa  colli 

V.  iugu- 
laris  anterior 


Y.  trans- 
versa 
scapulae 


V. 

subclavia 


A.  axillaris 

V.  axillaris 


V,  ca.'fa,  superior 
V.  anonyma  dextra 


Y.  anonyma  sinistra 
mammaria  interna  dextra 


486.     Deep    veins    of  the    neck,    viewed  from  the  right. 


(The   muscles  of  the  neck   and  face  have  been  in  hirge  part 

have  been  partially  removed.) 


removed:    the  bones  of  the  face 
29* 


448 


Veins  of  the  Head. 


V.  temporalis 
^luperficialis 


Anastomosis  with 

,the  V.  temporalis 

media 


-  v.  frontalis 

-..V.  supra- 
orbitalis 

V.  nasofroiitalis 
V.  angularis 

Vv.  nasales 
externae 


V. 

auricularis  - 

posterior 

Emissarium 

mastoideum 


Vv.  aurieulares     - 
anteriores 
V.  parotidea 


V.  transversa  faciei 

V.   occipitalis 

M.  sternocleido- 
mastoideus 

M.  trapezius. 
Glandula  paroti 


V.  jiigularis..,_-ij 
externa  ^ 


B.  profundus 

Ductus 
parotideus 

V.  labialis 

superior 
V.  facialis 

anterior 

v.  labialis 
inferior 

A.  maxillaris 
externa 


I 


V.  parotidea  anterior      \ 
V.  facialis  communis! 


V.  submentalis 
V.  masseterica 


487.  Superficial  veins  of  the  face,  viewed  from  the  right. 

(With  partial  use  ol'  a  preparation  by  W.  Braune.) 
(Below  the  zygoma,  tlie  subcutaneous  fat  and  a  part  of  the  muscles  have  been  removed.) 
b)   V.  facialis  posterioi-  (see  also  Figs.  486  and  488)   arises  superficially  in  front  of  tlie  ear 
through  the  union  of  the  vv.  temporales,  runs  downward  in  the  substance  of  the  glandula  * 
parotis  behind   the   ramus   mandibulae   and  lateral  from   the  carotis  externa  and  bends 
obliquely  forward   below  the  angulus  mandibulae,   over  or  under  the  m.  digastricus,    to 
the  V.  facialis  conumuiis.    It  gives  off  a  large  branch  at  a  variable  level  to  the  v.  jugu- 
laris  externa.     It  receives  : 

ba)  V.  temporalis  super ficialis,  from  the  superficial  plexus  of  the  roof  of  the  skull,  runs 
downward  beliiud  the  trunk  of  the  artery.    It  possesses  a  valve  in  front  of  the  ear. 

bb)  V.  temporalis  media  runs  transversely  backward,  deviating  from  the  artery,  in  the 
m.  temporalis,  anastomoses  at  the  lateral  angle  of  the  eye  with  the  superficial  veins, 
in  the  muscle  with  the  vv.  temporales  profundae  and  perforates  the  fascia  temporalis 
over  the  root  of  the  zygoma.     It  possesses  valves. 

be)   Vv.  aurieulares  anteriores,  from  the  lateral  surface  of  the  external  ear. 
bd)   Vv.  parotideae  posteriores,  from  the  glandula  parotis. 


Veins  of  the  Head. 


449 


Plexus  pterygoideus     Vv.  temporales  profundae 
Vv.  articulares  mandibulaei  i     '. 


V.  temporalis  media 
V.  temporalis  siiperficialis 
Vv.  auriculares  anteriores  « 


M.  temporalis 


/V.  ophthalmica  superior 


V.  nasofrontalis 


-  V.  angularis 


v.  ophthal- 
mica inferior 


V. 

alveolaris 
inferior 

Plexus 
vertebralis  -■ 
posterior 

y.  vertebralis 


M. 

semispinalis  • 
capitis 


V.  alveolaris 
superior 

R.inius 
profundus 


V.  jugularis  externa 

V.  jugularis  interna 


W.  facialis  anterior 
V.  facialis  communis 
V.  facialis  posterior 


488.    Deep    veins    of  the    face,    viewed  from  the  right. 
(The  bones  and  muscles  have  been  removed  as  in  Fig.  438.) 

be)  Vv.  articulares  mandibulae ,   from  a  plexus  surrounding  the  joint  of  the  jaw,  which 

also  receives  the  vv.  Ujmpanicae  (not  illustrated)  (through  the  fissura  petrotympanica 
[Glaseri]  from  the  middle  ear)  and  veins  from  the  external  auditory  passage  and 
drum  membrane  and  is  connected  with  the  plexus  pterygoideus. 

bf)  V.  stijlomastoidea  (not  illustrated),    corresponding  to   the   artery  of  the  same  name, 

anastomoses  at  the  hiatus  canalis  facialis  with  the  vv.  meningeae  mediae. 

bg)  V.  transversa  faciei  (transverse  facial  vein),   frequently  double,   corresponds  to  the 

artery  of  the  same  name, 
bh)  Plexus  jfi^i'yQoideus  extends  from  the  fossa  pterygopalatina  as  far  as  the  coUura 
mandibulae  and  lies,  with  wider  vessels,  on  both  sides  of  the  m.  pteiygoideus  externus, 
with  narrower  vessels,  also  on  the  medial  surface  of  the  m.  pterygoideus  internus  and 
on  the  membranous  waU  of  the  tuba  auditiva ;  it  forms  a  sheath  for  the  a.  maxiUaris 
interna.  It  receives:  the  v.  sphenopalatina  (from  the  nasal  cavity  through  the 
foramen  sphenopalatinum),  the  vv.  meniufjeae  mediae  (see  p.  444),  the  vv.  temporales 
profundae  (from  the  m.  temporaUs,  in  which  it  forms  a  plexus  with  branches  of  the 
v.  temporahs  media),  the  vv.  massetericae ,  v.  alveolaris  inferior  (the  latter  two 
corresponding  to  the  arteries  of  the  same  names)  and  the  rete  foramiais  ovalis  (see 
p.  445).  It  anastomoses  with  the  vv.  articulares  mandibulae  and  with  the  plexus 
phar}Tigeus  and  empties  in  part  through  the  ramus  profundus  v.  facialis  anterioris, 
especially  however  through  two  valve-bearing  vessels,  which  accompany  the  a.  maxil- 
laris  interna,  into  the  v.  facialis  posterior. 


450 


Veins  of  the  Nect. 


Anastomosis  with  the  v.  sublingualis 
V.  submentalis 
v.  comitans  n.      \ 

hypoglossi 

V.  lingualis 
V.  palatina 
V.  facialis 
anterior 

M.  steruocleido- 
masto  ideas 

V.  jugularis i 

externa 


Vv.  thyreoideae 
superiores 

Ramus  deseenden.' 
n.  liypoglossi 


M.  digastricus  (venter  anterior) 
M.  mvlohvoideus 


-  -V.  facialis 
anterior 

V.  facialis 
posterior 


V.  facialis 
communis 


_M.  omohyoideus 
M.  sternohyoideus 


V.  jugularis 
externa 


V.  jugularis  anterior 
V.  jugularis  externa 

V.  subclavia 


M.  slernocleido- 
mastoideus 
.Arcus  venosus 
juguli 
V.  transversa 
I         colli     • 


V.  axillaris 

V.  cephalica 


489.  Veins  of  the  neck,  viewed  from  in  front. 
(On  the  right  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus,  on  the  left  the  m.  pectoraUs  major,  has  been  removed.) 
V.  jUjETUlaris  externa  (external  jug-ular  vein)  (see  also  Figs.  486—488)  arises  below 
the  ear  by  two  roots:  the  antiiU2£'  ft'cqnently  the  larger,  comes  from  the  v.  facialis  posterior 
(see  p.  448),  the  posterior  arises  behind  the  ear.  It  crosses  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus 
obliquely,  covered  by  the  platysma,  goes  into  the  depth  and  opens  usually  into  the  v.  subclavia, 
generally    with  the  v.  juirularis   ant^'rior.     Valves   at  its  mouth  and  in  its  middle.     Branches: 

1.  V.  occipitalis  corresponds  to  the  artery.  It  opens  partly  into  the  preceding  vein, 
partly  doubled,  accompanies  the  arteiy  to  the  v.  jugularis  interna;  it  anastomoses  with  the 
})le.\us  vertebralis  posterior. 

2.  V.  aiiriciilaris  posterior  from  the  superficial  jilexus  behind  the  ear. 

3.  V.  jugularis  anterior,  downward  from  the  chin  upon  the  mm.  mylohyoideus  and 
sternohyoideus,  extends  lateralward  below  the  origins  of  the  m.  sternocleidomastoideus  to  the 
V.  jugularis  externa  or  the  v.  sulj^Javia.  It  anastomoses  with  the  adjacent  veins,  and,  by  the 
large  arcus  venoxus  juguli,  below  the  glandula  tliyreoidea  with  the  vein  of  the  opposite  side. 
More  rarely  instead  of  this  vein  only  an  unj)airt'd  median  trunk  (v.  mediana  colli)  is  present. 


Veins  of  the  Arm. 


451 


490.   Superficial   veins   of  the   back  of  the  right 

hand.      (Partly  after  W.  Braune.) 


V.  basilica 


Processus 

styloideus 

ulnae 


The  Tcins  of  the  upper  extremity 

run  partly  in  the  depth  hetween  the  nuiscles, 
partly  in  plexuses,  superficially,  upon  the  fascia 
supei-ficialis ,  in  the  subcutaneous  tissue.  Both 
possess  numerous  valves,  the  deep  veins  more 
than  the  superficial,  and  are  manifoldly  connected 
with  one  another  by  anastomoses,  which  are 
devoid  of  valves. 

The  deep  Teins  (not  illustrated)  follow  al- 
most exclusively  the  corresponding-  arteries  and 
are  double,  with  the  exception  of 
those  in  the  fingers  and  in  the  axilla. 
In  the  palm  they  begin  as  single 
vv.  digitales  vnlares  propriae  (see 
Fig.  491),  which  unite  to  form  the 
vv.  digitales  volares  communes  and 
go  into  the  double  arcus  volaris 
venosus  super ficialis.  In  the  de]jth 
run  the  vv.  metacai-peae  volares, 
which  open  into  the  double  aims 
volaris  venosus  profundus;  they 
send  in  addition  several  rami  perfo- 
rantes  into  the  spatia  iuterossea  metacarpi 
to  the  deep  veins  of  the  back  of  the  hand, 
several  smaller  and  regularly  two  larger 
veins  into  the  1  st  metacarpal  space  and 
through  the  muscles  of  the  little  finger 
to  the  rete  venosum  di)rsale  manus.  From 
the  palmar  arch  arise  th?  vv.  ulnares 
and  vv.  radiales  and  fi-om  these  again 
the  vv.  hrachiales  with  their  tributaries, 
corresponding  exactly  to  the  arteries.  On 
the  hack  of  the  hand  the  deep  veins 
accompany,  as  small  vessels,  the  deep  layer 
of  the  rete  carpi  dorsale  (see  p.  414)  and 
emty  partly  into  the  vv.  radiales,  partly 
into  the  rete  venosum  dorsale  manus. 

The  superficial  veius  of  the 
hack  of  the  hand  represent  the 
chief  canals  of  outflow  for 
the  skin.  They  begin  upon 
the  phalanges  of  the  fingers 
in  a  plexus,  which  permits 
of  the  recognition  of  longi- 
tudinal trunks,  vv.  digi- 
tales dorsales  propriae,  and 
each  terminates  on  the  first 
phalanx  in  the  arcus  veno- 
sus digitalis  which  is  con- 
cave proximalward.  From  the 
union  of  every  pair  of  these 
arches,  arise  four  larger  vv. 
metacarpeae  dorsales ;  these 
form  the  rete  venosum  dor- 
sale manvs ,  the  meshes  of 
which  are  elongated  in  the 
direction  of  the  long  axis  of 
the  Umb. 


V.  cephalica 


Processus 

styloideus 

radii 


Kete  venosum 
dorsale  manus 


Vv.  iuter-  __ 
capitulares 


Vv.  digitales  ^ 
dorsales 
propriae 


Ramus 
perforans 

Vv.  meta- 
carpeae 
dorsales 


452 


Veins  of  the  Arm. 


V.  cephalica 


V.  mediana 
cubiti 


N.  cutaneus     ,-  /       I         \     /     I 
antibrachii  "^c,  /  -  ^-^    I    /     / 
lateralis  |      i     i       A"    / 


V.  cephalic 
accessoria 


N,   cutaneus 

antibraohii 

medialis 


V.  basilica 


— V.  basilica 


491.  Superficial  veins 
of  the  right  forearm, 

viewed  from   in  front. 
(Palm  after  W.  Bramie.) 

The  superflciaj  yeiiis  of  the  palm 

are  much  finer  than  those  of  the  back 
of  the  hand.  They  begin  upon  the  pha- 
hinges  in  a  plexus  in  which  one  can 
make  out  more  or  less  distinctly  the 
vv.  digitales  volares  propi-iae  and  out 
of  which  most  of  the  blood  is  conducted 
to  the  posterior  surface  through  several 
vessels  at  the  lateral  margins  of  the 
fingers.  Similarly  the  vv.  mte?-capitu- 
lares  (see  also  Fig.  490)  conduct  blood 
into  the  spaces  between  the  fingers  from 
the  volar  to  the  dorsal  vessels.  The 
superficial  network  of  the  palm  hes  upon 
the  aponeurosis  palmaris  and  upon  the 
fascia  of  the  tlienar  and  hypothenar 
eminences;  in  the  latter  two  places  the 
network  is  somewhat  closer.  Proximal- 
ward  it  goes  over  into  the  plexus  in  the 
forearm. 

The  superlicial  veins  of  the  forearm  are 

also   arranged  in   the  form  of  a  plexus.     Among 
them  two  are  usually  very  distinct: 


V.  cephalica 


metacarpea    dor- 
the   ulnar  side  of 


Vv.  inter- 
capitulares 

Vv.  digitales 

volares 

propriae 


1.  V.  basilica  (see  also  Fig.  490)  begins  upon 

the  back  of  the  hand,  frequently  as  the 
continuation  of  the  v 
salis  IV,  loops  around 
the  forearm  to  its  volar  surface  and  rims 
on  this  as  far  as  the  elbow,  then  in  the 
sulcus  bicipitalis  medialis  along  the  upper 
arm  as  far  as  its  middle  third.  There 
it  perforates  the  fascia,  goes  still-  some 
distance  upward  and  unites  sooner  or 
later  with  one  of  the  (more  delicate) 
vv.  brachiales. 

2.  V.  cephalica   (see   also  Fig.  490)   arises  on 

the  back  of  the  hand,  often  especially 
from  the  v.  metacarpea  doi'salis  I,  winds 
around  the  radial  side  of  the  forearm  to 
its  volar  surface  and  extends  on  this  as 
far  as  the  elbow;  thence  it  goes  u]>ward 
in  the  sulcus  bicipitalis  lateralis  and  (in 
a  duplicature  of  the  fascia  brachii)  in  the 
groove  between  the  mm.  pectoralis  major 
and  deltoideus,  sinks  into  the  depth  just 
below  the  clavicle  and  after  union  with 
a  V.  thoracoacromialis  empties  into  the 
V.  axillaris  (see  also  Fig.  492).  Some- 
times a  second  longitudinal  vessel  is  sit- 
.  uated  lateral  ward  on  the  forearm ,  the 
V.  cephalica  accessoria,  which  opens  into 
the  main  vein. 


Veins  of  the  Arm. 


453 


V.  thoracoacromialiSN 

A.  axillaris , 

N.  musculocutaneus  | 

N.  medianus ' 


V.  axillaris 


V.  circumflexa  humeri  anterior  i         ' 


I         I 


M.  deltoideus 


v.  cephalica 


Vv.  biaehiales 
:M.  coracobrachial  is 
;N.  medianus       y  s„bscapularis 


V.  thoracalis  lateralis  , 
M.  latissimus  dorsi 


yr- 


^ 


Costa  in 
-V.  costoaxillaris 


A  , 


M.  pectoralis  minor 


\i-M 


M.  subscapularis 


Vv.  costoaxillares 


492.   Veins    of  the    right   axilla,   viewed  from  in  front. 

(Arrangement  as  in  Tig.  451.) 

3)    V.  mediana  cubiti  (see  Fig.  491)  is  a  connecting  branch,  which  usually  leads  obliquely 

upward   in   the  flexure   of  the   elbow  from  the  v.  cephalica  to  the  v.  basUica  and, 

lateralward  fi*om  the  lacertus  fibrosus,  anastomoses  freely  with  the  deep  veins. 

In  other  cases  (not  illustrated)  a  vein  (v.  mediana  antibrachii)  goes  upward  upon  the 

middle  of  the   volar  surface   of  the   forearm,    bifurcates  in  the  flexiu'e  of  the  elbow  and  goes 

partly  to  the  v.  basUica  (as  a  v.  mediana  basilica),  partly  to  the  v.  cephalica  (as  v.  mediana 

cephalica).     There  is  always,   however,    even  then,    free  anastomosis  with  the  deep  veins  of 

the  elbow. 

y.  axillaris  (axillary  vein)  (see  also  Fig.  486)  arises  usually  at  the  lower  margin 
of  the  m.  pectorahs  major  by  the  union  of  the  two  w.  brachiales  and  extends  as  far  as  the 
clavicle  on  the  medial  and  anterior  surface  of  the  artery,  which  is  also  accompanied  directly 
by  small  veins.  Its  branches  correspond  to  those  of  the  artery.  The  T.  thoracalis  lateralis 
receives  the  Y.  thoracoepigastrica  (see  Fig.  504),  which  extends  subcutaneously  upward 
fi'om  the  V.  femoraUs  or  fi'om  the  v.  epigastrica  superficialis  on  the  anterior  and  lateral  surface 
of  the  trunk.  Into  this  or  into  the  neighboring  veins  empty  the  TV.  costoaxillares,  which, 
in  the  upper  6  —  7  intercostal  spaces ,  cany  the  blood  from  the  middle  portions  of  the 
vv.  intercostales  (see  p.  455)  to  the  axilla.  The  v.  axillaris  and  its  branches  are  richly 
pro\dded  with  valves. 


454 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


Plexus  venosi  vertebralis  interni/i 


Corpus 
vertebrae 


-Processus  articularis  superior 

Anastomosis  with  the  plexus 
,-vcnosus  vertebralis  posterior 


Fibrocartilago 
intervertebralis" 


"-^Plexus  venosus  verte- 
bralis posterior 
Foraiueu  intervertebrale 


Sinus  vertebralis 
longitudinalis 


'  Processus  spinosus 


493.    Spinal   VGinS,    seen  in  a  median  section,  viewed  from  the  left. 

y.  SUl)Cljlvia  (subclavian  vein)  (see  Fig.  486)  is  the  name  of  the  continuation  of  the 
V.  axillaris  from  the  lower  margin  of  the  m.  subclavius  on.  It  accompanies  the  a.  subclavia  on 
its  anterior  and  inferior  surface  and  crosses  the  first  rib  in  front  of  them,  scalenus  anterior. 
Behind  the  articulatio  sternoclavicularis  it  helps  to  form  the  v.  anonyma.  It  has  valves  at  its 
beginning  and  at  its  termination.  In  addition  to  it  some  small  veins  directly  accompany  the 
a.  subclavia.     Tributaries  (besides  the  v.  jugularis  externa): 

1.  and  2.  V.  transversa  scapulae  and  y.  transversa  colli  (see  Figs.  486  and  489) 
near  the  corresponding  arteries,  unite  usually  to  form  one  stem,  which  fi-equently  opens  into 
the  V.  jugularis  externa.     They  carry  valves  at  their  mouths. 

Veins  of  the  spinal  column,  in  the  canalis  vertebralis,  between  the  two  layers 
of  the  dura  mater  spinalis,  lie  close  venous  plexuses,  plexus  venosi  vertebrates  interni,  the 
tributaries  of  which  come  partly  from  th(>  verteljrae,  partly  from  the  spinal  cord.  These  j)lexuses 
(see  also  i'ig.  494)  extend  chiehy  in  the  longitudinal  direction  from  tJie  foramen  occipitale  magnum 
to  almost  as  far  as  the  tip  of  the  sacrum  and  permit  the  recognition  of  four  trunks,  two  anterior 
and  two  posterior.  The  anterioi-  lie  upon  the  posterior  surface  of  the  bodies  of  the  vertebrae 
and  of  the  intervertebral  disks  on  each  side  lateral  from  tbe  lig.  longitudinale  posterius;  they 
consist  of  several  large  veins,  running  very  close  together,  which  anastomose  manifoldly  with 
one  another,  possess  a  lumen  which  stands  open  especially  in  the  cervical  and  thoracic  part 
and  are  accordingly  also  called  the  sinus  vertebrates  tongitudinales.  Tbe  posterior  plexuses 
are  situated  on  both  sides  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  arcus  vertebrarum  and  of  the  ligamenta 
flava  and  anastomose  through  spaces  in  the  latter  with  the  plexus  externi  posteriores ;  they  are 
more  delicate  and  less  numerous  and  form  more  irregular,  wider  networks.  The  anterior  plexuses 
are  imited  with  one  another  on  the  posterior  surface  of  each  vertebral  bodj' by  transverse  trunks, 
whicb  run  between  the  periosteum  and  the  lig.  longitudinale  posterius  and  there  receive  the 
vv.  basivertebrales.  The  latter  (see  also  Fig.  494)  extend  radially  in  the  vertebral  body  toward 
the  middle  of  the  postei'ior  surface  and  open  there  in  common  or  separately,  being  provided  at  the 
mouth  with  valves;  in  front  they  anastomose  through  tbe  bones  with  the  plexus  externi  anteriores. 
The  posterior  plexuses  are  connected  with  one  another  by  branches  arranged  in  the  form  of  a 
network;  with  the  anterior  they  are  connected  by  numerous  shorter  vessels  which  are  present 
especially  on  the  medial  side  of  each  radix  arcus  vertebrae  and  leave  free  only  the  upper  part 
of  the  I'oramen  intervertebrale.  Through  the  connecting  branches  of  the  different  plexuses  with 
one  another  arise  the  more  or  less  distinct  vascular  rings,  retia  venosa  vertebrarum,  one  at 
the  level  of  each  vertebra.  The  upper  end  of  the  plexus  surrounds  the  foramen  occipitale  magnum 
like  a  wreath  (see  Fig.  484),  is  connected  with  the  sinus  occipitalis,  plexus  basilaris  and  rete 
canalis  hypoglossi  and  empties  into  the  v.  vertebralis.  In  the  canalis  sacralis  the  vessels  become 
smaller,  the  plexuses  become  looser  and  empty  through  the  foramina  saci'alia  into  the  vv.  sacrales. 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


455 


Processus  spinosus 

, Plexus  venosus  vertebralis 
/  posterior 

Rete  venosum  vertebrae 

I 


Processus 
articularis  superior 


V.  intervertebralis -S»-i 


Processus 
transversus 


Plexus  venosi  vertebrales 
interni 


V.  basivertebralis 


Corpus 
vertebrae 


Plexus  venosus 
vertebralis  anterior 


494.    Spinal  veins  in  a  inorizontal  section, 

viewed  from  above. 
(Only  the  body  of  the  vertebra  has  been  cut  through.) 

Plexus  A'enosi  xertebrales  externi  (see  also  Fig.  493)  lie  on  the  external  surface 
of  the  spinal  column  and  are  divisible  into  anterior,  smaller  plexuses  and  posterior,  larger 
plexuses.  The  plexns  reiiosi  vertebrales  anterior es  are  best  developed  in  the  cervical  spine  and 
there  lie  upon  the  bodies  of  the  vertebrae  and  upon  the  mm.  longi  capitis  et  colli;  they  receive 
tributaries  from  the  muscles  and  fi"om  the  bodies  of  the  vertebrae  and  are  connected  lateralward 
-n-ith  the  vv.  intervertebrales  and  with  the  following  plexuses.  The  plexus  venosi  vertebrales 
posteriores  lie  in  part  directly  upon  the  posterior  surface  of  the  vertebral  arches,  processes  and 
ligaments,  in  part  between  the  short  muscles  of  the  back.  They  are  best  developed  in  the 
cenical  portion  (see  also  Figs.  486  and  4S8)  and  are  connected  there  especially  with  the  v. 
occipitalis ,  v.  vertebralis  and  v.  cervicalis  profunda ;  besides,  they  anastomose  through  spaces 
in  the  ligamenta  flava  with  the  plexus  interni  and  unite  in  front  with  the  plexus  anteriores 
and  with  the  vv.  inteiwertebrales. 

Yv.  intervertebrales  accompany  the  nn.  spinales  in  the  foramina  intervertebralia  and 
lie  chiefly  in  plexuses  on  their  anterior  surfaces.  They  receive  the  vv.  spinales  (from  the  spinal 
cord),  which  bear  valves  at  their  openings  and  are  connected  with  the  plexus  vertebrales  interni 
and  exteiTii  representing  their  channels  of  outflow ;  they  have  valves  where  they  terminate  in  the 
neck  in  the  v.  vertebralis,  or  in  the  trunk  in  the  vv.  intercostales,  lumbales  or  sacrales  laterales. 

The  TV.  intercostales  (see  lig.  495),  situated  usually  singly  at  the  lower  margin  of 
a  rib  in  the  sulcus  costae,  close  to  and  above  the  artery,  increase  evenly  in  diameter  from 
above  downward.  The  upper  9  ( — 10)  form  venous  circles  which  empty  their  contents  partly 
sternalward  into  the  w.  mammaria  interna  and  musculuphrenicae  (see  p.  445),  partly  vertebral- 
ward  into  the  system  of  the  v.  azygos;  at  their  mouths  they  carry  valves  coiTespondingly 
dii-ected ;  from  their  middle  portiuns  they  send  off  branches  in  the  1  st — 6th  (or  7*^)  intercostal 
spaces  to  tlie  axilla  (vv.  costouxillaresj  (see  p.  453).  The  lower  2—3  vv.  intercostales  have 
no  outflow  forward  and  receive  tributaries,  supplied  with  valves,  from  the  diaphragm  and  ft'om 
the  abdominal  muscles.  Veins  of  smaller  diameter  and  inconstant  in  length  are  to  be  found 
also  at  the  upper  margin  of  each  rib;  they  are  manifoldly  connected  with  the  others.  Each 
V.  intercostahs  receives  a  ramus  posterior  near  the  bodies  of  the  vertebrae,  which  is  larger 
than  it  is  itself  and  which  runs  near  the  ramus  posterior  of  the  a.  intercostalis ;  into  this 
flow  tributary  vessels  from  the  skin  and  from  the  muscles  of  the  back,  as  well  as  the  ramus 
spinalis,  which ,  as  a  continuation  of  the  vv.  intervertebrales  (vide  supra),  collects  the  blood 
from  the  spinal  colimm  and  its  contents. 


456 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


V.  vertebralis 


V.  iliaoa 
communis 

.  iliolumbalis 

\'.  sacralis 
media 


495.  Vena  azygos, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The    diaphrafj^m   and   the  lumbar 
nuiseles  have  been  removed.) 

y.  azyg'OS,  unpaired,  begins 
as   a  continuation  of  the  v.  kim- 
balis  ascendens  dextra  (seep.  4 GO), 
between  the  right  erus  niediale  and 
cms  intermedium  of  the  diaphragm, 
ascends  in  the  spatium  mediastinale 
posterius  on  the  right  side  of  the 
vel-tebral  bodies,  and  in  its  course 
V.  hemiazygos     lies  in  front  of  the  aa.  intercostales, 
to   the  right  of  the  aorta  thora- 
calis  and  of  the  ductus  thoracicus 
and   behind   the   oesophagus.     At 
the  level   of  the   5tb  or  4*  tho- 
racic   vertebra    it    bends    forward 
over  the   root   of  the   right  lung 
and  opens  into  the  v.  cava  supe- 
rior (see  also  Figs.  427  and  628). 
In  this  latter  portion  of  its  course 
it  usually  possesses  valves,  which, 
however,  are  not  efficient.     It  re- 
ceives the  nine  lowermost  vv.  inter- 
costales   of    the    right    side,     as 
well    as    tlie     vv.    oesophageae, 
vv.   broncJiiale.<:   posterioi-es    and 
vv.  mediastinales  posteriores  (from 
the    corresponding    organs)     (not 
illustrated),  besides  the  V.  hemi- 
azygos.   The  latter  (see  also  Fig. 
629)    begins,    unpaired,    between 
the    left    crus    mediale    and    cms 
intermedium   of  the   diaphragm  as  the 
continuation  of  the  v.  lumbalis   ascen- 
dens   sinistra ,    but   is   also   connected 
with    the   v.   renalis    sinistra.     Devoid 
of  valves,   it  extends  upward,    behind 
the  aorta  thoracalis,   on  the  left  side 
of    the    bodies    of   the    vertebrae,    re- 
ceives several  vv.  intercostales  sinistrae, 
vv.  oesophageae   and  vv.  mediastinales 
posteriores,  and  bends  to  the  right  in 
front  of  one  of  the  inferior  or  middle 
thoracic    vertebrae    behind   the   ductus 
thoracicus  to  go  to  the  v.  azygos.    The 
intercostal    veins,    next  higher   up   on 
the  left  side,    empty  into  a   V.  liemi- 
azygos  accessoria,  which  goes  down- 
ward  on    the   left   side  of  the  thoracic 
spine    and    empties    either    into    the 
V.    hemiazygos     or    directly    into     the 
V.  azj'gos.    The  3 — 4  upper  intercostal 
veins  open  on  each  side  into  a  v.  inter- 
costalis  snprema,   which  on  the  right 
side   usually  opens   into   the  v.  azygos 
(supplied  with  valves),  on  the  left  side 
into  the  v.  hemiazygos,  but  in  addition 
also  conmiunicates  above  on  each  side 
with  the  V.  anonvma. 


_V.  anonyiua 
sinistra 


_V.  intereostalis 
suprema 
sinistra 

_V.  cava 

superior 
.V.  intereostalis 

suprema  dextra 


accessoria 


^_J V.  hemiazygos 


~~~V.  bronchialis 
posterior 


_  _V.  azygos 
V.  intereostalis 

.V.  hemiazygos 

-V.  oesophagea 

V. 

■mediastinalis 
posterior 


"V.  renalis 
sinistra 


"V.  cava 
inferior 

V. 

lumbalis 

III 


V.  lumbalis 
ascendens 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


457 


496.  Arteries  and  veins  of  a  piece  of  small 

intestine. 

The  vena  portae 

(portal  vein)  (see  Figs.  497 
and  49S)  collects  the  blood 
from  the  whole  digestive  tube 
from  the  cardia  on  as  far  as 
the  m.  levator  ani,  from  the 
pancreas,  the  gall  bla<lder 
and  the  spleen.  Its  trunk 
arises  behind  the  caput  pan- 
creatis,  on  the  left  and  poste- 
rior surface  of  the  pars  supe- 
rior duodeni,  from  the  union 
of  the  V.  mesenterica  supe- 
rior and  the  v.  lienalis;  it 
is  2 — 3  cm  long  and  runs 
upward  in  the  lig.  hepato- 
duodenale,  behind  the  a.  he- 
patica  and  the  hepatic  and 
biliary  ducts,  to  the  porta 
hepatis ;  there  it  divides  into 
a  right  and  left  branch  one 
for  each  half  of  the  liver. 
Its  roots  follow,  in  general, 
the  branches  of  the  arteries 
of  the  same  name  and  are 
supplied  with  valves  only  in 
their  finer  subdivisions  im- 
mediately after  their  exit 
from  the  wall  of  the  stomach 
and  intestine. 

1 .  V.  mesenterica 
superior  (see  Figs.  497  and 
498)  runs  on  the  right  side 
of  the  a.  mesenterica  supe- 
rior arises  from  nvmierous 
vv.  iniestinales  (from  the 
small  intestine),  from  the 
r.  ileocolica,  vv.  colicac 
dexirae ,  v.  pancreatico- 
duodenalis ,  vv.  duodeiiales, 
vv.  pancreuticae ,  v.  cotica 
media  and  v.  gastroepiploica 
dextra.  The  intestinal  veins 
anastomose  with  one  another 
veiy  much  as  the  arteries  do 
but  more  frequently. 

2.  T.  mesenterica  inferior  (see  Figs.  497  and  49S)  collects  its  blood  from  the 
v.  haemorrhoidalis  superior,  the  vv.  sigmoideae  and  the  v.  colica  sinistra.  Its  peripheral 
course  agrees  with  that  of  the  a.  mesenterica  inferior;  its  trunk  however  separates  from  this 
and  goes  in  a  curved  direction  upward  and  to  the  right  behind  the  peritonaeiun  (frequently  in 
the  plica  duodenojejunalis)  and  behind  the  pancreas;  it  usually  opens  into  the  v.  lienalis, 
fi-equently  into  the  v.  mesenterica  superior,  sometimes  at  the  point  of  junction  of  the  two. 

3.  y.  lienalis  (see  Figs.  497  and  498)  is  formed  by  the  union  of  the  veins  of  the 
spleen  with  the  v.  gastroepiploica  sinistra  and  with  the  vv.  gastricue  breves;  it  runs  from 
the  left  to  the  right  beneath  the  a.  lienalis  and  behind  the  pancreas,  and  in  its  course  receives 
several  pancreatic  veins. 


458 


Ductus  choledochus 


Ligaraentum 
hepatoduodenale  A 

V.  cystica  ■    * 


Vesica  fellea 
Hepar 


V.  gastro- 

epiploica 

dextra 

V. 

'pancreatico 

duodenalis 


V. 

pancreatica 

Duodenum    - 

Vv.  colicae 
dextrae 


,  Veins  of  the  Trunk. 

A.  hepatica  propria 
/        V.  portae 

V.  pylorica 


v.  coronaria  ventriculi 
'  Ventriculus 


V.  gastroepiploica  sinistra 
\.  lienalis 
Lien 


V. 

mesenterica 
inferior 

A. 

mesenterica 

superior 

V. 

mesenterica 

superior 
V.  colica 
sinistra 

Vv. 
intestinales 

A. 

mesenterica 
inferior 


Colon  ascendens 


V.  ileocolica 

Intestiniim  ileum'' 


\     Colon 

\,       .        .,         descendens 
^  V  V.  sigmoideae 

V.  haemorrhoidalis  superior 

Colon  slgmoideum 


497.  Tributaries  of  the  portal  vein. 

(The  transverse  colon  and  the  small  intestine  have  been  partially  removed;  the  Hver  has  heen  drawn  -u^vard.) 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


459 


V.   hepatica  ^        V.  cava 
\      inferioi' 
Y.  portae 


Y.  coronaria 
ventriculi  A-  coeliaca 


V.  pylorica 


A.  gastroduodenalis  \        \ 


'  A.  lienalis 

/       ^  Y.  lienalis 

1       /  \ 

|Y.  gastrica 
1      brevis 

'  Lien 


Duodenum 
Y.  panereaticoduodenalis 

V.  gastroepiploica  dextra 


/  Y.  mesenterica 
superior 


^  Y.  gastroepiploica 

u  sinistra 

Pancreas 

Colon  descendens 


Y.  colica  sinistra 


A.  mesenterica  superior 


498.  Trunk  of  the  portal  vein. 

(The   stomach,   liver   and  pancreas  have  heen  partially,   the  small  intestine  and  the  transverse 

colon  completely,  removed.)         \  '    '        ■      , 

4.  V.  coronaria  veutrieuli  (see  also  Fig.  497)  'runs-  I'rora  the  right  to  the.  left  along 
the  curvatura  minor  of  the  stomach,  anastomoses  at  the  pyloru's  with  the  v.  pylorica,  at  the 
cardia  with  the  oesophageal  veins  and  opens  near  the  a.  gastrica  sinistra  into  the  trunk  of  the 
V.  portae  or  the  v.  Menalis.  ;        .  •  . 

5.  Y.  pylorica  (see  also  Fig.  497),  more  delicate  than  the  preceding,  exteiids  from  the 
left  to  the  right  near  the  a.  gastrica  dextra  at  the  curvatura  minor  of  the  stomach,  anastomoses" 
with  the  preceding  vein  and  opens  at  the  pylorus  into  the  stem  of  the  v.  portae. 

6.  V;  cystica  (see  Fig.  497)  from  the  gall  bladder;  opens  into  the  stem  or  the  right 
branch  of  the  portal  vein. 

The  accessory  portal  reius  (not  illustrated)  are  small  vessels  which  arise  in  the  folds 
of  the  per'itonaeum  connected  with  the  liver  or  which  come  from  the  stomach  and  pass  either 
into  the  stem  of  the  portal  vein  or  directly  into  the  substance  of  the  liver. 

The  anastomoses  of  the  portal  with  the  vv.  cavae  are  regularly  present  as  follows: 

1)  At  the   cardia  of  the  stomach  between   the  v.  coronaria  ventriculi  (v.  portae)  and  the 

oesophageal  veins  (v.  azygos) ; 

2)  at   the  rectum   in   the  pL^xus  haemorrhoidales  between  the  v.  haemorrhoidalis  superior 

(v.  mesenterica  inferior)  and  the  vv.  haemorrhoidales  mediae  et  inferiores  (vv.  hypo- 
gastricae) ; 

3)  iw.  fartimbilicales  [Sappeyi]  (not  illustrated),    4 — 5  small  vessels,  which  are  connected 

in  the  neighborhood  of  the  navel  with  the  superficial  veins  and  with  the  vv.  epigastricae 
inferiores,  extend  near  the  lig.  teres  hepatis  to  the  liver  and  (>mpty  usually  directly 
into  its  substance.  The  largest  anastomoses  also  with  the  left  v.  epigastrica  superior. 
One  of  these  veins  is  said  to  be  the  remains  of  the  v.  umbilicalis.  Tliey  are  suppUed 
with  valves;  the  current  is  directed  toward  the  liver. 


460  Veins  of  the  Trunk. 

Y.  cava  inferior  (see  also  Fig.  633)  arises  by  the  union  of  the  vv.  ihacae  communes 
in  front  of  the  intervertebral  disk  between  the  i^^  and  5^^  limibar  vertebra  behind  the  first 
])ortion  of  the  a.  iliaca  communis  dextra  somewhat  to  the  right  of  the  median  plane.  From 
there  on,  it  ascends  at  first  in  front  of  the  bodies  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  and  in  front  of  the 
origins  of  the  right  m.  psoas  major,  then  in  front  of  the  a.  renalis  dextra  and  in  front  of  the 
right  crura  diaphragmatis  and  at  the  same  time  somewhat  to  the  right  and  forward,  goes  through 
the  foramen  venae  cavae  of  the  diaphragm  and,  cuiwed  somewhat  forward,  opens  into  the  right 
atrium  of  the  heart.  In  its  course  it  lies  on  the  right  side  of  the  aorta  abdorainalis  and  is 
covered  in  front  by  the  peritonaeum,  by  the  pars  inferior  duodeni  and  by  the  caput  pancreatis; 
above,  it  is  embedded  in  the  fossa  venae. cavae  of  the  liver  and  firaily  fused  with  it,  so  that 
only  its  posterior  wall  lies  partly  fi-ee  (see  Fig.  581).  It  is  devoid  of  valves.  Its  branches  are 
divisible  into  radices  parietales  (from  the  walls  of  tM  jieritoneal  cavity)  and  radices 
viscerales  (from  the  abdominal  viscera)^  » 

A.  Radices  parietales:  ^  -  .  .        -  ■,.' 

1.  Y.  phreiiica  inferior,  paired,  corresponds  to  the  a.  phrenica  inferior  and  opens  at 
the  foramen  venae  cavae. 

2.  Yv.  liimbales  (see  also  Figs.  495  and  500),  on  eg,ch  side  4 — 5,  run  close  to  and 
over  the  aa.  lumbales,  correspond  to  tlie'  yv.  intercostales  (see  p.  455)  and  receive  tributaries 
from  the  muscles  and  from  the  skin  of  the  back,  from  tlie  plexuses  of  the  spine  and  from  the 
abdominal  muscles.  They  possess  (insufficient)  valves,  run  medianward  upon  the  lateral  and 
anterior  surface  of  the  bodies  of  the  yertebrae  (those  of  the  left  side  behind  the  aorta)  and 
open  into  the  posterior  wall  of  the  v.  cava.  The  vv.  lumbales  are  united  on  each  side  with 
one  another  by  means  of  longitudinal  anastomoses  which  are  situated  behind  the  ra.  psoas 
major  in  front  of  the  roots  of  the  procc.  transversi.  The  sum  of  these  anastomoses  forms  on 
each  side  a  vessel  running  vertically,  the  v.  lumbalis  ascendens,  -  which  is  connected  below  with 
the  V.  iliolumbalis  and  frequently  with  the  v.  iliaca  communis,  above  however  is  continued  on 
the  right  side  directly  into  the  v.  azygos,  on  the  left  side  into-. the  v.  hemiazygos  (see  p.  456); 
each  anastomoses  usually  with  the  a:  renalis  of  the  same  side. 

B.  Radices  viscerales: 

1.  Yv.  hepaticae  (see  also  Fig.  580),  2 — 3  large  trunks,  collect  the  blood  which  is  led  to 
the  capillary  system  of  the  liver  through  the  a.  hepatica  propria  and  v.  portae;  they  leave  the 
liver  in  the  uppermost  part  of  the  fossa  venae  cavae  and  open  into  the  v.  cava  just  below  the  dia- 
phragm. The  right  v.  hepatica,  largest,  carries  the  blood  from  the  right  lobe  of  the  liver,  the 
middle,  smallest  vein  fi-om  the  lobi  caudatus  [Spigeli]  and  quadratus,  the  left  from  the  left  lobe  I 
of  the  liver.  Several  small  vv.  hepaticae  open  in  the  fossa  venae  cavae,  below  the  large  ones, 
directly  into  the  v.  cava  inferior.    Valves  are  only  rarely  present  at  the  mouths  of  the  large  veins. 

2.  Y.  renalis.  (renal  vein)  (see  also  Fig.  633),-  paired,  arises  by  the  fusion  of  ft-om  three 
to  five  branches  near  the  hilus  renalis ,  runs  medianward  and  at  the  same  time  somewhat 
upward  at  the  level  of  the  2"'!  lumbar  vertebra  in  front  of  the  a.  renalis  and  opens  into  the 
lateral  wall  of  the  v.  cava.  The  left  v.. renalis  is -somewhat  "the -larger  and  longer;  it  lies 
usually  in  front  of  the  aorta  just  beneath  the  origin  of •  the  a.  mesenterica  superior.  It  re- 
ceives tributaries  ft-om  the  capsula  adiposa  of  the  kidney  and  from  the  ureter;  the  left  v.  renalis 
receives  also  usually  the  v.  spermatica  sinistra.  In  addition  the  left  vein  anastomoses  very 
frequently  with  the  v.  hemiazygos  and  the  v.  lumbtilis  ascendens ,  the  right  with  the  latter 
only.     The  vv.  renales  rarely  possess  valves  at  their  mouths.* 

3.  Y.  suprarenalis  (suprarenal  vein)  (see  also  Fig.  639),  paired,  comes  from  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  adrenal  and  opens  on  the  right  side  usually  into  the  v.  cava,  on  the  left  side 
into  the  v.  renalis.     It  is  devoid  of  valves. 

4.  Y.  spermatica  (spermatic  vein)  (see  also  Figs.  500,  502  and  503),  paired,  accompanies 
the  a.  spermatica  interna  directly  and  is  separated  from  it  only  at  its  termination.  It  consists 
of  from  2  to  3  anastomosing  vessels  which  surround  the  artery  like  a  plexus,  receive  branches 
from  the  ureter,  from  the  peritonaeum  and  from  the  capsula  adiposa  of  the  kidney  and  imite 
finally  to  form  a  single  trunk.  The  right  vein  opens  obliquely  into  the  anterior  wall  of  the 
V.  cava  and  there  possesses  efficiinit  valves,  the  left  goes  almost  at  a  right  angle  into  the  in- 
ferior wall  of  tlie  V.  renalis  sinistra.     The  beginning  of  the  vein  is  different  in  the  two  sexes. 

In  the  male,  v.  testicularis,  .it  begins  with  numerous  branches  at  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  testicle  and  epididymis  (see  also  Fig.  650),  forms  a  close  plexus  (plexus  pmnpiniformis) 
around  the  artery  inside  the  funiculus  spermaticus  and  extends,  with  this,  through  the  canalis 
inguinalis.     Outside  the  inguinal  canal  it  usually  possesses  (insufficient)  valves. 

In  the  female,  v.  ovarica,  it  arises  partly  from  numerous  vessels,  which  leave  the  ovary 
at  its  hUus,  jiartly  from  broad  anastomoses  with  the  upper  ends  of  the  vv.  uterinae ;  in  addition 
it  receives  some  branches  from  tlie  lig.  teres  uteri  and  from  the  tuba  uterina.  All  these 
branches,  anastomosing,  form  a  close  plexus  (plexus  immpiniforinis)  around  the  artery,  mside 
the  lig.  suspensorium  ovarii  and  are  devoid  of  valves. 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


461 


Vv.  hepaticac 


V.  cava  inferior 
V.  renalis  j 

v.  spermatica  iuterna 
(v.  testicularis)       \ 
V.  lumbalis  III        \ 

V.  lumbalis 
ascendens  \ 


V.  phreuica  inferior 

1  Oesophagus 

I 

I  |V.  suprarenalis 

1  I 

I      V.  renalis 


V.  spermatica  interna 
(v.  testicularis) 


Aorta  abdoniiualis 


V.  ilio-/ 

lumbalis  «i 

V.  eireumfiexa/ 
ilium  profunda 

Ductus  deferens 

V.  epigastrica  inferior 

Plexus  pampiniformis 


Ureter 
'V.  iliaca  communis 


V.  hypogastrica'  1 

V.  saeralis  media  ■ 


II        / 


1  V.  epigastrica  inferior 

V.  saeralis  lateralis 
Plexus  saeralis  anterior 

499.  Vena  cava  inferior  in  the  male,  viewed  from  in  front. 

(On  the  right  side  the  kidney  has  been  removed,  a  piece  of  the  ni.  psoas  and  of  the  a.  iliaca 
communis  has  been  cut  out ;  on  the  left  side  the  abdominal  wall  has  been  reflected  downward.) 
Spalteliolz,  Atlas.  30 


462 


Veins  of  the  Tranli. 


V.  cava  inferior 

V.  lumbalis  III 
Aorta  abdominal  is 


V.  lumbalis  ascendens 
V.  iliolumbalis 


hypogastrica 

V. 

haemorrhoi- 
dalis  superior 


V.  circura- 

flexa  ilium 

profunda 

V. 

epigastriea 
inferior 


Ductus 

deferens 

V. 

obturatoria 


"Vesica 
urinaria 

V.  dorsalis  penis 


Penis 
Plexus  pudendalis 


Prostata 
Vv.  scrotales  posteriorcs 

Plexus  vesicalis 


M.  levator  ani  | 

Vv.  vesicales  I 

V.  haemorrhoidalis  media 


Rectum 

'  Plexus 

haemorrhoidalis 
externus 

V. 

haemorrhoidalis 
inferior 


V.  ]iiidenda  interna 


500.  Veins  of  the  male  pelvis, 

I'iglit  halt',   viewed  from  the  lett. 
(Tlie  left  in.  psoas  major  bas  been  removed,  the  rectum  bas  been  drawn  somewliat  to  the  side. 


}\ 


'  ' 


1 


i 


Veins  of  the  Trunlv. 


463 


V.  labialis 
posterior 


M.  transversus 

perinei 

superficialis 


v.  pudenda' 
interna. 


Yv. 

haemorrhoidales- . 
inferiorc'S 


Anus  with  tlie 

veins  of  exit 

of  the  plexus 

liaemorrhoidal  1  s 

intern us 


Crus  clitoridis 


V.  dorsalis 
clitoridis 


V.  pudenda 
interna 

Bulbus  vestibul 


M.  ischio- 
cavernosus 


'»  •'       "■  -  V.  profunda 
^^^^  clitoridis 


'  V.  urethralis 


V.  bulbi  vestibul 
[vaginae] 


JI.  glutaeus 
maximus 


501.  Veins  of  the  female  perineum  (see  iig.  474). 

A",  iliaca  COmillUllis  (common  iliac  vein)  (see  Fig.  491)),  paired,  devoid  of  valves, 
liebiud  and  to  the  right  of  the  artery,  arises  from  tlie  V.  hypogastrica  and  the  Y.  iliaca 
externa.     It  frequently  anastomoses  with  the  v?  lumbalis  ascendens.    Branch  of  the  left  vein : 

1.  y.  sacralis'  media  (middle  sacral  vein),  unpaired,  often  double  below,  near  the  a.  sa- 
crahs  media ,  forms  with  branches  of  the  vv.  sacrales  laterales  the  flexus  sacralis  anteinoi' 
(see  p.  466) ;  it  is  connected  with  the  plexus   haemorrhoidalis  externus  and  vesiealis. 

T.  hypOgastrica  (hypogastric  vein)  (see  Fig.  500)  lies  directly  behmd  thi'  a.  hypo- 
gastrica.     Its  branches  possess  valves  only  outside  the  pelvis.     Branches : 

V.  pudenda  interna  (0.  T.  internal  pudic  vein)  (see  also  F'igs.  500  and  503)  begins 
below  the  symphysis  ussium  ])ubis  with  an  anastomosis  from  the  v.  dorsalis  penis  (cHtoridis)  and 
receives  the  vv.  proftmdac  penis  (clitoi-idis),  vv.  urethrales,  vv.  bulbi  urethrae  (bulbi  vestihdi 
[vaginae],  vv.  scrotales  (labiales)  postcriores  and  vv.  haemorrhoidales  inferiores ;  the  latter 
are  connected  with  the  plexus  haemorrhoidales.  AU  the  branches  correspond  to  the  arteries  of 
the  same  name.     The  vein  is  for  the  most  part  double  and  accompanies  the  artery. 

30* 


464 


Veins  of  the  Trunlv. 


i 


V.  ovarica 


Ovarium 


Ligamentiim  teres  uteri 
Vesica  urinaria 


Plexus  utero- 
vagiualis 

Kectum 
/  V.  liaenior- 

/    rhoidalis 
superior 


y.  dorsalis 
clitoridis 


Plexus  pudeiidalis 
Beginning  of  tlie  v.  pudenda  interna 


Ureter 


Plexus 
-.  haemorrlioidalis 

externus 


Plexus  vesicalis 

Plexus  uterovaginalis         j 

Intestinum  rectum 


M.  levator  ani 

\  Vv.  uterinae 
A.  uterina 

Vagina 

\  Vv.  vesieales 


502.  Veins  of  the  female  pelvic  organs, 

viewed  from  the  left. 
(The  superficial  layers  of  the  venous  plexuses  [see  Fig.  503]  have  heen  removed;  the  peritonaeum 

has  been  for  the  most  part  removed.) 

2.  Plexus  haemorrlioidalis  interiins  (see  Figs.  501  and  576)  in  thi'  tela  snhmucosa 
of  the  rectum,  with  ampulla-like  dilatations  in  the  region  of  the  annulus  haemorrhoidalis,  empties 
partly  into  a  dehcate  superficial  network  at  the  anus,  partly  by  means  of  numerous  perforating 
branches  into  the  plexus  haemorrlioidalis  externus  (see  also  Fig.  500)  situated  upon  the 
external  surface  of  the  tunica  muscularis.  From  the  latter  arise  the  v.  haemorrhoidalis  superior 
(to  the  V.  mesenterica  inferior  of  the  v.  portae),  the  vv.  haemorrhoidales  mediae,  paired,  which 
receive  branches  from  the  bladder,  prostate  and  seminal  vesicles  (uterus  and  vagina)  (to  the 
V.  hypogastrica)  and  the  vv.  haemorrhoidales  inferiores,  paired,  Irom  the  neighborhood  of  the 
anus  (to  the  v.  imdeuda  interna) ;  in  addition  branches  go  to  the  v.  sacralis  media. 

3.  Plexus  vesicalis  (see  also  Figs.  500,  503  and  677)  surrounds  the  lower  part  of 
the  bladder  and  the  basis  prostatae  lateralward  and  behind,  is  comiected  with  the  following 
plexus  and  is  emptied  nu  cacli  side  liy  means  of  several  vv.  vesieales. 

4.  Plexus  pudeiidalis  (see  also  Figs.  500  and  503)  lies  beliind  and  over  the  lig.  ar- 
cuatum  pubis,  in  Iront  of  the  prostate  and  bladder  (in  the  male,  the  bladder  and  urethra  in 
the  iemale),  receives  the  main  trunk  of  the  unpaired  v.  dorsalis  penis  (ciitoridisj  (see  also 
Fig.  656),  which  runs  between  the  lig.  arcuatum  pubis  and  the  lig.  transversum  pelvis,  is 
connected  with  the  v.  pudenda  interna  and  with  the  plexus  vesicalis  and  empties  partly  into 
the  vv.  vesieales,  partly  directly  into  the  v.  hypogastrica. 

5.  Plexus  uterovag'inalis  (in  the  female)  extends  over  the  walls  of  the  vagina  and  as 
an  especially  close  plexus  ahing  the  nuirgo  lateralis  of  the  uterus,  where  it  partly  fills  up  the 
parametrium  and  surrounds  tiie  un>ter.  It  is  connected  in  front  with  the  plexus  pudendalis  and 
haemorrhoidalis  externus  and  empties  on  each  side  chiefly  through  the  large  vv.  titerinae,  which 
s!irruund  the  a.  uterina  and  form  ]mnu\  anastomoses  with  the  plexus  pampiniformis  of  the  v.  ovarica. 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


465 


V.  lumbalis  III 


V.  lumbalis  ascciuleiis 

V.  iliolunibalis 


V.  cava  inferior     - 


Aorta  alidominalis 
Intestinum  rectum 


Ovarium' 


V.  hypo- 
gastrica] 


V.  circiim- 
flexa  ilium 
profunda  / 

V.  iliaca  externa  ' 

V. 
epigastrica  inferior' 

Liganientum /' 
teres  uteri 


V.  obturatoria  ' 

V.  vesicalis' 

Vesica  urinaria '  / 


Uterus '  I 

V.  dorsalis  clitoridis/ 


Clitoris 


???V^^^^ 

w 

V. 

uterina 

■>  Vv. 

vesicales 

^  V.  pudenda 

intorna 

I 

'»  Plexus 

i 

vesicalis 

■ 'i— ^ 

1 

'v.  labialis  posterior 

1         1 

1     ^^• 

levator  ani 

'lUilbus 

vestibuli 

Plexus 

pudendalis 

503.  Veins  of  the  female  pelvis,  right  half, 

viewed  from  the  left  and  somewhat  in  front. 

(The   ovaries   and  uterus  have  been   dra-mi   out   of  their  position ;  the  peritonaeum  has  been 

largely  removed;  the  ureters  have  been  removed.) 


466  "^^eius  of  the  Trunk. 

6.  V.  ilioliimbalis  (see  Figs.  495,  499  and  500),  in  })art  double,  accompanies  the 
a.  iliolumbalis  and  often  opens  into  the  v.  iliaca  communis.  It  receives  the  vt.  intervertebrales 
(see  p.  455),  muscular  veins  and  sometimes  the  v.  luml)a]is  Y,  anastomoses  with  the  ^T.  lum- 
balis   ascendens,    circuraflexa  ilium  profunda  and  sacrales  laterales  and  possesses  many  valves. 

7.  Yy.  sacrales  laterales  (see  Fig.  499),  usually'  double,  run  near  the  a.  sacralis  lateT 
ralis  and  open  into  the  v.  hypogastrica  or  into  a  branch  of  the  same.  Their  branches  form,  with 
those  of  the  v.  sacralis  media,  the  plexus  sacralis  anterior  upon  the  facies  pelvina  of  the  sacrum. 

8.  y.  obturatoria  (see  Figs.  500  and  503)  near  the  a.  obturatoria;  its  branches  are 
usually  doubled;  it  forms  a  broad  anastomosis  with  the  v.  iliaca  externa,  and  sometimes  opens 
into  this.     Its  branches  anastomose  freely  with  the  v.  cireumflexa  femoris  medialis. 

9.  y.  gliitaea  superior  (see  Fig.  506)  accompanies  the  a.  glutaea  superior;  its  branches 
are  usually  doubled.  At  its  entrance  into  the  pelvis  its  walls  stand  open  and  it  possesses 
valves.     Behind  the  m.  piriformis  it  anastomoses  with  the  v.  glutaea  inferior. 

10.  y.  glutaea  inferior  (see  Fig.  506),  near  the  a.  glutaea  inferior;  its  branches, 
usually  doubled,  accompany  the  branches  of  the  latter.  It  receives  a  large  branch  from  the 
n.  ischiadicus  and  anastomoses  on  the  m.  quadratus  femoris  by  means  of  very  wide  vessels  with 
the  V.  cireumflexa  femnris  medialis  and  with  the  uppermost  v.  perforans  of  the  vv.profundae  femoris. 

y.  iliaca  externa  (external  iliac  vein)  (see  Figs.  499,  500  and  505)  begins  as 
the  continuation  of  the  v.  femoralis  behind  the  lig.  inguinale,  on  the  medial  side  of  the  a.  iliaca 
externa  and,  as  it  ascends,  becomes  displaced  behind  the  artery.  It  receives  a  broad  anastomosis 
irom  the  v.  obturatoria  and  frequently  possesses  one  (usually  insufficient)  valve.     Branches : 

1.  y.  epigastrica  inferior  (see  Figs.  499,  500  and  505),  usually  doubled,  accompanies 
the  a.  epigastrica  inferior.  It  anastomoses  with  the  vv.  epigastricae  superiores  and  behind  the 
ramus  superior  ossis  pubis  with  the  v.  obturatoria ;  in  addition  it  receives  the  vv.  parimibilicales, 
as  well  as  the  vv.  speimaticae  externae  (not  illustrated)  from  the  funiculus  spermaticus  and 
branches  from  the  vv.  cutaneae  alnlominis.     Below  the  navel  it  possesses  numerous  valves. 

2.  y.  circumilexa  ilium  profunda  (see  Figs.  499,  500,  503  and  505),  doable  in  most 
-of  its  course,  surrounds  the  a.  cireumflexa  ilium  profunda  like  a  plexus  and  often  opens  into 
the  V.  epigastrica  inferior ;  in  so  doing  it  crosses  the  a.  iliaca  externa  on  its  anterior  or  posterior 
surface.     It  anastomoses  with  the  v.  iliiilumbalis  and  is  supplied  with  valves. 

Y,  femoralis  (femoral  vein)  (see  Fig.  505)  is  the  continuation  of  the  vv.  popliteae 
from  the  lower  end  (if  the  canalis  adductorius  [Hunteri]  on.  In  this  canal  it  lies  behind  the 
a.  femoralis  and  somewhat  lateralward  from  it:  further  up>  it  runs  for  the  most  part  exactly 
behind  the  artery,  and  arrives  finally  on  the  medial  side  of  the  artery  in  the  fossa  iliopecttnea. 
In  its  lower  portion  two  vv.  comitantes  also  run  close  to  the  artery.  It  possesses  usually 
4 — 5  pairs  of  valves.     Branches: 

1.  y.  epigastrica  superiicialis  (see  also  Fig.  508)  is  situated  in  the  subcutaneous 
tissue  and  carries  the  blood  downward  from  the  lower  half  of  the  anterior  abdominal  wall. 
It  opens  in  the  fossa  ovalis  separately  or,  united  with  neighboring  veins,  into  the  v.  femoralis 
or  into  the  v.  saphena  magna  and  possesses  valves  which  conduct  downward. 

2.  y.  cireumflexa  ilium  superiicialis  (see  Fig.  508),  sometimes  doubled  for  i)art 
of  its  course,  close  to  the  corresponding  artery  in  the  subcutaneous  tissue,  opening  either 
independently  or  in  common  with  the  v,  epigastrica  superficialis.     It  is  supplied  with  valves. 

3.  y.  thoracoepigastrica,  single  or  doubled  for  long  distances,  extends,  on  the  anterior 
or  lateral  wall  of  the  trunk,  in  the  subcutaneous  tissue,  from  the  axilla  as  far  as  the  fossa 
ovalis.  Its  middle  portion  is  devoid  of  valves,  in  its  upper  part  valves  direct  the  blood  upward 
to  the  axilla,  in  its  lower  part  downward  to  the  fossa  ovalis.  Above,  the  vein  opens  into 
the  T.^  thoracalis  lateralis  (see  p.  453),  below  it  goes  either  separately  or  united  with  the 
V.  epi^dl^trica  superficialis  into  the  v.  femoralis. 

4.  yy.  pudendae  externae  (see  also  Fig.  508),  near  the  aa.  pudendae  externae, 
fi-equently  flow  into  the  v.  saphena  magna;  they  receive  l)ranches  from  the  skin  of  the  ab- 
domen, from  the  scrotum  (or  the  labia  raajora),  vv.  scrotalcs  (labiales)  anteriores ,  and  ft'om 
the  penis  (or  the  clitoris),  v.  dorsalis  jjenis  (clitoridis)  cutanea;  the  latter  runs  unpaired  or 
doubled  upon  the  fascia  penis  ,as  far  as  the  symphysis  pubis  and  there  bends  lateralward.  " 

(Continuation  see  ]>.  46S.) 

yv.  cutaneae  abdominis  et  pectoris  form,  in  the  subcutaneous  tissue  of  the  abdominal 
and  thoracic  wall,  a  network  of  vessels,  supplied  with  valves,  from  which  the  blood  is  led  away 
on  each  side  1^*  by  superficial  vessels  to  the  neck,  to  the  axilla  (v.  thoracoepigastrica)  and  to 
the  fossa  ovalis  (vide  siijrra),  2"^  by  deep,  perforating  vessels  to  the  thoracic  cavity  (to  the 
w.  mammaria  interna  and  intercostales),  to  the  peritoneal  cavity  (vv.  parumbilicales)  and  to 
the  veins  of  the  anterior  abdominal  wall  (\v.  epigastricae  superiL>res  et  inferior). 

In  the  neighborhood  of  the  papilla  mammae  the  vv.  cutaneae  form  a  wreath  of  vessels 
of  imeven  caliber,  the  plexus  venosus  mamillae. 


Veins  of  the  Trunk. 


467 


Branch  to  the  v.  subclavia  sinistra 


Eamus  perforans 
V.  mammariae  internae 


Branch  to  the  vv.  epigastricae 
superiores 


Branch  to  the 
V.  epigastrica  inferior 


v.  epigastrica 
superficialis 


V.  femoralis 

V.  saphena  magna 

V.  dorsalis  penis 
cutanea 


504.  Superficial  veins  of  the  trunk, 

viewed  from  in  front  (after  W.  Braunej. 
(The  an-ows  indicate  the  way  in  which  the  current  is  directed  by  the  valves.) 


468 


Veins  of  tho  Leg. 


Spina  iliaca 
anterior  superior 


jM.  sartorius,- 


M.  rectus  feraoris. 


A.  femoralis.  - 

A.  circumflexa 
femoris  lateraJlis 

V.  circumflexa  _ 
femoris  lateralis 

Y.  profunda  femoris - 


v.  perforans j 


M.  yastiis 
intermedius" 

M.  vastus  lateralis- 

M.  rectus_ 
femoris 


V.  circumflexa  ilium  profunda 
/A.  iliaca  externa 

\.  iliaca  externa 


V.  epigastrica  inferior 
V,  femoralis 

v.  obturatoria 
''    ,  M.  pectineus 


■  > 

V.  circumflexa 
femoris  niedialis 

V.  saphena  magna 

(cut  off) 

M.  adductor  longus 

M.  pectineus 

V.  femoralis 

— -=-Vy.  comitantes 

M.  adductor  magnus 

^^ 

M.  adductor  longus 

Ml' 

-  -  jM.  gracilis 

—  A.  femoralis 

- 

M.  vastus  medialis 

1 

M.  sartorius 
(cut  through) 

505.    V.    femoralis    dextra,    viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  li;^-.  inguinale  and  the  nnu.  sarturiu.s,  rectus  femoris,  pectineus  and  adductor  longus  have 
l^een  entirely  or  partially  removed;  a  piece  has  been  cut  out  of  the^a.  femoralis.) J 

T.   femoralis  (continued): 

5.  V.  saphena  magna  (see  p.  471). 

6.  y.  profunda   femoris   accompanies  the  a.  prnfunda  femoris  and  possesses  several 
pairs  of  valves.  Branches: 

a)  ViK  per'forantes  (sec  also  Fig.  506),   ])artly  doubled,   arise  du  tln^  posterior  surface  of 

the  m.  adductor  magnus  and  comnmnicate  freely  there  by  longitudinal  anastomoses  with 
one  another,  with  the  vv.  glutaea  inferior,  circumflexa  femoris  medialis  and  with 
the  V.  poplitea;  they  then  perforate  the  mm.  adductores  near  the  aa.  perforantes. 

b)  Vv.  circumflexue   femoris   mediales   (see  also   Fig.  506)    run   near  the   corresponding 

arteries  and  anastomose  freely  lichind,  on  the  m.  quadratus  femoris,  with  the  vv.  glutaea 
inierior  and  perforans  I,  in  front  with  the  v,  ol)turatoria.    They  are  supplied  with  valves. 

c)  Vv.  circwnflexae  femoris  later  ales,  supplied  with  valves,  accompany  the  a.  circumflexa 

ienioris  lateralis  and  anastomose  with  the  ])receding  and  with  the  v.  glutaea  inferior. 
y.  poplitea  (popliteal  vein)  (see  Fig.  506)  arises  froui  the  union  of  the  vv.  tiliiales 
and  runs  just  behind  the  a.  poplitea,  in  its  distal  part  at  the  same  time  somewhat  medianward, 
in  its  proxiiual  part  somewhat  lateralward  from  it.  Besides,  near  the  artery  there  is  below  a 
V.  comtians  lateralis,  above  a  v.  comituns  medialis.  It  is  su])plied  with  valves,  receives  the 
v.  saphena  parva  (see  p.  472)  and  the  vv.  articulares  genu  (double  near  the  corresponding 
arteries,  not  illustrated)  and  anastomoses  with  the  lower  \v.  perf irantes. 


Veins  of  the  Leg. 


469 


506.    Deep   veins 
of  the  right  thigh, 

viewed  from  behind. 


(The    m.    jjlutaeus    raaximus    has 
been  reflected  lateralward ;   other- 


glutaea  superior 
glutaea  inferior 

N.  ischiadicus 
M.  glutaeus  maxlmu; 


wise  like  Fig. 


477.) 


The  deep  yeins  of  the 

foot  and  leg  (not  iUustrated) 
accompany  the  arteries,  usually 
two  to  each  artery,  and  are 
plentifully  supplied  with  val- 
ves. Numerous  anastomoses 
with  the  supei-ficial  veins  in 
the  foot  lead  the  blood  fi-om 
the  depth  to  the  surface,  in 
the  leg  (also  in  the  thigh)  from 
the  surface  to  the  depth. 

In  the  sole  of  the  foot 
they  begin  as  the  vv.  digitales 
plantares  and  then  form  the 
vv.  metatarseae  plan- 
tares,  which  empty  part- 
ly through  several  rami 
per  for  antes  into  the  deep 
and  the  superficial  veins 
of  the  back  of  the  foot, 
partly  into  the  arcns 
venosus  plantaris  pro- 
fundus. From  the  latter 
go  off  the  vu.  plan- 
tares  later  ales ,  which 
by  union  with  the  finer 
vv.  plantares  medialcs 
form  the  vv.  tibiales 
posteriores;  in  the  leg 
the  latter  receive  the 
vv.  peronaeae.  The  vv. 
plantares  laterales  also 
send  an  anastomosis  to 
the  V.  saphena  parva, 
the  w.  plantares  me- 
diales  to  the  v.  saphena 


On  the  back  of  the 
foot  they  are  relatively 
delicate;  they  begin  as 
the  vv.  metatarseae  dor- 
sales  pedis  and  are  con- 
tinued into  the  tt.  ti- 
biales aiiteriores. 


"V.  pudenda 

interna 

M.  quadratus 

femoris 

Vv.  circumflexae 

femoris  mediales 


M.  biceps  femori> 
(caput  longum) 

V.  perforans  I 

M. 
semitendinosus 

V.  perforans  II 


M.  biceps  femoris 
(caput  longum) 

V. 
femoropoplitea ' 
Branch  of  tlie  v.  sa- 
pliena  parva  to  the  -- 
V.  profunda  femoris 

M. 

semimembranosus 

Branch  of  the  v.  saphena 

parva  to  the  v.  pophtea 

V.  poplitea 

V.  comitans  lateralis 

V.  saphena  parva 


470 


Veins  of  the  Leg. 


_    Patella 


V.  saphena 
magna 


V.  saphena 
magna 


Rete  venosum 

dorsale  pedis 

cutaneum 


Malleolus 
medialis 


V.  marginalis 
medialis 

Arcus  venosus 
dorsalis  pedis 

cutaneus] 
Yv.  digitales 
communes  pedis 

v.  intercapitularis 

Vv.  digitales 
pedis  dorsales 


507.  Superficial  veins 
of  the  right  leg, 

viewed   from  in  front  (after 
W.  Braune). 

(Tlie   arrows  indicate  the  way  the  stream 
is  directed  by  the  valves.) 

The  superficial  yeins  of  the 

leg  form  a  continuous  network  in  the 
subcutaneous  tissue,  varying  in  complexity, 
rich  in  valves,  and  permittmg  the  recogni- 
tion in  it  of  single  larger  vessels  which  act 
as  the  principal  canals  of  exit.  They  are 
connected  with  the  deep  veins  by  numerous 
anastomoses  (for  direction  of  current  see 
p.  469). 

In  the  sole   of  the  foot  (not  illu- 
strated) there  is  a  very  close  network  (rete 
venosum  plantar e  cutaneum),  which  pos- 
sesses different  channels  of  outflow.    In  the 
first  place  branches  go  to  the  deep  veins, 
secondly,  however,  and  chiefly,  the  blood  is 
led  away  through  superficial  trunks  around 
the  borders  of  the  foot  to  the  d(  irsum  of  the 
foot.    These  pass  at  the  medial  and  lateral 
margins  of  the  foot  into  the  vv.  margrnales 
medialis  and  lateralis  of  the  dorsum  of  the 
foot,  dorsalward  over  the  margin  of  the  heel 
toward  the  leg,  and  forward  intij  a  larger 
vessel  (arcus  venosus  plantaris  cutaneus)^ 
which  runs   in  the  toe-ball  furrow  at  the 
distal    margin    of  the   fasciculi   transversi 
aponeurosis  plantaris  and  is  continued  over 
the  medial  and  lateral  margins  of  the  foot 
into   the  beginnings  of  the  vv.  marginales 
(vide  infra).     This  vascular  arch  receives 
superficial    brandies    from    the    toes    and 
sends    off'    into    the    space    between   each 
two  toes  single  or  double  vv.  intercapitu- 
lares  to   the  vv.  digitales   dorsales  pedis. 
On  the  back  of  the  foot  the  veins 
begin  at  the  toes  as  the  vv.  digitales  pedis 
dorsales,   which   unite  after  receiving  the 
vv.  mtercapitulares  to  form  the  short  vv.  di- 
gitales communes  pedis  and  flow  into  the 
arcus  venosus  doi:mlis  pedis  [cutaneus] ; 
this  is  an  irregular  chain  of  anastomoses 
between   the   \y.  digitales   communes   and 
the  vv.  marginales  and  lies  upon  the  distal 
portion  of  the  ossa  metatarsalia.    Proximal- 
ward  from   it  lies   the  irregularly  shaped 
rete    venosum    dorsale    pedis   cutaneum, 
which   receives   many  tributaries  from  the 
depth   and   is   contmued  into  the  anterior 
network  of  the  leg.     In  the  network,  near 
the  lateral  and  median  margins  of  the  foot, 
can   be   made   out  on   each   side  a  larger 
vessel,    the   v.    marginalis    lateralis   (see 
Fig.  509)  and  the  v.  marginalis  medialis, 
which  chiefly  receive   tributaries  from  the 
rete  venosmn  plantare  cutaneum. 


Veins  of  the  Leg. 


471 


508.  Superficial 
veins  of  the 
right  thigh, 

viewed  from  in  front. 

(The  arrows  indicate  the  way 

the  current  is  directed  by  the 

valves.) 

In  the  plexus  of  superficial 
veins  of  the  leg  two  large 
venous  trunks  stand  out  above 
the  foot,  the  v.  saphena  mag-na 
and  the  v.  saphena  parva,  of 
which  the  latter  belongs  es- 
sentially to  the  leg  aLme. 

T.  sapheua  magna  (see 
also  Figs.  505  and  507)  begins 
in    front    of   the    medial  mal- 
leolus  as   the   continuation  of 
the     V.     marginalis     medialis 
and  there   receives   superficial 
branches   fi'om   the   rete  veno- 
sum    plantare    cutaneum    and 
deep  branches  fifom  the  vv.  plan- 
tares  mediales.     It  then  runs 
almost  vertically  upward  upon 
the  facies  medialis  tibiae,  makes 
a  slight  curve  behind  the  con- 
dyli  mediales  of  tlie  tibia  and 
femur    and    then    goes    fairly 
straight  but  obliquely  upward 
on    the    medial    and    anterior 
surface  of  the  thigh,  and  enters 
the  anterior  medial  waU  of  the 
V.  femoralis  in  the  fossa  ovalis. 
In   its   entire  course  it  is  sit- 
uated     subcutaneously     upon 
the    fascia    cruris    and    fascia 
lata.     On   its   way  it   receives 
numerous    In-anches    frum    the 
superficial    networks     of    the 
heel,    of  the   leg   and  of  the 
thigh,   as  well  as  veins  from 
the    tibia,     and    anastomoses 
manifoldly  with  the  v.  saphena 
parva.     The    superficial    veins 
coming  from   the  back  of  the 
thigh    often   form    a    separate 
trunk,   the  v.  saphena  acces- 
soria   (not  illustrated),   which 
accompanies     the    v.    saphena 
magna  medianward  at  a  vari- 
able    distance     from     it    and 
empties   intc   it   at   an  incon- 
stant level. 


V.  ciicuniflexa  ilium 
superficialis 

V.  epigastrica 
/     superficialis 


Fossa  ovalis 


Vv.  pudendae 
extern  ae 


A.  pudenda 
externa 


Vv.  dorsales 
penis  cutaneae 

V.  scrotalis 
anterior 

V.  dorsalis 
penis 


V.  saphena 
magna 


Patella 


472 


Veins  of  the  Leg. 


\ 


F/^ 


/ 


;  .} 


\^ 


'A 


V.  femoro- 
poplitea 


Branch  to  the 
V.  profunda 
femoris 


Branch  to  the 
' '    V.  poplitea  . 

V.  saphena 
magna 


i\ 


Connections 

with  the 
deep  veins 


^■ 


I V.  saphena 

parva 


K  \ 


.;!^ 


Malleolus  lateralis 

Rete  venosuni 
^    dorsale  pedis 
, ''        cutaneum 

^  V.  niarginalis 
lateralis 


509. 

Superficial  veins  of 
the  right  leg, 

viewed  from  behind  (after 
W.  Braune). 

(The  arrows  indicate  the  way  the  cur- 
rent is  directed  by  the  valves.) 

y.  saphena  parra  (see  also 
Fig.  506)  l)egins  behind  the  lateral 
malleolus  as  the  continuation  of  the 
V.  niarginalis  lateralis  of  the  ioot;  in 
its  furination  there  take  part,  besides 
superficial  branches  of  the  rete  venosuni 
plantare  cutaneiim,  also  an  anastomosis 
from  the  deep  vv.  plantares  laterales. 
It  runs  at  first  on  the  lateral  margin, 
then  on  the  posterior  surface  -  of  the 
tendo  calcaneus  [Achillis] ;  farther  up 
ensheathed  in  a  duplicature  of  the  fascia 
cruris,  it  lies  in  the  groove  between 
the  two  heads  of  the  m.  gastrocnemius, 
perforates  the  fascia  at  a  variable  level, 
sinks  into  the  depth  in  the  2)ophteal 
space  and  always  bifurcates  into  two 
branches,  of  which  one  opens  into  the 
posterior  wall  of  the  v.  poplitea  and 
the  other  farther  up  into  the  beghuiing 
]iortiiin  of  the  v.  profunda  femoris. 
The  latter  branch  also  receives  a  vessel 
of  superficial  course,  running  on  the 
back  of  the  thigh,  the  v.  femoropoplitea, 
the  contents  of  which  flow  for  the  most 
part  from  above  downw^ard  but  can 
also  find  a  channel  of  exit  by  passing 
upward  beneath  the  m.  glutaeus  maxi- 
mus  into  the  vv.  glutaeae.  The  v.  sa- 
phena parva  receives  in  its  course 
numerous  branches  from  the  superficial 
network  of  the  heel  and  of  the  leg 
and  anastomoses  usually  manifoldly 
with  the  V.  saphena  magna.  It  may 
open  also  into  other  deep  veins  of  the 
thigh   or  into   the  v.  saphena   magna. 


Placental  Cii'cnlation.  473 


The  foetal  eirenlatioii. 

Daring  embryonic  life  the  apparatus  concerned  in  the  circulation  of  the  blood  under- 
goes various  transfoiinations. 

The  arrangement  which  exists  in  the  second  half  of  pregnancy  up  to  birth  is  designated  thi; 
placental   circulation.     This  presents  the  following  peculiarities  (see  Figs.  510  and  511): 

The  T.  iimbiliealis  (u7nbilical  vein),  devoid  of  valves,  leads  the  blood,  which  has  become 
arterial  in  the  placenta,  through  the  umbilical  cord  (funiculus  umbilicalis)  to  the  navel  and 
thence  in  the  free  margin  of  the  lig.  falciforme  hepatis  to  the  fossa'  venae  umbilicalis  of  the 
liver.  There  a  part  of  the  blood  goes  through  direct  branches  to  the  capillary  system  of  the 
liver ;  another  part  becomes  mixed,  in  that  the  v.  umbilicalis  connects  with  the  left  branch  of 
the  V.  portae,  with  the  venous  contents  of  the  portal  vein  (from  the  stomach,  intestine,  pancreas 
and  spleen)  and  also  anives,  along  with  this,  in  the  capillary  system  of  the  liver;  finally, 
the  third,  smaller  part  runs  directly  to  the  left  v.  hepatica  and  thus  to  the  v.  cava  inferior 
through  the  ductus  venosus  [Arantii],  which  is  situated  in  the  fossa  ductus  venosi  of  the  liver 
(see  also  Fig.  5S1)  and  connects  the  v.  umbihcaUs  with  the  left  v.  hepatica.  The  v.  cava 
inferior  carries  mixed  blood  therefore  on  its  passage  through  the  foramen  venae  cavae  of  the 
diaphragm.  This  is  composed  of  1st  the  pure  arterial  contents  of  the  ductus  venosus  (Arantii], 
2nd  the  contents  of  the  v\.  hepaticae,  which  cany  the  blood  away  from  the  capillary  system 
of  the  liver,  and  3rd  the  venous  contents  of  the  v.  cava  inferior  (especially  from  the  renal  veins, 
pelvic  veins  and  those  of  the  lower  extremities).  Passing  through  the  v.  cava  inferior,  this 
blood  reaches  the  right  atrium ,  which,  in  the  foetus,  is  freely  connected  with  the  left  atriimi 
through  the  foramen  ovale  (see  Fig.  423).  Since  the  foramen  ovale  is  situated  in  the  direction 
of  the  cun-ent  of  bL  lod  arriving  through  the  v.  cava  inferior,  and  since,  in  addition,  the  valvula 
venae  cavae  [inferioris,  Eustachii]  to  a  certain  extent  hinders  an  alteration  of  this  direction 
of  the  cm-rent,  the  main  mass  of  blood  streams  into  the  leit  atrium  and  in  so  doing  receives 
and  mixes  with  only  part  of  the  venous  blood  which  arrives  in  the  heart  through  the  v.  cava 
superior.  Into  the  left  atrium  open  the  vv.  pulmonales  and  their  l)lood,  which  in  the  foetus 
is  venous,  mixes  with  the  other  contents.  The  so-called  mixed  arterial  blood  thus  arising 
goes  especially  to  the  upper  half  of  the  body  through  the  loft  ventricle,  the  aorta  ascendens 
and  the  arcus  aortae  and  its  large  branches,  the  aa.  anonjTua ,  carotis  sinistra  and  subclavia 
sinistra ;  only  a  part  comes  into  the  aorta  thoracalis. 

The  V.  cava  superior  carries  the  venous  lilood  from  the  upper  half  of  the  body  and 
(through  the  v.  azygos  which  is  markedly  developed  in  the  foetus)  fi-om  the  wall  of  the  trunk, 
to  the  right  atrium.  Thence  a  small  part  passes  through  the  foramen  ovale  into  the  left 
atrium,  the  larger  part,  however,  mixed  with  a  part  of  the  blood  from  the  v.  cava  infei-ior 
and  hence  called  mixed  venous  blood,  enters  the  right  ventricle  and  passes  into  the  a.  pid- 
monaLis.  The  a.  pulmonalis  divides,  in  the  foetus,  into  three  branches:  tlie  rami  dexter  et 
sinister,  which  go  to  the  lungs  (as  yet  not  functioning)  and  the  ductus  arteriosus  [Botalli], 
which  runs  ia  the  direction  of  the  main  trunk  and  enters,  at  the  end  of  the  arcus  aortae, 
into  the  concave  anterior  wall  of  the  latter.  The  greater  part  of  the  mixed  venous  blood  now 
rims  through  this  ductus  arteriosus  as  far  as  the  beginning  of  the  aorta  thoracalis;  there  it 
mixes  with  the  residue  of  the  mixed  arterial  blood  coming  from  the  end  of  the  arcus  aortae 
and  passes  through  the  1)ranches  of  the  aorta  thoracalis  and  aorta  abdominahs  to  the  intestmal 
canal,  to  the  inferior  portion  of  the  wall  of  the  trunk  and  to  the  lower  extremities,  chiefly, 
however,  through  the  two  aa.  umbilicales  (see  p.  428)  into  the  umbilical  cord  and  to  the 
placenta,  where  it  again  becomes  arterialized. 


474 


A.  pulmonalis 
V.  cava'superior 


Placental  Cii-culati(in. 

Arcus  aortae  Ductus^artcriosus  [Bolalli] 


Raiiuis  sinister 
a.  pulmonalis 


Aorta  thoracalis 


Hepar 


Ductus  venosvis 
[Arantii] 


V. 

umbllicalis 


V.  portae 


V.  cava  inferior 


Aorta  abdomiualis 


V.  umbilioalis 


Aa.  unibilicales  '' 


A.  iliaca 
communis 


510. 
Blood- 
vessels of 
the  foetus, 

viewed  from  in  front  and  soiuewliat 

from  the  left.  (The  abdominal  and  thoracic  cavities  Lave  been  widely  opened,  the  lungs, 
the  whole  alimentary  tract,  the  pancreas,  the  spleen,  the  left  lohe  of  the  liver  and  the  serous 
membranes  have  been  removed  and  tln'  ln'art  has  been  drawn  aside  to  the  ri^'ht.)    Text  see  p.  473. 


iliaca  externa 
^A.  hyjiogastrica 


I  A.  umbilicalis 


Placental  Circulation. 


475 


V.  cava  superior 
Aorta  asceiidens  - 

Foramen  ovale 

Valvula  venae  eavae 
[inferioris,  Eustachii] 

Atrium  dextrum  - . 

Veiitriculus  dexter  - 


V.  liepatica  sinistra 

Ductus  venosus 
[ArantiiJ       ->^ 


Distributions 
in  the  liver 


cus  aortae 

Ductus  arteriosus 
[Botalli] 


Ramus  sinister 

a.  pidmonalis 

A.  pulmonalis 


Ventriculus 
sinister 


V.  portae 


V.  umbilicalis 


..V.  cava  inferior 


-  Aorta  abdoiiiinalis 


Aa.  umbilicales--:  '. 


A.  iliaea  communis 


--V.  iliaea  communis 


..A.  iliaea  externa 


A.  hypogastrica 


Vesica  urinaria    - 


511.    Scheme   of 

the    circulation 

of  the  blood  in 

the  foetus, 

viewed  from  in  front  and  somewhat  from  the  left  (see  Fig.  510). 

(The   heart   is   in   its   correct  position  and  has  been  partly  opened.     The  arrows  indicate  the 

direction  of  the  blood  cuiTent.)     Text  see  p.  473. 


Printed  l\y  Fischer  &:  Wittig,  Leipzig. 


« 


H 

g 


I 


TO    ©    5} 
CQ 


to 


!l 


University  of  Toronto 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 
THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 

UnderPat.  "Ret.  M„Ki,,,. 

M«de  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU